The Ultimate Costa Rica Surf Camp Blog

Is Tamarindo Safe? A Clear, Data-Driven Guide to Visiting Costa Rica

Wed, 05 Aug 2026 16:48:17 GMT

Yes — Tamarindo is considered one of the safest beach towns in Costa Rica for tourists. Most incidents involve petty theft, while violent crime affecting visitors is rare. With basic precautions, it’s a very safe destination for surfers, families, and solo travelers.

Costa Rica has long been known as one of the most stable, welcoming countries in Latin America. Yet online discussions, headlines, and occasional embassy alerts often raise the same question for travelers:

Is Costa Rica safe — and is Tamarindo safe to visit?

This guide separates facts from perception , explains why safety concerns are often misunderstood , and looks specifically at Tamarindo through the lens that actually matters: the real experience of travelers on the ground .

At Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, we’ve hosted thousands of travelers, families, and solo surfers in Tamarindo since 2001 — giving us a real, on-the-ground perspective of what safety actually looks like here.

Understanding Safety the Right Way: Tourist Reality vs Headlines

When people search “Is Costa Rica safe?”, they are often shown national crime statistics without context. This creates confusion.

Here’s the key point:

�� Tourist safety is not measured by national crime averages — it’s measured by what happens in tourist areas.

National crime data includes:

Drug-trafficking activity
Gang-related violence
Urban neighborhoods far from tourism
Domestic and local disputes unrelated to visitors

These factors do not reflect the reality of beach towns, surf destinations, or established tourist communities like Tamarindo.

The same logic applies everywhere:

Crime in parts of Los Angeles does not define safety in Malibu
Crime in New York City does not define safety in the Hamptons
Crime in Mexico City does not define safety in Cozumel

Tamarindo must be evaluated as a tourist destination — not as a national statistic.

Is Tamarindo Safe Compared to Other Popular Destinations?

When Tamarindo is compared properly — city to city, destination to destination — the picture becomes clear.

What this shows:

Tamarindo’s safety profile is equal to or better than many global tourist hotspots
Violent crime affecting visitors is rare
The most common issue is opportunistic, non-violent theft

What Actually Happens to Travelers in Tamarindo

For the vast majority of visitors, the experience is simple:

They surf, eat, explore, and enjoy the beach
They walk through town freely during the day
They feel comfortable in restaurants, shops, and public spaces

Reported incidents typically involve:

Leaving bags unattended on the beach
Phones or wallets left visible
Unlocked rental cars

These situations are entirely preventable and are no different from what travelers encounter in beach towns worldwide.

It’s also important to note that in Tamarindo, one of the most significant risks for visitors is not crime, but ocean conditions such as rip currents, which can occur depending on tides and swell.

Is Costa Rica Safe for Surfers?

For surfers, Costa Rica — and especially Tamarindo — is considered one of the safest and most accessible surf destinations in the world.

Why?

Surf culture is deeply embedded in the community
Beaches are public, active, and well-trafficked
Many surfers travel solo or in small groups year-round
Local instructors and surf programs emphasize safety, etiquette, and awareness

Surf travel in Tamarindo is structured, social, and community-driven, which naturally increases safety both in and out of the water.

This is one of the reasons why programs like those offered by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp attract returning guests, families, and solo travelers year after year — not because Tamarindo is risk-free, but because it is well-established and predictable.

Is Tamarindo Safe for Families?

Yes — Tamarindo is widely considered one of the most family-friendly beach towns in Costa Rica.

Families appreciate Tamarindo because:

The town is walkable and compact
Medical services are nearby
Activities are centralized (surf lessons, beach time, dining)
Daytime safety is very high
The atmosphere is relaxed and welcoming

Most families visiting Tamarindo report feeling more comfortable than expected, especially compared to larger cities or less developed destinations.

Is Tamarindo Safe for Solo Travelers & Young Travelers?

Tamarindo is especially popular with:

Solo travelers
Young adults
First-time visitors to Central America

This works in favor of safety because:

Travelers rarely feel isolated
There is a strong social atmosphere
Surf programs, tours, and group activities naturally create community
People look out for one another

For solo travelers, Tamarindo offers a balance that is hard to find elsewhere: social without being overwhelming, lively without being chaotic.

If you’re planning a solo surf trip, check out this full guide:
Best Surf Camp for Solo Travelers in Costa Rica .

Why U.S. Embassy Alerts Are Often Misunderstood

U.S. State Department advisories for Costa Rica typically fall under “Exercise Increased Caution” — the same level assigned to many European countries and popular destinations worldwide.

Important context:

These advisories are broad and conservative by design
They apply nationally, not specifically to Tamarindo
They are not warnings to avoid travel

An advisory is not a reflection of daily tourist experience , but rather a legal and informational guideline.

Common Myths vs Reality

Myth : “Costa Rica is unsafe for tourists.”
Reality : Millions of tourists visit every year with overwhelmingly positive experiences.

Myth : “Tamarindo is dangerous.”
Reality : Tamarindo is a mature, tourism-driven beach town with safety levels comparable to popular U.S. and European destinations.

Myth : “Surf travelers are at higher risk.”
Reality : Surfers often experience higher safety due to structured programs, community presence, and local knowledge.

So, Is Tamarindo Safe in 2026?

Based on real traveler experiences, local conditions, and tourism patterns, Tamarindo remains one of the safest and most accessible beach destinations in Costa Rica.

Petty theft is the most common issue
Violent crime affecting tourists is rare
Tourist areas are well-developed and active

Final Takeaway: The Real Answer to “Is Tamarindo Safe?”

Tamarindo is safe by global tourist standards
Violent crime affecting visitors is rare
Most issues involve preventable petty theft
The town’s surf-driven, community-oriented culture increases awareness and safety
Families, solo travelers, and surfers consistently report positive, secure experiences

Tamarindo is not “perfectly safe” — no destination is — but it is well-understood, well-traveled, and well-prepared for visitors.

For travelers who apply basic awareness and common sense, Tamarindo remains one of the most enjoyable and reassuring destinations in Costa Rica.

Frequently Asked Questions About Safety in Tamarindo

Is Tamarindo safe for tourists?

Yes — Tamarindo is considered one of the safest beach towns in Costa Rica. Most issues involve petty theft, while violent crime affecting tourists is rare.

Is it safe to walk around Tamarindo at night?

Yes, especially in central areas. Tamarindo has an active nightlife and tourism presence, but like anywhere, it’s best to stay in well-lit areas and remain aware of your surroundings.

Is Tamarindo safe for solo travelers?

Yes — Tamarindo is very popular with solo travelers due to its social atmosphere, walkability, and strong tourism infrastructure. Many visitors report feeling comfortable and safe traveling alone.

Is Tamarindo safe for families?

Yes — Tamarindo is one of the most family-friendly beach towns in Costa Rica, with easy access to restaurants, surf schools, medical services, and beginner-friendly waves.

What is the biggest safety concern in Tamarindo?

The most common issue is petty theft, such as leaving belongings unattended on the beach. Ocean conditions like rip currents can also be a risk if proper precauti ons are not taken.

Is Costa Rica safer than othe r surf destinations?

Yes — Costa Rica is considered one of the safest and most stable countries in Latin America, and Tamarindo ranks among the safest surf destinations for travelers of all levels.

Top 5 Best Surf Spots in Costa Rica’s Pacific Region

Wed, 05 Aug 2026 16:17:04 GMT

If you’re searching for the best surf spots on the Pacific side of Costa Rica, then you’re in the right place. Picture this – warm sun, crystal-clear water, and world-class waves calling out to surfers from near and far. Costa Rica consistently ranks as one of the best surf destinations in the world, offering waves for every skill level and breathtaking surroundings to match. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just starting out, the country’s varied coastline promises an unforgettable surfing adventure. Here’s a closer look at 5 iconic surf spots you can’t miss when visiting Costa Rica.

1. Witch’s Rock (Roca Bruja)

No list of the best surf spots in Costa Rica is complete without Witch’s Rock. This is a spot that has been spoken of by the best surfers for 4 decades yet it has only been readily accessible in the last 20 years. Every kid from the 70’s, 80’ and 90’s had a Surfer or Surfing magazine Witch’s Rock epic frothing barrel shot pinned to their wall. It is the spot that inspired Rober August to come to Tamarindo, and Bruce Brown to make the Endless Summer II in Costa Rica. Situated in the far north within Santa Rosa National Park, this iconic destination is known for its stunning volcanic outcrop and remote, untouched landscape. Witch’s Rock delivers consistent, powerful waves, making it a dream for intermediate and advanced surfers.

Key Details

Type of Break: Sandy beach break with both lefts and rights.
Best Time to Go : Mid-November to April, when the Northwest Swells are prevalent and the offshore winds are working.
Tide : Works best at mid to high tide for optimal wave shape.
Skill level: Intermediate to advanced – on bigger days only advanced.
How to Get There: Only accessible by boat.

WRSC Tip: This spot works with low tide as well but we recommend checking Ollie’s Point with lower tides and surfing Witch’s Rock at higher tides.

Book your private boat trip today!

Email: witchsrockconcierge@gmail.com I WhatsApp: +506 8948-4594

2. Ollie’s Point

The famed point and beach named after Colonel Oliver North USMA where the Iran-Contra conspiracy took place into Costa Rica. Surf here and you are almost in Nicaragua. This is a world class right point break that can offer rides of 180+ meters on average days and much longer as the swell grows. This wave is hollow and yet has sections for performance turns, carves and cutbacks! It is a true gem of Central America and can produce EPIC conditions suitable for surfers intermediate to Advanced. It offers a rock and bottom at a river mouth. It can hold size 15+ feet and bigger.

Key Details

Type of Break: Right Point, Rock Reef with sand offering long rights.
Best Time to Go: May to November, but can break January to March as well.
Tide: Works best at lower tides (low to medium) for optimal wave shape.
Skill Level : Intermediate and advanced (beginners can find friendly waves at the edges).
How to Get There: Only accessible by boat.

WRSC Tip: Bigger boards sit outside closer to the point, shortboarders can find and good entry with a quick tuck, barrel and drive on the outside. The first section is hollow. Not Grandpa’s mushy wave, this wave has fast hollow vertical sections that require constant drive.

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Intermediate & Advanced Surf Programs

Ready to level up your surfing? Our Intermediate and Advanced Surf Programs at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp are designed for surfers who want to refine their technique, explore world-class breaks, and push their limits in Costa Rica’s best waves. You’ll surf a variety of spots with expert coaching – and yes, we’ll also take you on unforgettable boat trips to Witch’s Rock and Ollie’s Point.

3. Playa Negra

Playa Negra is one of Costa Rica’s standout surf spots and a must-visit for those chasing perfection. Made famous by the iconic surf movie Endless Summer II , this reef break boasts some of the cleanest and most powerful right-hand waves on the Pacific coast.

The wave here is fast and hollow, breaking over volcanic reefs, which makes it best suited for experienced surfers. The surrounding area maintains a laid-back vibe, with charming local eateries and beautiful landscapes that amplify the allure of Playa Negra.

Highlights

Type of Break: Reef break – fast, hollow right-handers
Best Time to Go: May to Mid-September for size and consistency and also has good waves January to February (smaller but clean swells and offshore wind)
Tide: Mid to high tide offers best shape; avoid low tide due to exposed reef
Skill Level : Upper intermediate to Advanced surfers only
How to Get There : Drive south from Tamarindo, about 40 minutes via Route 152
WRSC Tip : Only recommended to Advanced Surfers, the beach layout is rocky, the crowd factor is medium/high and the locals are competitive.

4. Playa Hermosa

Playa Hermosa, located just outside the bustling town of Jacó, is a favorite among advanced surfers due to its consistent and powerful waves. Translating to “beautiful beach,” this spot lives up to its name with its dark volcanic sand and majestic mountain backdrop.

The beach produces reliable beach breaks year-round, but the wave’s power and speed make it better suited for experienced riders. This is a very hollow and fast wave, Costa Rica’s version of “Pipeline” or “Puerto Escondido”. It offers “A” frame peaks that are thick, powerful (they come out of the deep central Pacific) that break within 50 meters of the shore. Shallow bottom sandy but hard. This wave can handle size but really depends on direction and shape of the swell to work best. With numerous surf competitions held here over the years, Playa Hermosa holds a special place in Costa Rica’s surf scene.

Highlights

Type of Break: Powerful sandy beach break – fast, heavy waves with punchy sections. One of the most consistent waves in the country.
Best Time to Go: One of the most consistent waves, and can work all year round. For the bigger southern swells visit between April to October.
Tide: Works best at mid-tide going high
Skill Level: Advanced surfers
How to Get There: About 10 minutes south of Jacó; easily accessible by car
WRSC Tip: To surf during the low tide, head to the north end to a spot called Terrazas.

5. Pavones

Rounding out the list is Pavones, home to the second of the longest left-hand point breaks in this hemisphere world. Located in the Osa Region, Golfo Dulce on Costa Rica’s southern Pacific coast, Pavones is a bucket-list destination for surfers who love endless rides. Rumored to have been discovered and settled by the Legendary Pat Curren (World Champion Tom Curren’s Dad) this wave lives up to the legendary status, long lefts open hollow faces and fast sections. On a good day, you can ride waves here for over a minute, carving turn after turn as the wave peels along the shoreline.

Pavones is a remote spot, offering minimal crowds and a chance to enjoy pure, natural beauty. The tranquil surroundings make it the perfect destination for those who want to focus solely on surfing and relaxation.

Highlights

Type of Break: Left-hand point break – super long rides with multiple sections
Best Time to Go: May to October (rainy season) for consistent southern swells
Tide : Best on mid-tide rising
Skill Level: Advanced
How to Get There : Fly into Golfito or drive 7-8 hours from San José; 4×4 vehicle recommended
WRSC Tip: The waves can get very technical and challenging to surf when the swell is bigger. Be experienced with crowded point breaks.

Plan Your Costa Rican Surf Adventure

Costa Rica’s diverse surf spots guarantee something for everyone, no matter your skill level or wave preference. From Witch’s Rock’s mystique to Pavones’ legendary point break, the country offers waves and experiences you won’t find anywhere else.

Now’s the time to pack your board, book your trip, and immerse yourself in the adventure that awaits along Costa Rica’s stunning coastline. Which of these best surf spots will you conquer first? Your perfect wave is waiting!

Best Time to Surf in Costa Rica: Seasons, Weather, and Tides Explained

Wed, 05 Aug 2026 15:47:31 GMT

If you are dreaming about a surf trip to Costa Rica you are probably asking yourself one big question. When is the best time to surf. The real answer is that Costa Rica has surf all year. Warm water and steady Pacific swells keep the waves coming in every month. The experience changes through the seasons which is great because you can pick the vibe that fits you.

This guide walks through the seasons tides times of day and monthly patterns so you can plan your week in Tamarindo with confidence.

Surfing Seasons in Costa Rica

Dry Season from December to April

Locals call it summer. Skies are clear roads are dry and mornings bring gentle offshore winds that groom the waves into clean faces. New surfers love this window because conditions are friendly and lessons are easy to schedule. Intermediates get plenty of time on open shoulders to practice turns and timing. It is also the busiest time of year so booking early is smart .

Green Season from May to November

The landscape turns lush and swells get stronger. Expect sunny mornings and afternoon showers with powerful surf through most of the season. September and October can bring heavier rain which makes travel slower yet lineups are quiet and the waves can be amazing. Prices are often lower which helps if you want a longer stay.

Surfing Seasons in Costa Rica

January to March: Smaller, clean waves with offshore winds. Ideal for beginners and intermediate surfers.

April: Transition month with mixed swell directions and fun, consistent conditions.

May to August: Stronger southern swells bring more size and power, perfect for progression and experienced surfers.

September to October: Peak swell season with bigger surf and fewer crowds, best suited for advanced surfers.

November: A mix of swell directions with improving conditions as the dry season approaches.

Morning or Afternoon

Mornings are special in Costa Rica. Offshore breezes smooth the surface and the ocean lights up with clean peaks. As the day warms the wind often turns onshore which adds bump and texture. During green season mornings can stay calm longer and some spots turn on again close to sunset. Sunrise sessions are a favorite for empty beaches and golden light.

Tides and How They Shape the Waves

Tides matter a lot here. Some beaches love high tide while others fire at low tide. In Tamarindo the main break works on most tides while nearby spots like Playa Grande and Avellanas change character with the water level.

High tide: Softer waves and a forgiving takeoff that helps beginners.
Low tide : Faster hollower waves that suit experienced surfers.
Mid tide : A balanced option at many breaks.

Who Should Surf When

Beginners: Dry season is the easiest window with mellow swells and sunny mornings.

Intermediates : The shoulder months of April May and November bring steady surf without overwhelming size.

Advanced surfers : Green season swells from May through October deliver power at places like Witch’s Rock and Ollie’s Point.

Travel Tips for Tamarindo Surfers

Book early for the dry season because it is peak demand.
Use reef safe sunscreen and a long sleeve rash guard.
Plan around tides and ask your instructor for the best daily windows.
Travel light and rent quality boards on site to avoid airline fees.

Plan Your Surf Week in Tamarindo

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp has everything set for an effortless surf vacation. Here is what is included when you book our surf packages.

Seven nights in a private room right by the beach
Six days of surf lessons or guided tours
Daily breakfast at our beachfront restaurant
Free round trip airport transport from Liberia LIR
Surf seminars and video coaching
Unlimited daily use of our board inventory

Prefer a family lesson or an advanced tour? We can tailor your week to your level and goals.

Surf FAQs: Best Time, Conditions & Planning Your Costa Rica Surf Trip

What is the best time of year to surf in Costa Rica?

Costa Rica has waves year-round, but the experience changes by season. December to April brings smaller, clean waves with offshore winds, ideal for beginners and intermediates. May to November delivers stronger south swells, which are better suited for intermediate and advanced surfers.

When are the biggest waves in Costa Rica?

The biggest and most powerful waves typically arrive between June and October, when consistent south swells hit the Pacific coast. During this period, experienced surfers can find larger surf and fewer crowds, especially around September and October. If you’re looking to surf these conditions with local guidance, explore our advanced surf tours in Costa Rica.

Is Tamarindo a good place for beginner surfers?

Yes. Tamarindo is one of the best beginner surf destinations in Costa Rica thanks to its sandy bottom, consistent waves, and warm water. Many first-time surfers start right in front of the beach. You can also explore nearby breaks in our guide to surfing in Tamarindo.

Is high tide or low tide better for surfing?

It depends on your level and the specific surf break. Beginners usually prefer mid to high tide for softer, more forgiving waves. Intermediate and advanced surfers often surf mid to low tide for faster, steeper waves. Tide timing can significantly affect your session quality.

Does it rain all day during the rainy season?

No. Most days during the green season (May to November) start with sunshine, followed by rain in the afternoon or evening. September and October can bring heavier rain, but also some of the best surf conditions of the year.

Do I need a wetsuit in Costa Rica?

No wetsuit is needed. Water temperatures stay warm year-round, typically between 26–29°C (78–84°F). Most surfers wear a rash guard for sun protection during longer sessions.

How do I choose the right surf level for my trip?

Choosing the right level depends on your experience, comfort in the ocean, and wave knowledge. Beginners focus on fundamentals and whitewater, while intermediate surfers work on unbroken waves and positioning. More advanced surfers benefit from guided sessions that adapt to daily conditions.

What makes Witch’s Rock Surf Camp different?

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp offers a beachfront location, experienced local instructors, and access to multiple surf breaks within a short distance. With structured programs and guided sessions, surfers of all levels can progress faster while enjoying a complete Costa Rica surf experience.

Witch’s Rock & Ollie’s Point: A Guide to Costa Rica’s World Class Breaks

Wed, 05 Aug 2026 15:44:40 GMT

Witch’s Rock

Witch’s Rock, the wave from which we derive our namesake, popularized by The Endless Summer II most definitely lives up to the hype. If you’ve seen the movie, you know what this wave can do during a swell. Simply put, it’s a leg burning barrel. Witch’s Rock handles swell very well, it gets big, and it gets hollow. What’s not to love?

Location

Witch’s Rock is located off Playa Naranjo in North West Guanacaste . Playa Naranjo is part of Santa Rosa National Park , which means it’s not exactly right off the road. In fact, access by the road is strictly limited, unless you have a 4×4 that can handle some serious mud and you’re planning on camping out. Your best bet is to access the wave by boat. Of course, WRSC provides boat trips to this dreamlike wave!

Set Up

Witch’s Rock is a world class beach break that is formed by the estuary’s sand deposits, which create a flat, long, sandbar. This sandbar allows for long lefts, rights, and few closeouts. The rock itself, named Roca Bruja , meaning witch’s rock, provides a scenic backdrop for flawless waves. Unlike many world-class beach breaks, such as Ocean Beach, Hossegor, or Puerto Escondido , Witch’s Rock is a fairly easy, playful wave.

Ollie’s Point

Ollie’s point is named after former US Colonel Oliver North , because of its proximity to an old top-secret CIA airstrip, where the US would supply Nicaragua contra fighters with weapons, allegedly. Also featured in The Endless Summer II , Ollie’s point offers long right-handers that will make your trip well worth it.

Location

Located even deeper into Santa Rosa National Park than Witch’s Rock, driving is not recommended. Fortunately for you, WRSC also runs boat trips to Ollie’s Point!

Set Up

On a solid south swell, Ollie’s point will light up. The wave itself is a right-hand point break with a combination of sand and cobblestone. The wave walls up quite nicely providing great sections for big turns and barrel sections at low tide.

So, what are you waiting for? Book your ticket and you’ll be scoring on these world-class waves in no time!

At What Age Can Kids Start Surfing?

Mon, 25 May 2026 01:08:00 GMT

The post At What Age Can Kids Start Surfing? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica vs El Salvador: Best Surf Destination Guide

Mon, 23 Mar 2026 14:26:00 GMT

Trying to choose between Costa Rica and El Salvador for your surf trip? Both offer world-class waves, but the experience is very different depending on your level and travel style. Costa Rica: More versatile, beginner-friendly, and easier to travel El Salvador: High-performance waves, best for experienced surfers When it comes to surf, scenery, and adventure, […]

Costa Rica Travel Tips for First-Time Visitors

Thu, 19 Mar 2026 15:09:00 GMT

Planning your first trip to Costa Rica? You’re in for an unforgettable experience filled with warm water, incredible waves, and a laid-back lifestyle known as “Pura Vida.” To help you make the most of your trip, here are essential travel tips every first-time visitor should know. 1. Understand the “Pura Vida” Lifestyle Costa Rica moves […]

What Does Pura Vida Mean in Costa Rica?

Thu, 19 Mar 2026 15:03:00 GMT

If you’ve ever traveled to Costa Rica — or even researched it — you’ve probably heard the phrase “Pura Vida.” But what does it actually mean? More than just a saying, “Pura Vida” is the heartbeat of Costa Rican culture. It reflects a way of life centered around positivity, simplicity, and appreciation. The Literal Meaning […]

How to Prepare for a Surf Trip to Costa Rica

Tue, 17 Mar 2026 19:16:00 GMT

The post How to Prepare for a Surf Trip to Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Things to Do in Tamarindo Beyond Surfing

Tue, 17 Mar 2026 16:56:00 GMT

Tamarindo is best known for its surf, but there’s much more to experience beyond the waves. Whether you’re taking a break from surfing or traveling with non-surfers, the area offers a wide range of activities that showcase the natural beauty and culture of Costa Rica. This guide highlights some of the best things to do […]

Advanced Surf Tours Costa Rica: Complete Guide

Tue, 17 Mar 2026 16:47:00 GMT

Costa Rica is one of the best destinations in the world for advanced surfers looking to ride powerful waves and explore iconic surf breaks. Beyond beginner beach breaks, guided surf tours give experienced surfers access to world-class waves like Witch’s Rock and Ollie’s Point. This guide explains what advanced surf tours are, who they are […]

Beginner’s Guide to Learning Surfing in Costa Rica

Tue, 17 Mar 2026 16:23:00 GMT

Why Costa Rica Is Perfect for Beginner Surfers Costa Rica is one of the best places in the world to learn how to surf thanks to its warm water, consistent waves, and beginner-friendly beach breaks. For first-time surfers, locations like Tamarindo provide ideal learning conditions with mellow waves, sandy-bottom beaches, and year-round surf consistency. Warm […]

The Best Surf Stretching Routine Before a Session

Fri, 13 Mar 2026 14:24:00 GMT

Surfing may look effortless from the beach, but it requires flexibility, strength, and mobility throughout the body. Preparing your body before entering the water can help you paddle more efficiently, reduce soreness, and prevent common surfing injuries. Why Stretching Matters for Surfers Surfing places unique demands on the body. Paddling requires shoulder mobility, popping up […]

Why Beginner Surfers Get Rib Pain (And How to Prevent It)

Fri, 13 Mar 2026 14:18:00 GMT

If you’re new to surfing, rib soreness after a few sessions is extremely common. Many beginner surfers experience bruising or tenderness around the ribs after spending long periods paddling on their surfboard. While it can feel alarming at first, this type of soreness is usually temporary and often disappears as your body adapts to surfing. […]

How to Avoid Rib Bruising From Surfing (And Paddle Pain-Free for Longer Sessions)

Fri, 13 Mar 2026 12:10:00 GMT

The post How to Avoid Rib Bruising From Surfing (And Paddle Pain-Free for Longer Sessions) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What’s Included in a Costa Rica Surf Camp Package?

Mon, 23 Feb 2026 14:20:00 GMT

The post What’s Included in a Costa Rica Surf Camp Package? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Ollie’s Point Guided Surf Tour: What to Expect

Sun, 22 Feb 2026 15:39:00 GMT

The post Ollie’s Point Guided Surf Tour: What to Expect appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Family Surf Camp in Costa Rica Done Right

Fri, 20 Feb 2026 12:58:00 GMT

The post Family Surf Camp in Costa Rica Done Right appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Advanced Surf Tours in Costa Rica That Deliver

Thu, 19 Feb 2026 12:51:00 GMT

The post Advanced Surf Tours in Costa Rica That Deliver appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Video Surf Coaching for Intermediates That Works

Wed, 18 Feb 2026 16:31:00 GMT

The post Video Surf Coaching for Intermediates That Works appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Beginner Surf Lessons in Tamarindo: Learn to Surf in Costa Rica

Tue, 17 Feb 2026 15:07:00 GMT

The post Beginner Surf Lessons in Tamarindo: Learn to Surf in Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Beginner Surf Camp in Costa Rica: What to Expect

Mon, 16 Feb 2026 15:00:00 GMT

The post Beginner Surf Camp in Costa Rica: What to Expect appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Beachfront Surf Camp in Tamarindo

Fri, 13 Feb 2026 12:52:00 GMT

The post Beachfront Surf Camp in Tamarindo appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

All-Inclusive Surf Vacation in Costa Rica

Thu, 12 Feb 2026 13:32:00 GMT

The post All-Inclusive Surf Vacation in Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica Surf Camp Reviews That Matters

Thu, 16 Oct 2025 14:50:00 GMT

The post Costa Rica Surf Camp Reviews That Matters appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Prepare for Your Surf Trip to Costa Rica: Fitness, Safety, and Travel Tips

Thu, 25 Sep 2025 17:27:00 GMT

The post How to Prepare for Your Surf Trip to Costa Rica: Fitness, Safety, and Travel Tips appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Ultimate Surf Trip Packing Checklist

Tue, 23 Sep 2025 15:10:00 GMT

The post Ultimate Surf Trip Packing Checklist appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

A Commitment to Safety: How Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Trains Its Coaches for Water Rescue

Fri, 19 Sep 2025 19:48:00 GMT

The post A Commitment to Safety: How Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Trains Its Coaches for Water Rescue appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Top 5 Apps for Surfers

Fri, 19 Sep 2025 17:23:00 GMT

The post Top 5 Apps for Surfers appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Lessons You’ll Learn Your First Time on a Shortboard

Tue, 16 Sep 2025 16:00:00 GMT

The post 5 Lessons You’ll Learn Your First Time on a Shortboard appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

From Surf Trip to Surf Life: Guests Who Made Tamarindo Home with photographer Kristen M. Brown

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 17:54:00 GMT

The post From Surf Trip to Surf Life: Guests Who Made Tamarindo Home with photographer Kristen M. Brown appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

From Surf Trip to Surf Life: Guests Who Made Tamarindo Home with photographer Kristen M. Brown

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 11:54:00 GMT

You know those moments in life that change your life path forever? My surf trip to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp was one of those moments. If you’ve ever wondered what it’s like to trade it all in for a new surfing life in Costa Rica, I’m happy to share my surf story with you, from […]

Speaking the Lingo: 3 Tips for Good Conversation while Traveling in Costa Rica

Mon, 01 Sep 2025 14:21:00 GMT

The post Speaking the Lingo: 3 Tips for Good Conversation while Traveling in Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How Dangerous is Surfing in a Thunderstorm?

Sat, 30 Aug 2025 10:42:00 GMT

The post How Dangerous is Surfing in a Thunderstorm? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

October at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp A Surfer’s Guide to Rainy Season Perks

Tue, 26 Aug 2025 13:27:00 GMT

The post October at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp A Surfer’s Guide to Rainy Season Perks appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

From Endless Summer to Pura Vida: A Father-Son Surf Story at Witch’s Rock

Mon, 18 Aug 2025 13:44:00 GMT

The post From Endless Summer to Pura Vida: A Father-Son Surf Story at Witch’s Rock appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica Surf Calendar

Sat, 05 Jul 2025 20:57:00 GMT

The post Costa Rica Surf Calendar appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica Surf Vacation Planning: Budget, Seasons, and Packing Tips

Fri, 30 May 2025 20:17:00 GMT

The post Costa Rica Surf Vacation Planning: Budget, Seasons, and Packing Tips appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

8 Reasons to Subscribe to the WRSC Newsletter

Fri, 25 Apr 2025 21:40:00 GMT

The post 8 Reasons to Subscribe to the WRSC Newsletter appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

South Swell Season 2025 — Why May to October Is the Best Time to Surf Costa Rica

Tue, 22 Apr 2025 18:13:00 GMT

The post South Swell Season 2025 — Why May to October Is the Best Time to Surf Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Why I Keep Coming Back to Surf in Tamarindo (And Why You Should Too)

Wed, 26 Mar 2025 15:30:00 GMT

The post Why I Keep Coming Back to Surf in Tamarindo (And Why You Should Too) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Win a Custom Lost Surfboard – Ride Home with More Than Waves

Fri, 21 Mar 2025 17:37:00 GMT

The post Win a Custom Lost Surfboard – Ride Home with More Than Waves appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

10 Ways We’re Making Your Next Surf Trip the Best One Yet

Thu, 13 Feb 2025 19:25:00 GMT

The post 10 Ways We’re Making Your Next Surf Trip the Best One Yet appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Top 10 Surf Spots in North Costa Rica

Tue, 19 Nov 2024 14:17:00 GMT

The post Top 10 Surf Spots in North Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Guide to Get Stoked Surf Witch’s Rock at the Perfect Time

Tue, 15 Oct 2024 14:26:00 GMT

The post Guide to Get Stoked Surf Witch’s Rock at the Perfect Time appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Save Time Fly from San José to Tamarindo’s Best Waves

Mon, 16 Sep 2024 16:00:00 GMT

The post Save Time Fly from San José to Tamarindo’s Best Waves appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Are there Hurricanes in Costa Rica?

Thu, 05 Sep 2024 14:00:00 GMT

The post Are there Hurricanes in Costa Rica? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Learning to Surf in Your 40s: Todd Decker’s Journey at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp

Mon, 19 Aug 2024 13:28:00 GMT

The post Learning to Surf in Your 40s: Todd Decker’s Journey at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Why Choose a Family Surf Vacation at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp?

Wed, 07 Aug 2024 14:22:00 GMT

The post Why Choose a Family Surf Vacation at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What Are the Surf Conditions Like in Tamarindo, Costa Rica During July?

Thu, 18 Jul 2024 14:47:00 GMT

The post What Are the Surf Conditions Like in Tamarindo, Costa Rica During July? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What a Week in the Intermediate Surf Program is Like at Witch’s Rock Costa Rica Surf Camp?

Tue, 16 Jul 2024 16:30:00 GMT

The post What a Week in the Intermediate Surf Program is Like at Witch’s Rock Costa Rica Surf Camp? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What a Week in the Intermediate Surf Program is Like at Witch’s Rock Costa Rica Surf Camp?

Tue, 16 Jul 2024 10:30:00 GMT

Have you ever wondered what a week in the Intermediate Surf Program is like? Well, who better to tell you than our return guests! Melany and Jimmy created an incredible vlog about their last experience with us in early April this year. Check it out: We just love the rawness of it. Their vlog shows […]

Firewire Longboards: TJ Pro Model Board Review

Wed, 19 Jun 2024 18:40:00 GMT

The post Firewire Longboards: TJ Pro Model Board Review appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Choose the Right Costa Rica Surf Camp

Tue, 04 Jun 2024 15:07:00 GMT

The post How to Choose the Right Costa Rica Surf Camp appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Extended! Family Surf Months: Kids Surf Free in July & August

Wed, 01 May 2024 12:00:00 GMT

The post Extended! Family Surf Months: Kids Surf Free in July & August appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

South Pacific Swell Season: Why It’s Prime Time for Costa Rica!

Tue, 23 Apr 2024 15:58:00 GMT

The post South Pacific Swell Season: Why It’s Prime Time for Costa Rica! appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Setting Sail with Surf Captain: A Game-Changer We’re Proud to Partner With

Wed, 20 Mar 2024 17:53:00 GMT

The post Setting Sail with Surf Captain: A Game-Changer We’re Proud to Partner With appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Planning a Surf Trip to Costa Rica?

Wed, 28 Feb 2024 16:46:00 GMT

The post Planning a Surf Trip to Costa Rica? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Why Surfing Is A Lifestyle of Joy and Connection

Mon, 25 Sep 2023 18:08:00 GMT

The post Why Surfing Is A Lifestyle of Joy and Connection appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Dear Mr. Robert August

Fri, 21 Jul 2023 18:27:00 GMT

The post Dear Mr. Robert August appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The ever changing river

Tue, 06 Jun 2023 19:56:00 GMT

The post The ever changing river appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Riding with Dos Locos: Your Gateway to the Legendary Waves of Witch’s Rock

Fri, 19 May 2023 18:49:00 GMT

The post Riding with Dos Locos: Your Gateway to the Legendary Waves of Witch’s Rock appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Wave Rider in the Making: How Mary Achieved Her Surfing Dream

Mon, 17 Apr 2023 16:45:00 GMT

The post Wave Rider in the Making: How Mary Achieved Her Surfing Dream appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Why Beginner Surfers Progress Faster with Coaching

Sun, 05 Mar 2023 17:10:00 GMT

The post Why Beginner Surfers Progress Faster with Coaching appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Take it Slow and Enjoy Tamarindo: Rent a Golf Cart

Sat, 25 Feb 2023 19:47:00 GMT

The post Take it Slow and Enjoy Tamarindo: Rent a Golf Cart appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Firewire Evo Helium Surfboard Review

Thu, 10 Nov 2022 16:59:00 GMT

The post Firewire Evo Helium Surfboard Review appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Halloween surfing in Tamarindo, the spookiest thing happened!!

Wed, 02 Nov 2022 20:30:00 GMT

The post Halloween surfing in Tamarindo, the spookiest thing happened!! appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica Surf Camp Questions and Answers

Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:31:00 GMT

The post Costa Rica Surf Camp Questions and Answers appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Mid-Length Surfboard Movement | Rob Machado’s Seaside & Beyond

Wed, 14 Sep 2022 19:26:00 GMT

The post The Mid-Length Surfboard Movement | Rob Machado’s Seaside & Beyond appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

This week we gave the mic to the Nguyen family

Wed, 17 Aug 2022 14:48:00 GMT

This week we gave the mic to the Nguyen family who we consider, “super-return guests” to understand why they choose our surf camp time and time again.

Their testimonial is heart warming.

The post This week we gave the mic to the Nguyen family appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Joe’s Tiki Hut Turns Boho Chic in an Epic Remodel

Mon, 15 Aug 2022 18:00:00 GMT

The post Joe’s Tiki Hut Turns Boho Chic in an Epic Remodel appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Great Lakes Surf Festival August 13, 2022 | Celebrating STOKE in Muskegon, Michigan

Wed, 03 Aug 2022 19:27:00 GMT

The post Great Lakes Surf Festival August 13, 2022 | Celebrating STOKE in Muskegon, Michigan appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Great Lakes Surf Festival August 13, 2022 | Celebrating STOKE in Muskegon, Michigan

Wed, 03 Aug 2022 13:27:00 GMT

Surfing is all about the free ride….. Whether you’re charging double-overhead Mexican beach break or you’re hanging a cheater five on a knee-high mush burger, the stoke that you feel after a great ride is undeniable. Surfing has truly become a worldwide sport (credits to our friend, Robert August). It seems that wherever the weather […]

How to Choose an All-Inclusive Surf Camp in Costa Rica

Sat, 23 Jul 2022 18:34:00 GMT

The post How to Choose an All-Inclusive Surf Camp in Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Firewire Cymatic Review A High-Performance Surfboard for Intermediate and Advanced Surfers

Tue, 19 Jul 2022 20:12:00 GMT

The post The Firewire Cymatic Review A High-Performance Surfboard for Intermediate and Advanced Surfers appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Flying to Liberia, Guanacaste (LIR) | Tips, Hints, and Tricks for Cheaper Airfare

Fri, 08 Jul 2022 14:49:00 GMT

The post Flying to Liberia, Guanacaste (LIR) | Tips, Hints, and Tricks for Cheaper Airfare appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Flying to Liberia, Guanacaste (LIR) | Tips, Hints, and Tricks for Cheaper Airfare

Fri, 08 Jul 2022 08:49:00 GMT

The tide is rising, winds are offshore, the surf is peeling, and you’re about to jump off the boat into 80°F crystalline waters. Surely you envision a moment like this when daydreaming of your next surf trip to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp (WRSC). But before getting to this highly anticipated moment of swan diving off […]

Former Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Guest, Braeden Kopec, Makes Waves In The Surfing World

Mon, 13 Jun 2022 17:07:00 GMT

The post Former Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Guest, Braeden Kopec, Makes Waves In The Surfing World appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Former Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Guest, Braeden Kopec, Makes Waves In The Surfing World

Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:07:00 GMT

It took some serious convincing to let 5-year old Braeden Kopec onto our guided boat tours back in 2011… I mean, do 5-year old kids even wipe their own butts? The Witch’s Rock staff had their doubts, but rest assured, this 5-year old super-grom already had more experience on a surfboard than the majority of […]

US Blanks Partners With Witch’s Rock Surf Camp As New Exclusive Distributor In Costa Rica

Sat, 28 May 2022 14:17:00 GMT

The post US Blanks Partners With Witch’s Rock Surf Camp As New Exclusive Distributor In Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

August is Family Surf Month: Kids Surf Free!

Tue, 17 May 2022 17:20:00 GMT

The post August is Family Surf Month: Kids Surf Free! appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Spotlight | Daniela Ortiz

Fri, 29 Apr 2022 18:14:00 GMT

The post Employee Spotlight | Daniela Ortiz appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp To Host Federation Of Surf Contest In Tamarindo This Weekend: April 23-24, 2022

Mon, 18 Apr 2022 15:39:00 GMT

The post Witch’s Rock Surf Camp To Host Federation Of Surf Contest In Tamarindo This Weekend: April 23-24, 2022 appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

When Is The Best Time To Surf Tamarindo?

Wed, 06 Apr 2022 00:05:00 GMT

The post When Is The Best Time To Surf Tamarindo? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica To End All COVID-19 Restrictions On April 1, 2022

Tue, 22 Mar 2022 18:43:00 GMT

The post Costa Rica To End All COVID-19 Restrictions On April 1, 2022 appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Traveling to Costa Rica: Entry Protocols, Policy Changes, Easy Testing & More (April 2021)

Mon, 19 Apr 2021 14:58:00 GMT

The post Traveling to Costa Rica: Entry Protocols, Policy Changes, Easy Testing & More (April 2021) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Visiting Witch’s Rock During the Covid-19 Pandemic

Wed, 09 Dec 2020 23:56:00 GMT

Costa Rica opened it’s borders to the entire World on November 1st 2020 and the guest uptick has got our spirits soaring. Furthermore, there is no negative COVID test required for entry so all you’ll need to get into Costa Rica is travel insurance (we recommend Sagicor ) and fill out the Health Pass 48 hours before your departure flight. Even though Costa Rica has opened its boarders completely, there were only 36,044 arrivals by air in November 2020 as compared to 191,346 in November 2019. Regardless, it’s been amazing seeing familiar faces from the USA and Canada and we’ve maintained about 60% – 80% occupancy at our beachfront site which our guests have actually loved.

Quick Tip : Ask for room upgrades when you arrive to camp. Chances are we’ll have a some premium rooms available. We’ll happily hook you up.

Many future and potential guests are wondering what protocols we’re taking at the camp in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Here’s what you can expect:

50% van occupancy for surf tours and airport transportation.
All employees in surf shop and restaurants with masks
Mandatory mask for everyone in vans.
Mandatory masks for everyone in surf shop
Seminars being held in open air restaurant (mask optional).
Hand washing and sanitizing stations throughout camp.
Temperature checks daily to our staff.
Social distancing (we are not enforcing this, but please use your best judgment on site).
Bars and restaurants in Tamarindo close at 9pm.

We are taking the pandemic very seriously because we want to keep our staff and guests safe. We’re running the surf camp as normally as possible, all things considered. If you’re looking to plan your next Costa Rica vacation, contact us at 1-888-318-7873 or email us at reservations@witchsrocksurfcamp.com

PS . Waves have been firing and the crowds have been really mellow.

The post Visiting Witch’s Rock During the Covid-19 Pandemic appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Planning a Surf Trip to Costa Rica: Complete Guide

Wed, 30 Sep 2020 20:51:00 GMT

The post Planning a Surf Trip to Costa Rica: Complete Guide appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What Airlines are Coming to Costa Rica Now?

Thu, 24 Sep 2020 02:17:00 GMT

The post What Airlines are Coming to Costa Rica Now? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Different Types of Surf Spots | An Overview

Wed, 03 Jun 2020 19:36:00 GMT

The post The Different Types of Surf Spots | An Overview appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Robert August Surfboard Giveaway + 20% discount (May/June 2020)

Tue, 26 May 2020 19:15:00 GMT

Who’s itching for a surf trip right now? Can you smell the surf wax and saltwater in the air? Dreaming of gliding across glassy waves in a warm-water paradise?

If you’re considering visiting Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica, there is literally no better time to make your reservation than RIGHT NOW… We are offering a monumental 20% discount PLUS all trips booked between now and June 30th will be entered to win a hand-crafted, Robert August, surfboard. This doesn’t mean you need to physically be in Costa Rica before June 30th, just book your trip (for whenever) before June 30th and you’ll be eligible to win.

The board we’re raffling off this month is an 8’0 Big Guy Tri . This cross-over board offers stability and wave catching ability without sacrificing performance. Varying from 21″-23″ in width, they’re a quarter to half inch thicker than an average short board. This board gives you a short board feel, with easier paddling and plenty of volume for a bigger guy or just someone who loves a little extra foam under their feet. It’s the ultimate board for Costa Rica as it performs well in thigh high – slightly overhead surf

And here are the exact dimensions for all the surfboard nerds…

If you’d like to start planning your trip of even pull the trigger on a trip you’ve been thinking about, contact us at Witchsrocksurfcamp@gmail.com or call us Toll Free at 1-888-318-7873. Make sure to Subscribe to our YouTube Channel for valuable content and updates.

See you in the water!

The post Robert August Surfboard Giveaway + 20% discount (May/June 2020) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The News We’ve All Been Waiting For

Thu, 21 May 2020 18:44:00 GMT

The post The News We’ve All Been Waiting For appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Evolution of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp 2000 – 2020

Mon, 30 Mar 2020 21:02:00 GMT

The post The Evolution of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp 2000 – 2020 appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

To All Our Valued Guests…

Sun, 22 Mar 2020 17:02:00 GMT

(UPDATED APRIL 23rd)

During what is a very anxious and difficult time worldwide because of the threat of COVID-19, the Witch’s Rock Family would like to take a moment to let you know what the situation currently is in Costa Rica. As of this time there are 495 active cases with 6 deaths of COVID-19 in the country. 180 people have recovered from the virus. There have been well over 11,000 tests for the virus that came back negative for COVID-19. Costa Rica has canceled all mass gatherings along with night clubs, bars, and casinos. The government is also limiting restaurants to 50% occupancy, closed national parks, closed beaches, and have closed over 350 schools. All of this has been done out of an abundance of caution. In an effort to flatten the potential of spread.

Costa Rica has closed its boarders to international tourism until May 15th.

Good news is that these strict measures are paying off. We are seeing more recoveries than new cases for the sixth straight day (as of April 23rd). See the graph below provided by the Tico Times for the details.

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp is open locally but with a temporary staff reduction because of the facts above. This reduction of staff is temporary and has been done in accordance with Costa Rican Law which mandates liquidations for staff of salary including vacation time at a rate that is scaled by length of service and rate of pay. This reduction is the Costa Rican version of lay off insurance in the USA. The layoff was also for the protection of our employees in order to reduce their exposure to the potential of catching and the spread of COVID-19. We anticipate that at some point that there will also be an order from the government to shelter in place. As of today, there are no guests staying at our camp and we anticipate things to be this way for a while until the world makes sense of how to control this very dangerous virus. We hope to begin to bring back our family of employees as the virus subsides and as the airports begin allowing flights again. While we are still open locally with a very reduced staff, we continue to monitor government mandates and implementing changes as necessary. We have ramped up our cleaning methods in all areas of the business. We have instructed all our reduced staff (mostly in the restaurants) to continually wash their hands and to use hand sanitizer often which is provided on all counter spaces both in the restaurants and bars as well at all front desks. We have instructed all restaurant staff to practice social distancing and to clean using an antibacterial solution; all tables when guest are being seated and again when clearing the space for the next guest. We have instructed staff to limit hand shaking, kissing and hugging for their safety as well as for the safety of guests. When an employee is sick or not feeling well we have instructed them to stay home, contact their doctor and to not return until they are cleared.

In the event that a guest become sick while traveling we have a protocol to assist with isolation and a doctor on call to respond.

For all guests thinking of coming or booked to come in the future when this travel ban is listed It is always recommended to purchase trip insurance. It’s a small price to pay for peace of mind.

When Costa Rica opens again for tourism we will continue to maintain the standards listed above and offer the following suggestions when you visit:

While it is prudent to have concern, we encourage all guests and staff to take the necessary precautions and not panic. As in any situation concerning health and contagious virus, common sense should always be the rule.

Wash your hands often (20 seconds) throughout the day. Use warm water and soap. If soap and water are not available, use alcohol-based hand gel.
Cough or sneeze into your elbow. Flu and virus is spread through coughing or sneezing on other people or into your hands. Cover your coughs and sneezes to prevent others from getting sick.
Avoid touching your eyes, nose, or mouth. Germs easily spread this way.
Social distance (6ft) suspend hand shaking, greeting kiss, greeting hug.
Get plenty of sleep, be physically active, manage your stress, drink plenty of fluids, and eat nutritious foods. Regardless stay hydrated.
Take the same precautions you would to prevent the flu.
If you become sick with any ailment while you’re staying with us please alert our front desk staff who can recommend local clinics and doctors.
Although our staff cleans the rooms, if you have antibacterial handwipes it never hurts to wipe down the surfaces you come in contact with.
When flying it is also advisable to use antibacterial wipes to clean the tray table and all exposed surfaces in and around your seat.

On behalf of the whole Witch’s Rock Surf Camp family we would like to thank you for your continued loyalty. If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call us at +1-888-318-7873

The post To All Our Valued Guests… appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Spotlight | Freedom Rosalda

Thu, 12 Mar 2020 20:23:00 GMT

No one shines quite like Freedom. If you’ve enjoyed a Big Ass Nachos at El Vaquero, it’s likely you’ve been served by the one and only, Freedom Rosalda. Originally from the Philippines, Freedom is one of the longest standing employees at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp and literally a friend to everyone. In fact, the best party in town is at Freedom’s house as he loves hosting birthday parties for the Witch’s Rock employees and serves up authentic Asian dishes from his home country.

How did you end up in Costa Rica?

Way back in March of 2003 I first arrived in tourist visa to Costa Rica and met a a Filipino chef in San Jose who is my mentor and executive chef of Sakura restaurant . He taught me how to make Japanese food and allowed me to stay in his house and work with him. He taught me how to make authentic Japanese food and sushi

What is your position at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp?

Right night I am part of the wait staff at El Bar Vaquero.

How long have you been working at WRSC?

I worked en Eat at Joe’s for 5 years between 2006 and 2011 as waiter and sushi chef. Then in 2014 I worked again in Eat at Joe’s as a full time sushi chef because I went to the Philippines for a few year. Then starting in 2016 until now, I’m working in waiting staff team at El Vaquero.

What is your favorite time of year to be in Tamarindo?

My favorite time of the year in Tamarindo is all year round..During dry summer season it’s good for us with a lot clients and easy time to meet new people and old time friends. The rainy means time to relax in a green tropical paradise. It’s ourr vacation time and wait for the next high season.

What guest(s) do you remember most?

I love guests who are always smiling, friendly and appreciate our work. I always remember Danny Mitchell and Michael Oldani; they are here almost every year and I’ve known them since 2007. Such a great crew. There are a lot of clients that become out friends.

Have you ever tried surfing?

I tried to surf way back 2007. It’s so much fun.. If I surfed every day maybe I could be one of your surf instructors today hahaha… I always admired our surf instructors; they do a really good job..

What makes working at WR special?

Working in WR is like choosing your job you love so you don’t feel you’re working at all. In WR is like working in Paradise not only the place at the beauty of people working on it.. Nice Bosses and Managers to work with. Fun Place to work and learn. I’ve been working in the different places and Big Hotel, WR is the best. Joe and Holly manage it truly great. They are one of humble people I’ve ever met. They are like ordinary people always smiling and greeting at you all the time. I’ve met them 2006 and their smile is the same. They treat you like family. WR is Family away from Home.

How do you like to spend your time outside of Witch’s Rock?

On my day off, I always go to beach with my wife and some friends with beers in our hand with my big bluetooth speaker.. Some time we watch movie together.

What’s your favorite menu item at El Vaquero?

Nachos as Big as your ass because it’s name is true. Big and Delicious… And wings of course, my comfort food.. My mouth is watering right now..

Want to get down here yourself and tell Freedom how awesome and appreciated he is? Contact us at 1-888-318-7873 to set up your next surf trip. Pura Vida!

The post Employee Spotlight | Freedom Rosalda appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

It’s More Than Just a Surf Camp

Thu, 05 Mar 2020 15:48:00 GMT

The post It’s More Than Just a Surf Camp appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Board Cage Update | NEW Shop, NEW Firewires

Thu, 20 Feb 2020 19:35:00 GMT

The post Board Cage Update | NEW Shop, NEW Firewires appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Profile: Jonathan Madrigal

Wed, 12 Feb 2020 20:29:00 GMT

The post Employee Profile: Jonathan Madrigal appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

A Day in the Life at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp

Thu, 06 Feb 2020 18:41:00 GMT

The post A Day in the Life at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Firewire Greedy Beaver Surfboard – Full Review & Performance Guide

Thu, 30 Jan 2020 19:55:00 GMT

The post Firewire Greedy Beaver Surfboard – Full Review & Performance Guide appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What’s May Like in Costa Rica?

Wed, 22 Jan 2020 07:18:00 GMT

The post What’s May Like in Costa Rica? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Profile: Diego Leal Espinoza

Thu, 16 Jan 2020 16:11:00 GMT

The post Employee Profile: Diego Leal Espinoza appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

8 Booking Tips for an Epic Surf Trip this 2020

Thu, 09 Jan 2020 17:00:00 GMT

The post 8 Booking Tips for an Epic Surf Trip this 2020 appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get Out & Surf Podcast #49 | Chicago Surfrider vs. US Steel

Thu, 19 Dec 2019 15:01:00 GMT

The post Get Out & Surf Podcast #49 | Chicago Surfrider vs. US Steel appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

50: So This Is The End?

Mon, 16 Dec 2019 17:27:00 GMT

The post 50: So This Is The End? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Spotlight : Leo Rocha

Thu, 12 Dec 2019 17:02:00 GMT

The post Employee Spotlight : Leo Rocha appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

49: Chicago Surfrider Foundation vs. US Steel

Mon, 09 Dec 2019 13:38:00 GMT

20% of the planet’s fresh water can be found in the Great Lakes. This area is also home to some of the US’s biggest industrial manufacturing complexes. For over a century, many of these companies have been dumping lethal chemicals into the watershed, destroying eco systems, and damaging the water supply for millions of Americans. So when the US government allows this to happen in the name of capitalism, what are we supposed to do?

Introducing Mitch McNeil, Chair of the Chicago chapter of the Surfrider Foundation. Mitch, along with a group of hungry environmental law professors from the University of Chicago, have filed a lawsuit against US Steel for repeatedly dumping hexavalent chromium into Lake Michigan. Go google that shit and then you’ll see why this is such a big deal.

Get involved! Join your local Surfrider Foundation or donate to the Chicago Surfrider chapter
https://www.chicago.surfrider.org/

Questions or comments for the podcast?
getoutandsurfcr@gmail.com

Get Out and SURF is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/

The post 49: Chicago Surfrider Foundation vs. US Steel appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Good Times at El Vaquero

Thu, 05 Dec 2019 11:58:00 GMT

The post Good Times at El Vaquero appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

48: Green Steps, Tamarindo Rivermouth, and Surfing the Strait of Juan de Fuca

Mon, 02 Dec 2019 11:58:00 GMT

The post 48: Green Steps, Tamarindo Rivermouth, and Surfing the Strait of Juan de Fuca appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What We Are Thankful For

Thu, 28 Nov 2019 14:12:00 GMT

The post What We Are Thankful For appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

47: Californication with Paco Vega

Mon, 25 Nov 2019 11:53:00 GMT

Joe, Niki, and PMAC catch up with Costa Rican surfing prodigy and Witch’s Rock family member Paco Vega. Paco joined Get Out and SURF on Episode #3 when we discussed transitioning from a longboard to a shortboard. This time around we talk about Paco’s new home and what life is like living and surfing in Los Angeles. Rubbing shoulders with Hollywood celebrities and crusty Malibu locals, it seems that Paco is right in the mix of California living. He lets us know what he misses from home and reassures us that he’s still Tico through and through. Grab a listen, pura vida!

Email the podcast: getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

Get Out and SURF is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/

The post 47: Californication with Paco Vega appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get Out & Surf Podcast #3: Transitioning From a Longboard to a Shortboard (with Paco Vega)

Wed, 20 Nov 2019 21:32:00 GMT

The post Get Out & Surf Podcast #3: Transitioning From a Longboard to a Shortboard (with Paco Vega) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

46: Expat Legal Guide To Living And Working In Costa Rica

Mon, 18 Nov 2019 11:50:00 GMT

This week we sit down with good friend and Costa Rican attorney Adrian Fernandez. Adrian is an expert in many areas of Costa Rican law and helps answer many questions that anyone who is considering moving to, working, or simply living in Costa Rica needs to know:

How long can I stay in Costa Rica on a tourist visa?
How do I get my residency?
Should I bring my vehicle?
Can I legally work in Costa Rica?
What happens if I get in a car accident?
What happens if I get arrested?
Can anyone by real estate in Costa Rica?
And more.

You can contact Adrian Fernandez for a free consultation:
legaladviceCR@gmail.com
+506-8386-1698 (text)

This podcast is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/

The post 46: Expat Legal Guide To Living And Working In Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Spotlight | Jonathan Sandoval

Thu, 14 Nov 2019 14:59:00 GMT

The post Employee Spotlight | Jonathan Sandoval appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

45: The Great Overseas Surfboard Debate

Mon, 11 Nov 2019 12:22:00 GMT

The crew is back in the GOAS recording studio with Niki Hurren, PMAC, and Joe Walsh discussing one of surfing’s biggest controversies: Does it matter that so many surf industry brands are now producing surfboards in factories overseas in places like China, Taiwan, and Thailand? Does technology and production en masse vs. the working with your local shaper push surfboard evolution forward, or does it hinder the progress of the sport? And what about the environmental impact?

We hope you enjoy this episode and ongoing discussion. Please send us your perspective as well! Email the podcast at getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com and we’ll include it in next week’s show.

This podcast is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/

The post 45: The Great Overseas Surfboard Debate appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

LOCALS ONLY! Tamarindo Insider Secrets..

Thu, 07 Nov 2019 16:13:00 GMT

The post LOCALS ONLY! Tamarindo Insider Secrets.. appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

44: Visiting Witch’s Rock Surf Camp In Tamarindo

Mon, 04 Nov 2019 12:03:00 GMT

*DISCLAIMER*

Hi there, this is Joe Walsh from the Get Out and Surf Podcast.

I want to make a disclaimer about this week’s episode. After 44 episodes of Get Out and SURF, I’ve gone out of my way to be as objective as possible and to not be promotional at all. I mean really, you’re not listening to this podcast to be marketed to, and I’m not doing this podcast to sell you anything.

Yes its true that Witch’s Rock Surf Camp produces this podcast, and in full disclosure, I’m the founder and owner of the camp.

But this podcast really has very little to do with the surf camp and everything to do with the passion we all share for surfing. Since our first episode on January 4th, we’ve had some fun banter, we’ve conducted some very interesting interviews, we’ve traveled to far away places, and we’ve covered lots of content about Costa Rica and everything else surf.

But this week it’s going to be a little different. After being asked over and over again “What’s it like at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp?”, “When’s the best time to go?”, “How do I get there?”, “What else is there to do?”, etc, I figured we owed at least one episode to try and answer these questions.

So, I sat down with Shawna Mullen, Julie Javelle, and Daniella Ortiz, three very lovely ladies from the Witch’s Rock Surf Camp reservations office to ask them all of the most frequent questions from prospective travelers interested in coming to Tamarindo and Witch’s Rock Surf Camp.

For more information about Witch’s Rock Surf Camp:
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com
1-888-318-7873 (SURF)
reservations@witchsrocksurfcamp.com

Get ready for next week as Niki, PMAC, and myself will all be back together again right here in beautiful Tamarindo, Costa Rica.

Questions/comments for the show? Don’t hesitate to email us at getoutandsurfcr@gmail.com

The post 44: Visiting Witch’s Rock Surf Camp In Tamarindo appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get Out & Surf Podcast #43 – Big Wave Charger Andrew Cotton

Wed, 30 Oct 2019 21:43:00 GMT

The post Get Out & Surf Podcast #43 – Big Wave Charger Andrew Cotton appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

43: Leave Your Ego On The Beach with Andrew Cotton

Mon, 28 Oct 2019 11:40:00 GMT

Joe and Niki continue their hunt for waves and surf culture in the British Isles. Joe loses a bet and shaves his head as a surf sacrifice, immediately leading them to strike gold with awesome waves at Fistral Beach In Newquay.

They then travel back up to Devon to connect with local legend big wave surfer Andrew Cotton, who has just returned to Nazare, Portugal to chase a new swell. Listen in as Andrew and the boys discuss the equipment, training, and mental strength needed to surf the biggest waves on the planet.

So put your thermals on, get out of the wind, and enjoy this week’s episode of Get Out and SURF!

Please send all questions and comments for the show to getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

The post 43: Leave Your Ego On The Beach with Andrew Cotton appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How To: A Perfect Bottom Turn

Thu, 24 Oct 2019 14:05:00 GMT

The post How To: A Perfect Bottom Turn appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

42: Bring Your Booties: A British Surf Adventure

Mon, 21 Oct 2019 10:52:00 GMT

Joe and Niki threw destiny to the Wheel Of Waves and so this week’s episode comes from the beautiful coasts of England! Niki shows Joe around his native land, they take in a couple of cold surfs, culinary treats and drive the length and breadth of the Southwest peninsula.

Sit back and relax as we discuss being unprepared for colder temps, the best time of the year to surf England, and what to do when the waves are flat. We also ask local surfers in the parking lot for some of that invaluable “insider knowledge” and what motivates them to surf in these colder conditions.

Plus Joe has a near heart attack as we drive down old narrow country roads in the search of waves, while figuring out if the boys are real surfers or have just gotten soft from surfing too long in tropical paradise. Put on your 5:4 wetsuit and enjoy the show!

Questions/comments? Email us at getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

The post 42: Bring Your Booties: A British Surf Adventure appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Spotlight | Marita Obando Cruz

Wed, 16 Oct 2019 20:13:00 GMT

The post Employee Spotlight | Marita Obando Cruz appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

41: San Diego Surf Trip Review

Mon, 14 Oct 2019 17:21:00 GMT

Welcome to another episode of Get Out and SURF! Join us this week as Joe and Niki wrap up their San Diego surf trip with special guest and local San Diego surfer Amber Shaffer. Listen in as we discuss San Diego’s surf seasons, the best local surf breaks, the best boards to ride, and the absolute best surf shops in the city.

Want to surf in San Diego? Get Out and SURF has an awesome surf house that you can rent for your next trip. Email getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com for more information.

And make sure you don’t miss next week’s podcast episode as Joe and Niki’s excellent surfing adventure continues in Cornwall, UK. Pura vida!

The post 41: San Diego Surf Trip Review appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

THIS is what an EPIC Family Surf Trip Looks Like. (Video)

Wed, 09 Oct 2019 21:25:00 GMT

The post THIS is what an EPIC Family Surf Trip Looks Like. (Video) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

40: Bird’s Surf Shed

Mon, 07 Oct 2019 06:32:00 GMT

You can’t visit San Diego without going to see Bird Huffman at Bird’s Surf Shed. And that’s exactly what Niki Hurren and Joe Walsh did in this week’s episode of Get Out and SURF.

Located in a hidden Quonset hut on W. Morena Blvd, at the crossroads of Bay Park and Linda Vista, and within striking distance of every surf spot between Black’s Beach and Sunset Cliffs… welcome to Bird’s Surf Shed. Bird keeps over 1000 surfboards in the Shed, some of which are for sale, many of which you can ride if you just say please. Hear stories about the infamous local surfboard craftsmen of the area, the origin and resurgence of the fish, and the fine line between being a surfer and owning a surfing business. Thanks for listening, pura vida!

Email Get Out and SURF any questions, comments, show ideas, etc.
getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

This podcast is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp.
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com

DON’T FORGET! Go to Instagram, post your best sunset/sunrise photo with the hashtag #ShowUsYourSunset, and make sure to tag @getoutandsurf @witchsrocksurf and @sambatothesea Every month someone will win a free Witch’s Rock Surf Camp t-shirt. At the end of the year, one of these monthly winners will win the grand prize: a free trip to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica

The post 40: Bird’s Surf Shed appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Pro Surfer Spotlight | Andrea Diaz

Wed, 02 Oct 2019 21:49:00 GMT

The post Pro Surfer Spotlight | Andrea Diaz appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

39: There’s Function To Design (It’s Not All Fashion) with Sean Mattison

Mon, 30 Sep 2019 06:50:00 GMT

Welcome to Get Out and SURF! In this week’s episode we’re hanging out in Oceanside, California with local surf icon Sean Mattison. Sean discusses his elite line of Von Sol surfboards and tells the story about how Kelly Slater won his 11th world title riding Sean’s patented Nubster surfboard fin.

Email us anything/everything/questions/rants/love letters/show ideas/recipes/surf reports/etc – getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

The post 39: There’s Function To Design (It’s Not All Fashion) with Sean Mattison appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get Out & Surf Podcast Ep. 38 | Surviving A Crocodile Attack with Jon Becker

Thu, 26 Sep 2019 00:51:00 GMT

The post Get Out & Surf Podcast Ep. 38 | Surviving A Crocodile Attack with Jon Becker appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

38: Surviving A Crocodile Attack with Jon Becker

Mon, 23 Sep 2019 08:28:00 GMT

Introducing Jon Becker A.K.A. the surfer who was attacked by a crocodile and lived to tell the tale. And now, for the very first time, Jon shares this unbelievable story with the world. Listen firsthand as Jon describes his near death experience and how this event gave him inspiration for life and an even greater love for surfing.

Sorry for any background noise, our studio is above a brewery and it was brew day the day we recorded this episode. Pura vida!

Email us anything/everything/questions/rants/love letters/show ideas/recipes/surf reports/etc – getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

DON’T FORGET! Go to Instagram, post your best sunset/sunrise photo with the hashtag #ShowUsYourSunset, and make sure to tag @getoutandsurf @witchsrocksurf and @sambatothesea
Every month someone will win a free Witch’s Rock Surf Camp t-shirt. At the end of the year, one of these monthly winners will win the grand prize: a free trip to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica – witchsrocksurfcamp.com

The post 38: Surviving A Crocodile Attack with Jon Becker appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

WRSC Employee Profile : Lavinia Pandis

Thu, 19 Sep 2019 16:53:00 GMT

The post WRSC Employee Profile : Lavinia Pandis appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

37: Tamarindo Wild West Stories and the Wheel Of Waves

Mon, 16 Sep 2019 14:53:00 GMT

It’s story time! Sit back and listen as Joe Walsh, Niki Hurren and PMAC talk about the early days of living and working in Tamarindo on a tourist visa, and how close we all came to getting arrested and being deported.

Also, we spin the Wheel Of Waves to decide where the Get Out and SURF podcast is headed next. Is it going to be Nova Scotia, Japan, England, or Kiribati?? Listen to the show and find out.

Have any questions? Is there something we can do better to make the podcast even better? Just want to give a shout out?
Email us here: getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com
Find us on Instagram: @getoutandsurf

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/

Firewire Surfboards
https://firewiresurfboards.com/

The post 37: Tamarindo Wild West Stories and the Wheel Of Waves appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Cheap Flights, Rodeos, Barrels and Other Dry-Season Happenings

Wed, 11 Sep 2019 19:35:00 GMT

The post Cheap Flights, Rodeos, Barrels and Other Dry-Season Happenings appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

36: 1 Motorcycle, 2 Surfboards, 3 Years and 10,000 Miles

Mon, 09 Sep 2019 12:57:00 GMT

Meet Eric Sharman, a traveling surfer from Coos Bay, Oregon currently on a 3-year adventure of a lifetime riding his motorcycle from Oregon to Tierra del Fuego, Argentina. We caught up with Eric as he was passing through Tamarindo to hear all about his trip, and what a rad conversation we ended up having.

The takeaway? Bring only the essentials, shed any expectations, and go wherever the road takes you.
https://www.instagram.com/ersharman

Sorry for any background noise early on in the show (the recording studio is located upstairs above the Volcano Brewing Company brewery).

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp – Tamarindo, Costa Rica
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/

Jeffrey Brundage, Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Intern
https://jeffreybrundage.com/

Vagabonding – by Ralph Potts
https://www.amazon.com/Vagabonding-Uncommon-Guide-Long-Term-Travel/dp/0812992180

And don’t forget about the #ShowUsYourSunset contest!

Follow the Get Out and SURF podcast on Instagram (https://instagram.com/getoutandsurf) and post your favorite sunset (or sunrise!) photo. Make sure to tag @getoutandsurf, @witchsrocksurf, and @sambatothesea. Every month one lucky winner will receive an official Witch’s Rock Surf Camp t-shirt, and at the end of the year one of these lucky winners will win the grand prize: a free trip to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp.

Pura vida!

The post 36: 1 Motorcycle, 2 Surfboards, 3 Years and 10,000 Miles appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

35: Hurricane Season

Mon, 02 Sep 2019 04:22:00 GMT

It’s Sunday night, September 1st 2019, and the first major hurricane of the year Hurricane Dorian is currently blasting the Bahamas and heading towards Florida and the Carolinas. While most people along these coasts are boarding up their windows and packing their emergency bags, surfers from around the world are doing the exact opposite and heading directly towards the eye of the storm.

It’s officially hurricane season, and the surf is going to get EPIC.

In this week’s episode we hang out with Ryan Waldron, Senior Meteorologist for Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. Ryan grew up surfing in Virginia Beach and he seriously rips. Ryan also studies swell formation and swell forecasts and knows more on the subject than just about anyone.

The post 35: Hurricane Season appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

A Reading List for the Intellectual Surfer

Wed, 28 Aug 2019 18:49:00 GMT

Surfer’s aren’t typically thought of as intellectuals, but traveling surfers are not your typical beach bums. As traveling surfers, we’ve developed an acute desire for the things in life that money cannot buy. We’ve honed our skills as minimalist travel experts. We can read swell charts, find reliable reefs using Google Earth, and be on a plane to any far flung corner of the world with just a moment’s notice. All in the pursuit of the coveted feeling we get when we ride the perfect wave. When we pick up a book, we want it to be just as exciting, inspiring, and complex as our surf trips. Here at WRSC, we have done our best to compile an intriguing reading list to satisfy your deepest intellectual desires and inspire you to get out there and chase waves. So dive in and pick up a book for your next long flight!

1. Barbarian Days A Surfing Life William Finnegan

When I first read Barbarian Days A Surfing Life , I was blown away. William Finnegan, a long time staff writer at the New Yorker, divulges the details of a life spent wandering the globe in search of surf, adventure, and ultimately purpose. What separates Finnegan’s work from any other surf related literature out there is the language. William Finnegan masterfully guides his readers through a lifetime of travel with elegant prose, vivid imagery, and an expertly crafted narrative. William Finnegan became known to the surfing world after his two-part New Yorker piece, Playing Doc’s Game about surf culture in San Francisco during the 1980s. However, most of Finnegan’s writing career has been spent covering political issues, from Apartheid in South Africa to the Mozambique civil war. After its 2015 release, Barbarian Days quickly become a New York Times Best Seller. Finnegan’s work would go on to win the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for autobiographical work.

2. Blue Mind Wallace J. Nichols

Blue Mind isn’t your typical piece of surfing literature. In fact, it’s not about surfing at all. Rather, Wallace J. Nichols ground breaking work is an in depth look at mankind’s connection to the ocean and how the brain responds to being on, near, or under water. Wallace J. Nichols is a PhD research associate at the California Academy of Sciences and a passionate marine biologist. Nichols delves into the nuts and bolts of what makes our physical, psychological, and emotional connections to the ocean so powerful. Many people will tell you that the ocean will sharpen your senses, calm your mind, and put you in a productive state, but Nichols will tell you why. After reading Blue Mind and learning about “your mind on water,”you’ll certainly be able to justify your surf addiction.

3. The History of Surfing Matt Warshaw

There have been several attempts at an all encompassing surf history over the years, and more or less they all fail to grasp the true nature of the sport and the significance of its history. Matt Warshaw successfully broke the mold with his The History of Surfing . Warshaw, a former pro and Surfer Mag editor, separated his work from others by choosing to include surfing’s dark side. The History of Surfing takes an objective look at issues that have plagued surfing for the better part of a century: localism, sexism, and racism. This well-written 500 or so page detailed history takes an authoritative stance, but maintains wit and humor throughout the entire work. A must read for surfers.

4. Stories from Hawaii Jack London

Jack London’s Stories of Hawaii predates the rest of this list by over 100 years. In fact, the author John Griffith London, died over 100 years ago. So why include such a relic in this reading list? Because Jack London is the original surf traveler and Stories of Hawaii is one of the first works of surf literature. Jack London traveled, as a journalist, to report on Hawaiian culture in the first decade of the 20th century and was blown away when he witnessed surfing. One piece from this collection stands out from the rest, Surfing: A Royal Sport , which details London’s first impression of wave riding, his own attempts at surfing, and the cultural significance of the sport to the people of Hawaii. London paints the picture of a powerful Hawaiian gracefully dancing with a fearsome wave. London is captivated by the surfer, his athleticism, and grace, leaving London to label surfing A Royal Sport.

Are we missing your favorite surf book? Comment on our Facebook page …

5. The Wave Susan Casey

Any surfer looking for a good read should pick up a copy of Susan Casey’s “The Wave: In Pursuit of the Rogues, Freaks, and Giants of the Ocean.” Weighing in at over 300 pages, this non-fiction exploration of giant waves is a page turner that can keep you up past your bedtime. Thoroughly researched through the eyes of scientists, mariners, and big wave surfers like Laird Hamilton and Dave Kalama–the book is equal parts exciting and terrifying. Waves everywhere are getting bigger. The future looks good for surfing, but the coastline could be a lot different.

The book has been out since September, so this review is hardly timely…but hey, we’re in Costa Rica! Sometimes it takes awhile for things to filter down here, even with the benefit of the internet. If you haven’t heard about this one yet, or haven’t gotten around to reading it, put it on your list at Amazon.

If anyone in Tamarindo or at the Camp wants to borrow my copy…hit me up. First come, first served. Happy to share.

6. In search for Capitan Zero Allan C. Weisbecker

In 1996, Allan Weisbecker sold his home and his possessions, loaded his dog and surfboards into his truck, and set off in search of his long-time surfing companion, Patrick, who had vanished into the depths of Central America. In this rollicking memoir of his quest from Mexico to Costa Rica to unravel the circumstances of Patrick’s disappearance, Weisbecker intimately describes the people he befriended, the bandits he evaded, the waves he caught and lost en route to finding his friend. In Search of Captain Zero is, according to Outside magazine, “A subtly affecting tale of friendship and duty. [It] deserves a spot on the microbus dashboard as a hell of a cautionary tale about finding paradise and smoking it away.”

Are you in the midst of planning your next surf trip? Grab one of these

The post A Reading List for the Intellectual Surfer appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

34: The Sound Of Tamarindo

Mon, 26 Aug 2019 17:14:00 GMT

If you’ve spent any time in Tamarindo over the past 20 years, you’ve probably seen (and heard) local music legend Jesse Bishop jamming out on stage. In this week’s episode Joe Walsh, Niki, and PMAC sat down with Jesse to hear his story.

Hear how Jesse Bishop found himself playing guitar at the Armadillo World Headquarters in Austin Texas with musicians such as Count Basie and Willie Nelson. Listen in as he describes how he ever ended up in Tamarindo in the first place, driving from the US to Tamarindo five different times and the adventures he had along the way.

The post 34: The Sound Of Tamarindo appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get Out & Surf Podcast SCORES in…… Lake Michigan?

Sun, 25 Aug 2019 18:28:00 GMT

The crew went where? Yes, you read the title right. Last week, Joe Walsh, Niki Hurran, and P-Mac took a first-class flight to Muskegon , Michigan to participate in the annual, Great Lakes Surf Festival . Luckily for the boys, Tamarindo expat, Larry Larson , opened his family home in Michigan for the weekend. In reality, no one knew what to expect as this was unknown territory for all.. How does the beach look? Are the locals friendly? Are there even waves??

Find out how the trip went in this week’s Podcast. A little teaser: the crew almost had a MAJOR incident in during a lightning storm. Also, someone was un-impressed with their first class flight. Lots of laughs and good times in this one.

FULL PODCAST HERE

The post Get Out & Surf Podcast SCORES in…… Lake Michigan? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

33: Great Lakes Surf Festival 2019

Mon, 19 Aug 2019 15:11:00 GMT

The post 33: Great Lakes Surf Festival 2019 appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Moms SURF for FREE for Mother’s Day

Wed, 14 Aug 2019 18:00:00 GMT

The post Moms SURF for FREE for Mother’s Day appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

32: Current News From The Surfing World

Mon, 12 Aug 2019 15:48:00 GMT

Hang out with Joe Walsh, PMAC, and Niki Hurren as we talk about whats been going on this month in surfing news.

– Great Lakes Surf Festival August 17, 2019 in Muskegon MI
– Delta drops surfboard baggage fees
– Cliff collapse at Grandview surf break in Encinitas CA
– Pan Am Surf Games results
– Chinese wave pool malfunction
– 150+ great white shark sightings along Cape Cod beaches since June 2019!

Sorry for the extra background noise towards the end of the episode, there was some construction going on next door. Pura vida!

The post 32: Current News From The Surfing World appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Lucky Robert August Surfboard Winner Is…

Wed, 07 Aug 2019 15:26:00 GMT

The post The Lucky Robert August Surfboard Winner Is… appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

31: Old School Adam Greenman

Mon, 05 Aug 2019 15:14:00 GMT

Welcome to the show Adam!

Adam Greenman got his start in the surfing industry working as a reservationist at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp back in 2002. After a few years, Adam went on to start Trim Surfboards in the UK and became the UK’s main importer of high-end longboards, selling classic logs for upwards of $6000 to the UK’s surfing elite. These days you can find Adam working hard at developing more environmentally friendly surfboards using hemp, plant-based resins, and other forward-thinking materials. Check it out!

The post 31: Old School Adam Greenman appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Profile: Maxi Waxi (bonus video)

Wed, 31 Jul 2019 20:50:00 GMT

The post Employee Profile: Maxi Waxi (bonus video) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

30: Letters To The Editor

Mon, 29 Jul 2019 16:29:00 GMT

It’s the end of July and the waves in Tamarindo have been fantastic. Join Niki Hurren, P-MAC, and Joe Walsh as we answer tons of listener questions that we’ve received over the past few weeks. Hear about the new half pipe at the brewery, what boards we ride and why, what are our favorite surf movies, what to do when you drop in and ding someone’s board, why is Niki called the Barrel Dodger, and much more. Don’t miss this episode unless the waves are firing!

The post 30: Letters To The Editor appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Annexation of Costa Rica | What is it?

Wed, 24 Jul 2019 23:54:00 GMT

Did you know that Playa Tamarindo was once part of Nicaragua? It probably wasn’t called, Playa Tamarindo back then, but it’s interesting to see (nowadays) how shifting a line in the sand almost 200 years ago has left a reverberating impact on culture, human genetics, and day-to-day life.

Today’s Costa Rica is represented by 7 provinces: Guanacaste, Alajuela, San Jose, Puntarenas, Heredia, Limon and Cartago. However, before 1824, Costa Rica’s northwestern region of Guanacaste was part of Nicaraguan territory. At this time in history, Nicaragua was engaged in a violent civil war that the Guanacastecos (indigenous people from Guanacaste) wanted no part of. They peacefully requested to be annexed to Costa Rica and were approved by the Central American Federation on July 25th 1824.

“De la patria por nuestra voluntad”. This phrase translates to, “Part of this country by our own choice” and rings true especially around Guanacaste. Costa Rican people in general have overwhelming pride in their country, but the Guanacaste culture is truly something special. Guanacaste celebrates the “dia de la anexión” on July 25th each year with typical fiestas and street parades featuring Costa Rican traditional foods like tamales and grilled meat with tortillas. If you’re down here on this date in July, you will see no shortage of concerts, fireworks, folk dances and bull riding to top off the celebration.

Will you be here to celebrate this year’s annexation? If so, great! You will undoubtedly learn something new about this unique cowboy culture. If not, no worries; Costa Rica seems to have a great party just about every night :)

Ready to plan your next surf trip to Tamarindo? Contact us now at 1-888-318-7873 or email us at reservations@witchsrocksurfcamp.com

The post The Annexation of Costa Rica | What is it? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

29: Hanging Out With Langosta’s Grandpa

Mon, 22 Jul 2019 02:44:00 GMT

What a classic episode this is!

Sit back and relax as Joe and Niki hang out with Tamarindo’s local resident Mike Clifford AKA Grandpa. Hear what it was like to spend a night in a Costa Rica jail, to be sponsored by VANS in the 70s, and to travel the world working on a cruise ship (and surfing epic waves along the way).

And next time you’re in Tamarindo, make sure to stop by and say hi to Grandpa at the Surf Club Bar & Grill in Playa Langosta. Pura vida!

The post 29: Hanging Out With Langosta’s Grandpa appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

NEW 2019 / 2020 Dates | All Women Surf Retreats w/ Andrea Diaz

Thu, 18 Jul 2019 13:14:00 GMT

Female surf retreats are here to stay! The girls have been so stoked and showed such enthusiasm these past weeks that we decided to add 6 MORE WEEKS to our All Female Surf Retreats. If you’ve been holding off on your surf trip, now is the time to capitalize on an unforgettable week of surfing with the best female surfer in Costa Rica, Andrea Diaz.

This is way more than a surf holiday. Our all-women retreats are perfect for replenishing your female spirit in a safe environment. You will enjoy surfing with Andrea, yoga classes, massages, girls’ night on the town, and spontaneous non-surfing excursions with your new best friends.

Here is what Krissie P (@phillynerdgirl) had to say about her experience during her July 13 – 2oth retreat. “This was my first time surfing at the tender age of 36. I’m originally from Delaware and have a lot of friends that surf but I never learned myself because I was intimidated. I came with somewhat low expectations that it would take me a whole week to stand up, but Andrea Diaz had me standing up on the first day! I recently lost my husband to cancer last January and learned that like is short. I’ve been trying to do everything that I wished we could have done together and this has been the perfect re-birth into my next chapter of life.”

Here are the NEW upcoming dates. Call us at 1-888-318-to book your spot

Spots will fill up fast so call us at 1-888-318-7873 ASAP if you’re looking to make this surf trip a reality.

Full details and pricing here on our Female Surf Retreat Page

Pura Vida!

The post NEW 2019 / 2020 Dates | All Women Surf Retreats w/ Andrea Diaz appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

28: Real Life Surf Ninja

Mon, 15 Jul 2019 16:41:00 GMT

This week on our show we hung out with Grant Mccartney from Oahu, Hawaii. Grant is a professional skater, surfer, and star of the TV show American Ninja Warrior. Hear what it takes to become a real life ninja. Awesome!

Get Out and SURF is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica.

Follow Grant Mccartney on Instagram and check out his website .

@getoutandsurf
@witchsrocksurf
@islandninja

The post 28: Real Life Surf Ninja appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Show Us Your Sunset Contest

Thu, 11 Jul 2019 15:31:00 GMT

The post Show Us Your Sunset Contest appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

27: Surfing With Your Kids (with Happy Walsh)

Mon, 08 Jul 2019 16:40:00 GMT

There is no “best way” to get your kids to love surfing as much as you do.

In this episode we share our personal stories of how we’ve introduced the ocean and surfing to our children, and the lessons that we’ve learned along the way.

Kids LOVE learning to surf at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica. Learn more at https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com

The post 27: Surfing With Your Kids (with Happy Walsh) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

WRSC Family Surf Trips: Everything you need to know.

Thu, 04 Jul 2019 06:00:00 GMT

The post WRSC Family Surf Trips: Everything you need to know. appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

26. Chasing Sunsets with Samba to the Sea

Mon, 01 Jul 2019 20:45:00 GMT

While sitting down with this week’s guest, we were so inspired that we’re thinking of having a sunset-off contest. Stay tuned and follow us on Instagram at @getoutandsurf for more details.

When Kristen Brown moved down to Tamarindo, Costa Rica over 5 years ago, she quickly became a regular in the lineup while working for Robert August . After observing our stunning sunsets one too many times and Robert’s temporary move back to California, she became the force behind Samba to the Sea . Prints and pillows are available at The Sunset Shop where our listeners get 25% off until July 17th. Just use the code GOSURF at checkout.

Spread the stoke and review Get Out and Surf on ITunes.

Get Out and Surf on ITunes – podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/get-out-and-surf/id1448602856?mt=2

Samba To The Sea – sambatothesea.com

The Sunset Shop -thesunsetshop.com

Robert August – robertaugust.com

Kristen Brown on Instagram – @sambatothesea

The post 26. Chasing Sunsets with Samba to the Sea appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Profile: Xiquiu Acosta

Thu, 27 Jun 2019 15:20:00 GMT

The post Employee Profile: Xiquiu Acosta appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

25: Finding Unridden Surf In Micronesia

Mon, 24 Jun 2019 12:25:00 GMT

Have you ever dreamed about living on a remote island in the middle of nowhere, surfing epic waves all alone?

Meet Frank Lemes. Frank’s story of how he joined the Peace Corps in college and spent almost 2 years volunteering and surfing epic waves in Kiribati is mind-bending. This is an epic show, you are going to LOVE IT. I hope you’re as stoked on it as I was when Frank, Niki and I recorded it.

If you like the Get Out and SURF podcast, please give us a review on iTunes . This helps other frothing surfers find our show, and they’re thankful.

And If you want surf fun, warm, tropical waves, you should definitely come visit us at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica �� https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/

Pura Vida,
Joe Walsh
getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

The post 25: Finding Unridden Surf In Micronesia appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How did you spend International Surfing Day?

Thu, 20 Jun 2019 14:22:00 GMT

We hope you got some waves this past week with International Surfing Day (ISD) falling on June 15th. There was actually some really phenomenal surf with offshore winds in Tamarindo which made it easy for everyone to celebrate. Besides catching some waves on ISD, Witch’s Rock Surf Camp teamed up with The Clean Wave to organize a much-needed beach clean up across the 2km stretch of Playa Tamarindo.

After a dawn patrol session, everyone met at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp at 9am to begin the extensive cleanup. About 20 people showed up with trash bags, rubber gloves, and a sincere desire to give back to our natural environment. We were even joined by some local police officers along with surf legend (and Tamarindo resident) Robert August .

After 3 hours of combing the beach, the team members returned to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp to separate recyclable from non-recyclable, wash their hands, and eat their well-deserved free lunch provided by WRSC. Thank you so much to everyone involved. There have been several beach cleaning initiatives started by surfers lately that encourage personal action. Have you heard about Take 3 for the Sea and #Stoptrashingwaves ? It seems as though the tide is turning on environmental consciousness and what better day to celebrate than International Surfing Day?

How did you spend last Saturday? Got some waves? Picked up some trash? Let us know in the comments how you are contributing to betterment of our beaches and ocean. If you’d like to get down here yourself and enjoy the warm, blue Pacific Ocean, give us a contact us at 1-888-318-7873.

The post How did you spend International Surfing Day? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

24: International Surfing Day, Kiribati, and The Beach Parking Lot

Sun, 16 Jun 2019 18:43:00 GMT

Saturday June 15th 2019 was International Surfing Day, though everyday should be Surfing Day I think. We didn’t have any guests for this episode, it was just me, PMAC, and Niki hanging out and talking surf. I think you’ll enjoy!

Who invented International Surfing Day? What ever happened to Surfing Magazine? Who is Steve Bigler and what did he tell me about Hollister Ranch? Where the hell is Fanning Island and why would you ever go there? What makes your local surf spot’s parking lot so damn special anyways?

Happy Fathers Day all you surfing dads out there, I hope you’re shredding the gnar. I look forward to surfing with you down here in Tamarindo. Pura vida – Joe Walsh

The post 24: International Surfing Day, Kiribati, and The Beach Parking Lot appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

23: Exploring Dominical, Costa Rica (with Greg Gordon)

Sun, 09 Jun 2019 21:32:00 GMT

Greg and Joe go way back. They both drove to Costa Rica “back in the day” searching for an adventurous surfing life. Greg found his paradise in Dominical, located along Costa Rica’s southern Pacific coast. Listen in as Greg talks about some of the surf breaks, waterfalls, and wildlife found in the Dominical area. Also hear about other surf trips the guys have taken to far-off spots like Zanzibar, Jeffrey’s Bay, Northern California, Munich, and Amsterdam.

And yes, those are howler monkeys you occasionally hear in the background!

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp

CRsurf.com

1% For The Planet

Pretoma Shark and Sea Turtle Restoration Program

The post 23: Exploring Dominical, Costa Rica (with Greg Gordon) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

And the Surfboard Giveaway Winner is…………..

Wed, 05 Jun 2019 19:52:00 GMT

You can finally exhale….. Unless your name is Russell Kent with trip number 27623 ! Huge Congratulations to Russell who will be visiting us for his first time this June and participating in the Intermediate Surf Program. Russell will get free reign over our surf shop and can pick any board that we have in stock or hanging on the walls of our restaurants. Robert August has a healthy selection of fishes, funboards and longboards for sale so we’re sure Russell will find a board to his liking.

The only question that remains is…. Should Russell wax up his virgin board while he’s here and take it for a test run in the mighty Pacific Ocean for our south swell season?? Let us know in the comments what you would do.

Thanks to everyone that participated in this month’s surfboard giveaway. We will do more promotions like this very soon so make sure to stay tuned to our Facebook page and Instagram for flash sales and promos.

And as always, give us a call at 1-888-318-7873 or email us at reservations@witchsrocksurfcamp.com if you would like to spend your next vacation in the water with us. From everyone here at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, PURA VIDA!

The post And the Surfboard Giveaway Winner is………….. appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

22: How To Prepare For Medical Emergencies On A Surf Trip (with Dr. Gordon Beh)

Mon, 03 Jun 2019 02:38:00 GMT

In this week’s episode we hang out with Dr. Gordon Beh, a world-traveling surfer and doctor that knows a thing or two about what you need to do (and bring) to be fully prepared for a medical emergency. If you’ve ever wondered what you need to do or what items you need to bring to be prepared for a medical emergency, this episode is for you.

The post 22: How To Prepare For Medical Emergencies On A Surf Trip (with Dr. Gordon Beh) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

NEW PODCAST — Shape Your Own Board w/ Robert August

Thu, 30 May 2019 16:34:00 GMT

The post NEW PODCAST — Shape Your Own Board w/ Robert August appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

21: Buying Real Estate In Tamarindo

Sun, 26 May 2019 15:29:00 GMT

WARNING. We didn’t actually talk about surfing in this episode!

I get a lot of emails from podcast listeners and I get asked often from surf camp guests and from friends and family with questions about moving here to Costa Rica, buying property here, building a house here, general questions about relocating, setting up a business, sending kids to school, retiring here, etc.

I get it, and I want to help support your dreams of surfing as many great waves as possible and living an amazing life. I found what I was looking for here in Costa Rica, and maybe you will too. But matter what, it’s always good to know what’s possible on the other side.

I am not a realtor, but my sister in law Katie Meyers is. She’s lived in Tamarindo for the past 15 years and she’s a straight shooter, so I invited her and Jim Reily, the owner of Trade Wind Properties here in Tamarindo, to give us some answers to some of your most frequently asked questions about buying real estate in Tamarindo.

Pura vida!
Joe Walsh

The post 21: Buying Real Estate In Tamarindo appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Employee Profile: Alonso Gonzalez aka PRU PRU

Thu, 23 May 2019 15:11:00 GMT

The post Employee Profile: Alonso Gonzalez aka PRU PRU appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

20: Cabin By The Sea

Sun, 19 May 2019 19:34:00 GMT

The post 20: Cabin By The Sea appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

19: Learning To Shape Your Own Surfboard (part 1)

Mon, 13 May 2019 00:25:00 GMT

In this episode Joe Walsh, Niki Hurren and Robert August talk about their own experiences of shaping a surfboard and the magic of that first surf.

The post 19: Learning To Shape Your Own Surfboard (part 1) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

18: What’s The Rainy Season Like In Costa Rica?

Sun, 05 May 2019 23:00:00 GMT

One of the biggest questions people have about visiting Costa Rica is “what’s the rainy season like?”. This episode aims to answer this question as Joe, Niki and PMAC explain what to expect from the rain, the weather, the swell, the crowd, water quality, getting around the country, and more. Listen in as the boys reunite in the recording studio upstairs above the brewery, hanging out and sharing some local knowledge. Pura vida!

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
www.witchsrocksurfcamp.com

ADI Tamarindo
www.playatamarindo.org

The post 18: What’s The Rainy Season Like In Costa Rica? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

17: How To Make A Career Out Of Surfing (Without Being A Pro Surfer)

Sun, 28 Apr 2019 05:49:00 GMT

Psst! Guess what. You don’t have to be a professional surfer to make a career out of surfing.

There are all kinds of surfing jobs out there, as well as lots of jobs that will allow you to surf every day. And there are plenty of opportunities for you to start your own business structured around your surfing needs.

This episode starts the discussion of how to approach this almighty quest, and hopefully leads you closer to finding your answer.

The post 17: How To Make A Career Out Of Surfing (Without Being A Pro Surfer) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Another Robert August Surfboard Giveaway (Bookings made May 1st – 31st)

Fri, 26 Apr 2019 15:00:00 GMT

The post Another Robert August Surfboard Giveaway (Bookings made May 1st – 31st) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get on Board, Ladies! — Celebrating Womens Surfing in Costa Rica

Tue, 23 Apr 2019 14:52:00 GMT

The post Get on Board, Ladies! — Celebrating Womens Surfing in Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

16: Letters To The Editor

Sun, 21 Apr 2019 09:23:00 GMT

This week we answer all of the listener questions we’ve received recently related to surf travel:

What/Where’s been our favorite podcast episode?
What’s the strangest food we’ve ever eaten on our travels?
What’s the best way to pack surfboards for a surf trip?
Is it worth traveling to Costa Rica in the rainy season to get good waves?
Where has been our favorite wave to surf?

Feel free to EMAIL THE SHOW at GetOutandSurfCR@gmail.com
We hold on to all emails and we’ll answer your questions on the podcast, so don’t be shy!

Pura vida,
Joe, Niki, PMAC

The post 16: Letters To The Editor appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get Out & Surf Podcast #12: How Many Boats Have YOU Sunk?

Tue, 16 Apr 2019 21:41:00 GMT

Have you been listening to our in-house podcast, Get Out & Surf? It’s a healthy mix of hilarious stories, tips to improve your surfing, and inspiration to travel the world in search for your next perfect ride. Podcast #12: How Many Boats Have You Sunk? is a roundabout conversation between WRSC Owner, Joe Walsh, surf camp strongman, Pat McNulty, and the most positive Englishman you’ve ever met, Niki Hurren.

The local boys speak about: burning each other in the water (2:40), the mechanics of the Tamarindo Rivermouth (5:00), the Tamarindo lifeguard program (9:10), How Joe met Pat (12:20) The original Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Playas del Coco (16:40), The first boat that sunk (21:00), Tropical Storm Nate (23:00) The 7.8 Earthquake in 2013 (25:00), The first time Niki met Pat (32:50), Niki blowing the the wave of his life (34:10), How Costa Rica has changed their lives (36:00)

The post Get Out & Surf Podcast #12: How Many Boats Have YOU Sunk? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

15: New Zealand Surf Trip Review

Sun, 14 Apr 2019 10:11:00 GMT

In this episode Joe answers all of the questions every surfer wants to know about planning a surf trip to New Zealand’s North Island.

– Best way to get to New Zealand?
– When to go?
– What to bring?
– How to get around in-country?
– Where are the best waves?
– Most crowded vs. least crowded?
– What surfboards to bring?
– What else is there to do besides surf?

And more!

Chase Sapphire Reserve credit card
https://www.chase.com/card-benefits/sapphirereserve/travel.html

New Zealand Surfing Guide
https://www.surf2surf.com/featured/wavetrack-new-zealand-surfing-guide-book/

The swell forecasting tool used by most New Zealand surfers
https://swellmap.co.nz/

Wind forecasting tool that works well in New Zealand
https://www.windy.com

New Zealand’s version of Craigslist (great for buying/selling surfboards, vehicles, etc)
https://www.trademe.co.nz/

The post 15: New Zealand Surf Trip Review appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Witch’s Rock Employee Profile: Randall (Fish) Ruiz

Wed, 10 Apr 2019 23:16:00 GMT

Introducing Randall (Fish) Ruiz: All-Star Surf Instructor for Witch’s Rock Surf Camp.

Randall has been an integral part of the Witch’s Rock Surf Camp since he joined the team on Christmas Day of 2017. You could say that Randall has been a “gift” for WRSC along with the countless students he’s introduced to surfing. Aside from being a bona-fide ripper on both longboard and shortboard, Randall has another adrenaline rushing passion as an avid race-car driver. So if you’re a new surfer looking to get on the fast track to improvement, Randall is your guy.

The post Witch’s Rock Employee Profile: Randall (Fish) Ruiz appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

(VIDEO) Tamarindo Rivermouth Goes OFF!

Mon, 08 Apr 2019 22:19:00 GMT

The post (VIDEO) Tamarindo Rivermouth Goes OFF! appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The World’s Best Guide for Surfing in Tamarindo

Mon, 08 Apr 2019 13:36:00 GMT

The World’s Best Surf Guide for Surfing in Tamarindo Capitán Suizo Located on the south end of Tamarindo, this unique wave offers wedie lefts and rights and can even be fun for advanced surfers on a big swell. With its unique orientation and protective point to the south, Capitán Suizo can be glassy while other […]

14: Surfing Raglan, New Zealand with Ray Finlay

Sun, 07 Apr 2019 09:08:00 GMT

Joe Walsh travels to New Zealand in search of epic waves. In this episode Joe sits with local Raglan surfboard shaper and surfer Ray Finlay. Ray and Joe talk about all of the different waves found in Raglan. Hear about what boards work best here, what time of year to score Raglan, where to surf when it’s flat, when it’s huge, water temp, sea life, etc etc. If you’ve ever wanted to check out Raglan, this is the episode for you. Check it out!

Burning Spears Surfboards
https://www.byrningspears.com/about/ray-finlay-byrning-spears-shaper/

The post 14: Surfing Raglan, New Zealand with Ray Finlay appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The 10 Best Surfing Podcasts for Adventure Loving Surfers

Thu, 04 Apr 2019 08:30:00 GMT

The post The 10 Best Surfing Podcasts for Adventure Loving Surfers appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

13: Andrea Diaz: Costa Rica’s First Women’s National Surfing Champion

Sun, 31 Mar 2019 07:48:00 GMT

Andrea Diaz and the Get Out and SURF crew hang out and discuss what it was like in the early days of professional surfing in Costa Rica. We talk about Andrea’s advanced surf coaching and the upcoming All Women Surf Retreats she’s hosting at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp this summer. But mainly we just talk about surfing and some of the “lesser known” surf breaks along the Nicoya Peninsula. You could have lived and surfed in Costa Rica your entire life and you probably didn’t even know about many of these surf spots. There are some real nuggets in this episode, you definitely want to check it out. Pura vida!

All Women Surf Retreat Summer 2019 (hosted by Andrea Diaz at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp)
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com/all-girls-surf-retreat/

The post 13: Andrea Diaz: Costa Rica’s First Women’s National Surfing Champion appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

12: Talk Story: How Many Boats Have You Sunk?

Sun, 24 Mar 2019 13:18:00 GMT

Some great stories here, like how Joe first met Patrick McNulty back in the early days of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. Joe was giving away the farm, focusing entirely on the surf experience with no handle on how to actually make money from the business. But the surf camp survived and thrived! Also hear about what happened when a huge tropical storm hit Tamarindo (hint: boats sink), and what it was like to experience the 7.8 earthquake in 2012. This was a really cool episode to make, hanging out with Joe Walsh, Niki Hurren, and P-MAC. Enjoy and pura vida!

The post 12: Talk Story: How Many Boats Have You Sunk? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

11 – Mark Cunningham | Lifeguard, Bodysurfer, Artist

Mon, 18 Mar 2019 03:29:00 GMT

How rad is this?? We just hung out with Mark Cunningham, bascially the best bodysurfer in the world, a veteran lifeguard at Pipeline, and such a talented surf artist! Listen up. Then go join the Surfrider Foundation if you haven’t done so already.

GIVE US A (KICK ASS) REVIEW ON ITUNES
https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/get-out-and-surf/id1448602856?mt=2

Take 2 minutes to show us some love by giving us a review on iTunes, this pushes our podcast up the charts and gets more people finding out about Get Out and SURF ��

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com

Rick Williams
https://www.alohasurfguide.com/rick-williams-veteran-north-shore-lifeguard/

Merv Larson
https://vimeo.com/108750972

George Greenough
https://www.georgegreenough.com/

Paipo boards
https://www.surfertoday.com/bodyboarding/what-is-a-paipo

Butch Van Artsdalen
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Butch_Van_Artsdalen

Timothy Leary – Turn on, tune in, drop out
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turn_on,_tune_in,_drop_out

Tamarindo Lifeguard Program
https://www.tamarindolifeguards.com/

Oahu Jr. Lifeguards
https://oahujrlifeguards.surfsignup.com/

Red Cross Lifeguard Training Program
https://www.redcross.org/take-a-class/lifeguarding/lifeguard-training

Surfrider Foundation
https://www.surfrider.org/

Plastic Pollution Coalition
https://www.plasticpollutioncoalition.org/

The post 11 – Mark Cunningham | Lifeguard, Bodysurfer, Artist appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

10: Hawaii, British Columbia, Costa Rica | GOAS Travel Roundup

Sun, 10 Mar 2019 20:44:00 GMT

We’re hanging with the boys back at home in Tamarindo, Costa Rica. Niki Hurren, Patrick McNulty, and Joe Walsh share stories about the recent trip to the North Shore of Oahu, Joe’s extreme snowboarding adventure in the Kootenays, and everything that’s happening right now in Tamarindo. Classic podcast banter, enjoy!

SUBSCRIBE TO THE SHOW
https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/get-out-and-surf/id1448602856?mt=2
And please take 2 minutes to show us some love by giving us a review on iTunes, this pushes our podcast up the charts and gets more people finding out about Get Out and SURF. Thank you in advance!

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com

Volcano Brewing Company
https://www.instagram.com/volcanobrewingco

Bavarian Finger Wrestling
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dE6HyNdrCOM

Papagayo Jet (Winds)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papagayo_Jet

North Shore Community Land Trust
https://northshoreland.org/

Surf Map of Oahu
https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/viewer?msa=0&mid=1N3iQTTdjIGd3crD9BHkI1vT34zk&ll=21.47842986506521%2C-157.95414650000004&z=10

Spam Musubi
https://www.allrecipes.com/recipe/49785/spam-musubi/

Baldface Lodge, British Columbia
https://baldface.net/

Airwolf TV Show
https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0086662/

Travis Rice
https://www.travisrice.com/

Jamie Lynn
https://www.volcom.co.id/team/snow/jamie-lynn/

Mark Cunningham
https://www.instagram.com/kkandmc/

Tamarindo Lifeguard Program
https://playatamarindo.org/lifeguard-program/?lang=en

The Real World: Austin (Season 16, Episode 20)
https://www.amazon.com/gp/video/detail/B017344V46/ref=atv_dp_season_select_atf

In Search Of Captain Zero: : A Surfer’s Road Trip Beyond the End of the Road

All Women Surf Retreat at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
/its-back-2019-all-women-surf-retreats-w-andrea-diaz/

Music: The Flirts (song: Helpless)
https://www.theflirtsband.com/

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey, there. This is Joe Walsh from Tamarindo, Costa Rica, and you’re listening to the Get Out and Surf Podcast. This week, we’re back in Costa Rica and talking about our recent adventures on the North Shore of Hawaii, British Columbia, and what’s going on right now, here, in Tamarindo. I’m chilling with the boys, Niki Hurren and Patrick McNulty, we’re having a good time, catching up and talking surf. So, sit back, relax, and let’s get started.
Joe Walsh:
Hey, this is Joe Walsh, coming to you from Tamarindo, Costa Rica, sitting in the recording studio at the Volcano Brewing Company Brewery with my good friends and co-workers, Patrick McNulty and Niki Hurren. Pat, welcome to the show.
Pat McNulty:
Thank you. I think I have a contact high.
Joe Walsh:
Perhaps. It’s actually been a few weeks since you’ve been with us, so I’m glad that you’re back.
Pat McNulty:
Well, I’m just so pleased to be here, Joe, I really am. Can’t you tell by looking at me, how pleased I am?
Joe Walsh:
Niki?
Pat McNulty:
Niki, did you bring your shine box?
Niki Hurren:
I always bring my shine box. I got it right here with me, you can see. Whatever is needed, I’ve got it in that little bag. We’re back on home turf. We’re back in the most spectacular scenery of the recording studio.
Joe Walsh:
With nothing on the walls.
Niki Hurren:
Nothing on the walls apart from the asylum type of feel about it but, yeah.
Pat McNulty:
We’ve got all this foam on the walls. If you want to take a nap, I guess you could lean up against it.
Joe Walsh:
Instead of critiquing our … oh, man.
Niki Hurren:
Sorry, it’s really windy.
Joe Walsh:
Howling wind right now.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, we have a lot of Popogayo winds, it’s normal for this time of year so we’re in a big tin box, basically, so there’s not much we can do about it.
Joe Walsh:
We are at the brewery, that’s right and by the way this podcast is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, Tamarindo, Costa Rica. I was telling people this at the end of the show but then I started listening to The Verge and some other podcasts and they do it at the beginning and that makes sense. I want you guys to know this is episode number 10 so we should probably celebrate somehow. We made it to double digits and we’ve made a few changes. We are now launching our podcast on a Sunday night so that no matter what time you go to work Monday morning, it’ll be there for you to listen to and we’re doing these every week, which is a little ambitious but at the same time, has gotten us to get out there and do some really cool things in the short period that we’ve been doing the podcast. So, the future’s looking really bright and this episode … you here that, all those monkeys?
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, there’s the howler monkeys.
Pat McNulty:
What are they on the roof?
Joe Walsh:
Dude, they’ve been right outside the brewery for-
Pat McNulty:
You hear my voice change, like I’m 12 years old. On the roof?
Niki Hurren:
Are they on the roof? Monkeys? On the roof?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, so we’ve got wind howling up the roof, the zinc, we’ve got the monkeys howling in the trees, got my daughter and my nephew howling downstairs in the brewery, banging on stuff, having a good old time, and we’re all three back together. We took a trip to Hawaii. Niki, you and I.
Niki Hurren:
Yes, yes we did. I celebrated by being on time today for this podcast.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, you did and that’s probably what happened when we started out. We’ve been sitting here for an hour waiting for Niki, you’ve got to say it.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, and I’m not-
Joe Walsh:
You’re usually on time but-
Pat McNulty:
And, when you wait, your mind wanders.
Niki Hurren:
No, absolutely not. I’ll take … I’m-
Joe Walsh:
You start arm wresting.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, yeah, yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, you missed all that.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, I might’ve missed that but it was alright.
Pat McNulty:
Finger wrestling, leg wrestling, arm wrestling.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, finger haggling. Betharian finger haggling. I knew you were good at that.
Joe Walsh:
Alright, so this is a roundup. We’ve been all over. Did that trip and then I went to British Columbia to Bald Face Lodge, which was so intense and awesome, we’ll talk about that and then we’re going to bring it back here to Costa Rica and talk about what’s going on here cause as you can tell, it’s windy, it’s in the middle of the Papagayo winds, huh? That water’s kinda cold, too. I surfed yesterday right after I got back and I wore my long sleeve top and I could’ve probably used a spring suit, it’s one of those days.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, it seemed that way. My body got really cold pretty quick out there. The wind just howls and you’re on the water and you’re in the wind and it makes you want to wear a wetsuit.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, it does. Everyone thinks it’s the tropics but you get that upwelling of all this wind and you’re not moving around too much cause there’s not a huge amount of swell. You’ve got a little bit of a wait so it just evaporates that water off your body and you soon get cold.
Pat McNulty:
It’s so windy, I saw little dogs blowing down the beach yesterday.
Joe Walsh:
Dude, it was so windy, I almost couldn’t walk back to my house with my surfboard, seriously. Swear to God.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, I get it.
Joe Walsh:
Let’s talk about the Hawaii trip, we went there for the podcast. Niki, what did we do in Hawaii?
Niki Hurren:
We, basically, managed to set up some very cool interviews through one of your really good friends and we proceeded to just hang out on the islands and soak up the culture and we met some pretty inspirational people, really, it really was. It was a bit of work, obviously a bit of play, stuff like that, but it was, for me, the main thing I took away from that whole experience, was the people that we met.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, Peter Cole, Poncho Sullivan, and then next week we’re going to have Mark Cunningham, and I was super impressed because all three, not only are solid watermen, but they’re all … the environment, the ocean, it is so important to each one of them and they all gave the same message as far as spending time in the water and swimming for preparation and training and so there was some cool take aways. Very cool individuals and what a cool place, right? It had been awhile since I’d been to Hawaii.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, that’s actually the longest I’ve spent in the U.S. as such. For many years I’ve usually just transferred through on flights and it was definitely like the U.S. but with a real island vibe. The people were very relaxed, were very friendly, way more friendly than I thought they were going to be.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it was pretty sweet and Pat, there were roosters and there was chickens everywhere.
Niki Hurren:
Everywhere.
Joe Walsh:
It was kind of like here.
Niki Hurren:
No, no, no.
Joe Walsh:
There was more.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, it was chickens-
Joe Walsh:
There was way more chickens and roosters than here, in Costa Rica.
Pat McNulty:
Well, I’ll be damned.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it was pretty interesting. No matter what neighborhood, there’d be a rooster just doing it’s thing.
Pat McNulty:
That was a local rooster in each neighborhood.
Joe Walsh:
They were all over. They’re all over the island.
Pat McNulty:
They were running the neighborhood, those rooster.
Joe Walsh:
I guess, they don’t have snakes. They don’t have any … there’s no natural predators on the island. They’ve got some wild pigs and then of course you get in the ocean and there’s a few things there.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, those wild pigs, I understand they’ll screw you right up if you get them pissed off. They’ll come right at you.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, yeah. Niki wouldn’t stop talking about how they have strong neck muscles cause Niki worked in a pig farm. Told the story three times a couple weeks ago.
Niki Hurren:
Alright, okay. No, I’m not going to repeat it again.
Pat McNulty:
They have strong neck muscles, huh?
Niki Hurren:
They have more muscle capacity in their neck than we have in our entire body.
Pat McNulty:
Wow.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, there you go. You learned something new.
Pat McNulty:
That’s something I never read in National Geographic.
Niki Hurren:
No, you won’t learn it in National Geographic.
Pat McNulty:
That’s something I’m so surprised … it makes me want to go look at a pig.
Joe Walsh:
I bet it does. You got to say it now. Where did you work? What’d you do with pigs? Just real quick.
Niki Hurren:
Why?
Joe Walsh:
Okay, you worked at a pig farm.
Pat McNulty:
You were a pig farmer, weren’t you?
Joe Walsh:
He was a pig farmer.
Niki Hurren:
I’m actually going to meet my old boss this weekend, on Saturday.
Joe Walsh:
He’s coming through on a cruise, right?
Niki Hurren:
I was 14 years old and I got a job. My Dad made me-
Pat McNulty:
You pig farmers stick together, don’t you?
Niki Hurren:
Oh, yeah we do. Yeah, we do. You can delete this.
Joe Walsh:
No, I’m pretty sure it’s going to be in.
Niki Hurren:
Okay, the main thing about the islands was there’s so many waves. There was waves everywhere.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, there were and we-
Niki Hurren:
And, even when they were calling it one foot, it was still shoulder to head high.
Joe Walsh:
There were waves all over, for sure.
Niki Hurren:
It just didn’t stop. There was just waves all over the entire place.
Pat McNulty:
That’s cause the island measurement is from the back of the wave.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it’s also just so open ocean and exposed to everything, it just gets … and there’s so many little curves of the coast and faces every direction. So, we were staying in Honolulu and the South Shore, Waikiki was tiny and it’s the season for it to be small anyways. We surfed on the North Shore and we surfed this spot called Monster Mash over by Rocky Point and we actually … pretty exciting.
Niki Hurren:
No, Monster Mash, it was one of those moments when you’re paddling out and you know where you’re paddling is the North Shore and your buddy Doug was like, you know about the surf, the worst wave on the North Shore.
Joe Walsh:
That’s right.
Niki Hurren:
But, it was so much fun, had a lot of power, it was a little intimidating at first, you get yourself in the line up figure out what’s going on, not too many people out but-
Joe Walsh:
I’ll be honest, I was nervous.
Niki Hurren:
It’s the fuckin’ North Shore.
Joe Walsh:
I was nervous going there because I’d never surfed there and cause I’ve watched all the movies and it’s like-
Pat McNulty:
I got to say, I was nervous and I wasn’t even there.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I’m excited. I don’t know if you’re telling the truth or if you’re-
Niki Hurren:
No, he’s never nervous.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, never nervous.
Niki Hurren:
Never nervous.
Pat McNulty:
Did you see Makaha?
Joe Walsh:
No, we didn’t make it to the west side, unfortunately.
Pat McNulty:
It’s supposed to be a real-
Joe Walsh:
Beautiful.
Pat McNulty:
Local break, real local.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, we didn’t get there. We did surf Pipe Line, probably about the smallest it breaks but it was still waist high, stomach high. That was really special too, maybe even bigger, maybe a couple chest high waves came through.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, no it was definitely bigger than waist high.
Joe Walsh:
But, got a tiny little barrel, which I’m very proud about, grabbed my rail, pulled in, and I was surprised that we even … I don’t know I wouldn’t have thought I’d have paddled out at Pipe Line before we went on the trip but then we were there and my buddy Doug Cole, a good friend of mine from college, grew up right by there, and I guess, after a few days, hanging out, just got a little more comfortable with the whole scene. It’s a pretty cool scene, I think, both Niki and I were like, we could come back. Definitely, want to go spend more time there. I want to go to the big island too. I hear the big island’s supposed to have some pretty good waves, and it’s really quite remote, I think.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, it’s more country.
Joe Walsh:
For sure.
Pat McNulty:
More country and I understand that Maui has really good waves so-
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Pat McNulty:
A little bit more crowded though.
Niki Hurren:
I wouldn’t be surprised, just from what we saw on the coast line that we saw, there’s, like I said, there’s waves coming everywhere. So, imagine there’s all these pockets, these little gems, and as you get more rural, I imagine there’s some spots a little bit more protected by locals and there’s a definite vibe around the surf spots and it’s, whatever you call it, a mecca or you go pay homage cause it’s where really modern days surfing started.
Joe Walsh:
I don’t think you should medal out a lot of those spots. I don’t think you should paddle out the North Shore if you can’t surf, definitely.
Pat McNulty:
Well, I would say that-
Joe Walsh:
There’s one spot that we saw that’s right outside of Haleiwa, where they’re renting boards and it’s really good beginner waves, so if you want to go to the North Shore, it’s super beautiful and you can surf that wave, it looked really protected and it’d be perfect and I’m sure there’s a few other spots like that but the sunset and Rocky Point and the Pipe Line, and Back Door, and things like that, when there got to be some swell it was just good to watch it from the beach.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, when those waves get going, they’re no joke.
Joe Walsh:
That’s the best of the best surfing out there. It was a pretty humbling experience cause I felt like I was one of the worst surfers on the beach.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, the level of surfing out there is unreal. You watch those kids and it was literally, shore break and they’re dropping in and they’re doing lay back snaps, they’re doing 360 airs-
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it was rad.
Niki Hurren:
The level is very high.
Joe Walsh:
It was pretty cool. Deep surf culture, great people that we met getting ready for the Mark Cunningham podcast next week, next episode, episode 11. That was just one of my favorite sit down conversations. I didn’t feel like we were even having a podcast. We were rapping with the guy and really just super intelligent and I think, inspiring to both of us cause I know we both swam laps today. I swam laps, I know you swam laps. I was like, as soon as I come back from traveling, I’m going to swim a lot more cause these guys are just … it’s so important if you want to be comfortable on the big surf.
Niki Hurren:
When we stood there, the main point, me, when I stood there at sunset and we’ve all been through the lifeguard training here and we know how to deal with rips and we know how to swim but we stood there at sunset and it wasn’t very big and we were thinking about surfing it before we did the Mark Cunningham interview and we came back after, what was it, two, three hours, after the interview?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, and it had picked up quite a bit in size, pretty quickly.
Niki Hurren:
Really quickly.
Joe Walsh:
And, we didn’t even have the right boards. We needed bigger boards and-
Niki Hurren:
The amount of water that was moving through the rip, I was like, okay, that’s a whole other level of thinking about, okay, I can swim but can I really swim?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, you got to show up and be in surf shape and be mentally in shape and ready for that but then I think, what a great experience. What a great experience to surf the waves we surfed, just to be there and be eating Spam Musubi from the Seven Eleven, which is actually-
Niki Hurren:
Joe was like, his first ever Christmas, as soon as he got to Foodland.
Joe Walsh:
I’ve been reading all these Chad Smith books, they’re talking about Foodland and so it was cool just to be there eating … although, the last day I got that big Spam Musubi with the Portuguese sausage and I dropped it and it busted open and the sausage patty fell into the parking lot and I was so bummed and I flicked the little dirt off and still ate it but I shouldn’t have. I was so bummed. Been waiting for an hour to get to the North Shore to get one, I was bummed I dropped my … Okay, alright so we took off, that was a week ago and then I had this trip planned where I went, instead of surfing, went snowboarding, which I’m super excited to tell you guys about, to Bald Face Lodge and I’d never heard of the place before.
Joe Walsh:
A friend of mine went there a year ago, Thai, and he invited me and I joined this group and I don’t know, man. I had been snowboarding a bit. I lived in Tahoe for three months or so when I was in college and I snowboarded the last few years to try to get … for 15 years or so, I didn’t touch the snow and then as my boys got older and we were going to Colorado a bit, or California, we’d take them up to the mountains and so the last few years I started to get back into it but this was a whole other level and man, I was the worst snowboarder amongst … I’m a decent snowboarder and these guys are just so far ahead of me and it was humbling but it was kind of like being on the North Shore.
Niki Hurren:
At what point did you realize that? At what point were you like-
Joe Walsh:
Two months ago when I got the email that said I was flying ina helicopter and I didn’t actually realize that you go in a helicopter and I had never been in a helicopter, now I have, and you go up to this place in the Kootenays, which is west of the Canadian Rockies, in British Colombia, and it’s cold it’s desolate, middle of nowhere, and they don’t have chairs, they have snowcats, and they take you in the snowcat and they literally drive you up the top of a mountain and you look out the window and it’s really steep in either side, out the windows and out the front. The road just kind of ends at the top. It’s not even a road.
Joe Walsh:
When it snows, they make these roads with the cats, they push the snow down, it’s a ridge you’re driving up, basically, and they just drop you off at the end and they leave and you have to snowboard down and this was after the first day giving … I had this avalanche training and they train you on how to use your GPS search beacon, which admits a signal but also if multiple people get covered in an avalanche, there’s a procedure and you have to find the first one and leave a glove and mark the spot and then go onto the second and you have a radio and there’s 14 of us in the group and you’re always going in a buddy system when you run but there’s two guides, one that goes at the beginning and then everyone goes down after and then there’s a guide at the end that comes after you’ve all met up at the bottom of a section. They gave you a GPS so in case you get buried, they can find you.
Niki Hurren:
How long does it take to get up there in a cat?
Joe Walsh:
Well, you’re doing all the peaks around this resort and so maybe you do a run and maybe 15 minutes in a cat, you’re just doing runs all day long and it’s all powder and it’s super steep and dude, I was with … I got off the helicopter and Jamie Rice was there.
Niki Hurren:
Travis Rice. Jamie Lynn.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, shit, see there you go. Alright, well, because I’m a surfer, I didn’t even know who these guys were. I come off the helicopter and-
Pat McNulty:
You know who they are now though.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, hell yeah I do. I was hanging out with Jamie Lynn.
Niki Hurren:
Freakin’ Travis Rice is freakin’ the Kelly Slater of snowboarding. He’s won so many things and Jamie Lynn is just the Rob Machado of snowboarding, the guy is insane.
Joe Walsh:
Dude, I was playing ping pong with them all night, dude, it was rad. He was shooting a Vans snowboard movie and so I’m riding with guys like Jamie Lynn and this other guy in our group is a photographer of Warren Miller films and all these guys are living in Colorado and Oregon and Switzerland and they’re just really good snowboarders and it was a really humbling experience to ride with them.
Pat McNulty:
So, where did the helicopter come in?
Joe Walsh:
It flew up Nelson, British Columbia.
Pat McNulty:
So, is that the only way to get in there, is by helicopter?
Joe Walsh:
I think you could also probably go in a snowmobile.
Pat McNulty:
Oh, wow.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, there’s a river you got to cross too.
Pat McNulty:
Mm-hmm (affirmative) Did you have a machine gun in the helicopter, you could should shit?
Joe Walsh:
It was Air Wolf.
Pat McNulty:
Death from above.
Joe Walsh:
That’s how they-
Niki Hurren:
Wasn’t the guy in Air Wolf, the same guy in Beat Wednesday?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, that’s right.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, shoot, where was I? I guess, I was just saying it was a really humbling experience that I appreciated being the worst or the second worse or the third … it was definitely … I snowboard the least out of this group. There were some guys that were so much better than me that I got to ride with and see them jumping off of things and understanding the level that I … well, recognizing the level of gear that I need and just the finite details. With surfing, you paddle with your body a couple inches forward and you’re just going to dig your nose, you got to find that sweet spot, where you’re not to far back, where you don’t get the wave, or you’re not too poor where you dig your nose and it’s like that with snowboarding.
Joe Walsh:
If your bindings are just forward a couple inches, you’re going to dig a bunch more snow when you’re trying to ride through this deep powder and man, it was really steep and the first day I was going down the run and at one point I was like, in one of the first runs I was just like, I’m not sure I should actually even be here but dude, I’m so glad because by the end of the third day I was charging down the runs. The first day I was like, man, I hadn’t been in conditions like that ever and so I was just eating it the whole day and I was super sore.
Pat McNulty:
And, it’s just like a sheer cliff that you’re jumping off of too, it’s not like-
Joe Walsh:
A sheer cliff but it’s pretty steep and actually, it’s not even the steepness thought hat was bothering me as much as the trees because there’s trees all over and there’s really tight turns and what was happening is, in some of the tighter turns, I’d … look at this bruise. I’d nail the tree with my knee and I fell into tree wells multiple times and they’re these holes around these trees, dude, I was up to my neck in one. I had to climb a tree to get out, it was gnarly, and this is high elevation and I got dudes waiting for me at the bottom, I’m charging-
Pat McNulty:
I’m falling and I can’t get up.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, man. So, it was a good work out but you know what? I think that was kind of similar to the … It’s just, I got this motivation, whether it’s surfing, or snowboarding, which is very similar in my mind, it’s very different, yet similar, it’s an experience, it’s another way you’re enjoying this ride and the glide. The whole experience for me is … I do appreciate, even though you’re pretty cold, snowboarding is fun but I probably wouldn’t have done it or I definitely wouldn’t have gone to Hawaii if we hadn’t started the podcast. So, I feel like I’ve been inspired to get out and surf and snowboard and just get out and have these experiences and kind of push myself, I think, in some ways that otherwise, I wouldn’t have done.
Pat McNulty:
Well, it’s good to get out of your comfort zone once in a while like that, and you’re always humbled. We think, because we’re in Costa Rica, we’re this elite bunch that surfs every single day but we’re kind of localized here-
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Pat McNulty:
And, there’s a whole big world out there and sometimes it’s good to go out there and see that you’re not the big horse.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, in fact-
Pat McNulty:
You’re just a also-ran.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, well, when I was riding with these guys that were the best of the best, I was super humbled, yet I was pushed. I think the whole environment, the guys I was riding with, the terrain, it’s kind of like going on a real advanced Indo trip where you just got these heaving barrels and you just got to go for it.
Pat McNulty:
And, that’s what makes you better.
Joe Walsh:
For sure. Again, I got better quickly and I don’t-
Niki Hurren:
Trial by fire.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Trial by fire.
Joe Walsh:
Trial by tomahawking down the mountain, just head-over-heels.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, you either step up or you step off, that’s the way it is.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Go hard, or go home.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Some of those days, you do turn up to the beach and you’ve made this big trip to go somewhere and you’re standing there and you’re looking at it and you’re like, well, this is what we actually came here for. This is what we came here for. You’re wanting to look at those places, like when we turn up to the North Shore and it could’ve been a hell of a lot bigger but you’re like, Oh, God, look at it. It’s actually surfable, it’s actually accessible for us-
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
It was accessible. It was okay. It was alright.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, but you have to be in the right mental and physical state to accomplish those things. I think that was the big takeaway too, is you got to stay on your game.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, even when we spoke to Mark Cunningham and how old is he now?
Joe Walsh:
He’s 63.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, and he was saying he keeps beating himself up about staying in shape and training cause obviously he’s retired now from-
Joe Walsh:
30 years as a lifeguard.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, 30 years as a lifeguard. He’s like, do I have to keep trying?
Joe Walsh:
20 years of Pipe Line.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. You do, you have to keep that mentality as well as a physical presence but you also have to keep that mental state as well of like, okay, today’s the day or you push yourself, get out of your comfort zone and try new things, whatever it is.
Joe Walsh:
And, that’s hopefully, what this whole podcast is providing for more than just you and I, and I know that it is cause I’ve been getting a lot of great feedback so I’m stoked that we made it here, episode 10 and we’re back in Costa Rica, home base, and you’re talking about lifeguards, so let’s start off by talking about what’s happening in Costa Rica, and let’s talk about the new lifeguard tower that’s getting build right on the beach in front of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp .
Pat McNulty:
Well, we had a lifeguard tower before that was financed by donations from a couple of different businesses, including our own, and it was a beautiful lifeguard tower, a California lifeguard tower and as you well know, Joe-
Joe Walsh:
The estuary-
Pat McNulty:
The tide took it away-
Joe Walsh:
That’s right.
Pat McNulty:
And, we dismantled it and now we’re down to a lifeguard chair.
Joe Walsh:
Temporary.
Pat McNulty:
But, the municipality, I guess they noticed what we were doing and how successful it was. They’ve kicked in some money, and they’re building a tower right now and they’re actually doing a really good job on the beach.
Joe Walsh:
So, how long ago did we start the lifeguard program? Cause I’ve lost track.
Pat McNulty:
Well, let me see. I think-
Joe Walsh:
At least five years, right?
Pat McNulty:
It was five years ago,
Joe Walsh:
2013.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, correct. Five years ago.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, even more,
Pat McNulty:
So, it’s taken five years for … and things don’t work fast in Costa Rica but-
Joe Walsh:
No, but it’s a really positive sign to see the government, now, getting involved, cause we’ve been funding this privately for years and since we’ve had the lifeguard program, which is every day from nine to six, seven days a week, I don’t believe we’ve had a single drowning, Pat.
Pat McNulty:
Oh my God, you had to say that.
Joe Walsh:
I did.
Pat McNulty:
Knock on wood.
Joe Walsh:
You know what? I am, but I also know from years of living at the beach in Tamarindo, just all of us sitting in this room, we’ve done it all and before that lifeguard program, it was out of control. We were having to rescue people drowning all the time, recover bodies, CPR, broken necks, you name it and to have now, a training program, where we’re training people in the community and the lifeguard tower and having the government now involved, it’s like, wow. Really? Am I dreaming?
Pat McNulty:
That was a good example of the private, public, partnerships that are necessary, not only for Costa Rica, but for all of the world.
Joe Walsh:
For sure. So if we’re-
Pat McNulty:
Because, the government can’t finance it all and Guanacaste has some money but they’re not a rich cantone or whatever. They’re investing in the community by doing this and it’s Costa Ricans that we employ as lifeguards and so this is for Costa Ricans, this isn’t for you and I, Joe, or you and I, Niki-
Niki Hurren:
No.
Pat McNulty:
This is for Costa Ricans to be able to take care of their own community.
Niki Hurren:
It’s mainly the presence that the lifeguards have, sorry. The presence that the lifeguards have on the beach cause prevention is everything so if a lifeguard approaches you and warns you about something, do take heed. They’re not trying to push you around or anything like that, they’re trying to prevent from something really bad happening. So, if someone’s saying, please watch out for this rip, the waves are very big today, I don’t think you should be swimming, don’t get all pushy back or anything like that cause for me, that’s the main thing. No one wants to swim out and be a hero, no one wants to do that. We want to prevent any of these problems that can arise.
Pat McNulty:
We’re averaging about 30 assists or rescues per week, that’s about what our average is year round. Of course, in Semana Sante it’s a lot busier and we have a lot more assists and most of those assists are just grabbing people before they get in trouble and stitches, a lot of stitches.
Niki Hurren:
We do a lot of stitches.
Joe Walsh:
Well, it’s pretty awesome that we’re getting a new tower, permanent tower and it’s on skids too so if the tide does shift around, we have the ability of moving it, Witch’s Rock Surf Camp does manage the program so we’re very proud. What else we got going on? What’s been going on in here in Tamarindo? We got that Netflix show that’s here right now called Restaurants on the Edge. They’re shooting a season. It’s not our restaurant but they’re going to be surfing with us.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, well, they’re coming over to visit, Joe, because you’re the authority as it relates to surf camps and surf lessons, so they’re going to come down here and they’re going to see what you’re up to, what your brewery is up to, what Volcano Brewing company is up to and we’re going to throw a little beach party. We’ve got a local band that’s going to play and everybody’s really psyched and stoked about this.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it’s been going on for a couple months now and that was one of the reasons why … back here and doing some work, middle of the month, is to have that show and be great hosts and so I’m not sure, but that’s going to be on Netflix and I believe it’s called Restaurants on the Edge, so look for that, the Costa Rica episode, I’m assuming.
Niki Hurren:
Dear old Robert August, he’s … Christina is going to be hanging out on the beach as well.
Joe Walsh:
I got to say something funny, here. I asked my boys to be involved, to help out next week, with Netflix, the production crew is going to be here cause it’s going to be a … 12 people and camera and lighting and sound and it’s a big crew, bigger than normal. I’ve seen a lot of production crew, there’s small ones and large ones, and the only one that was bigger was when MTV came here in 2005 and did The Real World and I’d never even told my kids this. I had to explain to my kids what MTV was and I had to explain to them what the-
Niki Hurren:
Does MTV still exist?
Joe Walsh:
It’s like an app now, I don’t even know, but I’m telling you-
Niki Hurren:
What’s television anymore?
Joe Walsh:
I went to Amazon, I have an amazon stick, and I went onto the video store and I found, it’s season 16, it’s Real World, Austin. Maybe, it’s season 12, I can’t remember, but they have it there and it was two bucks and I bought it, just today, and just watched it with my kids and they couldn’t believe it. There’s an economy rent-a-car in front of the surf camp and, we’ve got the same furniture in Joe’s restaurant that we had since then.
Niki Hurren:
Keeping up with the times.
Joe Walsh:
And, the same flooring and everything and I was dying, dude, and of course I’m like … oh, man, I said something like … what’d I say? Be careful if you try surfing, your life will never be the same. I don’t know what I said but it was ridiculous, man. Just search for Real World on Amazon or probably Itunes, I don’t know, it was on Amazon Prime, or my Amazon stick, whatever that … Alexa.
Pat McNulty:
So, we’ve got some other podcasts that we’re thinking about doing here, too, isn’t that correct, Joe?
Joe Walsh:
That’s very correct. In fact, the whole goal here is that we’re going to get out and we’re going to meet the most interesting people in surfing and we’re going to go surf the most interesting places in the world, so we just started that and again, a big shout out to Pancho, and Mark, and Senor Peter Cole, who-
Niki Hurren:
That guy was gnarly. Peter-
Joe Walsh:
Peter?
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, you turn up, he’s-
Joe Walsh:
Dude, Peter’s never had a bad wipe out.
Niki Hurren:
He’s got one eye that’s working, he’s got half his neck is gone. You’re just like, whoa-
Joe Walsh:
Dude, Peter’s the bomb, he really was, he’s a good guy.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, he really is. My favorite part about his interview was, so how do you deal with the fear? Well, I’ve never been afraid.
Joe Walsh:
So, yeah. We did that trip and we’re going to have Mark Cunningham on the show in a week, which is going to be awesome and looking beyond that, let’s see. I’m getting ready to go to New Zealand, check that out, take my family there for a couple weeks and go check out Raglan, I’ve never been there, left point break, and I think it’s going to make a great episode for the show. I’ve always wanted to know the set up in New Zealand and I know it’s going to be awesome cause everyone I talked to has been there, says how awesome it is, so that’s going to be cool.
Pat McNulty:
Well, I’m going to live through you but we’ve got another local person that we’re thinking about doing in a few weeks after you get back from New Zealand and that’s Captain Zero. We all read the book, In Search of Captain Zero. Well, we know where he is, I found him and I talk to him at least once a week.
Joe Walsh:
Finding Captain Zero. He calls me up at the most random times. I don’t even-
Pat McNulty:
He is a true character of Costa Rica and he’s got a lot of good stories to tell.
Joe Walsh:
Well, please, can you just give me a little bit of a hint of what’s coming on here?
Pat McNulty:
A lot of these pirates that came-
Joe Walsh:
Cause that is what he is.
Pat McNulty:
That came down in Costa Rica.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, he’s a pirate.
Pat McNulty:
They started their career, smuggling some pretty decent loads of illegal drugs back in the day, back in the 70’s, and the other thing with Captain Zero is, he’s a Vietnam vet, so he’s the real deal and he’s got quite a story to tell and he’s not bashful about telling it so-
Joe Walsh:
Looking forward to that.
Pat McNulty:
You guys stay tuned for Captain Zero, cause we found him.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, we did. Finding Captain Zero. We got Wing Nut, I believe, coming through here pretty soon.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, Wing Nut’s coming down in mid March, so the next couple of weeks, at least, and just trying to confirm with him, a time, and he’s also a star and definitely a character of surf. The stuff he can do on a long board is just unbelievable. I’ve seen him, I’ve done a few tours with him personally, and super nice guy.
Joe Walsh:
I’m looking forward to being taught how to get all 10 toes up there and keep them up there, see what his strategy is.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, he’s a master at that, that’s for sure.
Joe Walsh:
Mine isn’t working so well. I get the first five, then I go for 10 and then I fall, that’s pretty much the pattern. We’re talking about going to China, Hainan.
Niki Hurren:
Hainan.
Joe Walsh:
That’s right.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, we’re going to go look for Megaladons.
Joe Walsh:
That’s right, I just watched The Meg and that’s where that giant shark goes. Pat, China.
Pat McNulty:
Well, I’m down for China, I’ve always wanted to go there but I’m not going to sit in economy, Joe, I’m sorry. It’d have to be economy plus. So, right away, I’m not going because he isn’t going to front for that.
Joe Walsh:
Well, I just-
Pat McNulty:
So, looks like you’re going to have to go.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, no, I-
Pat McNulty:
Bring your bag.
Niki Hurren:
I had to come back in baggage.
Pat McNulty:
Bring your bag. You are the bag boy.
Niki Hurren:
I had to come in baggage hold.
Joe Walsh:
I took it there. I took all the mixer and all the stuff there and you brought it back.
Niki Hurren:
Well, it’s alright. I’m not complaining.
Joe Walsh:
I had to go snowboarding.
Niki Hurren:
I’m not complaining at all. We were just in Hawaii, I’m not complaining one little bit.
Joe Walsh:
Alright, so.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, yeah hold on, wait a second, I got to shift around in the seat, the ball and chain is really heavy on my foot.
Joe Walsh:
Pat’s just pissed.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, I’ve never been to Hawaii.
Niki Hurren:
It’s nice, you should go.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, I will.
Niki Hurren:
They’ve got really good Spam, really good orange chicken.
Pat McNulty:
Spam, spam, spam.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, it’s lots of Span, man, let me tell you.
Joe Walsh:
There is all that spicy shrimp there.
Niki Hurren:
We actually didn’t do that spicy shrimp.
Joe Walsh:
I know. I know.
Niki Hurren:
We didn’t do that spicy shrimp.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, you know what we didn’t do too? I wanted to go snorkeling. There’s some killer snorkeling.
Niki Hurren:
You wanted to go swim with freaking sharks in a cage is what you wanted to do.
Joe Walsh:
I wanted to go snorkeling. Yeah, you snorkel with sharks.
Pat McNulty:
I would do that.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it’s freakin’ awesome.
Niki Hurren:
We just didn’t get around to it.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, we were busy. We, actually, were working. We only surfed, what, three times?
Niki Hurren:
I think.
Joe Walsh:
Which is-
Niki Hurren:
Alright.
Joe Walsh:
Got to pay the bills, dude. I’m not sure how this podcast is actually doing that but at least we’re getting to go out and-
Niki Hurren:
The one thing in Hawaii I did notice a lot of, was the foil surfing.
Joe Walsh:
That’s actually awesome. That, I like cause I’ve seen a few-
Niki Hurren:
People like here-
Joe Walsh:
I’ve seen few goofy long board with the foil but a short board that you can-
Niki Hurren:
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
It wasn’t even a wave and these guys were just ripping. They were just-
Niki Hurren:
They were able to really harness the energy of the wave that was coming in and I was on a standup paddle board and I was not able to even paddle into these things and then there was this guy there and he was on his foil board and he was getting all these turns in and he was then coming off the back of the wave and then pumping out the back and then catching another set, another set wave, although, it was literally-
Joe Walsh:
Didn’t even matter. It wasn’t even surfable, couldn’t even catch a wave out there.
Niki Hurren:
Knee high. It was knee high. It was the best.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, we had some long boards, went out there, barely cut a wave, and these guys are just tearing it up on those foils.
Niki Hurren:
So, it’s definitely interesting to see cause I’ve seen it a few people here have not really been inspired to give it much of a look but it’s surfing, nonetheless. I know some people call them water pogo sticks.
Joe Walsh:
I thought it looked pretty sweet.
Niki Hurren:
But, it definitely looked fluid, it looked like fun. The main thing for me is, surfing’s surfing so if it’s on the body surf or it’s time to … out on a boogie board, knee board, or whatever it is, that’s fantastic, it’s all surfing.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I definitely walked away with that vibe, as well. Especially, talking with Mark. Doesn’t matter how you enjoy the ocean, there’s a lot of ways to connect with it, lot of ways to have fun.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, and I’ve got to apologize for the Pancho Sullivan interview, cause I go, mm-hmm (affirmative) There was a heck of a lot of mm-hmm (affirmative)
Joe Walsh:
Well, it sounds like there’s ping pong or maybe beer pong going on down at the brewery right now, it’s what’s been going on this whole show so hopefully the sound wasn’t too bad but really cool to catch up with you guys.
Niki Hurren:
We’ve got one more thing to mention. We’ve got the all women’s surf retreat happening as well.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, that’s right. I’m sorry. I forgot, entirely. That’s probably the biggest news. We got Andrea Diaz, Costa Rican National Champ.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, we’ve rekindled that whole thing because, well, it’s back by popular demand.
Niki Hurren:
Absolutely.
Pat McNulty:
And, so the first two weeks of June, July and August, we’re going to host that camp, right here at Witch’s Rock and we have Andrea Diaz, the Women’s National Champion in Costa Rica, who is just a great individual, does a hell of a job and she has a really good following and it’s good that women can come down here and not have to feel like they’re going to be hanging around a bunch of guys with testosterone, these grizzly guys that want to go out and surf. So, they’re out here, they’re learning how to surf, they’re feeling comfortable with their environment and that’s what it’s all about, women’s retreat.
Joe Walsh:
That’s awesome.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, she’s a great surfer, she’s a really great personality, and she’s a very good ambassador of the sport and ambassador of the country, as well.
Joe Walsh:
So, for more information, where should people go, Pat?
Pat McNulty:
www.witchsrocksurfcamp.com
Joe Walsh:
Alright. Well, cool. Episode number 10 is coming to an end. I want to thank both of you guys for being here, even though, Pat, you and I had to wait an hour for Niki to finish whatever he was doing. I’m not bitter but I think I missed dinner.
Niki Hurren:
I like the Murphy’s. I’m not bitter but I like-
Pat McNulty:
You have anything to say in your defense?
Niki Hurren:
My defense, no, cause it’s going to fall on deaf ears, no matter what, so there’s no point.
Pat McNulty:
Guilty as charged.
Niki Hurren:
Guilty as charged. It’s alright.
Pat McNulty:
Let’s move along.
Joe Walsh:
Oh wait, hold on a second, wait, one more thing, we actually had a question. We have a question, we have an email. Okay, got this question from Andrew Benson from The Great Lakes area and we’re invited to go up and take him and his friend surf in Lake Superior. They listened to our Great Lakes episode and got motivated. These are past surf camp guests that’ve never even considered surfing The Great Lakes so, thank you, to Larry Larson, and the dedicated crew all across The Great Lakes. His question is, what’s one thing about surfing you wish you learned sooner? And, so we’re going to ask that with our next interview but I thought maybe I’d ask you guys. Pat, what’s one thing about surfing you wish you’d learned sooner?
Pat McNulty:
I wish I learned it sooner.
Joe Walsh:
You wish … okay. Okay, good answer. Niki?
Niki Hurren:
Patience. I wish I’d learned patience sooner. When you first start out, it’s a long road. This isn’t a quick … this is a very … cause if you take, say you practice a sport, something like football, tennis, you can go to a court or to a pitch and you can practice and practice and practice and practice. The ocean is very different every single time you go out, it’s very dynamic and you are at the whim of the tide and the swell so you have to have patience. It’s not going to be an … you suddenly don’t just pick it up over nothing, in very little time, so you have to … and I was a very frustrated surfer for many years and until you’re like, okay, this’ll all … baby steps, little by little.
Joe Walsh:
And, it’s fun the entire time.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, no.
Joe Walsh:
From day one, it’s fun, so maybe you get frustrated because you don’t feel like you’re getting better quick enough.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, to concentrate more on the stoke and the feeling-
Joe Walsh:
Exactly.
Niki Hurren:
More than the actual performance because it will come.
Joe Walsh:
For sure.
Niki Hurren:
To learn patience, because I was a very impatient surfer.
Joe Walsh:
I like that.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, no, absolutely. For me, if I could learn one thing quicker, it would’ve been to learn that I have to have patience.
Joe Walsh:
Okay.
Pat McNulty:
And, how about you Giuseppe?
Joe Walsh:
Alright, well, Andrew Benson, the one thing I wish I learned sooner was short boarding. I started long boarding and I stayed on it for years, for more than a decade, and it was because I was comfortable catching lots of waves, it was easier, for sure, it was easier in any line up, it is easier, and it’s fun but it is limiting and so I’m really glad because I really prefer a short board, even though I don’t catch as many waves. And, I probably learned that patience, so I’m okay with that but the short boarding does help the long boarding and the long boarding does help the short boarding. There’s a time and a place for all of it and it all should be part of your quiver and your experience, so it’s not as much that I ever wrote off long boarding, it’s just, I wish I had picked up a short board and really experienced riding different types of boards earlier on because it just adds so much more depth to the whole surfing experience.
Joe Walsh:
Alright, we are doing these podcasts on Sundays, Sunday nights, that way, on a Monday morning, it’s going to be there when you’re driving to work and that’s a change, we were doing them on Fridays but we decided to move it back, it’s better for everyone and so that’s the new schedule. Any questions? Podcast ideas, anything, you can email us. Getoutandsurfcr@gmail.com. You can also direct message us on our Instagram page @getoutandsurf. Anything else to ad, guys?
Pat McNulty:
All good, man.
Niki Hurren:
Be punctual. Make sure you turn up on time. I’m usually very punctual. You guys can attest to that, I am usually very punctual.
Joe Walsh:
I know, we thought you had a car accident. We were like-
Niki Hurren:
No, my dog has been … actually my dog-
Joe Walsh:
Ate your homework.
Niki Hurren:
No, my dog-
Pat McNulty:
You’re only as good as the last time you showed up on time.
Niki Hurren:
Alright, okay, well, we’ll work on me then.
Joe Walsh:
Alright, that’s a wrap, thanks for listening. Thank you for listening to the Get Out and Surf Podcast, brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica. Witch’s Rock is such a great time, offering surfing experiences for all levels of surfers. Go to witchsrocksurfcamp.com for more info. A very big, thank you, to Doug Cole and the entire Cole family on the North Shore of Hawaii. Make sure you’re subscribed to the podcast. You can do that by going to Itunes and typing in, get out and surf. We also need your positive reviews, so take two minutes and show us some love. You can do this on Itunes, the link is in the show notes, this will help Itunes share our podcast and get more people tuning in and getting stoke. Thanks, again, for listening, we’ll see you again next week. Pura vida and nos vemos.

The post 10: Hawaii, British Columbia, Costa Rica | GOAS Travel Roundup appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

9: Pancho Sullivan: My Surfing Life

Sun, 03 Mar 2019 23:10:00 GMT

Born on the Island of Kauai and raised on the North Shore of Oahu, Pancho Sullivan has become recognized as one of the best power surfers in surfing. Pancho has seen success as a free surfer, earning a spot on the Rip curl SEARCH team for many years. He qualified for the world tour (at almost 32 years old), ultimately retiring 7th in the world. Pancho Sullivan has coached professional surfers, he has been a brand ambassador for Rip Curl, and he’s now putting his focus and experience into creating the best extreme sports watch in the industry with his brand AULTA.

“If you’re driven to be the best version of your self… that’s going to carry over. You are going to not only be able to utilize that in surfing but also in business and other aspects of life and most importantly, your relationships.”
-Pancho Sullivan⠀

SUBSCRIBE to the show HERE .
Email questions or comments to getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com
Follow us on Instagram.com/getoutandsurf

I hope to see you surfing!
Joe Walsh

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey there this is Joe Walsh from Tamarindo, Costa Rica and you’re listening to the Get Out and SURF podcast. In this week’s episode, we’re on the North Shore of Hawaii chilling out with surfing legend Pancho Sullivan.
Pancho is considered one of the best power surfers in the world. His story is unreal and he’s done it all. It was a real treat getting to hang with Pancho. I loved what he had to say and I think you will too. So sit back, relax and let’s get started.
Hey, this is Joe Walsh coming to you from Pupukea on the North Shore of Hawaii. I’m sitting here with special guest Pancho Sullivan.
Pancho, welcome to the show.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Thank you so much for having me.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah man, we’re stoked. Also of course, can’t forget Niki Hurren. Niki, welcome back.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, I’m still here, still hanging on.
Joe Walsh:
I got to describe what I’m looking at real quick. I’m sitting here with Pancho. Thank you, very gracious, great hospitality welcoming us into your home, if you want to call it a home. I think it’s more of a palatial estate though. I’m looking around, this thing absolutely incredible on this beautiful deck with all kinds of birds and nature sounds, and fruit trees and everything. It’s just amazing man. Do you ever go anywhere or do you just stay here the whole time? I don’t even know if I’d ever leave.
Pancho Sullivan: :
We joke that we get stuck up here. I think when you live in Pupukea, it’s so peaceful up here that a lot of times you’ll miss out on surf sessions just by getting lost in the yard, doing yard work and things of that nature. But yeah, it’s definitely a blessing to be able to live up here in this valley with these peaceful surroundings.
Joe Walsh:
This is what I heard, the word on the street, coconut wireless is that you were born in a tree house. Maybe we’ll start right there, because I feel like I’m in a tree house now. What’s the deal?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, I was born at the end of the road in Haena on Kauai in 1973 in a place that has become known as Taylor Camp. It was Elizabeth Taylor’s brother Robert Taylor, he owned 11 acres out at the end of the road. My mom and her best friend happened to stumble upon Taylor Camp, which was known as … It was just a group of free-spirited people that were looking to get away from the establishment so to speak and live a very carefree lifestyle of living off the land and getting away from being indoctrinated by what they felt at the time was part of …
The big, I guess global, political event happening was Vietnam and so a lot of people felt like the government wasn’t being very truthful, the status quo of nine to five, all that started to be questioned, and I think a lot of those like-minded people gathered and just thought, “Hey, we just want to live free and be ourselves, and not be inundated with society’s conformity,” or what everybody I guess at the time perceived as just a normal life. They want wanted to live amongst the trees and live off the land. It was sort of a social experiment and-
Joe Walsh:
Sounds pretty cool.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, it was. Initially I think it was a great concept and unfortunately I think as time went on, different people showed up at the camp with different intentions and brought more drugs and corrupted. Fortunately we left before that happened, and I think a lot of people that … You know, I was pretty young when we left, so I don’t really have a lot of memories of living there but some of the people that that did live there and had that experience said it was the best time of their life.
Joe Walsh:
It sounds like a pretty insane setup.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, it was really cool. They had a garden, they had like a co-op free store. It basically was like a village. Everybody shared responsibilities, and basically were just living very carefree. Like I said, for a lot of the people that lived there in the beginning, they all reflect and say it was the greatest experience they’ve ever had.
Niki Hurren:
When did you actually move to the North Shore?
Pancho Sullivan: :
We left Taylor Camp in 1975. For a short time we lived just in a house at the end of the road out in Haena on Kauai, and then we moved to the North Shore, actually originally moved to Punaluu on the east side of the island back in 1978. My mom worked up at Turtle Bay and eventually we moved up to Turtle Bay in about 1981. Initially going back to living at Taylor Camp, that was my first, I think experience as far as like being on surfboards. There was a lot of surfers in the camp and-
Joe Walsh:
It was on the beach then?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, we lived on the beach in a tree house. There was a stream that ran through the camp where everybody got their water, bathed, for cooking, whatever. But, there was also a couple surf breaks out front and there was quite a few surfers that lived there, so there was always surfboards laying around. I do have memories of crawling around on surfboards in the stream right there, and then also paddling through the surf on the nose of my mom’s boyfriend’s board. I think that was where the seed was planted so to speak.
Then when we moved here to Oahu, some friends of mine that lived in the neighborhood, they had a surfboard and their dad would take us out into the little river mouth out in front of our house. We would tread water, myself and my best friend and his little brother, and he would make us tread water to get us to be more comfortable in the ocean. We would take turns on the one surfboard that they had and that was it. I mean, I was completely hooked at that point and I don’t think I stopped bugging my mom for about two years to get my own surfboard.
Joe Walsh:
What age was that?
Pancho Sullivan: :
I think I was about six. Yeah, somewhere around there.
Joe Walsh:
All right, so six, seven years old just relentlessly pestering mom to get you a board, which was probably a pretty good move on your part because you seem to be pretty naturally talented. I hear that besides surf, you actually were really good at school and all kinds of sports.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, I think I was just a really hyperactive kid. I love sports, I love pushing myself and trying to just … I don’t necessarily like to compete with other people, I just like to no matter what it is, I like to push myself and I guess, just be the best that I can be. I love being a student of whatever it is. If it was baseball season, I would be fanatical about that. I’d be outside throwing the ball up in the air to myself or whether it was soccer, I really would just dive into whatever it was that I was doing and sort of be a little bit obsessive about it.
Joe Walsh:
That’s killer, self-driven. Okay, when you finally got yourself a board, where was your first wave?
Pancho Sullivan: :
The first waves that I caught on my own were actually in Punaluu on the east side. There’s a little river mouth that was right across the street from where we lived. Really soft wave and so it was very perfect for the age where I was at. My mom didn’t have to worry about me going and surfing by myself. The wave, there’s not much consequence to it so I really couldn’t get myself into any kind of trouble. It was a perfect place to learn and just paddle around. I think the biggest challenge at that time was just not having anybody to surf with me. I was fanatical, I wanted to surf. It was just something I-
Joe Walsh:
There was no getting on YouTube to see whatever all the pro surfers were doing at the time.
Pancho Sullivan: :
No, no and at that point, I really hadn’t been out to Sunset Beach very much. There was just something about it that I was just fascinated by it and from the minute I stood up on a surfboard, I knew that that’s what I wanted to do. I wanted to ride waves. It was totally euphoric. I just remember even at a really young age, being out in the ocean and just being able to have that sense of freedom of being in nature and just trying to blend with the rhythm the ocean. You know, it’s a dance to ride a wave, it’s sort of like … It’s hard to put into words sometimes, but I think there are so many elements to it that are euphoric, and energizing, and cleansing. You hear all those things and it’s so true. There are so many aspects to being a surfer and to being in the ocean that really makes your spirit come alive.
Niki Hurren:
It’s almost like a connection. My kids are young and my main thing was if they want to surf they can surf, but I want them to be connected to the ocean and whatever they want to do with it and obviously you being at a very young age, being in the water, learning how to tread water and learn how to deal with the different environment that the ocean can bring, it’s different. Different tides every single day, so it definitely seems that when you connect with a wave that’s been traveling all those miles, that piece of energy, for me that’s how I feel it is. It definitely seems the same way with you.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, I think we all as surfers, we all share that common thread, or I guess appreciation of the spiritual aspect of surfing. I know it can sound cosmic to people, but it’s true. I mean-
Niki Hurren:
No, I think we all feel it. It’s one of the hardest things to explain.
Joe Walsh:
For sure. It’s pretty hard to put it into words like you said. You were surfing on the east side, which is … From what I understand, you get a lot of trade winds on shores. We were in Kailua in the bay there, and the waves seemed like they were really great for little kids. Is it a similar setup where you were first-
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah. It was a lot of onshore swell which produces nonstop waves and being a hyperactive kid, it was kind of perfect. There was no waiting, it was just nonstop, nonstop. And, there was no surfers. It was rare like I said. There was only a couple kids that lived in that area that actually surfed. When we finally did move up to Turtle Bay and I started playing soccer and baseball in the Sunset Beach community and I started meeting other kids that surfed, that was it. I mean, it was like I had found my tribe so to speak in that sense of just being around so many other kids that loved being in the water.
And I had no real preference. I loved being on a surfboard, but I was just as happy body surfing, boogie boarding. I just wanted to be in the water all the time, and so you made all those different connections with different kids that liked riding different boards, whether it was skim boarding or … And at that point, so many of my friends were into different things. I had friends that were just learning how to windsurf. Windsurfing was becoming the thing to do at backyards. I had friends that were incredible skim borders, so I would jump in and out of these little groups of different board riders. As long as I was in the ocean and keeping my gills wet, that was what I was … I guess that was my addiction.
Joe Walsh:
Do you think that maybe spending time body surfing, trying windsurfing or skim boarding, do you think those other ocean activities helped make you more well-rounded and helped you with your surfing?
Pancho Sullivan: :
It definitely could have been. What I recall is whenever I would come back to riding a surfboard, I would feel like this sort of reconnection or this like epiphany of, “Wow! This is …” I loved doing all that other stuff and I love mixing it up-
Joe Walsh:
But you knew surfing was it.
Pancho Sullivan: :
But I knew surfing was my first love. Every time I would get back on a board, I would be more, I want to say almost like appreciative to be doing it and to be out there. I loved the aspect of being in the ocean and having to, I guess physically challenge yourself, like whether it’s punching through a set of waves or riding a wave and trying to harness all that speed.
Joe Walsh:
How did you go from being a kid that knew he loved surfing to being in contests?
Pancho Sullivan: :
I started competing pretty young age, I would say about 12. I started entering some of the amateur events. Started out here on the North Shore in the Menehune event in Haleiwa. There was an event, it’s now the Haleiwa International Open. That was like the … Those were the big contests for this area for kids. There was a little tiny surf shop called Sunset Beach Surf Shop that was owned by Karen Gallagher. She was just incredible for all the kids on the North Shore.
She sponsored so many of myself and so many of my friends and would help us out, give us wax, try to help pay for entry fees. She really was the person that I have to thank as far as encouraging me to compete and to … I guess she saw that I had a talent for surfing and the fact that she was able, or was supporting me was really the sole reason why I actually started doing competition in the first place, because we really couldn’t afford entry fees and things like that. She sponsored me and helped me with that, and I loved competing.
I loved that challenge of pushing myself, but again, I kind of had this epiphany or awareness at about 15 that it was just such a big investment of time to be at a contest all day waiting to surf such a short heat and I was like way too like I said, hyperactive to want to sit around all day and wait to surf, I just wanted to surf. I wanted to surf for hours, and hours, and hours, and-
Niki Hurren:
You’ll be sitting there waiting for a heat and you know that there’s a place going off and you want to go …
Pancho Sullivan: :
I knew all my friends were surfing good waves and I’m here I am like, I’m at not the greatest spot on the island trying to wait to surf for 15 minutes. I lived in that those two worlds of enjoying competition, but not really feeling that it was the best use of my time I guess, so to speak. I kind of shied away from competition at about 15 and just wanted to surf more. Wanted to spend more time riding different waves, being able to hop from Pipeline, to Backyards, to Sunset.
When you’re in high school it’s like if you eat up your whole weekend, it’s chewed up being at a competition, you don’t really feel like you got to surf that much. That was where my mindset was at, is I just wanted to surf as much as I possibly can, and so I stopped competing at about 15 until I was about almost 18.
Joe Walsh:
How old were you when you got invited to join The Search? What was The Search?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Well, I’m sure it means different things to different people but as a company, Rip Curl I think their values were … What that meant for the company was just go out and live life, and enjoy, and surf, and explore. We live in a beautiful world and as surfers, we’re blessed to be able to not only surf our home break, but even spots that around the corner. To seek out, and find, and explore new places. I think one of the most incredible things in life is to experience different cultures, languages and foods and things like that.
I think a lot of it was just encouraging people to find happiness. You know, go out, travel, experience life. As surfers, find and challenge yourself to ride new waves and for me that’s, it was sort of the perfect blend. I kind of randomly entered the event at the Hard Rock Cafe’s World Cup and Sunset Beach and that’s what sort of kick started me into professional surfing. I pulled up to the beach, I had just sold a surfboard, kind of needed that money for my rent but they were calling beach entries and my friend encouraged me. He said, “Man, you should enter.”
A lot of guys were pulling out of the event because the waves were a little small, so I just rolled the dice. I had my board with me, I had the cash on hand, I beach entered and I ended up making it through about seven rounds into the main event and made, I think I made $1,800. I was just blown away that my $150 entry fee turned into $1,800 dollars.
Joe Walsh:
At what age?
Pancho Sullivan: :
This was at 18. The light bulb went off and I was like, “Wow! This …” It’s incredible that you can actually make money from doing something that is fun, you love doing. It wasn’t something that I announced or anything, but deep down inside I thought I’d love to just push myself and see what level I can take my surfing to and in the process, if I can travel and experience new things, and earn money to support that. It’s worth a try. Obviously without any real preparation or anything, I made it as far as I did in the event and so it was a good motivator to just push myself.
From that point forward, I started really buckling down. I was working at night, working construction and just really started focusing on when I would go out, to just push myself, paddle harder, try to push my turns harder and things like that. That led to a few more results, competitive results, one of which was I won the Pipeline Trials. Circling back around, that’s when I got a knock on the door and an offer to join The Search. For me it was a dream come true in the sense that again, competition was something that I enjoyed doing, but it wasn’t for me.
I enjoyed getting away from crowds and surfing with friends. I love when you have that opportunity to share waves and there’s that really good energy and vibe in the ocean. To me there’s … The waves don’t have to be perfect, but when you have that element it makes for a perfect situation or a perfect moment. To me, The Search represented an opportunity to travel to places I never dreamed I would ever go and surf waves that maybe had never been surfed before. That was the aim of what they were trying to promote at the time.
Joe Walsh:
For the listeners of the show that don’t understand the gravity of the situation, this is like a dream come true for any surfer to get a knock at the door and say, “Hey, we’re traveling the world.” I mean, what? By boat, by plane, going to all of these not just world class spots but like you said, places and maybe some spots people hadn’t even surfed before. That must’ve been totally unreal. I remember seeing the early surf movies and I just … That was part of what inspired me.
There was all these surfing mags, because there was no internet back then. All of those full page ads with these epic waves. I mean, right barrels, left point breaks, just never anybody on the wave either and it just had that that old school Rip Curl logo that I think they made just for The Search campaign. It totally triggered it in me, I think probably every other surfer too.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, definitely. I think back and some of the trips that I was so fortunate to go on. I’ve slept on the Pan-American Highway, I’ve driven all night chasing swells. I mean, it was really a cool experience and time to be able to spend with … Sonny Miller was the filmmaker for Rip Curl for a long time and just a really good friend. He’s passed away, but he inspired generations of surfers through his vision and through the lens. Rip Curl provided the budget, but Sonny Miller was really the one that was the glue that made it all happen. We never really had much of a plan. We knew generally where we were going to go and nothing was … There wasn’t these fancy yachts catered or anything like that. We were just kind of-
Niki Hurren:
So, he was one that had the vision and the drive to push everyone and he … Did he pick the surfers he wanted or was it-
Pancho Sullivan: :
No, I mean, it was definitely maybe a collaborative they between Brian and Claw, the owners of Rip Curl. Even to this day, Claw’s at a lot of the events. He’s just still as passionate about surfing as he’s ever been but yeah, there was I think a collaborative effort. Derek Hynd was involved when I first came on board. I think he really played a big role in bringing together people from different parts of the world. Whether it’s Frankie Oberholzer, or Nathan Hedge, or different surfers from all over that shared that passion or that desire to get away from competition, and to travel, and see the world and experience riding waves in different parts of the world.
There was a lot of basically just camaraderie amongst a lot of the guys, that we traveled together and traveled well together I should say. As anybody who’s traveled knows how important that is when you’re all crammed into a tight little van or whatever it was that we were, the means of transportation of how we were getting around.
Niki Hurren:
You’ve got to have a lot of patience even with some of your best friends. You’ve still got to get around and figure out one of you doesn’t want to go to this spot, another one says , no, it’s better over here.
Joe Walsh:
That’s pretty been pretty much from the story this week here in Hawaii with Niki and I.
Niki Hurren:
Well, we’ve just been here … At least we agree on the food. We’ve been we’ve been eating the spam-
Joe Walsh:
Musubi.
Niki Hurren:
They’re insane.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Hawaiian power bar.
Niki Hurren:
I never even knew they existed. It’s been crazy and it’s been good.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, who was your crew? Who were the guys that you traveled with the most on The Search, or the ones that you connected with the most?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Well, Nathan Hedge and I really became super tight. He was a few years younger than me, kind of like a little brother but just loved his energy, his infectious positive energy. I was very fortunate to do a bunch of trips with, listen to him playing music and seeing the world through … You know, you get to see how other people view the world and how they interact with people and be influenced by that and influenced by the people you meet. I think for me, I feel like and I always say that my education really began when I started traveling and meeting new people.
I did okay in school, but it wasn’t … I always felt a little trapped. I never dreamed it would happen, I never knew that I was going to travel to as many places as I did, but really I feel like it just opened my eyes to the rest of the world. Just learning different languages, and more so just how to interact with other people was just … To see the levels of poverty in the midst of trying to go surfing and the profound effect that would have on you and, I guess just a deeper appreciation of being able to go surfing.
Niki Hurren:
Oh yeah, it opens your eyes.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Definitely.
Niki Hurren:
When I first started traveling my friends, I grew up on the east coast of England. I say this every podcast is to remind everyone. Waves aren’t that good and so we had to travel. We were lucky enough that we were a core group of friends. My first surf trip was like Morocco and then we went to Indonesia, Portugal. I thought we were just going to get some waves but in the end you do, you get to realize these other cultures. Especially things like The Search, things like Endless Summer and things like that, it just pushes you to go out and just experience more.
Joe Walsh:
It’s almost like you don’t necessarily remember all the waves, but you remember the experiences out of the water more right?
Niki Hurren:
Oh, yeah.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Definitely, absolutely.
Joe Walsh:
Where were the spots that you enjoyed the most or had the most profound impact? Where did you get to go? What are some of the destinations you went to in The Search?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Wow, we traveled a lot. I would say over half the year I was on the road. I feel like I had great experiences everywhere, but some of the maybe most visually spectacular moments as far as surf and just the beauty of the people, Tahiti has always been a place that has really had a profound impact on me. Just the clarity of the water, the beauty of the islands and the people themselves. I always feel when I visit Tahiti, I come away happier. I come away appreciating life, and my relationships, more. I feel like the environment and Tahiti people, there is a lot of Aloha and respect for other people.
Joe Walsh:
Some of the waves I don’t think were necessarily announced in the videos where you guys surfed. Were there some spots that maybe you never said where they were that maybe you can say now?
Pancho Sullivan: :
You know, we definitely always … It was sort of like an unspoken thing amongst everyone that was traveling that we don’t need to expose anywhere. Like, let’s just enjoy this moment and where we’re at and hopefully through that, other people will be moved to find their own Shangri-La.
Joe Walsh:
So, that was the whole strategy then? Well, it worked. You got everybody-
Niki Hurren:
Let them find it, let them go through their own experience instead of like, oh yeah, this is here and you can go surf here and get good waves. Let them try and go down that road and get skunked and go down that road and score.
Pancho Sullivan: :
I feel like a little bit of that magic has been lost a little bit. You can still find it and create it, but the world that we live in today, we’re so dependent upon forecasts and-
Joe Walsh:
Google Maps.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, all these different … You know, whether it’s Yelp or it’s some sort of preset expectation where … You know, we were traveling and we had no idea whether or not … We’d try to find out if there was going to be swell, but it was just we were going there from for this time period, we’re going to hang out and travel and we’re going to … If it looks like it’s going to be good 500 miles away and we can figure out a way to get there, then that’s what we’re going to do. It was like planes, trains, automobiles like I said. I just remember that experience of driving through from Lima to the northern part of Peru and being caught in the middle of the worst El Nino probably than ever where miles of roads were just gone, washed out completely.
Joe Walsh:
It only like rains once every five years there.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, it was crazy. We were with some local Peruvian guys that were … It was amazing to see the look on their face because we were driving to areas where there’s never a blade of grass and the mountain, the hills are all covered in greenery. They were just blown away looking up at the hills. That was an experience where it took us, normally would’ve been about a day and a half drive. It took us three days because we had to find alternate routes because roads were just completely gone.
Joe Walsh:
I’ve done that drive a couple times and it’s total desert. That must’ve been wild, like the one time it does rain and it was an El Nino season. It must’ve been chaotic.
Pancho Sullivan: :
It was crazy to see, I guess a little bit of the devastation. People were stuck on the sides of the road trying to travel from one part of the country to the other. We were just fortunate we had four wheel drives and we were with local guys that they had been traveling to that area and surfing their whole life, so they … I mean, it was amazing. They always found a way to get us around whatever obstacle was in our way and we actually got … Even though it took us three days, we got to the northern part of Peru and we scored incredible waves.
The water was pretty brown, but it was some of the longest to this day, some of the longest waves I’ve ever ridden in my life were on that trip. It was those types of experiences that you carry with you for the rest of your life to your point. As surfers, we ride a lot of waves and you tend to sort of forget. You live that brief few seconds and it sends this bolt of lightning through your body and then you want another one, and then you want another one. We sort of all live in that reality, but those experiences of trying to get from point A to point B and the people that you meet in between like people on the side of the road that you have this interaction with, it-
Joe Walsh:
That’s more valuable than the surf in my opinion.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Definitely, absolutely.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I think that’s definitely the platform of this podcast. We love to surf, love to travel, but it’s not always about scoring waves. The waves may be subpar, but the trip could still be a home run just because of the people you met or the non-surfing experiences you had. Especially somewhere in there before, you know very little about as opposed to … You were saying earlier like looking at the Yelp review or the TripAdvisor reviews and you’re kind of like, “Okay, we’re going to go eat at this restaurant. We’re going to order these pancakes because that’s what everyone says to eat and then we’re going to go check out the turtles right here because that’s where we stop and take pictures of the turtles.”
The experiences you have on these adventures, these surf trips are so meaningful. They’re more important than the waves. Of course, getting great waves, that would just even be the best of both worlds. I’m not saying-
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, that’s the icing on the cake.
Joe Walsh:
That’s the icing on the cake. All right, well another really cool thing that the listeners need to learn more about, they want to hear about this, you were on the World Tour, the best of the best. I want to hear about that. You have this free surfing experience with Rip Curl’s, The Search which sounds absolutely amazing, but then after that you went on the World Tour.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah. Like I said, I traveled for like 15 years straight on Rip Curl’s Search program. I kind of reached a point where, and within the company they started to focus a little bit more on competition. They were sponsoring several of the World Tour events and it was sort of like a … Shortly after having my daughter, I was getting to a point or an age where I realized that the experience of being a paid professional surfer, a free surfer was coming to a close and I was okay with that.
But, one thing I thought that because I had competed mainly selectively at select events around the world, but mostly enjoyed competing here at home on the North Shore in the Triple Crown. I had some good results here and I thought, well, I’ve never really applied myself and now that I have a child, I want to be able to look back and share this experience with her that, hey when you have opportunities in life, you have to seize them and really do the best you can, then you’ll never have any regrets no matter what. You know that you had this opportunity, you did everything you could to manifest or turn that into a lifestyle.
For me surfing, I always loved to surf. I just enjoyed surfing as much as I possibly could, so to have that opportunity to then earn a living to where I could support my family and hopefully share the experience of traveling and surfing with my wife and my daughter, that was something that I thought, “Hey, here I am. I’ve had some results in Hawaii, let’s see what I can do if I commit myself to this 100%. I’m going to go out and I’m going to do the World Qualifying Series and if I don’t make it, that’s okay. At least I know that I gave it 110% before I embark on the next chapter or next phase of my life,” and so that’s what I did.
I believe I did like 22 world qualifying events that year. I actually took it as an opportunity to just like I said, travel and experience that with my wife and my daughter. That was I believe in 2005, so we got … It was an incredible year of … We went to England, and France, and Portugal. I competed in the Maldives and just went all over.
Niki Hurren:
What age were you at, at that time?
Pancho Sullivan: :
I was 31 years old.
Niki Hurren:
31, so you’re not old by any means.
Pancho Sullivan: :
No, older.
Niki Hurren:
Older, but obviously, what… I’d be interested in what was the average age of the guys on the tour with you.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, there definitely was a much younger age bracket, and that was fine for me. I didn’t really focus on that so much. I was really just enjoying like, I would compete and then we would, my wife and I would look at what other really cool experiences that we could have within a close proximity to each event. We’d throw our daughter in the backpack and Yeah, just see as much as we could see.
Niki Hurren:
Your experiences that you had, with age comes experience and it doesn’t really matter if someone is a lot younger than you. They might have a little bit more energy, but experience counts for everything. Did you find that your experiences and your longevity within surfing, did that actually help?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, I think it did. I was at a point in life where I had achieve my dream, which was just to travel, and surf, and go to Indonesia. I always wanted to go there and I always want to go to Tahiti, so I didn’t really feel a sense of pressure I think that I had to perform. I wouldn’t advise anybody to do this, but I pretty much slapped the entire thing on a credit card. I don’t know what I was thinking at that point, but I was sort of like, “Hey, this is an opportunity of a lifetime to get to travel the world with my wife and my daughter. We’re never going to regret this.”
I went out there with that mindset, but I also felt confident that when the waves got good, that I could compete at a level as high as anybody. I felt like if I could get just a few results outside of Hawaii based on the consistency of the results that I was getting here at home, that I would give myself an outside shot at qualifying for the tour and at that time, competition sort of evolved. When I was younger and first joined The Search, most of the events were based around the biggest sort of weekend beach party in a certain place or area, and then the tour evolved to where They started going to these incredible locations and good waves. That sort of made me step back and go, “Wow!” To be able to compete at-
Joe Walsh:
Jeffreys.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Jeffreys Bay with one other person in the water, that’s incredible.
Joe Walsh:
I think I would’ve been absolutely out of control. How could you pass that up?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, it’s a gamble worth taking and I feel like … You know, every time for a lot of people we’re all put in those situations where you kind of have to bet on yourself if you have a dream and you believe in something. I think that’s where the stones came to put everything on a credit card.
Joe Walsh:
You did the WQS, the Qualifying Series?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
You qualified?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah. I started the year with a win at Pipe in what’s now the Volcom Pipe Pro. Then I traveled around and competed and got enough results outside of Hawaii. I think I was somewhere in the top 50 coming back into Hawaii and then I won, excuse me, I won the Haleiwa Hawaiian Pro, which was a prime event. That shot me up the ratings quite a bit and then I ended up I think getting a quarterfinal finish at Sunset. I finished the Qualifying Series I think in like six or seventh place and that was enough points to get me on the World Tour.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, so then you did it all over again basically, but other spots.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah. I was fortunate enough to then be able to be on the World Championship Tour and travel to Fiji for the event there, Tahiti, Jeffreys Bay. There was Trestles in California.
Joe Walsh:
Cute wiener dog by the way.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Come on, go on, go on, go, go, go.
Joe Walsh:
Is it a wiener dog?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yup. They’re mini dachshunds.
Joe Walsh:
Super cute. You’ve got a farm here. I noticed you got roosters. That’s something that Hawaii and Costa Rica has in common. It feels like a back at home.
Pancho Sullivan: :
The rooster explosion.
Joe Walsh:
Wow, okay. So, what was it like being on the World Tour? I mean, you’re basically surfing with the best of the best, going to these world class spots. Did it feel even more serious than being on the Qualifying Series?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah. Again I sort of … The realization of, “Okay, well here I am.” I have this opportunity to surf against the world’s best and in some of the best waves. I definitely want to give it my all and see, I guess how far I can push my own ability. I feel like for the most part you’re competing against yourself, whether it’s … You’re against the clock. It’s all about making the right pics as far as the quality of the waves that you ride, things like that. I don’t know, I sort of again, I felt like this is a great opportunity to travel the world experience these things with my wife and my daughter.
But at the same time, I’m not here just to roll over and get last. I want to compete at a high level and surf at a high level, so I really worked on getting my equipment right, really started focusing on my body and trying to be in the right place mentally, physically, all of that and seize the opportunity that I had.
Joe Walsh:
What’s really interesting is how, and I like this a lot. I can tell how self-motivated you are and how you push yourself, and that’s how you’ve gotten into these situations. But, you talk about being more focused on yourself and your own abilities versus the other surfers you were surfing against. I would be probably freaking out if I had to surf against Slater, or Mick Fanning, or pretty much anyone that’s on the tour. You kind of had a different strategy. You went out there and you were focusing on yourself and pushing yourself.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah. I guess the way I looked at it is if you’re going to compete at that level and you have the opportunity to compete against somebody like a Kelly, or a Mick, or a Parko, you’re really going to have to surf at the highest level that you’re capable of in order to beat them because they’re incredibly talented surfer. I feel like whether it’s, I don’t know, whatever platform it is, whether you’re an artist, or a musician, you’re influenced by your peers and for me watching those guys surf at the level that they did, it was inspiring. I draw a lot of inspiration from the lines that they draw and their approach to competition, things like that. Sort of managing the time, but I always realized …
In my late 20s, I realized you can only control what you’re capable of doing and if you’re overly focused on what the scores are, what someone else is doing in your heat, you’re sort of giving away a lot of your energy that you can channel and use to elevate your own performance or elevate your own ability. That was something that worked for me, being able to narrow my focus on what I can control. You know, be prepared, make sure my boards are good, my leashes are strong. Things like that to where I felt like if I ticked all those boxes and when the horn sounded and I had that opportunity, for me it wasn’t … I didn’t really take away like, “I’m better than somebody because I won the heat.”
It was like, “Okay, here’s my opportunity. I’ve got this open canvas, the waves are good.” I would try to draw inspiration even when the waves weren’t good to sort of, you know, this is a moment in time or in my life that I’m going to be able to push myself and see how far or how high I can take my own abilities. And if I can do that and the results are positive, then great. If not, it’s a learning experience each event. When you lose, they say in surfing, you’re going to lose a lot more than you win. You take little experiences and what I’ve realized is how much of that you can apply towards other areas of your life.
We’re all here learning no matter what it is that we’re doing professionally or in our personal lives. We’re all learning and trying to take those experiences and get better, or be better versions of ourselves.
Niki Hurren:
We genuinely learn a lot more from our failures than we do from our successes as well. You’ve got to keep on plugging away, and keep going, and keep going. It’s like you catch that one wave and maybe be fall, there’s another wave coming so you can then concentrate on the next one.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, there’s a lot of definitely metaphors that surfing I think carries over into life.
Joe Walsh:
Absolutely. Listening to you talk about your strategies in surfing, it sounds very wise. It sounds like something a coach would say and from what I understand, you’ve transitioned into some very elite coaching.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, I’ve done a little bit of coaching. Definitely been blessed to also receive some great coaching and advice during the course of my career. I think just being a sponge and wanting to learn and be a student of surfing, of the craft, of the technique side, I feel like there are so many elements of what surfing is. Some people call it a sport, some people call it an art, and I think every individual has a different physical body structure, makeup, whatever, however you want to phrase it to where the goal is not to surf like everybody else, it’s not going to happen. Physically our muscle structures are all different, we all have different style.
But, what I am a firm believer in is technique. I learned a lot through working with different coaches about the technique that we develop, the muscle memory that we develop from the time we first learned how to surf and how that affects us as we progress. And, some of the dominant muscles that we have and how that plays a role in that technique. We have these really strong dominant muscles that we develop. The more we surf, the more our body can sometimes shut down and just use those muscles when other muscles won’t fire because the brain tells the body, “Hey, you don’t need to turn on, you’ve got really strong quads. Just use those,” so you end up not using your core.
Little things like that I started to learn over time like, “Hey, how do I maximize how much fun I can have in the water and how much I can push myself physically in my ability to surf?” I want to do that turn faster, harder. I want to complete that turn more regularly. Things of that nature you start to when you get to that level of competitively, you start to look at those things and analyze it. Through the experience that I had in my own professional career and some of the failures if you will, or things that that worked well for me and things that didn’t work well for me, I felt so blessed to be able to live this path or this journey that I enjoy sharing that with other people.
Joe Walsh:
When someone like Carissa Moore, elite professional surfer calls you up and says, “Pancho, I need your help,” you focus on technique?
Pancho Sullivan: :
You know, with Carissa her technique is so incredible and she … I feel like at her level, it’s more about just giving her a second set of eyes to see things, sort of reinforcing what she already knows. Her technique like I said, she works a lot on that herself. She’s on her own path with understanding her body. She does a lot of power yoga, core power yoga. She’s very much a student of her craft, so with her it’s more about just reinforcing what she already sees, how she’s … Encouraging her to trust her instincts when I t comes to specific locations where …
A lot of times when you’re in the heat of that moment of competing, it helps to have somebody that can sort of reinforce, “Hey, it looks like the second wave of the set is shifting over. Here’s what I’m seeing as a lineup.” It just helps you even bring that focus in tighter to where she’s able to really just focus on elevating her performance. I just really admire her as a person. I think she’s just got such an incredible spirit. She definitely lives and breathes the Aloha spirit. Really is such a joy to be around and to be out in the ocean with her, and just watch her morph from this sweetheart of a person who’s just so giving with her time and got such a kind and loving spirit to just you see the focus that comes over her and how … What an incredible athlete she is, how she’s able to immediately click that switch and go into this mindset of being able to you know push herself and her surfing to such a high level is incredible to watch.
Joe Walsh:
Pancho, you’re really known for being one of the best power surfers. I don’t know how many surfaces videos I’ve seen of you with your layback snap front side, because we’re both regular foot. Talk about technique. This would be a great time since we’re talking about coaching, how do you do that?
Niki Hurren:
How do you throw as much spray as you possibly can?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, there’s no other way to put it.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Well, for me I think growing up here on the North Shore and being able to you know watch such incredible surfers over the years going way back to you know being a really young kid, but watching guys like Barry Kanaiaupuni and Johnny Boy Gomes in his era, and Ronnie Burns, and Marvin Foster, and Martin Potter, and Mark Occhilupo and all these guys come to the North Shore. You regularly got to see them out at Rocky Point or Sunset or Backyards. There was incredibly talented surfers just scattered across the North Shore. You’d be riding your bike down the road and see Tom Carroll just destroy a wave at Kamiez.
For me, I feel like I drew a lot of inspiration off of power surfers that growing up, that were the guys that I got to watch on a regular basis and being able to ride bigger boards here on the North Shore. I know a lot of the guys these days, they ride a lot smaller surfboards than we did. I just enjoyed the challenge of pushing a bigger board and longer rail. For me, I felt like I want to harness every ounce of speed that I possibly can and so I began to study the line that I needed to draw to maximize the speed and to be able to harness and generate more torque in my turns for me.
That just felt really incredible, the sensation of putting a board on a rail and the amount of energy pushing back at you and what you’re putting into it. That drove me to want to push harder and like I said, watching those guys. It’s not that I wanted to surf like they did, I just appreciated it and I felt like it-
Joe Walsh:
Your inspiration.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, I felt like it definitely rubbed off on the … I guess I would watch them do this incredible turn and go, “Wow! That must feel amazing. I want feel that. I want to harness that.”
Joe Walsh:
What I hear you saying is that you don’t need to really size down to a super tiny board in order to turn it that hard or that fast.
Pancho Sullivan: :
No, I definitely think a longer rail line produces a longer turn. That’s one thing I noticed, more so in a lot of the younger guys these days. Coming off the bottom on a bigger wave, a lot of times they have to two and three stage a lot of their turns. There’s just not enough rail line to draw one continuous line and for me, there’s something about that, like extending the length of the turn that for me, there’s fluid motion there that really-
Joe Walsh:
Interesting.
Niki Hurren:
No, that makes sense you know. Instead of it being one, two check turns and then going into your bottom turn, you’re just doing one line fluid up and then you’re not slowing down, you’re maximizing the speed.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, that’s what drove me. It was like, “How do I harness all that speed and have a board that’s going to allow me to harness the speed and hold the rail line?” I think being on bigger boards and riding bigger boards really established a stronger base I think in my surfing, and I didn’t mind riding a seven-six in three foot waves just to challenge myself to push harder. I felt like there was times where even to this day like if I go out on a little three foot day and ride a seven-six if I put together one good fluid turn it feels, to me it feels as good as a short board, a turn that you would do on a short board, but that’s just me personally.
For every surfer it’s … That’s what’s so great about surfing, is whether you’re on a twin fin, it doesn’t really matter what level you’re at. The feeling that you get is personal and that’s what I think drives all of us and keeps us coming back for more and more, is that sensation. You get one good wave and you put the board on rail or you get barreled, whatever it may be and it just fills your cup. You get just so energized from it that it keeps you coming back.
Joe Walsh:
I’ll admit I’m a little bit of a nerd. I’ve watched your front side layback snap in slow motion maybe about, maybe too many times. I still don’t have the technique down, but I feel like a watch you with your insight arm really put it back behind you at the top of that turn. Is that part of the trick?
Pancho Sullivan: :
You know, I think I just, I kept … As I kind of practiced that maneuver, I loved the sensation, I loved the look of some of the guys that I tried to emulate with it. I think just learning to apply pressure to the rail and adding different variations of it, over time it’s sort of like … It’s just like whether you’re skating or whatever it may be, you practice something until you start to get it right and from there you can, “Oh wow, I’m finding that I’m losing speed. If I drop that back arm, maybe there’s a different variation to it. Maybe I can push the tail a little bit more in slide it around.” You just start to kind of play with a little bit more, but it’s definitely something I …
I look at some of … I used to look at video and go, “Wow, okay. That turn’s really changed over the years.” It’s evolved and part of that’s been the equipment’s really changed a lot too, but I think from a technique standpoint, I always did really try to figure out how I could do something better, and I guess do it with more power, faster. The goal was really to stay with the pace of the wave. Over the years, I think I started to move away from the layback and not doing it as much as I used to when it first became the turn that I loved to do and really realized, “Oh well.” There’s definitely a place for that turn but in a good lined up wave, you want to keep that momentum moving down the line going forward.
Joe Walsh:
I’m pretty sure if I could rip as hard as you rip and pull that turn off the way you do it, I probably would just do that over and over again. I don’t know if it ever gets old. It’s definitely worthy of the cover of any surf publication Pancho.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Thank you.
Joe Walsh:
Definitely, definitely man. I mean, it’s incredible. I want to come back real quick to being on the World Tour. My understanding is that you finished seventh. That seventh in the whole world. Do you ever pinch yourself? I mean, does that like, I don’t know, you’re such top tier with your surfing to be able to retire from the tour with a standing like that, and especially even going onto the other World Tour at age, you were 31?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, I was 31 turning 32, yeah.
Joe Walsh:
And that’s at a time when there’s probably a few of the surfers on the tour that are retiring and probably really … I mean, you sound super confident. I think I’m confident, but I would be really intimidated in a situation like that. Then to go through that and to retire with numbers like that, that’s an amazing accomplishment.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Thank you.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I just feel like maybe you’re a little humble. You’re not even going to bring it up, but I want to make sure everyone knows. That’s a huge accomplishment right there Pancho.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Thank you. I was very fortunate to have the opportunity to to make it. I know a lot of really talented surfers that … I watched guys that I knew grind it out and try to qualify year, after year, after year and what a grind that can be. It’s emotionally draining. It’s definitely a great opportunity and a lot of people are working their butts off to earn a living, so to be able to travel and compete and surf, you can look at that and go, “You’re lucky anyway.” But, it is a bit of an emotional roller coaster for a lot of guys.
There’s a lot of pressure guys put on themselves, their sponsors, things of that nature. But for me like I said, I felt very humbled and grateful that I had qualified and I wanted to make the most of it, push myself. At the same time, for me I realized hey, competing is great but, I don’t know. I guess looking back, my most memorable moments in the ocean and the experiences I had were traveling with friends. I knew that I never wanted to compete for a long period of time and I’m very grateful and thankful that I waited till when I did because I wouldn’t have experienced all those other things that I did traveling around the world and surfing uncrowded, isolated places.
Joe Walsh:
I can’t even imagine. Places you can’t even mention.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, to be able to tick that box and to have some decent success and to compete against some of the best surfers in the world, it was a really neat experience to have. But like I said, to this day for me, I cherish and value those experiences of just sharing waves with friends.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, so fast forward. Here we are 2019 sitting in your lovely home, which I don’t know again, why you would ever go anywhere. I feel like if I were to die and go to heaven, it would probably look like these. What are you up to these days?
Pancho Sullivan: :
Well, I started a watch company with two other friends of mine.
Joe Walsh:
Aulta,
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, Aulta with Marty Pomphrey and Abe Allouche. This is our, I think going on fifth year in business. It just sort of happened organically. We were out in the water sharing waves. All of us also work with Island Daze, which is a private label apparel company that Abe owns. He and Marty were really good friends and that’s how I actually got introduced to Marty. They came out here to Hawaii and we were all sharing waves. We were just talking about how fortunate we are to be able to have surfing as balance with your work and your family life and just how hectic life can be, to be able to be out in the water with your buddies, and watching the sun go down and laughing and sharing waves.
We really were like, “This is what surfing is all about,” for us anyway. We thought, “Let’s create something that really highlights how healthy and how incredible this being a surfer is and how it can really inspire you in your professional life and in other ways with other things that you do.” We saw that a lot of the surf companies were so focused on winning, where for us it was like that’s definitely great and we’re not discounting that, but we feel like there’s a lot of people that are doing amazing things in their life whether it’s through their profession or through ways that they give back and those stories aren’t being told.
We wanted to highlight people that are just surf Nazis or surf maniacs, but they are really good at what they do professionally and that allows them to be able to surf as much as they do, or they use the experiences that they have in the water to help them within their professional life. That’s how Aulta was born, was just simply sharing that life experience of being in the ocean and being grateful that we have this in our lives and, how can we share other people’s stories that will hopefully inspire others who maybe aren’t surfers or aren’t surfing as much as they used, to get back to, or making time for what they love and to be re-inspired by what they love to do.
Joe Walsh:
I was on the website, aultasurf.com. A-U-L-T-A S-U-R-F dot com. The watches look sick. Actually, it got me wondering why we don’t have them at the surf camp. It seems like maybe we should put up a new display there. I think we got some room for them. The one that you’re out though on your site, the metal one, that looks like that would be if you were like spearfishing, surfing wearing a suit. You got all bases covered on those.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, that was kind of like from a design standpoint, we really felt like for a lot of surf watches, they were geared a little bit more towards a younger demographic and not the highest quality components in the watches. What we wanted to do was to be able to create a classic, clean timepiece that was rugged, could basically stand up to a really active lifestyle, whether you’re diving, fishing, surfing, just being in the water in general. But then, also being able to carry over and so you could basically go from work to water. One of the abilities, or one of the things that we realized didn’t really exist as we were massaging and developing this business plan was that no other watch company was doing a direct to customer sales model.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I noticed that. It seems super affordable. Sometimes these watches they’re just like okay, but I’m never going to buy that. This is like wow, if you’re listening, go to aultasurf.com and pick out your favorite one.
Pancho Sullivan: :
For us it was like a lot of watches are priced very high. That’s what we wanted, to create value and create a quality watch that like I said, was going to be, you could live in the ocean and go right into a board meeting and be fine. What we realized is by eliminating the retail markup, we could offer it to the customer directly and without the high price tag. We use all surgical grade stainless steel, silicone gaskets, Japanese Miyota movements. Really good, high quality components and we’re able to offer what would be possibly double the price because it would be attached to a retail markup, we’re offering it to the end customer at the wholesale cost. That was a big part of, how do we bridge that gap and make sure that the customer is getting a great product at the best possible price? That was just to go through a direct to customer model.
Joe Walsh:
Well Pancho, thank you again for taking the time to sit with us and talk some surf. We’re thinking maybe after the show, we’re going to put a couple hammocks up in your yard down there because I think we could probably survive for weeks, or months, or pretty much indefinitely. You got food growing everywhere.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah, there’s a bit, not avacado season, but there are some oranges and some bananas and papayas down there.
Joe Walsh:
I heard a rooster.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
I know there are some eggs.
Pancho Sullivan: :
Some eggs for sure.
Joe Walsh:
Before we end the show, do you have any advice that you can give to anyone who’s an aspiring competitive surfer? I mean, I can tell how self driven you are and I’m assuming that’s got to be part of it. But for anybody who is looking to live a life of surf, whether it’s competitively or as a free surfer, is there any parting words of wisdom that you can give us here on the show?
Pancho Sullivan: :
I guess my advice would be to become a student of your craft. I don’t think, for me anyway, competing isn’t about the results. If you’re overly focused on the results, you’re never going to be happy. I think it’s really doing things that elevate you, or allows you to find or peel back new layers of your own ability. Whether it’s finding yoga beneficial to your surfing or whether it’s really learning about equipment, that’s a big key thing that a lot of surfers, it’s important to know what you’re riding and so that you can give proper feedback to shapers and you can keep evolving.
Surfboards, or specific designs can become stagnant and you need to constantly reinvent yourself. I think that’s probably the main thing, is just constantly finding ways to stoke the fire. No matter what it is, if you’re driven to be the best version of yourself, that’s going to carry over. You’re going to be able to not only utilize that in surfing, but also in business and in other aspects of life, more importantly your relationships. That’s what I’ve learned, or taken from competing and this journey as a surfer is, we’re so lucky.
A lot of people don’t find their passions in life or things that are so healthy and so positive and allow us to meet and interact with so many different characters. What a profound impact that has on our lives, so I think just having that appreciation and that desire to constantly be a better version of yourself is going to lead to great things no matter what. Maybe it’s not always going to be a competitive result. You may think that that’s the end result that you’re looking for but when you stop and you’re in the middle of what you’re doing, you realize that it’s actually about the experience. It’s about where I’m at right now and all of these things that I’m so fortunate to be able to be experiencing. As long as you know you’re inspired by the path that you’re on, you’re going to keep pushing forward and you’re going to keep trying to be better.
Joe Walsh:
Awesome. Pancho, thanks so much for being on the show.
Pancho Sullivan: :
My pleasure.
Joe Walsh:
Thank you for listening to the Get Out and SURF podcast, brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica. A full service surf resort located right on the beach with warm, fun waves right out in front. For more information, go to witchsrocksurfcamp.com. A very big thank you to Pancho Sullivan, an amazing waterman, storyteller and ambassador of surfing. Take a moment and give us a review on iTunes. This will help other people find the podcast. Also, make sure to subscribe as we are releasing new episodes on Sundays. I’m Joe Walsh coming to you from Tamarindo, Costa Rica. Thanks again for tuning in. We’ll see you next Sunday.

The post 9: Pancho Sullivan: My Surfing Life appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Eat Like a Local, Mae!

Tue, 26 Feb 2019 21:21:00 GMT

The post Eat Like a Local, Mae! appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

8: Peter Cole: Dropping In At Sunset

Fri, 22 Feb 2019 19:40:00 GMT

The Get Out and SURF podcast travels to the North Shore of Hawaii to hang out surfing legend Peter Cole. Peter is a true big wave pioneer and one of the North Shore’s original watermen. He won the Makaha International surfing contest in 1958, considered the “world title” at that time. More impressive than his competitive record is the fact that he remained an active and respected surfer well into his golden years. I hope you enjoy this episode as much as I enjoyed making it, pura vida!

SUBSCRIBE to the show HERE .

Email questions or comments to getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

I hope to see you surfing!
Joe Walsh

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
This is Joe Walsh coming to you from the North Shore of Hawaii, and you’re listening to the Get Out and Surf Podcast. This week we sit down with one of Hawaii’s most famous big wave surfers, surfing legend Peter Cole. Peter’s a true waterman and an inspiration for anyone looking to charge big waves or simply live a full surfing life. So sit back, relax, and let’s get this thing started.
Hey, hey, hey. This is Joe Walsh coming to you from Sunset Beach, North Shore of Hawaii. And I’m sitting here with surfing legend Peter Cole. Peter, welcome to the show.
Peter Cole:
Well, welcome to you Joe. Good to see you again. And Nick.
Niki Hurren:
Absolutely a pleasure to be here, really. Just amazed to be here on the North Shore. Unbelievable dream.
Joe Walsh:
Niki Hurren. As always. And not as always, Peter Cole. It’s pretty special, Peter, sitting here. Well, quick background about Peter Cole for those listening to the show that maybe aren’t aware. Peter is one of North Shore’s greatest living surfing legends. True original waterman, lifeguard, paddler, swimmer, and surfer. A true big wave pioneer. Started surfing Hawaii in the 1950s. He won the Makaha International Surfing Contest in 1958, regarded as the world title of surfing at that time. And we’re lucking enough to be sitting here in your home. Thank you very much.
And I just have so many questions, Peter, I don’t even really know where to begin.
Peter Cole:
Well, one thing I’d like to mention is that winning the surf contest at Makaha, before they had the contest they had a luau, and I brought in two cases of beer, and the judges loved that. And that’s why I won, I think.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, so similar game plan that we have with the brewery. So you brought the judges some beer and I think that probably swayed the them
Peter Cole:
Oh, yeah. Yeah. I wouldn’t have won otherwise.
Joe Walsh:
Well, what I’d really like to do, Peter, is I’d like to hear your story. I’d like to start at the beginning, and have you share with us how you got into surfing.
Peter Cole:
Well, actually two of my closest friends, Buzzy Trent and Kit Horn, started my twin brother. I have an identical twin brother named Corny. He and I were … It was 1944 at [Sereno 00:02:16] Beach in Santa Monica, right down there’s this California Incline Road, off of California Street. And you go down, and there’s this Sereno, a fairly well-known beach. It had the Marion Davies house was in the back, and it had the [Neenee Howser’s 00:02:33] Inn. And we started there, straight off on paddleboards. We’d go into the Neenee Howser restaurant, bar, and whatever it was. And we’d get the paddleboards and we’d take them out and surf them straight off in Santa Monica.
And Kit and Buzzy, and Matt Kivlin was a real good surfer. I think Matt Kivlin was sort of the John John of that era. He was really one of the best surfers around. And Buzzy Trent was a big wave rider that was real good. And Kit Horn was a wonderful waterman. And those guys started, they were a year older than us. And they started Corny and I. We were about 14 at the time. And then we graduated to go to Malibu. In 1945 we had an old 12-cylinder Packard, and we’d stack the boards in this convertible Packard that we had, and we’d drive up to Malibu with surfboards hanging out the back and everything. And we started going to Malibu on weekends. And that’s when we really started.
Joe Walsh:
I know Malibu is pretty hectic these days. What was it like in the mid 40s surfing [crosstalk 00:03:47]-
Peter Cole:
It was really pretty good. We had kind of these gentlemen rules and people didn’t snake each other as much as they did later on. And I think what was really good, we didn’t have the leash. So if a surfer fell off his board would go in and he’d have to swim. And I think the leash actually contributed to crowds. Before the leash you didn’t have as big a crowd as you’d have. We’d maybe get 20 people out at the lineup at Malibu. But everybody was pretty courteous at the time. The guy on the inside had the right of way and you could get waves by yourself.
Joe Walsh:
The way it’s supposed to be.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. And it was really kind of nice. And when it got big, I think it was in 1946, there was a real big swell. And it gets a soft swell, summer swell. And we were riding to the pier. And we got rides all the way from the [Point 00:04:44] through to the pier. And that was probably the best Malibu I’ve ever seen. But Malibu is pretty consistent. It was like always a right … Every way was sort of the same. And I always liked a peak, a shifting peak and a kind of a dynamic ocean. And so my favorite spot in the Santa Monica area or in that California area, Southern California area around Santa Monica up to Ventura and everything was a place called Overhead.
Joe Walsh:
Ventura Overhead.
Peter Cole:
Ventura Overhead. And that was my favorite spot. My brother loved Rincon. He was always a wall surfer, and we’d argue all the time about where we were going to surf that day. But Overhead we got a lot of good Overhead.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. So you started in Santa Monica, but quickly graduated to the [inaudible 00:05:38] Point break, [inaudible 00:05:39] Point at Malibu-
Peter Cole:
At Malibu. And we surfed a lot there. Yeah. That was in 1945 through … till I went to college I was surfing Malibu every summer, and I would surf in the Ventura Overhead or Rincon during the winter.
Joe Walsh:
And where did you end up going to college?
Peter Cole:
I went to Stanford. And I ended up having a real good deal there because I swan competitively and my tuition was all taken care of with a grant and aid, and I had a hashing job for my meals and I lived at the Lake Lagunita Boathouse and lifeguarded for my room. So I didn’t have any expenses. And I would go up to Stanford and come back richer than I was when I went up there. So it was a real good setup. And I enjoyed Stanford. It was a good place. And I competed in swimming.
And swimming was my major thing then. Swimming was much more important to me than surfing was at that time.
Joe Walsh:
From what I understand you were pretty much the fastest swimmer on the West Coast.
Peter Cole:
Well, in my distances, the middle distance of 440 and the 1,500 and the 220 I was probably as fast as anybody. Yeah. I enjoyed competing. That was a lot of fun.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. So Stanford. That probably leads you to surfing around the Santa Cruz area.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. In fact, I had friends that had cars. I didn’t. But people that grew up with me in Santa Monica, one was a year younger and the other one was two years younger, they had cars, and we’d go down to Steamer Lane in Santa Cruz all the time every weekend if it was good in the winter. And we got some pretty good surf. And it was really a lot of fun. And it was nobody out. At that time we didn’t have wetsuits like we do now. And so we’d go to the Goodwill and get a 25-cent woolen sweater and cut the sleeves, and that would be our protection against the cold.
Joe Walsh:
A wool sweater?
Peter Cole:
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
I mean, I’ve surfed Santa Cruz and I feel like even in the summer it can get a little cold.
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah. The water would get down to around 48, and that would be cold. I had an old Simmons Concave. It was 24 inches wide, and it was 10’6″, and it was a balsa fiberglass board. It was one of the first early fiberglass balsa boards. Bob Simmons was way ahead of his time. He was-
Joe Walsh:
Didn’t Bob Simmons develop the first balsa boards?
Peter Cole:
He developed the first balsa board with … They had all balsa. It was always balsa. The general veneer was balsa with redwood strips. But the balsa wasn’t what was new. What was new was what Simmons did with Fiberglass. And he built boards with elliptical rails. He was Caltech student before he graduated or whatever it was, and so he had this engineering background. He was very bright. And he was a real eccentric guy. He was a classic guy to … And we used to, Buzzy Trent and myself and Corny and all of us used to … He was our mentor, you know. He had a car. We didn’t have a car. He’d drive us off to surf different areas.
So when we’d go in the winter, like when I was at Stanford and we’d go down to Santa Cruz, I would kneel paddle. And once you fell off and swam you were pretty much out of it for the rest of the day. So you tried not to swim too much. But you got used to it. And we got some good waves at [Steamer 00:09:42].
Niki Hurren:
Did the Bob Simmons boards, did you, because I’ve seen a lot of the boards that he had done, and they were twin fins, or where they actually a single fin? The ones that you were riding.
Peter Cole:
The one I had was a balsa, it was one of the earliest balsa fiberglass boards. It was a single fin concave, elliptical rails, scoop nose. And it was a good board. I rode it, it was probably the longest period of riding one board in my lifetime. I started riding it in 1947 when I got it, when Simmons made it for me. And then my brother, we had a Malibu Pier surf day and my brother was riding, and he borrowed it. And I was in a swim meet competing at the L.A. Swim Stadium. But he took it surfing, and he got caught under the pier and broke it in half. And Simmons put it back together with … He said he could fix it. But he added a little weight, and he put … But I rode that board from 1947 until 1958 when it broke in half in the cliffs at Steamer Lane.
Joe Walsh:
That’s a pretty good run. So for those that are listening to the show and aren’t aware, Peter, you’re really known for surfing some pretty big waves. I’m looking at this picture behind you on the wall, and I don’t even know how big that wave is. Did you get experience surfing some big waves in Steamer Lane?
Peter Cole:
Well, I think because I was kind of tall and awkward I always did better the bigger the surf was. So I always liked bigger waves. And I think being a good swimmer, the wipe outs never bothered me. I figured, you’re under water for no more than 45 seconds is a two-wave hose down. And you get a two-wave hose down, you’re only under water for less than a minute. And if you relax you can hold your breath for a minute. So it’s never been a big deal, the wipe outs.
Joe Walsh:
I don’t know. I don’t know about you Niki, but I don’t think I could even relax underneath a wave of that size right there.
Niki Hurren:
We were talking about this all the way, like in Costa Rica, and then on the plane on the way down.
Joe Walsh:
Pretty much for the-
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. We’ve been trying because like we know that your swimming record and how confident you were on the [inaudible 00:11:58], and we like the fact that you didn’t use a leash. Because you were so confident swimming.
Peter Cole:
I’ve always been a real … I’ve always liked to stay with what I started with, you know? And I don’t like, I could never do the stand-up paddling. I could never get excited about anything that wasn’t … Like when I body surfed I never used kick fins. And when I board surf I always never had a leash. I never wore a leash in my whole time. And if you don’t wear a leash your wipe outs aren’t going to be as bad. Because when you have a leash that leash drags you and holds you down longer than you would without a leash.
Joe Walsh:
Since you’re talking about surfing without a leash, I mean this day and age it seems like pretty much everyone surfs with a leash except maybe on a smaller day on a long board. At least in Costa Rica where we live. How has that changed the sport in your perspective?
Peter Cole:
Well, the problem with a leash is the good surfers are really good at not snaking people. Like John John Florence and Kelly Slater and those guys. They don’t snake people. They’re so good. But the problem with the leash is that a lot of people can get too many waves. And they’re taking off in positions that are not really ideal for a good wave, a good ride. And they’re there and they’re in the way. And to me the leash has contributed to crowding at the lineup more than any other human-made thing. The leash has probably contributed to a lot of problems in the crowds.
Joe Walsh:
Do you think that’s because people perhaps have false confidence? They know that even if they fall off a wave their board’s only a few feet away?
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah. That’s definitely it. And they wipe out and they just grab their board and they’re out there again getting another wave and getting your ride, and getting in your way. To me the leash-
Joe Walsh:
Maybe taking off a little deeper than they should be, because even if they fall-
Peter Cole:
I don’t think … You know, it’s funny but I don’t think that changed anybody. People that would shoulder hop in my day, you know they were always on the shoulder. They’re the same people that shoulder hop later. I don’t think the leash has changed anything in terms of where you take off. I think where you take off is just who you are and what you like and where you want to be. And to me you always should be on the inside. Then you’re not in the way of somebody. So the guy on the inside has the right of way but that rule is not as … It used to be the rule of the lineup was if you were on the inside it was your wave and people wouldn’t take off and snake you. Nowadays people don’t pay any attention to that rule. It’s just a log jam out there. It’s not as good as it was crowd-wise as it was in the early days.
And I’m happy. When I see the lineups with the crowds and everything I’m always thinking that I’m happy that I surfed with I did and we didn’t have those problems that we have nowadays.
Joe Walsh:
Yes. Sounds like 20 people at Malibu with everyone being very gentlemanly.
Peter Cole:
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Seems like a pretty nice time.
Peter Cole:
We had a good group out there. We did. And the old-timers were really good. When we started surfing, Buzzy, Kit, and Kivlin and all of us started surfing Malibu, the vets, it was right after the World War II, and all these guys would be coming back, the veterans, from the World War II. And they were all older, and they were all experienced surfers. And they were really good gentlemen and they were fun to be around. And it was a good group of surfers. We all knew each other and we all had a camaraderie that I think is something that I really enjoy in surfing is the camaraderie you have with your friends in the lineup and everything.
And even in my competitive swimming the camaraderie you develop with the people you compete with and everything is what makes sports as much fun as they are. It’s camaraderie, the lineup, the people you get to know. And it’s just wonderful. It’s recreational and pleasure and everything else, mixed into one thing.
Joe Walsh:
I need to ask another question because it’s on my mind regarding not using a leash when you surf. You mentioned something a few minutes ago about wipe outs not being as bad without a leash.
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Can you expound on that a little bit.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. If you have a leash and a wave comes in, because you’re on a board the board is getting towed in with the white water. With a leash you’re under the white water-
Joe Walsh:
Being pulled by the board.
Peter Cole:
… much longer than you would be without a leash. Because without a leash you’re just going to go down, you’re going to dive down. You’re going to let your board go, and you’re going to be coming right back up where you dove down initially. So your wipe outs aren’t as bad without a leash.
Joe Walsh:
Would you found that on a wave, like the one in this picture here-
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah.
Joe Walsh:
If you’d wipe out you’d just dive deep?
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah. It’s really funny because people talk about these wipe outs and everything, you know, and they describe them, and I think the leash is what causes the worst wipe outs. But if you think about out, you see this big wave and you’re caught inside. What do you do? You just let your board go and you’re going to swim in after it. And you dive real deep and you watch the wave go past you. And you come up and you swim in, you know. It’s no big deal.
Joe Walsh:
What about when, well we’re here in Hawaii and the water’s beautiful. But I grew up surfing some river mouths and some areas maybe the water isn’t quite as clear. Have you been in some positions where you’ve been underwater and you couldn’t tell which way was up?
Peter Cole:
No. Nothing I can think of.
Joe Walsh:
Because that definitely would probably help seeing the [inaudible 00:18:18]-
Peter Cole:
Yeah. I don’t … I think if you’re relaxed you’re going to be automatically head up, you know. The biggest most key thing on eliminating problems and why people drown and everything, is because they panic. And they get stiff. And they panic, and that’s what you don’t want to do. You want to be totally relaxed. And if you’re totally relaxed it’s no big deal. And I have to say that, I don’t like to mention this, but guys rode maybe an 18-foot wave, and over the years it becomes 60 feet, you know.
Niki Hurren:
I maybe a little guilty of that myself. Some of the bigger waves have gotten even bigger over the years when you pretell the story.
Peter Cole:
Yeah, when you [crosstalk 00:19:05] talking about. I would call this wave here, it’s a really neat picture. I mean, if you think about it Bud [Browns 00:19:15] made it for me. I was very good friends with Bud Brown. He was the first one to do surf films. And he did a real good job. And he made this for me because I helped him in making his films. I would do the editing with him and the narration. I did a lot of his narration on his film.
And so he made it for me. And the thing about when you take it out of a movie, this is out of a movie, this is-
Joe Walsh:
Okay.
Peter Cole:
And when you take it out of the movie you can get the biggest part of the ride, you know. So probably the overall wave isn’t this big all the time. It’s just that you got the best part of that wave. And so if you’re going to get a good wave you’re just have to get a photographer like Bud that’s filming it, and then look over the view finder and get the biggest part of it. And then it makes it bigger than it really is.
Joe Walsh:
Peter, I know that you’re a little modest when describing the size of these waves and what it’s like to experience some of these big wipe outs. I have to ask, do you think that maybe some of your comfort level is due to the fact that you were such an amazing swimmer growing up in college and basically through your whoLe life, do you think-
Peter Cole:
I think being a good swimmer helps a lot. Yeah. Because without a leash you’re going to do a lot of swimming.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, for sure.
Peter Cole:
And it helps to be able to get in there fairly quickly and get your board and go back out.
Joe Walsh:
Would you suggest swimming as a great exercise to get your confidence up?
Peter Cole:
Definitely. Definitely. I think one of key things is body surfing, swimming, being a part of the ocean. And just getting the current, getting in a current, getting in a rip, swimming out of a rip, getting in a dynamic ocean. I think all of that is really really helpful on getting ready for any kind of big waves that might come.
Joe Walsh:
Just spending more time in the water.
Peter Cole:
And you want to spend time in the water that’s dynamic. And that’s why I love Sunset so much. To me Sunset Beach, this lineup at Sunset is the best wave in the world because it’s different on the west. It’s always bigger than anywhere else on the North Shore at the time, until it gets too big. Then you have to go to Waimea to surf. But I love Sunset because, especially when it’s north northwest, because it gets this kind of horseshoe wave that comes in on it, and it has a kind of a wedge. And then you take off. You go do a bottom turn and you have this long long wall. And it’s just really a good wave.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. So getting back to your story, talking about Sunset, how did you get here? How did you get to Hawaii? How did you get to Sunset? You were at Stanford, you were surfing Steamer Lane in a wool sweater in 48-degree water, which sounds brutal, but shows your true dedication to surfing and how committed you were.
Peter Cole:
I think you get used to it actually.
Joe Walsh:
Really?
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah. I think-
Joe Walsh:
You just can’t [crosstalk 00:22:35] bother you anymore.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. You can’t. But when I got out of Stanford I went in the army for 21 months 12 days and 7 hours. So I got drafted in the army. But after the army, that was probably from ’54 to end of ’55, I was in the army, and then when I got out I started teaching. I went back to school, took education classes, which are the most ridiculous classes, truisms right and left, you know. They just throw out cliches. And I don’t know if any of you have ever taken any education courses, but they are what produced Trump probably.
Joe Walsh:
I was a math guy like you. Until I decided it was really tough. Then I became an art guy.
Peter Cole:
Well, you know, that’s funny because that background of art and math is what I was. I was majoring in math at Stanford. And then the head of the department, a guy named Francis Bacon, he was a really good well-known teacher at Stanford in math, and he was the head of the department. And he called me in and said that I had to take French or German and they wouldn’t accept Spanish to get a math degree. So I switched over to fine arts. And I got my degree in fine art and did watercolors and oil paintings. And some of these paintings here are … A lot of them are my son who’s a really good artist, and my twin brother Corny was a real good artist.
So I was back with math and art.
Joe Walsh:
So that’s definitely a good move, if you’re studying math or maybe some topic that’s a little pretty difficult and you want to finish your college degree but you …
Peter Cole:
Well, I took all the math courses that you could take for a degree. I just didn’t have the language. So I had a good math background. Stanford had a very good math department when I was there. And it had a fairly good art department. My twin brother went to [Chouinards 00:24:50], which was a very good art school.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I understand Corny was an amazing artist.
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah. He was a very good artist. He was the artist. He went off into doing art while I went off to do teaching of math and coaching. So when I was teaching and coaching, that was what I was doing. I was coaching swimming and teaching. And I had a real good job in a place called San Lorenzo Valley High School, which is in Felton. It’s in the skyline, right in the Santa Cruz mountains, right above Santa Cruz. And it’s on the, we call it [Malcoside 00:25:27], which would be the inland side of the mountain range is where the school was. And I taught there and I really enjoyed it. And I lived in Santa Cruz. I lived at Pleasure Point in Santa Cruz. And I was surfing a lot at Santa Cruz, Steamer Lane and everything.
And I was very happy. I thought I’d be spending the rest of my life there. And I got offered to have an interview with a guy that was head of … Dr. John Fox, who was the president of [Punahou 00:25:58], had me … Somehow I got scheduled to have an interview with him in the Sir Francis Drake Hotel in San Francisco. So I drove up there and he talked to me and I talked to him. And we had a long interview. And he said, “Well, what do you want to do? Do you want to teach at Punahou?” And I says, “Well, I’ll go back and think about it.” And he says, “No. You have to make a decision now.” And I thought about Buzzy, who was over here surfing big waves. And I thought about all the good waves that he was getting. And every summer I’d lifeguard with Buzzy and he’d tell me all about this North Shore and everything.
So I thought, “Yes.” And that was the …. He lined me up with a job teaching at Punahou.
Joe Walsh:
That’s the high school in Honolulu.
Peter Cole:
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Okay.
Peter Cole:
That’s where Barack Obama went.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. That’s what I thought.
Niki Hurren:
You also had some pretty famous surfing legends go to the school [inaudible 00:26:56].
Peter Cole:
Yeah. I coached Paul [Strauch 00:26:59], who won, Gerry Lopez, Jeff Hakman. They were all students of mine. And they were, you know, it was really fun. It was a good group. And Fred Hemmings was one of my students. He was a surfer. And he fell asleep in my class. And he was a ultra-conservative Republican. And I’m an ultra-liberal Democrat. We’d argue, even in those days we didn’t get along on the politics at all. But he always fell asleep. And I thought, “Oh, this is great.” So I started talking low and quietly and teaching. And I said, “Poor Fred. Fred has been having long nights and things. He needs his sleep so we’ve got to be quiet and let him sleep.” And he went through three classes, sleeping through three classes. And then a third class I said, “Should we wake him up?” And the students just really were wanting to wake him up.
We said, “Hemmings, wake up!” And he goes, “Oh no, no.” And he was running for office. He was running for mayor, or some political office. And he would have these fundraisers, and he invited me once, and I started talking about how he slept through three of my classes. He never invited me again.
Joe Walsh:
So you got yourself to Punahou teaching math.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. Coaching swimming.
Joe Walsh:
And coaching swimming.
Peter Cole:
And I talked my Stanford coach to come over there and coach at Punahou.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, okay.
Peter Cole:
And so Tom Hainey was the swim coach, and I was assisting him.
Joe Walsh:
And this was in what year?
Peter Cole:
Well, I came in ’58.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, 1958.
Peter Cole:
And that was the year that I entered the Makaha. I bought two cases of beer for the luau before with the judges and-
Joe Walsh:
That’s a great strategy by the way. I love that.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. If you’re in a contest, buy the judges a case of beer, you know.
Joe Walsh:
I like it.
Peter Cole:
And you’re going to win.
Niki Hurren:
Two case just to be sure.
Peter Cole:
Two cases.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. Well, we just bring a keg.
Peter Cole:
Well, you know, that’s pretty hard to do though, when you’re by yourself. But yeah. We came in ’58. And then we surfed Waimea. Makaha. Makaha point surf was really a good wave when it gets big enough for that Makaha point surf.
Joe Walsh:
Tell me about your first trip coming to the North Shore. Like when you moved here you were teaching at Punahou.
Peter Cole:
Well, I came here in August. So there wasn’t any North Shore at the time. So when I first came here we surfed the [inaudible 00:29:47]. And we had some good surfers there. We had a guy named Conrad [Kuna 00:29:53] that was a real good surfer, at [inaudible 00:29:56], and then Gerry Lopez rode it real well. Jock Sutherland. These young kids that rode it real well.
And so I surfed that when I first came here. And then we started getting the winter coming in. And I surfed … A lot of people didn’t go out to the North Shore that much in those days, in ’58. Makaha was kind of the center of the surfing area in that time. Pipeline was just starting to be surfed. And Sunset was the place you went on the North Shore. And I remember going to Sunset the first day and that was it. Once I surfed Sunset that was my favorite spot and always has been.
Joe Walsh:
Fell in love.
Peter Cole:
That was just the ideal wave, you know. It was a real dynamic wave, and it was always more consistent and bigger than anywhere else on the North Shore, until it got too big, and then we went to Waimea. That’s when we’d ride Waimea, was when Sunset was closed out.
Joe Walsh:
How big does Sunset get?
Peter Cole:
You can ride it … It depends. If it’s coming out of the north northwest it will hold the wave about as, you can get a wave probably 15 feet. If it comes out of the west you’re limited to about a 10 or 12-foot peak.
Joe Walsh:
Now, 15 feet might be a little different for me than it is for you. 15 foot Hawaiian. What is that? Like-
Peter Cole:
Well.
Joe Walsh:
Are you-
Peter Cole:
Well, I think 15 feet was probably … I don’t even think people called it bigger than 15, you know? I think that that 15 foot at Sunset would never get much bigger than 15 foot. I think people would agree with me on that. They even ride it now. Waimea, you ride it between … I think you could probably get a wave at Waimea that’s close to 30 feet.
This wave I would say is probably around 25 to 28 feet. And the biggest wave that we ever rode that was really a big wave was one that three of us took off on it. [Byron Coe 00:32:08] was on the shoulder, and Pat Curren was in the middle. I was on the inside. And Pat made it. I didn’t. I got breaking inside. But it was one of the biggest waves ridden at that time. And it was the end wave of, you know when they have these surf films they have the wave at the end and stuff. And that wave was probably 25 to 30 feet.
Joe Walsh:
Wow. What’s it feel like dropping into a wave that size?
Peter Cole:
The drop, it’s funny, when you get a real big wave you want to paddle real hard. You want to get down fairly straight down. Once you get down towards the bottom of the wave you’re in control. And you turn and you make your turn, and you’re riding the wave. It’s pretty much, the worst wipe outs are when you take off and you don’t have the … You didn’t get down as fast as you should and you get to the point where you’re on the top of the wave and you-
Joe Walsh:
Get held up.
Peter Cole:
You get … Yeah, and you get airborne. You get a wipe out. Those are the worst wipe outs, because you go over the falls with the wave. And you can get a pretty bad wipe out that way.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I can imagine. I’ve never surfed a wave of this size, but when I’ve surfed some of the biggest waves I’ve surfed, I feel like when I wipe out it’s because I’m not used to the feeling of free falling and the drop. I feel like maybe on the bigger waves I need to be more prepared to … That feeling of weightlessness as you’re making the drop. Would you say that the feeling of dropping into a wave like the one you have here on your wall, it kind of the same thing. You need to-
Peter Cole:
Yeah. You got to really get down. And that’s why you need a fairly large board. Now, another thing that I always liked was a wide nose. If you think about it, if you have a real narrow nose, you know, like a lot of people wanted to have a fairly narrow board for riding big waves. But I didn’t. I always wanted to have a wide board because if you have a board that’s wide in front of you your confidence is going to be more than if you have a board that’s real narrow in front of you. So I always had a board that was maybe 23 to 24 inches wide in the widest part. And then gradually would get narrower towards the nose.
But I think it’s important to have a board that’s a real good paddler. And so you need a fairly large board.
Joe Walsh:
A little bit extra volume to get in a little bit earlier and give yourself a little extra, maybe a extra second or half second to make that drop.
Peter Cole:
And you really have to get down. You can’t stand up early. You got to wait until you’re down going pretty much down until you can stand up.
Joe Walsh:
It makes me feel a little nervous just thinking about it, Peter.
Niki Hurren:
A lot of it is just due to commitment as well.
Peter Cole:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
You know, you’re going for it and-
Peter Cole:
Yeah. Once a big wave is coming and you know you’re in the lineup for it you just, your brain just turns to what am I going to do to ride this wave. And you just sort of focus on it, and you paddle, and you get in it. And you stand up. And after it’s all over it was a lot of fun. But you don’t really think that much, you know. It all becomes a part of surfing, you know? And I think the guys that really surf well, they don’t think about things when they’re on the wave. They don’t think about where they are. They just naturally feel it. And it’s probably the greatest sport ever. I really miss it now that I’ve … When I walk up and check Sunset when it’s coming out of the north northwest I really miss it. Because I’m not surfing now.
And that’s when I miss it, if it’s got the right direction and it’s got the good conditions, and I see the waves. Then I really get depressed. But if it’s west and everybody’s in one area I don’t get so depressed.
Joe Walsh:
Well, you definitely were charging Sunset, big Sunset, well into your later 70s. I don’t know if that’s-
Peter Cole:
Well, actually mid 70s.
Joe Walsh:
Okay.
Peter Cole:
Probably between 75 and 76. I ended up having shoulder problems. And I had a surgery in my neck to pull out a lymph node, a cancerous lymph node. And in the process they took out a whole bunch of lymph nodes that weren’t cancerous. But in the process they nicked my accessory nerve to my trapezius. So it was nerve 11 or something. And when they did that I couldn’t get my arm, I couldn’t get this arm out of the water. I had to do a lot of physical therapy to get it to get out of the water. And then when I finally did all this physical therapy and went back out I just didn’t have it, you know? I wasn’t really into it.
And that was probably when I was 78 or 80. I went back out and I just was sort of a kook out there, so I decided, “Oh, this is ridiculous,” and I quit. But I miss it.
Joe Walsh:
That’s a hell of a run.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. But I didn’t really get … I would say my surfing stopped when I was about 75, 76. But I only surfed Sunset. I wouldn’t surf other places that much.
Joe Walsh:
Can you shed some light into perhaps what sort of lifestyle choices someone needs to take if they want to continue with their surfing well into their golden years?
Peter Cole:
Well, I taught school which was good. Because when you’re teaching you can get out at 2:30 and you can go surf. If you’re not coaching or something. If you can talk the guy that you’re coaching with to take over the coaching. So teaching was a good thing for surfing because you do get a lot of afternoons off that you wouldn’t get with normal jobs. But I ended up working for the Navy after that. And I would go in the office at five … I’d get in the office at around 5:30 to 6:00, and then I could leave at 1:30. I was on [flexi-time 00:38:52]. So I always had a job that allowed me to get in the water when it was good. And so I think that’s important.
But I think you should look at surfing as, it’s not your whole life, it’s just a recreation. And if you do that I think you can surf longer than if you get too obsessed with it, and you wear, I’m trying to think of the terms, but you burn out.
Joe Walsh:
Burn out. So basically if you do nothing but live, surf, breath, eat, sleep, surfing, you might get burn out.
Peter Cole:
Oh yeah. You’re not going to last as long as a person that does it as a recreation.
Joe Walsh:
And has to balance a career and family.
Peter Cole:
And has a regular job, and has a family, bringing up kids, has a beautiful wife, which I’m lucky to have. And you know, and bringing up the kids is really important. That’s number one. And then having a good job, but making sure that that job is such that you can surf, you know?
Joe Walsh:
Flexible.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. Flexible. And that’s what I’ve always had.
Niki Hurren:
Well, I’ve got all three of those. So I’m doing well. So I’m going to-
Joe Walsh:
You’re ready to [inaudible 00:40:03] out to Sunset now?
Niki Hurren:
I wasn’t claiming that. But no, definitely what you’re saying, because for me surfing was just basically about goofing off with my mates. Being able to take some time out of what life is and get out there and forget and just have fun. Just have fun with friends.
Peter Cole:
And the camaraderie you have in the lineup, there were guys that didn’t wear leashes with me. There were guys that were like me, that didn’t wear a leash. Bill Sickler never wore a leash.
Niki Hurren:
Well, I keep coming back to the no leash. When you don’t have a leash or if you’ve gone out you have to surf a lot smarter. You actually have to go out and pick and choose your waves. And how you finish the wave and where you’re going. If have a leash you can just kick out and then just do whatever.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. I think without a leash you end up, the lineup is extremely important. And you end up sitting and waiting for the right wave, and you’re not going to try to ride as many waves as you would with a leash. And I just didn’t like the leash. It seemed to hold me back a little bit. And I didn’t mind swimming.
Niki Hurren:
So in a session would you say that quality over quantity is something that you would push for more?
Peter Cole:
Well, we would get a lot of quantity and quality both.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. Back in the day, yeah.
Peter Cole:
I really, it’s funny, I think you end up without a leash waiting for the sets more than you do with a leash. And you end up picking your lineups more than you do with a leash. And I think the big part of surfing is knowing your lineups, and figuring out where you want to sit. And waiting for that wave that’s got the right direction, right shape. And then taking off. And so you’re going to get fewer waves, but those waves are going to maybe be better waves. Now, the only problem without the leash is when you lose your board … I had a 11’6″ board or 11’12″, almost a 12-foot board with fiberglass and stringers and everything, it was pretty big. And if I lost my board it would go through the lineup. And these guys would yell, “When are you going to get a leash!” You know?
Joe Walsh:
I heard a story of, and I’m sure this probably happened a lot, of your board washing in at Sunset and some tourist maybe grabbing it to pick it off, drag it up on the beach, and the lifeguards coming over the PA to say, “Don’t touch that board.” Is that, you’re-
Peter Cole:
I don’t know. I don’t know.
Joe Walsh:
Is it always a yellow board? I mean-
Peter Cole:
I’ve always had … I don’t know. I always wore red trunks, white T-shirt type, what do you call those-
Joe Walsh:
[inaudible 00:42:48].
Peter Cole:
Yeah. And a yellow board. And I just always had a yellow board, or a clear board. Fiberglass, balsa.
Joe Walsh:
Do you think a yellow board has anything to do with being a deterrent for sharks?
Peter Cole:
No. I think I like the yellow board because I’m nearsighted, and at that time I surfed without my lenses in. And so I was very nearsighted and if I had the yellow board I could see it. I have about 2,400 eyesight without my lenses. So I’m probably nearly blind without them. And so that’s what I … And I’d surf without them. If it was big I would surf without a lens. If it’s relatively small, 8 to 10, 12 feet I might wear a contact lens.
Joe Walsh:
Peter, I read this quote, well I read this post that someone put on a surfer mag forum on the internet. I’m going to read it the you. You probably won’t remember saying this, but I found it pretty funny. “The best advice I ever got was from Peter Cole. I was in the channel at Sunset on a day that now I would consider good sized. But at 14 I was crapping my shorts. He paddled by and said, ‘Don’t worry. You’ll always come up.’ And I said, ‘Thanks.’ He then added, as he was paddling away, ‘It might be face down. But at least you’ll be up.’ I then went in.”
Peter Cole:
I don’t remember that at all.
Joe Walsh:
I thought that was hilarious.
Peter Cole:
I think somebody made that up. I don’t think that really came out of me, but …
Joe Walsh:
Do you have any advice to anyone who’s aspiring to be a big wave surfer? I mean, we’ve talked a little bit about being confident with your swimming abilities and spending time body surfing and swimming, spending a lot of water time, and definitely you speak about relaxing when you’re underwater so you don’t burn your oxygen. But is it really that simple? Or did you do any sort of like training to prepare for the bigger days, or?
Peter Cole:
Well, being that I’m six foot two, and I’m tall, and I’m awkward, I’m not real coordinated. I always did better when the waves were big. And the board had a lot of momentum. I could surf better. And so I always liked bigger waves because it made up for my awkwardness. And I could ride a big wave much better than I could ride a small wave. And so I always liked bigger waves. And I like a dynamic ocean. I like an ocean that … I just like the idea that there’s rips, there’s currents, there’s lineups, there’s shifting peaks. I just love the idea of being in the dynamic ocean. And one of my favorite places in southern California, and one of the biggest days that I ever had in the San Diego area was at the Tijuana Sloughs, and that would get big. And that was a impressive wave.
Joe Walsh:
I grew up in San Diego. And I grew up hearing about the Tijuana Sloughs. But I’ve never surfed there.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. It’s real good. It reminds me a lot of the outside reefs here on the North Shore. It reminds me a lot. But it can close out a little bit more than some places. But it’s way way out there. You’re out there, I’d say two thirds of a mile out.
Joe Walsh:
And you would paddle out from the shore?
Peter Cole:
Yeah. You’d go out from the shore, and it can get a pretty good wave. And it can get pretty big. And the guys that rode a lot when I was surfing it was Bob Simmons would surf it a lot, and Dempsey Holder, and all these guys rode it a lot. And they kind of told me what the lineup was, and once I surfed it I really enjoyed it.
Joe Walsh:
The surf guides, at least the old Surf in California book from the 70s talks about it being sharky. Is that true?
Peter Cole:
Well, you know, I didn’t know about sharks. I think if the waves are big I don’t think you’re going to see too many sharks in the lineup. But being nearsighted and kind of not seeing very well, I think probably-
Joe Walsh:
A blessing.
Peter Cole:
… is good, you know.
Joe Walsh:
So you talk about having a bit of volume in your board. So if someone’s looking to maybe get into surfing some bigger waves, maybe sizing up a little bit with your board size.
Peter Cole:
Yeah. I think it would be silly to try to ride .. The board that does your best at pipeline for instance, you want to ride on a relatively smaller board. Just because of the way the wave breaks. But at Sunset you want to be on a bigger board, a longer board. Simply because you’re going to be paddling into waves that are much more dynamic and everything. I think a lot of it is just having something you’re comfortable with and you’re confident about it. But it has to be a fairly good paddler if you’re going to ride big waves with a board. And I think all the surfers, I think even the younger surfers nowadays, when it gets big at Waimea or wherever they’re surfing they’re going to be on a longer board than when they’re riding an eight-foot pipeliner.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. And what about the fear, the fear factor. I mean, when you first started surfing bigger waves did you have a lot more fear dropping into some of those big bombs versus later on in your surfing career?
Peter Cole:
I don’t remember having a lot of fear. I’m trying to think of when the scariest situations … I did go out at Steamer Lane one time. We had to go out. It was really really big. It was January 10th in 1953. And that was a famous date for getting big waves. I think Rincon was maybe 12 to 15 feet. And Santa Cruz was really really big and it was breaking way out fast than a normal lineup. And we had to paddle out from the cove at-
Joe Walsh:
Cowell’s
Peter Cole:
Not from Cowell’s. We paddled out north, the cove that’s to the north of Steamer Lane. North of Seal Rock there. We paddled out and we got out, and then we went, paddled way way out. And that was really big. That was the biggest. I got a wave there, a reef arm, and I rode it halfway to the pier almost.
Joe Walsh:
Oh wow.
Peter Cole:
It was probably the longest wave I’ve ever ridden in California.
Niki Hurren:
What are the spots in the world that you’ve surfed that you really enjoyed, like Sunset, having like dynamic [crosstalk 00:49:51]-
Peter Cole:
Well, the funny thing is, the best place in France I always thought was [Gidere 00:49:55]. And Gidere reminds me a lot of Overhead. Ventura, Overhead. In fact, it’s exactly like the Overhead. And so much like you’re going out, when you go out to surf Gidere, it’s almost like surfing the Overhead. So that was my favorite place in the Biarritz area when I’d go to France to surf.
I don’t remember getting too much surf in England. We did go to Newquay and [Checkett 00:50:23] and Sally says I didn’t ride it. I thought Henry got me a board and I rode somewhere, but maybe not. But then the East Coast, I surfed the East Coast a little bit. But the best surf in California I always thought was the Steamer Lane, Overhead, and Windansea. I liked Windansea in the summertime. That was my favorite summer surf.
Joe Walsh:
It’s a big wave.
Peter Cole:
So it’s a lot of fun.
Joe Walsh:
But nothing compares to sitting here in the North Shore and-
Peter Cole:
Well, yeah. I think the North Shore is … The thing I like about the North Shore is that it’s so consistent. We’ve had a bad stretch here. The last three weeks has been onshore winds out of the northeast. Total onslaught of onshore winds coming out of the northeast. But lately, in the last three days, it’s been beautiful. And this is what I’m used to seeing, is this beautiful conditions.
Joe Walsh:
And for those listening to the show, we’re sitting in your lovely home, and thanks again for having us, Peter. But you look out the window, and I can see Rocky Point. I can see Monster Mush. What’s this wave?
Peter Cole:
[Cammies 00:51:50].
Joe Walsh:
Okay. Cammies.
Peter Cole:
And then you have the rip that shoots out between Cammies and Sunset. And then you have Sunset Beach. And when you go south you have Pupukea, and then you go past that, [Aoki 00:52:09] Beach Park, and then you have Pipeline. And Pipeline is a very good wave. But it doesn’t have … The thing about Pipeline is you got to have a smaller board, because it’s … I always rode it with a real long board and a fairly large board, and I always had trouble with Pipeline. And the guys that really rode it well were Gerry Lopez, [Rod Jocksell 00:52:35] and those guys. They were on smaller boards, and they were really riding it well. And it’s almost between a body surf and a board surf, you know? Pipeline was kind of reminded me of, it’s a real good body surf. The most fun I had at Pipeline was actually body surfing.
Joe Walsh:
Really?
Peter Cole:
But yeah. It’s a good wave. It’s really an impressive wave. But it’s more factory made than Sunset.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, seems like obviously a world-class wave, but kind of the same thing over and over again, a little bit, as opposed to maybe Sunset where every wave is-
Peter Cole:
Yeah, Sunset is … Every direction that you get at Sunset is different. West is different than the northwest. North northwest is the best.
Joe Walsh:
And then maybe even every wave, even in the same session might have different characteristics.
Peter Cole:
No, actually when it’s west it’s west, and when it’s north northwest it’s north northwest. And yeah, all the waves come in a certain … But if you’re surfing it a lot you’re going to get all those directions and they’re going to be a different wave in different conditions. I never cared much for the west because it always lined up everybody in one area. And it never had the wall that you get when it’s out of the north northwest.
And to me the Sunset, between 10 and 12 feet out of the north northwest is the best wave in the world. That’s just my opinion.
Niki Hurren:
You definitely positioned yourself on the North Shore to be very close to that wave, so-
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. All the waves really.
Niki Hurren:
Oh yeah.
Peter Cole:
I liked it because I could carry my board up on the bikeway, and then leave my shoes, my go aheads at the lifeguard tower, and paddle out from there. So I surfed until I quit surfing basically. And that was my favorite spot and always has been.
Joe Walsh:
Well, Peter, I really appreciate you being on the podcast. And for those that don’t know, I went to college and was really good friends with your younger son Doug, and roommates with him, and his older brother, the other son Peter. And I really looked forward to the trips when you would come out to San Diego to visit, because you’d always take us out to a really nice dinner, and I’d always get to hear these stories of surfing big waves. And those stuck with me. And they inspired me. And the same way that, I mean I’m getting goosebumps right now … The way that your story’s inspiring me still. And I really hope, I mean I know that your story is going to now be shared with everyone listening to the show, and it’s really inspiring stuff. And I wanted to say thank you for all those dinners.
Peter Cole:
That was fun. That was fun. I’d be coming back from the Pentagon. I was working for the military, and I’d stop off always when those guys were in college. And I really enjoyed, UCSD was a great school to go to.
Joe Walsh:
Especially as a surfer, you got Black’s Beach right there.
Peter Cole:
You couldn’t beat the place for surfing and everything. The water polo coach was a guy named Denny Harper. Was he the water polo coach?
Joe Walsh:
Well, I didn’t do water polo. I was like the one guy on Poole Street that didn’t do water polo. I just surfed.
Peter Cole:
Who was at Poole Street with you?
Joe Walsh:
Well, I was with Doug and then Peter. So two of them. And then we had Jack [Aldrich 00:56:14], Mark [Egan 00:56:16], Jack [Mach 00:56:18]. There was like seven of us in this tiny little four-bedroom house. Remember that?
Niki Hurren:
That was good.
Joe Walsh:
But right across the street from Black’s.
Peter Cole:
[inaudible 00:56:25] Poole street [crosstalk 00:56:26].
Niki Hurren:
I can only imagine. I can only imagine what you boys would have got up to.
Peter Cole:
They were all pretty, it was a good group.
Joe Walsh:
Well, Doug was always inviting me to come out and stay with him here. And I never did it. It took me over 20 years. Finally here now. And-
Peter Cole:
Is this your first time in Hawaii?
Joe Walsh:
Well, my first time here at your house. I’ve been to Hawaii before but never been surfing on the North Shore. So it’s definitely a first for me. And it’s a great indoctrination. Hanging out here in your porch and watching these waves and looking at this picture.
Peter Cole:
I was supposed to come up over the weekend.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. We’re hanging out. We’re going to wait and get some waves.
Peter Cole:
Were you here three days ago?
Joe Walsh:
No, we just got in last night.
Peter Cole:
Because three days ago was really good.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, we were-
Peter Cole:
Good conditions. Good offshore winds. We’ve had nothing but onshore winds, rain, and lots of rain and onshore winds. It’s been a mess out here.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. It looks like it’s going to clean up kind of nice.
Peter Cole:
You guys came at a good time because it’s starting to clean up.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. Well, we’ll be hanging out. Thanks again, Peter. Thank you very much for being on the show.
Peter Cole:
Well, it was fun. And good luck.

Joe Walsh:
Thank you for listening to the Get Out and Surf Podcast brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica, a full-service surf resort located right on the beach with warm fun waves right out in front. For more information go to witchsrocksurfcamp.com. Very big thank you to Peter Cole, an amazing waterman, storyteller and ambassador of surfing. I hope you liked the show. If you did, please take a moment and give us a review on iTunes. This will help other people find the podcast. Also make sure to subscribe as we release new episodes every Friday. You can also follow us on Instagram, @getoutandsurf, and if you have any questions, comments, or want to reach out, you can email the show at getoutandsurfcr@gmail.com. Thanks again for tuning in. We’ll see you next week. I’m Joe Walsh, coming to you from the North Shore of Hawaii, and I will see you surfing.

The post 8: Peter Cole: Dropping In At Sunset appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Get Out and Surf Podcast: Catch More (and Better) Waves Anywhere. Ft. guest Ryan Waldron

Thu, 21 Feb 2019 16:14:00 GMT

The post Get Out and Surf Podcast: Catch More (and Better) Waves Anywhere. Ft. guest Ryan Waldron appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Witch’s Rock Employee Profile: Flaco

Mon, 18 Feb 2019 15:12:00 GMT

The post Witch’s Rock Employee Profile: Flaco appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

7: How To Catch More Waves Anywhere (with Ryan Waldron)

Sat, 16 Feb 2019 02:29:00 GMT

This episode is for anyone who wants to learn how to catch more waves in any lineup anywhere. Join Niki, myself, and premiere surfer Ryan “the Intern” Waldron as we break it all down and give you actionable surfing advice that will help you catch more waves starting NOW.
ALSO…
Find out where we’re going, who we’re talking to, and what the future of the Get Out and SURF podcast looks like. Hint: it’s freaking awesome!

Don’t forget to SUBSCRIBE to the show.
Email questions or comments to getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com
Follow us on Instagram.com/getoutandsurf
See you surfing, pura vida
Joe Walsh

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey, hey. This is Joe Walsh coming to you from Tamarindo, Costa Rica with the Get Out And Surf Podcast. I’m sitting here with my good friend and special guest, Niki Hurren. Welcome to the show, Niki.
Niki Hurren:
Special guest, that’s fantastic. First time I’ve been a special guest anywhere.
Joe Walsh:
It’s because it’s only you and I in this episode, in this show.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, there we go. There’s a way to burst a bubble.
Joe Walsh:
Well, you’re special. I didn’t want anyone else here. Just wanted it to be you and I, hanging out, talking surf and maybe catching up for a few.
Niki Hurren:
Absolutely. Yeah, no. Right on. I got out and surfed this morning, so I’m very nice and relaxed.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, what’s funny is that you texted me and told me that you were gonna surf the River Mouth on a longboard and so I got up and got my longboard, waxed it up, went down there, paddled out and you and [P Mac 00:00:44] were nowhere to be found. What’s up, dude?
Niki Hurren:
You actually went? I didn’t actually realize you went.
Joe Walsh:
I did, dude. I didn’t tell you that? No? Yeah, dude, I paddled right out in front. Had some fun little longboard waves and, yeah. There’s that left that’s kinda breaking out there, too, right now, on a higher tide and don’t ride the longboard too much, and I figured you’d probably went across the River. Is that where you guys went?
Niki Hurren:
Well, yeah. Outta the River Mouth, or over the river, and we were gonna go outta the River Mouth, but as we were getting ready, a few more people filled in, few more people filled in, and as the tide was coming up, it started to look a little fat, and so we’re like, “Right, we’re gonna cross the river.” It was still a little bit low for over there, but-
Joe Walsh:
There’re some waves.
Niki Hurren:
Oh, yeah. No, for sure. The shape we lost a few days hasn’t been that good, but today was good shape.
Joe Walsh:
Yes.
Niki Hurren:
It was a little off to more the safe end of it and these rights were coming in. It was blinding. But, one, when I came off the back of it at the very end of the wave, and it was a really nice wave, and got the biggest mouthful of sea water, sand, and the red tide algae. Honest. Almost threw up.
Joe Walsh:
Really?
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, almost threw up and the whole time I was out there just burping.
Joe Walsh:
That’s no good.
Niki Hurren:
Pat found that very, very funny.
Joe Walsh:
Well, I guess that comes with the territory. You were talking about the River Mouth kinda filling in with a few more folks and I paddled out there and got some waves, but that kind of leads me to thinking about what we’re gonna talk about on today’s show, when Ryan “The Intern” joins us.
Niki Hurren:
He’s back, ladies and gentleman, he’s back.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, right. Ryan makes his debut on the podcast and although I think, well, the topic is catching more waves.
Niki Hurren:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Joe Walsh:
And it’s catching more waves wherever you’re at surfing in the world and your home break is one thing, but then, when you’re traveling to another spot and you don’t know anyone in the lineup, you don’t really have that much experience at all with that spot. Maybe you never even surfed there before. What are some things you can do catch more waves and get your wave count up? So it’s gonna be a good show.
Niki Hurren:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Joe Walsh:
But, I kinda thought that since we have now completed six episodes, we’re going to number seven, and we’ve been slating out all of the episodes that are coming in the future, it’s getting really exciting, and I feel like maybe we should let everyone who’s listening know a little of what we’re planning and maybe just kinda get people fired up. They realize we’re actually working pretty hard here creating some world-class content that’s aimed at inspiring people to get out and surf, ourselves included.
Niki Hurren:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Joe Walsh:
So here’s what we did. We made a list of a few spots that we’re very interested in checking out and surfing, maybe some places we’ve been, other places we haven’t, and these are places that are gonna be breaking this time of year. February and into March. Today is February 15th, 2019, and whether we go to these spots in the next few weeks or later this year, these are all spots that are slated for the Get Out And Surf Podcast. First spot, Taghazout, Morocco, land of the right point breaks in northwestern Africa. Apparently, something like 30 right points within a short distance of the surf town Taghazout. Actually, how do you even pronounce Taghazout?
Niki Hurren:
I’d say, Taghazout. Like Tagazoot, Tagazoot. Like Taghazout.
Joe Walsh:
I’m gonna play it on the computer here.
Computer: Taghazout.
Niki Hurren:
Taghzout.
Joe Walsh:
Taghazout.
Niki Hurren:
Taghazout?
Joe Walsh:
I don’t know. Let’s try it again.
Niki Hurren:
That’s like a French tiger zoo?
Computer: Taghazhout.
Joe Walsh:
Taghazout. All right, well, that’s the way it’s pronounced and Taghazout has epic right point breaks, it’s this Arabic, almost Middle East culture, I guess you’d say. We’ve both been there.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, absolute. When I first turned up, I didn’t know, I mean I knew it was obviously had Arabic and Middle Eastern culture there, but I was not prepared for that. Very much I thought it was gonna be a little mix of Africa, but it definitely has its own culture.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. You’re only supposed to eat with your right hand, they don’t drink alcohol, the further south you go, in turns into the Sahara Desert. It’s wild. There’s camels, you can ride camels.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. The further down, the next country down is Mauritania, which I heard has got waves, too, but is way more dangerous, a little bit more sketchy.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. Well, that’s the first spot. What are you doing over there? Oh, you’ve got-
Niki Hurren:
I’ve got the Encyclopedia Of Surfing, so I was gonna, sorry, it was just in front me. I was just reading it as we were getting ready for the show and so I’m turning the pages and every time one folds over-
Joe Walsh:
Why do you keep looking at Sally Fitzgibbons? What’s up with that? You’ve got a little heart doodle there.
Niki Hurren:
Who is Sally Fitzgibbons?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, all right.
Niki Hurren:
I’m actually looking at Paul Strauch and when he does that Paul Strauch hang five-
Joe Walsh:
I can only see the heart that you doodled. That’s Paul Strauch?
Niki Hurren:
That’s not a heart.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. So, number two-
Niki Hurren:
No. Taghazout. That was my very, very first surf trip. My very first. I was learning to start surfing when I was about 20 years old on the east coast of England and the waves are not that good. It’s gets good, but not that often, and the guy who taught me surf-
Joe Walsh:
Save it for the show, save it for the show. You-
Niki Hurren:
Well, I thought we were in the show.
Joe Walsh:
No, no. Well, we are, well, we’re teasing them about that show. If you give away all your secrets, then the shows gonna suck.
Niki Hurren:
This show’s gonna suck now.
Joe Walsh:
This show’s great. Okay, spot number two, I don’t even know how to pronounce it. Hey-nan? Hey-man? Hi-nin. Hi-nan? I don’t …
Niki Hurren:
How about Hey-nan?
Joe Walsh:
Hey-nan, huh-nan, China.
Niki Hurren:
Hur-nan? Hi-nun?
Joe Walsh:
Okay.
Niki Hurren:
Get Siri on it, or something like that. I don’t know.
Joe Walsh:
I’ve got Alexa, but she’s in the other room. All right, I’m gonna bring it up here on the computer. This is how it sounds.
Computer: Hainan.
Joe Walsh:
Hainan?
Niki Hurren:
It sounds like a little old lady saying “Hi, Nan” to her own. Okay, does it get a lot louder?
Computer: Hainan.
Joe Walsh:
Hainan. I guess that’s how it’s pronounced.
Niki Hurren:
Hainan.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. Anyway, so this is awesome. We’re talking about one of China’s two, I think the second biggest island, off the eastern side of China in the far western edge of the South China Sea, and most people don’t realize that China has waves and it does and it looks awesome. From what I understand, there’s beaches, there’s reefs, there’s points and there’s no one there. The only problem is no one speaks English, it’s really hard to find the waves, so we’ve got our work cut out for us, but it looks really exciting and I was looking at the map of the Caribbean and the map of the South China Sea. I think the South China Sea’s actually bigger, so when you think about how much water there is in that body of water and the size of the waves, the potential for surf. We get epic waves in the Caribbean side here in Costa Rica, so we’re still in the season now for Hainan. Hainan.
Niki Hurren:
Hainan. Yeah, well, it doesn’t look like it should get a lot of waves, but you’ve done your research and you can see a small body of water like that is obviously a large body of water, but it can produce really good swell and, like you said, the Caribbean has epic, epic beaches and reefs and points and every, so looking forward to seeing what’s going on over there.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I’m super, super excited. I actually ate Chinese food last night just to get ready, and I’m probably gonna be, it’s pretty-
Niki Hurren:
Oh no, yeah, that’s not real Chinese food.
Joe Walsh:
It’s gonna be just chicken heads and feet or, I don’t-
Niki Hurren:
Well, that’s the whole part of it, man.
Joe Walsh:
Don’t even know.
Niki Hurren:
That’s the whole part of it, you know? The exploration and the, you don’t know what you’re gonna get. That’s fantastic.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, a little bit Anthony Bourdain, a little bit, I don’t know. Indiana Jones?
Niki Hurren:
No, I don’t want Indiana Jones. No Indian Jones. Just nice hanging out on the beach. It looks tropical. I didn’t realize it was gonna be that, I thought, looking at where it is, in relation to the equator, I didn’t know. But, it looks really tropical.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, yeah. It looks amazing. Okay. Destination number three. New Zealand. We are in New Zealand summer right now. It’s almost autumn and basically end of March and into April is when it starts to be banging down there. There’s two islands. The north island, the south island. Raglan is the world famous left point break that we’re gonna go check out on the north island, but we’re doing both islands and it’s gonna be awesome.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, it’s gonna be amazing. New Zealand, in itself, scenic-wise, is just stunning and the fact that it does have waves-
Joe Walsh:
I’ve never been.
Niki Hurren:
Me neither. We both have a good mutual friend that lives down there and he said it’s absolutely amazing and I’ve seen photos of just some epic waves, so I’m very, very stoked and excited about that.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it sounds like the vibe’s super chill, that there’s a lot of waves that are pretty uncrowded. You definitely need to bring a wetsuit, but that’s okay, and they filmed Lord Of The Rings, the whole Hobbit trilogy, or however many there were there, and it looks like a fairytale land. Amazing. The outdoors there, the mountain ranges, just beautiful, beautiful scenic photos and video. I’ve been looking YouTube and getting excited.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. We’re gonna be able to Instagram you right up with some of those backdrop sceneries and stuff like that and I understand that you’re gonna be doing quite a bit of traveling. There’s a lot of coastline to cover, but you fly all that way, so a little few more miles in the car, I’m very, very looking forward to that one especially.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah and, okay, we’re also talking about going to the world’s longest left point break, Chicama, Peru, and Chicama’s amazing. I’ve been there more than once. Been to Peru many times actually and there’s a lot of left point breaks in Peru, but Chicama takes the cake. Longest wave in the world, and the wind blows off-shore all the time there. It’s amazing.
Niki Hurren:
Really?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
I know it does in Nicaragua, but I didn’t realize Peru was kind of the same.
Joe Walsh:
Well, for different reasons, and I’m not really sure exactly why, but my understanding, every time I’ve been there, it’s been offshore and all the locals are like, “Ah, it’s always offshore,” so that’s pretty sweet.
Niki Hurren:
Well, we have the longest point break in the world and it’s always offshore. I know that sounds bloody lovely.
Joe Walsh:
Doesn’t even sound real. So these are the spots we’re going, they’re on the bucket list. There’re other spots we’re discussing, as well, so it isn’t set in stone, but you can expect boots on the ground coverage, insider tips, speaking with true locals that are there right now, tearing up these waves, giving us the lowdown on all these spots. It’s gonna be rad. I can’t wait. So, yeah, I’m getting pretty excited.
Niki Hurren:
When do we go?
Joe Walsh:
Well, good question. We’ve got all the sell report, all the forecasts up, looking at the spots. We’re waiting until the right window opens up to make a trip and we’ve also got that trip to Hawaii that we’re doing, Niki, so, besides doing these surf trip reviews, we’re doing some awesome, very uncommon interviews with some of the worlds fines watermen. Got some interviews lined up with Peter Cole, Mark Cunningham, Pancho Sullivan-
Niki Hurren:
You did it! You-
Joe Walsh:
Wingnut.
Niki Hurren:
You said that you weren’t, you were gonna keep it as a teaser, but you’re just laying it out there on the table.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, well, look, until it’s done, it ain’t done, but these have all been confirmed interviews lined up and of course we could do it on the phone, but if we can get out there and do it in person, it’d be even better. These guys are legends, can’t wait to meet them in person. Can’t wait to talk surf, so we’re taking the show on the road. It’s gonna be awesome. So stay tuned every Friday episode. Make sure you subscribe on iTunes or Spotify or however you’re listening and come along for the ride, because it’s gonna be rad. And, without further ado, let’s get on with the show. How to catch more waves anywhere.
Joe Walsh:
All right, well, welcome to the Get Out And Surf Podcast. I’m sitting here with Niki Hurren and special guest Ryan Waldron. Ryan “The Intern.” Welcome to the show Ryan.
Ryan Waldron: Hey, thanks Joe. I was wondering if you’re gonna call me Ryan “The Intern,” but I see it’s still alive and well, but I’m all for it, man.
Joe Walsh:
Well, we were talking about it before showed up and you got the name Ryan “The Intern” when we introduced you to our radio show years ago when you were an intern. Now I think, how long have you been working for Witch’s Rock Surf Camp?
Ryan Waldron: It is February and I’ve been working, it was five years in January and I gotta say best five years of my life. Been surfing my brains out, working for a great company and, yeah, I love it. Now we’re about to do this podcast, bringing it to the next level.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, man. Well, you’re still the intern even though you’re not. The name’s-
Ryan Waldron: Thank you.
Joe Walsh:
Ryan “The Intern.”
Ryan Waldron: Never escape it.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. Well, this is a pretty cool episode because absolutely every person listening would love to catch more waves and this episode is all about that. How to catch more waves anywhere. You’re home break, traveling to the other side of the world. Let’s just dig right in. Tell me about how I can catch more waves.
Ryan Waldron: All right, absolutely. First thing, surfing is a sport that’s a little bit different than skateboarding or snowboarding, for example, where you go and you hit the slopes. You might go snowboard for two hours and you’re getting a solid hour of riding your board time, where in surfing, you paddle out for two hours, you get a nice session. You might get five minutes, if you’re lucky, of actually practicing and standing on your board, so the ability to catch five or ten waves versus 20 or 25 waves, really makes a difference in your progression and how quick you can build on the skills that you’re learning and that you’re improving, so the strategies to catch more waves are really important. It’s something that you should be mindful when you’re out there surfing.
Joe Walsh:
Because, basically the higher your wave count, the more opportunities you have to practice every single thing with your surfing. The more waves you get, the more chances you have to fall, the more chance you are to have to stand up, make that section, pull that floater, get that tube ride. So 20 waves versus 10 waves in a session means twice as many opportunities.
Ryan Waldron: Exactly, exactly. And sometimes the failures are the best waves, the ones that you wipe out on and eat crap on. They’re the ones that you’re gonna learn from and you need some good wipeouts in your life. They build character and it’s good stuff.
Niki Hurren:
And plus, as all sports, everything’s muscle memory, so the more you do something, the more your muscles will remember and your memory and yourself and so, the more waves you get, obviously the more you’re using that muscle memory, so it’s beneficial.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, well, I’m sold. You don’t have to convince me that catching more waves is a good thing and I’d love to catch more waves, so give me some techniques. Let’s dig in here. What do I gotta do?
Ryan Waldron: All right, so whether I’m going to my home spot or a place that I’m traveling to-
Joe Walsh:
Never surfed before.
Ryan Waldron: Never surfed before. I like to stand on the beach for at least five, 10 minutes and kind of look at the break. Where am I surfing? Am I surfing a beach break with peaks everywhere? Am I surfing a point break with a designated takeoff zone? Am I surfing a reef break, et cetera? So the first thing is to just kind of be aware of what is the wave you’re surfing, and what I like to do is map out, when I’m in the water, where I wanna sit, where the waves are breaking. Are they breaking outside? Are they breaking inside? And just, in mind, just develop a Google Map almost of where I am in the water and always be able to locate myself.
Joe Walsh:
Sure. Kinda like when I surf here out at the Tamarindo River Mouth and that sand bar is very pronounced. You could see right where the wave comes in and hits that sand bar and it peels right across it. You could be 30 feet off of it and not be anywhere near the peak. You could be 30 feet deep and be in the right spot.
Ryan Waldron: Exactly. What’s your secret marker out there? What are you looking at when you’re lining yourself up?
Joe Walsh:
Here in Tamarindo?
Ryan Waldron: Uh huh.
Joe Walsh:
Well, if I tell you my secrets, well, okay. If the tide’s going out and there’s a strong current, I try to get maybe waist, stomach deep water, and actually stand. That way, I don’t get sucked out to see and everyone I’m surfing with maybe gets outta position fairly quick, but it’s always changing a little bit. There’s a crane up there right now building some house on the hill over at, I don’t know, El Tesoro I think, or Tamarindo Heights, and it’s a big, tall, yellow crane. Been there a few months. And I think lately the sand bar’s been breaking right about there, but over the last few weeks, those northwests that were coming in, it was pushing over kind of far, almost lining up between where you normally sit and all the way over to the surf camp. It’s sand and it changes, but that’s the characteristics. That’s why I think it’s important, like you say, before you paddle out, is to spend a few minutes and just watch the conditions to see where the wave continues to break and where the waves are breaking. So you paddle out and you sit in a favorable spot.
Niki Hurren:
Especially a place you’ve never been before. It’s really, really important that you stand there and you check it out and see where you’ve got rips and currents and hazards and rocks and stuff like that, but also to see where that wave is breaking.
Joe Walsh:
Sure. So you might spend five or 10 minutes even at your home break, but if it’s somewhere you’ve never surfed before, double or triple that. Take your time, because there’s a lot of, ask the locals in the surf parking lot when you’re suiting up or just checking it out. Are there any underwater structure or anything that’s causing the waves to break in certain spots or anything to look out for? Things like that.
Ryan Waldron: Something I love to do, as well, is if there’s any point of elevation, if there’s a big sand dune or something that I can get on top of, even if I’m just raising my perspective five feet, checking the waves, you can really see a little bit of how the waves are bending towards the beach and you can get a better idea of where to sit. I don’t know. I really like stretching, being at a little elevated spot and just doing it all on the same, and kind of mapping out my surf session before I even paddle out.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, so it sounds basic and it seems like something that everyone should already know and already be doing, but surprisingly don’t. Take the time, before you paddle out, to study what’s happening. It’s gonna increase your chances of getting waves. You’re gonna paddle out and you’re gonna have an idea of where you wanna sit. Okay, so how about in the water, Ryan? What are some strategies that our listeners can implement right now to help them catch more waves in any session?
Ryan Waldron: Sure, absolutely. So when you’re out there, you have to pay attention to two real things. The consistency of the waves and the crowd. Sometimes when there’s a heavy crowd and people are fighting over the waves, all the good ones, I will sit a little bit closer to the beach and use the bottom feeding strategy.
Joe Walsh:
Ah, the bottom feeder.
Ryan Waldron: The bottom feeding strategy.
Joe Walsh:
I like that. So you sit further inside. You catch the waves that either weren’t big enough to break outside or that people missed or maybe people fell on?
Ryan Waldron: Exactly. You could get the best wave this way. I feel like half the time I’ll get really great waves after I’ve already caught one of the set waves and I’ll just catch a little popup nugget that doubles up and is perfect, so that’s a good strategy to use, the bottom feeding.
Joe Walsh:
But, then the downsides might be that you take a few sets on the head or you might be in someone’s way that’s coming in from a set wave on the outside.
Ryan Waldron: Yeah, exactly. You really gotta be pendiente. You gotta be alert when you’re doing the bottom feeding. You gotta get outta people’s way, look out for the big sets coming out the back and another important thing, when those big sets do come and the very best waves do come, definitely, if you’ve been catching 20 waves to everybody else’s one wave, let the guys that’ve been waiting have those good waves. You gotta pick one of the other strategies. Yeah, and sometimes that’s the risk that you take. For example, you’re surfing a good wave, for example, the Tamarindo River Mouth, on a good day, you can either sit and catch the two to three foot little runners on the inside or if you’re the local guys and you surf that wave all the time, you wanna sit out the back, you wanna catch the bigger waves because, really, at the end of the day, you’re gonna only remember two or three of your greatest waves. So do the practice strategy, bottom feeding, get as much board time as you can, or you can the strategy where you wait out the back, be patient. You’ll see a lot of locals doing this, waiting for those perfect waves, the ones that they’re waiting for, and really get five or six, but very, very good tapered, some of the best waves that come through in the session.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. But, your wave count would be down.
Ryan Waldron: Exactly.
Joe Walsh:
Maybe they’d be better quality waves, but there’d be less of them, so it’s a trade-off.
Ryan Waldron: Exactly. I surf the waves around here quite a bit. Even though I might be considered a local at some of these spots, I sit close to the beach, I catch all the insiders. I really like just getting on my feet. I don’t really have a huge window of time to surf.
Joe Walsh:
Unless I take you out to Witch’s and all these, you seem to get all the waves whenever we’re on the boat trips together.
Ryan Waldron: Yeah. Well, we’ve got a couple of different strategies to go over. So we’ve got the bottom feeding strategy. That’s just one.
Niki Hurren:
And you can do both of these in one session. You can try one for a little bit and then try the other and sit at the back, especially on tide dependent, as well, you’re getting those little scraps that are coming on the inside, but you don’t have to pick one or the other, you can-
Joe Walsh:
Okay, so one strategy would be to sit further inside and get the waves that get passed up or people fall on or that weren’t breaking on the main peak, or to actually sit further outside and just wait for the gems?
Ryan Waldron: Yeah, sure.
Joe Walsh:
Is that what you’re saying?
Ryan Waldron: Yeah. For example, that kind of comes down to the consistency of the waves. For example, if the waves are really consistent and there’s a lot of waves coming through, maybe it’s not the best idea to bottom feed in that situation. If there’s a bunch of waves and you can kind of play the patient game and get the very, very best waves while everybody else drops in the crummy ones, that’s a good strategy, as well.
Joe Walsh:
So then maybe you don’t catch as many waves, but the waves you get are such high quality that they’re worth three smaller waves. Or something like that.
Ryan Waldron: Sure, yeah. I guess, at the end of the day, it really just comes down to ride time, whether you get five minutes of surfing on 10 waves or you get five minutes of surfing on 30 waves, but it’s really about getting to your feet, getting your feet into the wax and building the muscle memory like Niki was saying and just feet on board time, I guess.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. You mentioned earlier about where I line up when I’m out here and I think that’s another good strategy to discuss on the show, like triangulation. People tend to look at the shore on one marker and try to line up with one thing and don’t realize that you can drift down the beach quite a ways and still look like you’re lined up in the same spot. You need to pick two spots to line up with.
Ryan Waldron: Yeah. Usually one. Generally, what I’ll do is I’ll find a marker in the foreground and then I’ll find a marker in the background or little bit past my first marker and I might try and line these two markers up as I’m in the third position in the water. That way I’ll know exactly where I am when those two markers go on top of each other. But, yeah, it’s really important. When you’re out in the water, don’t just be looking at the horizon. Don’t just be looking for the lines coming through. Pay as much attention as you do to what’s going on in the outside to your positioning. Look towards the beach, see where you are. Just be constantly like a freaking tiger, or something, just on the prowl to catch these waves.
Joe Walsh:
Is that what you do? You paddle with intent and you always seem to be getting tons of waves. Do you emulate a tiger? Is that your spirit animal?
Ryan Waldron: Maybe a tiger might not be intense enough for my spirit animal when I’m out surfing.
Joe Walsh:
All right. Cool, Ryan. So I’m getting lots of great advice here. Everyone who’s listening is getting some great advice. Before you paddle out, overview the waves. See where the waves are breaking. Watch where they’re breaking consistently and paddle out with intent. Make sure that you’re paddling out to where the waves are breaking, but both frequently, that’s gonna help you get more waves. And then, once you’re out there, you have a couple strategies. You can sit further on the inside and the get the smaller runners, but you might take a few on the head. Or, if it’s super consistent, then that may not be the best strategy, but sitting outside and waiting for the better waves that produce the longer rides will give you more ride time, so I get that, and I understand triangulation. It’s the super important concept of lining up with two points, not just one, in order to ensure that you’re sitting right on that sand bar or right where that wave breaks
Joe Walsh:
I also notice, from I guess 25 years of surfing, that after a wave that breaks consistently at the same reef or sand bar, will leave a little bit of white wash and a lighter foamy patch of water where the wave breaks, so whenever I’m giving a lesson or taking some friends that don’t have as much surf experience, I tend to point that out. You can see where the wave just broke. If you’re aware of that and you sit accordingly, your chances of getting a wave breaking in the same area, the same type of wave, are very great.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. You might have to move out or move in or chase it a little bit, but I use that strategy, as well, where you got out and try to look for that foam or that coloration and the discoloration in the water and you know you’re gonna be within that area, you’re gonna be consistently breaking wave there.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. All right. So we’re already getting lots of great ideas. What else have you got for us, Ryan? What else can we do?
Ryan Waldron: Yeah, touching really on seeing where the white water is, is watching the waves from behind when you’re out there and maybe you paddled for a wave, you pulled out last minute, watch that wave, see how it breaks, see how it hits the sand bar. Was the wave makeable? Was it a good idea to pull off on it? That way, the next time a wave comes in and it looks similar to that, you’ll know, “Okay, I’m just gonna go or, okay, I’m not gonna catch the close out,” but especially if you’re surfing a wave like the Tamarindo River Mouth, the point break, a reef break, where it has a similar, the wave has similar form each time, watch as many waves as you can from the back just to kinda map out where the reef is, where the sand is in your mind and just be able to line yourself up.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, that’s super smart. Don’t just pay attention to the wave that you might get or that your friend’s riding, but every decent wave that comes in so that you more of what look for. What about the other surfers in the water? What about the surfers that are in the water, the ones that seem to be catching all the waves? What do they know that I don’t know or, better yet, how can I use the better surfers in the water to help me get more waves?
Ryan Waldron: Hmm, that’s a good question. Obviously, you can look at them and see how they’re positioning themselves. Something that I like to do is if I’m paddling back out after catching a wave and obviously the surfers on the outside have a better perspective than me, I will watch a good surfer’s head and I’ll watch his body language. If he’s starting to freak out and paddle out, even though I can’t see the wave, I will start to paddle out hard, as well. Sometimes the good surfers tend to catch all the waves, especially if it’s a local crew. They’re not gonna be very kind to someone kinda just working their way in, so sometimes, with all the good surfers, they tend to huddle together and clique together, so it’s actually a good opportunity to maybe even escape the crowd. The good surfers generally tend to attract more people around them because everyone sees them catching a wave, so you can use this to your advantage and escape the pack. So if everyone’s catching this big, perfect right, maybe go to the left, see if the left is working.
Joe Walsh:
All right. So, on one hand, I you are near some really good surfers, maybe someone who’s further out than you that can see over a wave that’s coming that you can’t see and you see their body language and all of a sudden they’re paddling, they’re scrapping for the outside, you know waves are coming. So paying attention to other surfer’s body language and then also, if there’s a pack of really good surfers out, maybe staying a little bit away from that pack and finding another peak, simply because your chances of getting more waves are gonna be a lot greater when you’re not competing with semi-pro or professional surfers that are all egging each other on and that’ll happen. You’ll get a few of them surfing together and then, boom, they get pretty much every wave that comes through.
Ryan Waldron: Yeah, exactly. And they do some blocking strategies and there’s a big group of them, so-
Joe Walsh:
As though they’re in a contest.
Ryan Waldron: Yeah, exactly, exactly. But, whatever. The locals generally, whether it’s right or not, have a little bit more priority than everybody else out there.
Joe Walsh:
That’s true. So if you’re traveling to another spot, always keep that in mind. It’s very good advice. Moving on to more strategies to catching more waves, I know another strategy that I tend to implement, and Ryan, I don’t know if you do this, as well, but I never really stand still for that long. I try to keep moving around. I’ll stay in the same area where if I think the waves are breaking there, but if I’m sitting there for a bit and waves aren’t coming in, I’ll paddle 50 meters to the north or south. I’ll mix it up.
Ryan Waldron: Yeah, absolutely. You don’t wanna be too stubborn out there. You don’t wanna be sitting out the back 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes still not catching anything. After 15 minutes, and I’m not catching anything, I’m over it. I’ll cut my losses.
Joe Walsh:
Especially if you see other people catching waves.
Ryan Waldron: Exactly. Especially if there’s waves coming in, waves to be had, if you go for about 15 minutes without catching anything, change your strategy. Try the bottom feeding, try paddling way out, try to paddle to a different peak or, yeah, just do something just to kind of shake off the dust that you’re in. Don’t be so stubborn. Just keep trying to implement new strategies because you never know when that secret little wedge is gonna come your way.
Niki Hurren:
I’ve even gotten to the point where I’ve actually gone in, gone back to the beach. If I’ve been out there and I’ve been really confused, not being able to find a peak, not being able to find my spot, I’ll either go back in on the beach and look at the rises, find a higher level and suddenly the tide might have changed, so therefore you can maybe see if there’s another little peak that you couldn’t see from where you were at the back. So definitely going in, reevaluating the situation.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, resetting.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. Reset. Yeah, exactly. Reset. Because you’re just having a bit of a funk and you’re not getting the waves you want, you’re not getting anything, do not be stubborn, do not be stagnant. Move, keep fluid.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it’s like pushing reset.
Niki Hurren:
Be like water. Yeah, yeah, start again. Start again. It’s all little mini sessions. You can get out sometimes and you can get four or five waves off the bat and then nothing, and sometimes you’ll be sitting out there for ages, but don’t get frustrated.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I think there’s a bit of a rhythm that you can get into and out of with surfer.
Niki Hurren:
Absolutely.
Joe Walsh:
And if you’re not in rhythm and you’re not in sync then, seriously, you can get out, you can reset and go back in and have a completely different session. And that kind of comes with another thought. Paddling out.
Niki Hurren:
Generally, surfing is majority, what?
Joe Walsh:
Paddling.
Niki Hurren:
Paddling, yeah.
Joe Walsh:
And sitting.
Niki Hurren:
Paddling and sitting and stuff like that. So, generally, if you’ve had a really good wave and your instinct is to use that adrenaline and that energy and to paddle out as quickly as you possibly can and use a lot more energy. You’re gonna use-
Joe Walsh:
You’ll be winded. You wanna get out there, but then, if a wave comes right away, you might not even be able to catch it because you just burned all your energy up paddling out.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. This all depends on the consistency and conditions, as well.
Joe Walsh:
Sure.
Niki Hurren:
But, I always try to take my time. I don’t try to rush, nice, strong, and pace myself. I’m not trying to rush back out there, because sometimes you’re paddling back out for the lineup and you get an opportunity when someone falls on a wave or they don’t make it and you can do that turn and burn, you can quickly go. And so, if you were going out at a calm pace, you’ve got a little bit more time in your head and I just feel like, over a session, you’ll just save that energy. But then, also, I know what it’s like when you’ve had a really good wave and you know that there’s another set coming. You’re like, “Get out the back! Go!” And you just go for it. But, take your time paddling back out. That’s what, you know.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, and that probably leads me to say that staying in really good paddle shape and surf shape is another way to catch more waves, for obvious reasons, because if you catch that great set wave and then you can excitedly paddle back out and maybe catch another wave of the same set, you’re gonna go for it, but you’re not gonna be able to do it if you’re out of shape.
Ryan Waldron: Yeah, that’s huge. I’ll be giving a lesson, or when I used to give lessons, and we’ll catch a wave, we’ll catch two waves and then the person’s out there and they’re exhausted, is because they don’t have the muscles that you need for surfing built up quite yet. So to have the endurance and to be able to just sprint a marathon can be handy, but you don’t want to be the guy out there just going crazy like you just drank frigging eight espressos, but to be in-
Joe Walsh:
Is that another tip? Drinking eight espressos?
Niki Hurren:
No, I get the jitters, man. If I have too much coffee before I go out, I sit and I start to shake and, no, I wouldn’t …
Joe Walsh:
I think we’ve outlined a ton of very actionable advice.
Ryan Waldron: Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Joe Walsh:
When you add it all up, if you were to take into consideration all of these tips that we’re discussing on the show, you’re gonna get more waves. Yes, you need to get in paddle shape. If you’re not in paddle shape because you don’t surf that often, there’s things you can do, like swimming, going to the gym. Keep your body, especially the muscles you use in your arms and your shoulders and your back, keep them ready for when the surf does pick up or when you take that surf trip. And then, all these tips that we’re talking about, watching the lineup before you paddle out, sitting on the inside and catching the smaller, yet almost as good waves and getting maybe two or three times as many waves, triangulation, watching better surfers and what they do, watching people’s body language. If they see a set you don’t see. Watching waves that broke that you didn’t even go for just to see how they break. Paddling. If you’re sitting somewhere and you’re not getting a wave, paddling over just a few yards in another direction or just getting to another spot where you think it might break. That might just change up the rhythm.
Joe Walsh:
They’re all really good ideas and I think if you take them all into consideration, you might double or even triple the amount of waves you get in a session. What do you think about that, Ryan?
Ryan Waldron: I think that that’s really what it’s all about. I’ll be checking the forecast a week in advance, just getting so happy, so happy, just hyping myself up, and then what I really want out of my surf session is to catch a lot of waves, to get a lot of time on my board, to practice, to get better. So, yeah, really catching more waves, more ride time, is what it’s all about. You’re gonna come out of the water feeling exhausted, feeling like you have been productive and be able to go through the rest of your day with a clear head space, not having this crazy wave hunger that hovers over you the rest of the day, or at least me. If I get a good session in the morning, I catch a ton of waves, I can go about my day in a normal human state and not have this monkey on my back all day.
Niki Hurren:
Use that wave hunger. Use that wave hunger to go out and surf and do this, because there’s, it’s a desperate situation when you’re sitting there and you’re just hungry and you’re famished. Famished for waves. Sounds like the east coast of England.
Joe Walsh:
Well, I hope, for everyone listening, you really enjoyed this episode on how to catch more waves. I know, for me, it’s really good advice, even though I’ve been surfing a long time, because I’m getting ready to take a few surf trips. I’m gonna go to some spots that I’ve never been before and this is applicable to me. I need to make sure I stay in surf shape. I need to really understand the wave before I paddle out and maybe at my home break, where I know every one of the lineup and I’ve been surfing the same wave for years, it’s different. You catch more waves because you know how it breaks, because you know the other people that’ve been surfing there a long time, too. But, when you go to a new spot, you don’t have those advantages. You’re at a total disadvantage. But, when you’re paddling out at a new spot you’ve never been to, you probably shouldn’t paddle out to the main peak anyways. You probably should sit a little bit further inside. Watch what the guys that are out there are doing. Watch what they’re doing, where they’re sitting, and slowly work your way into the lineup, but don’t just paddle out to the main peak because you saw the waves breaking there. Start on the inside and slowly work your way up.
Ryan Waldron: I’d say that’s some pretty good advice, Joe. I think the listeners are gonna be stoked next time they surf. At least, even if you can keep one of these things in your mind, just one thing that resonates with you, I think that you will considerably up your wave count, and that’s what matters. If the conditions are big and gnarly and there’s really nice glory waves coming in out there, then I only wanna catch five waves. I wanna get the one. This is kind of to catch more waves when it’s playful, fun, chest, head high, foot over head. If it’s double over head and you’re just trying to survive out there and get the one wave, then this stuff’s not so applicable. The triangulation thing, of course applicable. Watching the wave. But, yeah, if the waves are big and gnarly and you’re just trying to get that one glory wave, you definitely don’t wanna bottom feed. Just trying to say that.
Joe Walsh:
Ryan, you’re an amazing surfer.
Ryan Waldron: Thank you, Joe.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, well, you deserve the accolades. You surf really well, you’ve been surfing for a long time, obviously, and you’ve got very good advice. So I just wanna say thank you for being on the show, for bringing your ideas to the Get Out And Surf Podcast. Our whole goal is to get people out there stoked, surfing lots of waves, get people inspired, and I think these tips are gonna help all of us.
Joe Walsh:
You’ve been listening to the Get Out And Surf Podcast, brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica. Special thanks to Ryan Waldron. If you like Get Out And Surf, do me a favor. You can give us a review on iTunes. That’s awesome. That way other people can find us. Make sure you’re subscribed. You can do that through iTunes, Spotify, however else you’re listening to the podcast. Hopefully, I see you surfing in Costa Rica or somewhere else around the world. Por la vida y nos vemos.

The post 7: How To Catch More Waves Anywhere (with Ryan Waldron) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Why You CAN’T Teach Your Partner How To Surf

Thu, 14 Feb 2019 17:45:00 GMT

The post Why You CAN’T Teach Your Partner How To Surf appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

6: Surfing The Great Lakes (with Larry Larsen)

Fri, 08 Feb 2019 20:59:00 GMT

The post 6: Surfing The Great Lakes (with Larry Larsen) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Maximize Your Surfing Wave Count With These Great Positioning Techniques

Thu, 07 Feb 2019 15:08:00 GMT

The post Maximize Your Surfing Wave Count With These Great Positioning Techniques appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica Surf Trip Podcast: Everything You Need To Know To Plan Your Next Surf Trip To Costa Rica

Mon, 04 Feb 2019 18:06:00 GMT

The post Costa Rica Surf Trip Podcast: Everything You Need To Know To Plan Your Next Surf Trip To Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica Surf Trip Podcast: Everything You Need To Know To Plan Your Next Surf Trip To Costa Rica

Mon, 04 Feb 2019 12:06:00 GMT

Costa Rica is one of the top surf trip destinations on the planet, and for good reason. You can find every type of wave here for every type of surfer. There are beach breaks, reef breaks, and point breaks with different waves for beginners, intermediates, and advanced surfers. But with two coastlines and different surf […]

5: Costa Rica Surf Trip Review

Fri, 01 Feb 2019 17:49:00 GMT

This episode is for anyone interested in taking a surf trip to Costa Rica, or returning to explore a new area of Costa Rica. We cover the ENTIRE country: the Southern zone, the Central Pacific, the Nicoya Peninsula, Guanacaste, and the Caribbean.

Some of the questions we answer:
– What kind of waves will you find in each part of the country?
– When is the best time of year to surf in Costa Rica?
– Are the locals friendly?
– What surfboard to bring?
– Where to fly into and how to get around?
– What else is there to do besides surf?
– What should you pack?
And more…

Subscribe to the podcast and receive a new episode of Get Out and SURF every Friday.

Email questions or comments to getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com
Follow us on Instagram.com/getoutandsurf

See you surfing, pura vida!
Joe Walsh

Music
Artist: Beck
Song: Dreams

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey, hey, this is Joe Walsh coming to you from Tamarindo, Costa Rica, and you’re listening to the Get Out and Surf podcast. In this episode we talk all about going surfing in Costa Rica, and everything you need to know, we talked about it all; how to get here, how to get around, where to find the best waves. Whether you’re going to the northern zone, the southern zone, the Central Pacific or the Caribbean side, you wanna listen to this podcast. So sit back, relax and let’s get started.
Hey, what’s up? This is Joe Walsh coming to from Tamarindo, Costa Rica with the Get Out and Surf podcast. I’m sitting here with Niki Hurren.
Niki Hurren:
Good afternoon. How are we?
Joe Walsh:
I don’t know.
Niki Hurren:
Well, there’s more than one of us in the room.
Joe Walsh:
I’m doing pretty good. Pat looks angry.
Pat McNulty:
I always look angry.
Niki Hurren:
He’s always prepared.
Joe Walsh:
Right. Exactly. He’s not facing the door though.
Pat McNulty:
I am facing the door.
Joe Walsh:
You’re facing the bathroom. T
Pat McNulty:
No, that’s a door right there. That’s a bathroom, that’s a door.
Joe Walsh:
That’s the exit.
Pat McNulty:
There’s a door here. I’ve got it in a peripheral vision. Somebody comes in, I hit them with the mic, go for the throat of the other guy.
Joe Walsh:
If it’s a large group, what do you do though?
Pat McNulty:
You pick one guy out of the crowd and you devastate him.
Niki Hurren:
Then the rest-
Pat McNulty:
You take his eyeball right out of his head right in front of everybody and they all run away. You may not live, but you’re going down.
Niki Hurren:
I know what door I’m going for, I’m going straight for that door there. Whoever’s in there, I’m going-
Joe Walsh:
We got the escape window in the bathroom.
Niki Hurren:
You’re not gonna get through the window dude, you’re just not as tiny.
Joe Walsh:
All right. Well, I’m really stoked because this week’s episode is information that anyone who’s ever been interested or is interested in coming to Costa Rica on a surf trip or maybe coming back to Costa Rica on a surf trip and seeing a new part of the country, you don’t wanna miss out. This is a Costa Rica surf trip review. We’ve lived here collectively for 40 years between the three of us and we’ve been surfing that whole time, so I think we’ve got some pretty valid information to share. This isn’t just the Tamarindo or Guanacaste area where we live and have, which is Rock Surf Camp, it’s the entire country. So let’s dig right in.
I think the first thing is to break down Costa Rica into five surf zones. We may be in the northwest coast of Guanacaste in the country, but there are five zones, which I’d call the, starting on Pacific side on the south, the southern zone, then the Central Pacific. Then heading further north, we’ve got the Nicoya Peninsula and up at the very northwest corner, the top edge of the Nicoya peninsula, and really Guanacaste, which is the province, and that kind of goes down towards the tip of the Nicoya Peninsula, but not to the end. So we’ve broken that into two. Then the fifth zone would be the Caribbean side. Costa Rica does have two oceans, two bodies of water, and what’s really lucky is that sometimes the Pacific will be flat, the Caribbean will be booming or vice versa. So definitely something to take into consideration when you’re coming here on your trip.
So let’s start with the southern zone. That’s one of my personal favorites actually, besides Guanacaste. I know we go there a lot. I usually don’t mention the spots that we visit, I’m trying to keep those under wraps a little bit, but needless to say, the southern zone is where you’ve got Costa Rica’s best point breaks. Really the longest, best point breaks would be found in Costa Rica. The downside is, is those waves break usually more on south swells than northwest swells, so the swell window is usually more of that May to October timeframe.
Pat McNulty:
That is where most of the biodiversity is in Costa Rica also. You’re gonna see a cross section of many different types of animals. You’re gonna see the big cats, you’re going to see the scarlet macaws flying around like pigeons in a city. There’s so many of them. It’s a wonderful sight to see. So the southern zone is jungle, it’s more tropical and that’s a good place to go.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I agree. I love it down there. It takes about eight hours to drive to the Pacific coast north to south or vice versa, so to give you an idea. It isn’t really so far though, it’s only maybe 250 miles, but the road network in Costa Rica is pretty poor. You can fly on charter flights to get from one side of the country to the other. But yeah, basically the rule of thumb in Costa Rica is, the further south you go in the country, the more rain you’re gonna get, the denser the vegetation, the more of a rain forest environment. Whereas if you go the further north in Costa Rica, it does get dryer. It’s actually the largest dry rain forest in the world from what I understand.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, we’re in our own little bubble up here in the north. We get dry weather, hot weather, when in San Jose has got fog and rain, and that’s because they’re a mountain climate. But you have all these little microclimates all over the country, which is pretty cool. You can be in Guanacaste in a hot 90 degree weather, two hours away, three hours away, you’re up in the mountains of Arenal and you’re wearing a sweater.
Joe Walsh:
Very true.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. I think all these zones that we speak about have different types of waves and definitely different types of climate. I remember my first time I went down to the southern zone, it’s what I fought Costa Rica was gonna be like all over; literally is the beach and then there’s the jungle right there. There’s not too much development down there, which makes it nice because it’s a nice area to be. It’s a little bit more underdeveloped than sort of the central and the northern zone, but still, it’s a spectacular sight.
Joe Walsh:
Hands down the southern zone of Costa Rica, some of the least developed part of the country, also the hardest to get to. So you really have to be committed. It’s hard to do a one week trip going down to the southern zone simply because you fly to San Jose and you got to drive six to eight hours just to get down there. So moving up … Well, there’s more than point breaks in the southern zone too, but that’s really what it’s known for. There’s quite a few uncrowded spots, as well as crowded ones, but it’s a great spot to visit and surf regardless.
Moving north along the Pacific coast, the next surf zone is the central coast, and I’d like to call that from somewhere around Donimical up to basically Jaco, maybe even Boca Barranca. But basically, if you look at Costa Rica’s Pacific coastline, it’s almost entirely beach break from the Osa Peninsula all the way up to the Gulf of Nicoya. Sure, there are some reefs, some rocks and other spots, but typically it’s very large stretches of beach break, which can mean uncrowded peaks or peaks with nobody on them. There’s also some really large river mouths. There is the Isla Damas, which is near Parrita, and apparently that has some amazing waves. I’ve never actually surfed out there because it’s next to one of the biggest rivers and some of the biggest crocodiles you’ve ever seen, needless to say, it’s very uncrowded.
Pat McNulty:
There’s a reason for that.
Joe Walsh:
I know, because of all the wildlife. I’ve taken a boat, gone down the entire Pacific coast of the country and I stopped the boat, jumped in, paddled and surfed some great waves with absolutely nobody, could not see a single person as far as I looked to the north or the south. So you can be rewarded with uncrowded surf, mainly beach breaks. So that means that there’s a lot of swell that might be closed out, but if there’s not much swell, beach breaks tend to pick up a lot of swell here. A go-to spot in the central coast would probably be Playa Hermosa, which is right south of Jaco, one of the first most popular surf zones for Costa Rica. Really consistent beach break, lots of barrels and some really good surfing going on there. So if you’re in that zone, you definitely wanna check out Playa Hermosa, I would recommend.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah. That can be a really heavy wave too. So I would say that’s an intermediate to advanced wave there. So if you’re intermediate, you should be on the top end of intermediate if you’re gonna go on the water there, because there’s a lot of current, heavy wave, it can hold you down for a little bit and if you’re not ready for it, it could scare you.
Joe Walsh:
That’s true.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. I know that Costa Rica is not really known for its big waves or heavy swell, but there obviously are these beaches like Hermosa that can really accentuate the power of the swell. So best thing is, any beach you get to anywhere, sit down, watch it, see what’s going on. Talk to the locals as well because they’re gonna have the best sort of idea of what kind of the conditions are gonna be on that day. I know we all want to push ourselves, but also, we don’t wanna put ourselves in danger or anyone else in danger. So there are big waves in Costa Rica and it does get heavy.
Joe Walsh:
Moving north from the central coast, the Nicoya Peninsula, which is northwest part of Costa Rica, very large peninsula, and the southwest corner of the peninsula is really well exposed to swell. So we’re talking Malpais, Santa Teresa, as well as further north along the Pacific and even facing south around the tip of Nicoya Peninsula, there’s some waves to be found down there. Downside, it is a little bit harder to get there. If you’re coming from the San Jose area, you got to take a ferry across, and if you’re coming from the north, you still have to drive down the peninsula and go into the gulf side to drive all the way around through Playa Naranjo and Paquera through Cobano to get out there. So at least four hours, maybe even longer to get out to that point from the closest airport. That’s if you’re lucky with the ferry schedule, it could be five or six hours even.
Some really good waves though, really well exposed. It could be maybe only waist to stomach high at some of the central coast beach breaks or even up here in Guanacaste, you could go there to the tip of the Nicoya Peninsula, it could be head high plus. It sucks in that much swell.
Pat McNulty:
We got the Superbowl coming up here, so I’d be remiss if I didn’t mention that it’s such a nice place in Nicoya Peninsula that Tom Brady has a house down there. I’m not gonna tell you where it is, but he’s down there. He surfs, his wife surfs, his kids surf.
Joe Walsh:
I really don’t wanna talk about the Superbowl and the Patriots at all Pat.
Pat McNulty:
Well, somebody has to win.
Joe Walsh:
That’s right, that’s why we got the Rams.
Pat McNulty:
Okay. We know what side you’re on.
Joe Walsh:
I’m on the side of the Chargers Pat, and-
Pat McNulty:
Anyone that beat the Chargers, right?
Joe Walsh:
Anyone who beat the Chargers, I hate.
Pat McNulty:
I understand.
Niki Hurren:
Well, if we see Tom Brady in the lineup, I’m pretty sure we’re gonna be fair to him and say a good hello, and it depends on what the outcome is on Sunday I guess.
Joe Walsh:
Screw that, I’m gonna burn him.
Pat McNulty:
What else is new?
Joe Walsh:
See, I can edit that out Pat, that part’s gone. My joke, it stays. Let’s go over to the Caribbean side. That’s probably the zone that everyone forgets. I mean, I don’t wanna say forgets, because I don’t forget it, but it’s so completely different from everything you see here on the Pacific coast. The Caribbean is warmer, it’s very tropical. It’s got mostly reef breaks, does have beach breaks as well, beaches like Westfalia, for the south, Playa Cocles. It can get big in the Caribbean too. So people think, “Oh, the Caribbean, it’s gonna be knee high slop. Think again. The biggest barrels in this country are breaking on the Caribbean side, talking ledging, draining, serious surf where you need a helmet and you need to grab your balls and go for it.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. The first time I turned up, got off the bus, there was literally two guys with neck braces on waiting for the bus to get out of there.
Joe Walsh:
I’m not surprised.
Niki Hurren:
I was like, “What happened?” They just went, “Cocles.” Just Cocles Beach, the beach breaks there are real heavy, real heavy. There’s a lot of water coming in, it’s a shorter period swell that you go over there, but that does come in from deep water and it just literally slams right onto the sand. So you’ve got to be careful. Again, it’s like there are some very heavy waves here in Costa Rica, and obviously Salsa Brava is over as well, which is a fantastic wave.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I mean, I would say that the Caribbean side, the Caribbean is more suited to the advanced surfer wanting to surf those heavier reef breaks, spots like Salsa Brava or that left that breaks off of Isla Uvita. Very serious left, very big, very hollow and for serious chargers only. Nonetheless though, there’s some great waves over there. Going to our fifth zone right here at home in Guanacaste. That’s the furthest northwest in the country, and Guanacaste is pretty unique. I wanna make this podcast as objective as possible, and it really is because I love traveling this entire country, there’s a lot of great surf here in Costa Rica, but I chose to live in Guanacaste, we all did, and for great reason.
Guanacaste has some very unique characteristics. Number one, the coastline is not straight, it is completely the opposite of straight. We’ve got beaches facing every direction, pretty much 180 degrees swell window from beaches facing due north to due south, everything in the middle. So we get really well exposure to waves any direction. The other thing which is very unique is we have a lot of offshore winds. Lake Nicaragua, which is just north of the coast Rica border, produces some amazing, intense offshore winds that literally, I don’t even know how to explain it, almost too strong sometimes I’d say.
Pat McNulty:
They howl.
Joe Walsh:
They can howl. You can be surfing in some 40 knot, 50 knot plus winds up at Witch’s Rock. So the offshore winds can be a little bit of a challenge if you’re not used to surfing those conditions, but what you quickly realize is it allows you to surf all day long. It makes the waves even hollower, makes them more open, and we get some pretty consistent offshore winds from December through March or end of April, and then again over the summer months for June and July, anywhere from two to four weeks there, pretty straight, our Indian summer. Then occasionally throughout the year as well. The other really good thing about Guanacaste is that there’s waves for all levels. Seriously, we’ve got some great beginner spots, great spots for that intermediate and advanced surfer and some seriously heavier waves for that advanced charger. So you’ve got something for everyone. Pretty good conditions with the winds and definitely any swell, especially in northwest swell, which happens in these winter months, those big waves that hit, like that back door shootout that was at pipeline or anything that happens at jaws.
Those big swells make their way here to Costa Rica, and they don’t show up in the surf forecast usually, but that doesn’t mean they don’t get here and the waves aren’t firing because they are. There’s a few spots that face towards the northwest here in Guanacaste that are the best spots to pick up a northwest swell in the whole country.
Niki Hurren:
My first trip down here, I only mainly stayed in sort of the Jaco and then sort of Malpais area. Then on my next trip, I came up to Tamarindo and the northwest, and it was for that reason, you had these offshore winds all day, and you combine that with good swell was coming from the south, coming from the north, it didn’t really matter. There was always somewhere to go and surf. A little bit of traveling, but not too much really. I mean, the roads are pretty good up here. Some of the spots, obviously I had a truck, but on the whole, you can get around and get to a wave within 30 minutes of anywhere. The consistency of swell is great up here.
Joe Walsh:
So you talk about traveling Niki, and I think that’s a question that’s on everyone’s mind right now that’s never been to Costa Rica or considering surfing one of these other areas where they’ve never been. There are two international airports, there is San Jose, airport code SJO, and then there is Liberia Costa Rica, which is airport code LIR. So if you wanted to go to Guanacaste, or if you wanted to surf the Nicoya Peninsula further south, you would wanna fly into Liberia. If you wanted to serve the central coast, you can fly into San Jose and you can be in Jaco, Playa Hermosa in a little over an hour, maybe an hour and a half. So pretty quick. You’d wanna fly into San Jose to go to the Caribbean. You wanna fly into San Jose to get to the southern zone, to the Caribbean. To Puerto Viejo from San Jose, you’re looking at at least three hours, maybe three and a half hours, and to get down to the southern zone, spots like Pavones, give yourself at least six, maybe even seven hours drive to get there. Either way, you wanna fly into San Jose.
So then the next question is, what’s the best time to come down? It does vary on which zone you go to. For example, if you wanna go to the southern zone, I would recommend going down in the May through October months, which is the south swell season for Costa Rica, and probably the most consistent time of year for the southern zone. The Central Pacific I think is pretty open, pretty much surf there, get waves throughout the year. The Caribbean’s also quite sporadic. For example, it was just pumping over there, and December, January, February can be a really good time for waves in the Caribbean, but so can the summer months. I’ve been there over the 4th of July, had some of the best barrels of my life over that time. So it doesn’t really have … It’s a little more hit or miss I guess you could say for the Caribbean.
The Nicoya Peninsula, and especially up here in Guanacaste, it really depends for waves, because we get those northwest swells in the winter months, and then we also get those south swells in the summer months. So we get waves pretty much year round. The only time of the year when I would recommend, maybe if you’re not gonna stay away, just be prepared to get wet would be the September and October months when we get a ton of rain. The waves are still good though. I mean, it can get some tropical winds, it can get blown out at certain spots. Other spots could be breaking that don’t break the rest of the year. But if there’s a lot of rain, the river mouths can be really muddy. If there’s all that rain and wind, it can be a little bit difficult to enjoy your vacation, but if you’re really into surf, you’re gonna get wet anyways. It can still be a great time to come down.
Pat McNulty:
We’ve had some really good rainy seasons, and when I say really good rainy seasons, I mean, it wasn’t that bad. You’d have a little rain at night, you’d have a little rain in the morning, and then it would clear up for most of the day and with not a lot of wind. So you can have a really good time during those months if you just have an open mind, you don’t mind a little bit of rain here and there. Actually, we love it when it rains because we get so much sun here, we’re always running for the shade, so a little rain here and there at least.
Joe Walsh:
It’s actually blazing hot right now, so that’s true. I wanna clear up the misconception though, there is a rainy season for the country, which typically spans from April through the end of October and in November. So those April, May, June, July and August months, especially, or in particularly here in the northwest part of the country, they’re still great months for surf. They’re beautiful months for being on vacation. It may not rain, it may rain a couple hours a day, it may rain for 30 minutes in the afternoon, it may not rain at all. But when you get into September and October, it can pour, it really can, and it can kill the vibe if you’re with your significant other or you brought your family and you’re trying to get everyone out to go on a canopy tour and it’s just two days of just nonstop rain. It can really put a downer on the trip.
But the waves could be empty, surf could be firing with no one out. You just have to be aware of that. I think that’s probably the two months out of the year I would tell someone to really consider how much they love surfing.
Niki Hurren:
Generally through the rainy season though, you get up early, you get those glassy mornings with not too much wind before the wind picks up and comes on shore, and then I find usually by the afternoon you get those thunder heads come up and the wind will actually switch off shore. So we’re always, especially in the rainy season, watching what the local weather is gonna do, because it’s obviously gonna affect the local wind conditions. So we can have plenty of swirl, it can be on shore, and we get the storm comes through, that’s when the rainy season is really nice, because again, not too many people down here, so the surf is a little less crowded than it is around sort of like Christmas and New Years, that type of thing. We have a high high season through December and January and February, so the waves can be pretty packed. But the rainy season is a good option to come down if you’re looking for a little bit emptier surf.
Joe Walsh:
I totally agree. Then as far as getting the best surf, the most consistent times of year to come down, Costa Rica does face more to the south than the north, this is on the Pacific coast. So we are more exposed to south swells here than we are to northwest swells. That means that the May through October months when it is winter in the southern hemisphere, we get the most consistent and the biggest waves here on the Pacific coast of Coast Rica. So if you’re looking for a super consistent surf, those May through October months are gonna be your best bet.
Pat McNulty:
But we get waves year round. The bottom line is that, we say these are better months for getting big surf, but there’s always surf in Costa Rica, you can always find a place that has surf. It could be small where we are here in Tamarindo, and a little further down the coast that has more of a south, southwest-facing beach. It’s gonna be two foot, maybe three foot bigger than it is in-
Joe Walsh:
Tamarindo.
Pat McNulty:
Than it’s gonna be in Tamarindo. So there’s always surf someplace in Costa Rica. So it doesn’t matter what time of year you come, you want warm water, you want waves, we have them.
Joe Walsh:
Definitely. I would say that these summer months, the May through October months, may have a little bit bigger, more consistent surf, but the winter months would have the better weather, no rain, definitely the offshore winds here in the northwest coast. So depending on the time of year, there’s always something that’s gonna be pretty good about the conditions, and I honestly can say that I believe that about 80% of the time you can find a head high or bigger wave here in Costa Rica.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, that’s true. I love a six foot wave. A six foot wave, you can do an awful lot on that wave. You can ride it down the line, you can do off the lips, you can get in the tube if it’s a tubular wave. So that’s not a bad wave.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. So Costa Rica is not known for having huge waves, we are known for having consistent surf pretty much throughout the year. So what kind of surf board should I bring to Costa Rica? That’s a good question.
Pat McNulty:
Well, that’s easy for me because I always surf on a long board now. However, something that’s a mid range board I think is probably the best bet for somebody, because you have the potential, if you’re surfing some beach break that’s a little bit hollow, so you might want something a little quicker. Then you might go to a point break where it’s a little bit bigger there. So a medium sized short board I think is probably the key. Something with a little bit more performance.
Niki Hurren:
I would bring something with volume. So you’ve got a lot of these smaller boards, they’re called a groveler, so it can be anywhere from six foot down to five, six range, but it has a lot of volume in it. Because the swell patterns can come and go, so if you’ve got [inaudible 00:23:17] and it’s a little bit bigger and you’ve got that little bit more volume that you can get into the wave earlier, that’s great. Also, if you’ve got those smaller days where you need that little extra to help you get in as well, I think something like that is perfect. I mean, traveling around with boards isn’t that difficult. A lot of buses and sort of car rentals will have racks and stuff like that. But I mean, if you can afford it and bring all those boards down here, you can bring two or three. But obviously if you’re on a bit more of a budget or you don’t have that many boards, something like Pat said, in the mid range is really gonna help, something-
Joe Walsh:
It probably depends on what kind of surfer you are too, because if you only ride long boards, then that’s an easy question to answer, and if you only ride tiny little biscuit short boards, then you’re gonna probably say a little biscuit board. But I hear what you’re saying, and your strategy is the one I follow, a shorter board, but with volume that can still perform in a smaller wave and a bigger wave, but definitely not a huge wave.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, so you’re not under gun most times, there’s nothing worse than you turn up to a beach break that doesn’t have a lot of power in it and you’re on this tiny little short board and you’re just literally groveling, you’re literally trying to get into these waves all the time. It just gets frustrating. So I would say, it’s not real high, high period swells, but you definitely get between, so 14 to 18 period swell, which for me, coming from the east coast of England, is magical. But most of the time, I would say that’s short board but that has a lot more volume in it than you would maybe normally ride it at your home break.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. Yeah I would’ve almost said, “Bring the board you’re most comfortable riding,” but if your home break is a super fast beach break, then not all the beef breaks here are super fast, and maybe your board is gonna be a little bit too thin or not have enough volume. The waves here do vary. We’ve got some slopy beach breaks, we’ve got some pitching beach breaks, we’ve got some shallow reef breaks, we’ve got some point breaks, we’ve got a little bit of everything. So it’s kind of a hard question to answer. The good news is, there are a lot of surfboard rental options here in the country, especially in those surfing hot zones, spots like Jaco or Tamarindo, destinations where a lot of surfers go to, there are a lot of shops. There is an infrastructure for higher end rental boards, all kinds of rental boards.
Niki Hurren:
Well, you can get anything like like Firewire’s, Al Merrick’s, PU or even Epoxy, whatever you use to run, you’re gonna get a lot of choice down here. So there’s a lot of shops in those sort of more touristic zones like Jaco, Nosara and Tamarindo. You’re gonna be able to find what you maybe generally ride at home or something very close.
Pat McNulty:
It’s certainly not like it was when we first started coming down here, where you had to bring everything that you wanted, including extra leashes, extra fins, all your own wax, all of those kinds of things you had to do before. But now you can find all of those things, so it’s a lot more user friendly than it used to be.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I would say the one exception is neoprene. What I mean by that is, a spring suit or a wetsuit top. People think when they go to Costa Rica, “Oh, it’s the tropics. It’s close to the equator, I don’t need a wetsuit,” but you could be wrong. We get some howling offshore winds, like we said, that makes the water temp drop here in the northwest coast and there’ve been times I’ve surfed with just rocking a full suit. I’ll admit it. It was freezing.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, it still doesn’t get that cold compared to a lot of other places that you’re used to surfing on the east coast or even in California, it’ll get down to maybe as low as 68 degrees, but when the sun is 90 degrees and the water is 68 degrees and the wind is blowing hard offshore, you need a little heat, you need a little protection. If you’re on a boat going to a surf break, you’re going to get wet, so it’s really comfortable when you have a nice thin, little wetsuit.
Joe Walsh:
I would almost argue 68 is still a little warm. I feel like I’ve been out there when it’s been the low 60s.
Pat McNulty:
I don’t agree with you. I think that’s in our mind because we’re so used to the warm weather and the warm water, it just feels really cold, but it’s not that much colder.
Niki Hurren:
You guys are still talking in old money as well, 68 degrees.
Joe Walsh:
Agree to disagree.
Pat McNulty:
Well listen-
Joe Walsh:
Tom Brady,
Pat McNulty:
… the English started this whole thing with imperial measurements and now you guys are switched to the other measurements.
Niki Hurren:
We do both, the only thing is Fahrenheit does not exist in England. But anyway, getting back to the [inaudible 00:27:35], whenever I go up north towards Witch’s Rock, Ollie’s Point, I always pack a full suit, every time. Three, two, if I can get something a little thinner. Simple fact, you’re going up there and you’re surfing all day, you’re on a boat. The water can get pretty cold. The wind is howling, it’s gonna evaporate that water off your body, off your core very, very quickly, and if the swells is a little inconsistent, it’s coming in, you’re sitting around a lot, you get cold. I’ve been on the boat before and some guy is like, “What are you doing? You’re putting a wet suit on?” I’m like-
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, is does seem kind of ridiculous.
Niki Hurren:
It does. But then the inner wet suit, you’re not gonna get cold, you’re not gonna get sunburned. You don’t have to reapply any sunscreen and it’s with the upwelling. We also get jellyfish and stuff like that comes up in the water.
Pat McNulty:
Every now and then, yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Every now and again. You take all these problems, and if I’m paying money to go up and spend the day surfing, I don’t want anything to stop me from surfing, so I don’t have no problem with putting a wetsuit on.
Pat McNulty:
It doesn’t hurt to put some skin in your board bag when you’re coming down, you’ll thank yourself.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I don’t think you need to bring a full suit when you come to Costa Rica, and I don’t even necessarily think you need to bring anything if you’re gonna be surfing the central coast, the southern zone or the Caribbean. But the further north you go in the country, we get these wonderful winds, which make the waves great, but it can make the water a little bit colder. So definitely I always … I mean, I’ve got a sleeveless and a long sleeve wet suit jacket that I wear pretty frequently. I’ve got a spring suit. I usually take a spring suit when I go to Witch’s and Ollie’s on the boat all day. It’s been very rare I’ve ever worn a full suit, but needless to say, you’re not gonna find those products with regularity here in the country. So it’ll probably be the biggest thing that surprising. Throw a wet suit jacket or even a spring suit in your bag, because you never know. Here’s another question that we get a lot, are the locals friendly? Are locals friendly Pat?
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, I would say that this is one of the most friendly countries that you can go to. It’s based on tourism and you’re gonna find some lovely people here. From the moment that you get off the airplane, it’s a very welcoming place, and 99.9% of the people are happy that you’re here, they wanna know you, they wanna know what you’re all about and you wanna know them. So it is a friendly place.
Joe Walsh:
What about in the lineup when you’re paddling to the main peak, and maybe you’re getting one too many waves.
Pat McNulty:
Well, you’ve got to respect where you are, it’s not your home. So if you’re gonna be greedy out there, you’re gonna run into some problems with some locals, and even some expats. So don’t do what you wouldn’t do at your own house. So share your waves, be respectful of the locals, and you’re gonna get along fine. You’re gonna get plenty of waves. Don’t surf like there’s no tomorrow because you’re gonna make somebody mad.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, and you’re bad representation of wherever you’re from.
Pat McNulty:
A good point, Joe.
Joe Walsh:
Also that applies if you are just a learning surfer, don’t paddle out to the main peak at a well-known spot if you can’t hold your own. If you don’t know the rules of surfing etiquette, if you can’t follow through with the basic steps of surfing and know the rules, you’re gonna get in someone’s way, you’re gonna piss someone off and someone’s gonna tell you to get out. So that’s gonna happen anywhere in the world. Costa Rica isn’t unique at all when it comes to surfing, you’ve got to know the rules, you got to play by them. You got to be respectful or you’re gonna have trouble. So Costa Rica really isn’t any different, but overall, people are super chill here. I mean, the national phrase is [Spanish 00:31:10], which translates to pure life. I think every Costa Rican knows in their heart just how beautiful and amazing this country is, and people here generally are just super chill.
I think it’s why I like it so much, it’s just very mellow vibe, people are really nice, and if you bring that mellow vibe with you, you’re gonna do great. But if you bring that aggressive, paddling and aggressive surf attitude that maybe you have to do at your home break in order to get waves, if you bring that down here with you, you are gonna have trouble.
Niki Hurren:
Basically, whatever you give out, you get back is the way I look at it when you’re paddling out a spot. A few spots around the world are obviously gonna look a little more localized, a little heavier because of the conditions of the waves or because of the celebrity status of the wave, if you know what I mean. But down here, generally as a whole, if you paddle out and you’re pretty humble, you got a smile on your face, remember why you’re here is to catch some great waves and have an experience and meet some new people. The reason I chose this whole country really over waves, over consistency of aves, it’s the fact I really liked paddling out, because I’ve been to other places where I just felt very intimidated. The level of surfing was extremely high, the aggressiveness was really high and here it’s a lot more relaxed.
Pat McNulty:
So I think everyone’s having a pretty nice time in the water.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I mean, even if you got to a few more spots where you’ve got a main peak, you just … there’s plenty of peaks all up and down the beach, there’s other spots. Like Pat says, you are gonna get a wave. You get that … that still has that mentality of the herd mentality, where everyone cries on one spot or they all go for the same wave. That first wave that comes through on the set, if you let that go by and think there’s one behind it or there’s another one behind it, generally I find that the lineups will sort themselves out and you’ll find your spot in there, and everyone is just super happy and super nice. The people, in general, as a whole, are so friendly, it’s unreal. It really is.
There’s some general questions about Costa Rica I think we could answer here in this podcast that people ask a lot. Do you need to take any vaccinations?
Pat McNulty:
No.
Joe Walsh:
The answer is no.
Niki Hurren:
No.
Joe Walsh:
The only thing is if you’re coming from a country that’s been flagged for having yellow fever, if you are. For example, I’ve been to Peru a bunch, and every time when I fly back, I have to show that I’ve got my yellow fever vaccination, otherwise, they won’t let me back into the country. So if you’re coming from a country that has a history of yellow fever, you’re gonna need your yellow fever inoculation. Besides that, you don’t need malaria pills, and yeah, you’re good to go. You can drink the drinking water here, which is definitely something is not recommended in a lot of Central American countries, but here, it seems to be pretty good.
Niki Hurren:
I would still err on caution, just because I think a lot of people get sick of … The water here, I’ll drink the water here and won’t have a problem, but your stomach gets used to it. If you’re down here for a couple of weeks, I would still say the drinking water is safe, but-
Pat McNulty:
When you go into a restaurant Niki and you order water and they give you a glass of water, do you drink it?
Niki Hurren:
No.
Pat McNulty:
Do you drink the ice or eat the ice in your cocktails?
Niki Hurren:
I don’t drink cocktails, I drink beer.
Pat McNulty:
You don’t drink ice? Okay. Well, okay, so you could still-
Niki Hurren:
You know what? I hate plastic bottles, that’s it.
Pat McNulty:
It doesn’t hurt to order your water in a plastic bottle, but the other drinking water is safe here, so you don’t need to be worried about that. There’s other things in life to worry about besides that in Costa Rica.
Joe Walsh:
You can bring your plastic refillable water bottle and any restaurant will be happy to fill it up for you. Do you need to speak Spanish here? The short answer is no, but if you go anywhere without speaking any of the language, then you’re not doing enough. Anytime I travel to a foreign country, I try to learn at least 10, 15 words, things like hello, excuse me, thank you, bathroom-
Niki Hurren:
Sorry.
Joe Walsh:
Sorry.
Niki Hurren:
Sorry is a really important one.
Joe Walsh:
Totally. Hotel, taxi, things like that. People speak English throughout the country, more in the northwest corner, more the central coast, definitely on the Caribbean where they speak English, Spanish, Patwa. The southern zone will probably be the only part of the country where you’re gonna have to speak a little more Spanish because it has the least tourism infrastructure. So you’re gonna probably be in more situations in the southern zone where speaking a little bit of Spanish is definitely gonna be helpful.
Niki Hurren:
You’re gonna come across a lot better with the locals too, they really like to be able to converse with people and they love to share their language and share their culture as well. It’s challenging. It’s good fun.
Joe Walsh:
Totally. Let’s talk about transportation. How do you get around? I mean, you fly here, you get into either Liberia or San Jose, then what? I mean, if you’re a backpacker, you’re pretty much taking the bus or you’re out on the side of the road hitchhiking. I see that pretty commonly.
Pat McNulty:
Well, the public transportation in Costa Rica can be a little bit confusing, but there’s a lot of it. There’s a lot of buses going to the places that you need to go on a regular basis. So the backpackers, you’re gonna do all right, you’re gonna be able to grab a bus and you’re gonna be able to get where you’re going, maybe it’s gonna be a little bit slower because they stop every single stop-
Joe Walsh:
Definitely slower.
Pat McNulty:
… 99.9% of the time. However, backpackers, that’s why they come here. They wanna chill, they wanna see the country. So it’s not a bad way to go. Then there’s plenty of taxis, plenty of taxis to take you where you need to go if you need to do that, and then most of these hotels will help you arrange transportation or have transportation on their own that picks you up at the airport and then drops you back off there.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. If you’re gonna stay in the San Jose area, you can get Uber. There’s Uber and Lyft I think in the city. I don’t think we have that out here in the coast yet. But if you’re gonna stay in the same area, the same town, maybe you don’t even need a car, you don’t need a bus. If you’re staying in an all inclusive resort or a surf camp that offers airport transportation, then you to and from to the airport and where you’re staying is taken care of. You can probably rent a car if you need one during your trip from a local car rental office in the town that you’re at if you’re staying in a medium size or bigger town.
Pat McNulty:
Most of the major rental car companies have an office here in Costa Rica, and so there’s a real big selection of the different kinds of rental agencies that you could use. All the major ones are here. There’s a couple of local ones, like Economy is a local Costa Rican rental car company, it has a good reputation as well as do the others. It’s a pretty simple procedure, and the only thing I would caution everyone with is that there’s not a lot of shoulders on the road, so pay attention to what you’re doing. There’s people riding bikes, there’s people walking in the road, there’s cattle in the road, there’s horses in the road, and especially at night if you’re driving in a rental car, watch out for horses and cows running out in the road. So just be careful.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. That’s great advice as to … If you do rent a car, do your driving during the day, because you can’t see people walking or riding a bike on the road at night and there’s no bike lane, and there are cow cows and horses that get into the road. Our accountant, he just hit a horse the other day.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah. There’s nothing worse than having an accident like that, it’s devastating, it’s sad. So not that you shouldn’t drive at night, just be ultra, ultra careful because there are no street lights in a lot of places and it’s dark and it’s hard to see.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, basically for all types of budgets. You’ve got your buses, which are real low budget. I think to get from San Jose to Tamarindo, which is on the bus maybe five or six hours maybe, maybe a little less. I think it’s 10 bucks or something like that with all your luggage and everything that you can bring, boards included.
Joe Walsh:
Pretty affordable. Then you’ve got those private shuttles [crosstalk 00:39:26].
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, you’ve got Gray Line and Interbus in-
Joe Walsh:
30 or 40 bucks or something like that.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, yeah. They have a few stops and they’ll take you right to your hotel.
Joe Walsh:
Wifi on the shuttle I think, something like that.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, air conditioned and stuff like that. Then you can … say with the rental companies, you can get anything from a small little Jimny all the way up to an eight, nine seater, 12 seater van, and also, in a lot of the towns now, you’re getting these golf buggies, electric golf buggies.
Joe Walsh:
Golf carts.
Niki Hurren:
Golf carts, yeah. You can rent them too if you’re staying in one place.
Joe Walsh:
Buggies.
Niki Hurren:
Buggies, trousers, pants., you know what I mean?
Joe Walsh:
I don’t.
Niki Hurren:
What do you mean you don’t? What? You don’t-
Pat McNulty:
Bonnet.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Bonnet.
Pat McNulty:
Boot. Bonnet.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, so what I’m hearing-
Niki Hurren:
Sorry.
Joe Walsh:
All right, so what I’m hearing is that there’s lots of transportation options. You could take the chicken bus, you could take a private shuttle, you could take a taxi or an Uber, you could rent a car. You probably should rent a car if you wanna see multiple cities, towns or areas of the country in a short period of time.
Pat McNulty:
Last but not least, there’s small airlines that operate in Costa Rica and I use them quite often when I’m going back and forth from Tamarindo to San Jose. It’s a great way to get around, rather than taking five hours to drive to San Jose, it takes 45 minutes and you’re seeing a lot of the country and it’s beautiful up there.
Niki Hurren:
It’s spectacular.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. Those charter flights are beautiful and they are convenient, but we did just have an airline go out of business after two fatal crashes over a period of just a few months, about a year ago, Nature Air. They are coming back in business again, and this isn’t a podcast about talking trash, because I fly Sansa and I flew Nature air, but with these heavy winds and this very rugged terrain and this rain-
Pat McNulty:
You’re scared to fly?
Joe Walsh:
I’d rather drive.
Pat McNulty:
Okay.
Joe Walsh:
You know what? I’ve flown to the Caribbean side and back in some heavy winds and you can get around in those planes.
Pat McNulty:
Like anywhere else though, it’s actually more dangerous to drive than it is to fly. I feel totally comfortable in the air transportation here. Crashes can happen. We don’t need to get into what we think the problem was with Nature Air. I flew them a lot also, dependent on whose schedule was best. I fly Sansa now a lot, and there’s another up and coming airline that’s starting to operate. But if you wanna get to some place quick, it’s still reasonable and it’s not that dangerous.
Joe Walsh:
Otherwise, you can rent a car, and if you do, I recommend that you bring a cell phone that is unblocked and will work in Costa Rica. Look on the Internet to see if your phone applies. With a local Sim card, you’ve got a data plan, get the app Waze, W-A-Z-E, load that into your phone, punch in where you wanna go and Waze will tell you how to get there. Otherwise, you’re gonna get lost because there’s no street names here. There’s no directions really anywhere.
Pat McNulty:
This is true. My iPhone, I have the general iPhone app which gives us directions and the maps and that has also the same capabilities Waze and-
Joe Walsh:
Works pretty good?
Pat McNulty:
Most of the phone companies now, they have those plans that you can get before you travel and they’re fairly reasonable. It’s not like it was back in the day when it would cost us a dollar a minute when we were using a phone, and the data plan, if you left it, it would cost you hundreds of dollars. But now it’s fairly convenient and I’m able to get anywhere I want in this country using my direction app on my iPhone.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. My friends, now these days when they fly down, they just use their phone from back in the States. I guess they just have international whatever on and it’s not so expensive and works great. There are cell phone towers throughout the country. All right, so what else is there to do besides surfing? I mean, this is obviously a surf podcast. We love to surf, but maybe the waves are flat or we wanna do something else, what are the top things you can do in Costa Rica when you’re not surfing?
Pat McNulty:
Well, there’s a ton of things to do in Costa Rica, you have estuary tours where you can go out and see the wildlife in the local area, and almost every river has that. You can go up to the mountains, you can see the volcanoes, you can do the hot springs, you can do some tubing, you can do some whitewater rafting, you can do some sailing off of both coasts. You can snorkel, you can scuba dive. Anything that your heart really desires, you’re able to do here.
Joe Walsh:
A lot of people love doing the canopy tour when the come to Costa Rica, that’s on everyone’s Costa Rica bucket list. That’s pretty fun.
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, there’s a ton of them around and one is better than the other.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, you’ve got ATV tours, you’ve got sports fishing, which is very, very popular, especially in the central coast. You’ve got a lot sports fishing for Marlin and sailfish and Dorado, there’s a lot of that. The scuba diving and snorkeling, snorkeling is very, very accessible in a lot of these little beaches that you can go off to and find little reefs in little areas and you can see a lot of wildlife. The clarity isn’t the best, but the amount of marine life that is here is just unbelievable.
Joe Walsh:
A lot of marine life, maybe the diving and snorkeling is … well, it’s definitely better on the Caribbean side than the Pacific side, but there’s lots of great spots in the Pacific. You seem to find the spots that are more sheltered from the waves.
Pat McNulty:
One thing that you can always do here at the end of the day is go out on the beach, and that’s what a lot of people do, we all end up gathering on the beach for the sunset, which are always spectacular down here. So you can chill, you can play and you can just have the most marvelous time of your life in Costa Rica.
Joe Walsh:
If you like craft beer, there’s a craft beer movement that’s happening here in Costa Rica with more and more, better and better craft beer being brewed every day. So definitely, if you’re a beer fanatic, like I know that I am and in Niki, you are, there’s some great options here for beer now that didn’t use to exist. We’re brewing our own, Volcano brewing company, but there’s a few dozen craft micro breweries in the country now and some great product being produced.
Niki Hurren:
I would say there’s actually 50 plus registered, and it’s much probably more, people are just home brewing or getting started, but there is a lot. All up and down the coast pretty much in every coastal town, you will find someone that has got a microbrewery.
Joe Walsh:
We’ve got a few here, around the Tamarindo Flamingo area now. I think we’ve got, what? Four or five between here and [inaudible 00:46:19]. So you could tour local breweries too.
Pat McNulty:
It’s a whole another industry that hasn’t been tapped yet and any of your beer drinkers out there that really liked to go and find a unique place and a unique place that’s brewing beer, come down here, you’re gonna see some wildlife and you’re gonna be able to drink your beer.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, and eat some good food, because that was the next thing I was gonna bring up? What’s the food like here? I got to say, it’s pretty darn good food.
Pat McNulty:
It’s pretty healthy food here. The [inaudible 00:46:52], the [inaudible 00:46:52], it’s just wonderful healthy food. You can get as many or as little spices as you want. The salads are fresh, hearts of palm. I don’t know if anybody’s had hearts of palm before, but I found out when I came to Costa Rica and it’s addicting, it’s just such a good tasting thing.
Joe Walsh:
So you said a casado. For those listening that don’t know what that is, a casado is literally a scoop of white rice, large scoop of white rice next to very large scoop of black beans and you got your salad, your plantains and your protein, either fish, chicken, pork or
Pat McNulty:
Beef. Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Beef. Then that is mixed together and they add some onion and red pepper to the rice and beans, and that’s what gallo pinto is the next morning. Is that how it works?
Pat McNulty:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Joe Walsh:
So whatever the local sodas, which are the local eateries, they’ll take the rice and the beans, mix them together, add some spices. The next morning you have that gallo pinto with your eggs and your bacon and your toast or juice or whatever, and it was pretty darn good too.
Niki Hurren:
Well, Costa Rica pretty much meaning rich coast when the conquistadors, those whoever named it, they were expecting to find a lot of gold and a lot of other precious metals or minerals or whatever. But literally, there’s so much food just growing of. In my garden, at least I have a mango tree, orange tree, a lime tree and plantain and they just-
Pat McNulty:
You almost just survive by picking fruit off the trees?
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, absolutely. There’s avocados growing down here and for me, the fruit has been the biggest, I’ve never been a really great fruit lover, but since moving down there’s so many types of fruit. Especially with, again, what type of budget you’re on. You can go to the sodas, which are your local eateries, your local little restaurants where they have pretty simple, basic food, but they know they cover all the food groups and you have this really healthy, really good value meal right there for breakfast, lunch and dinner. Then also you can have a lot of the largest cities and stuff like that. There, a lot of people who moved here from all over the world. A lot of people from Italy, Germany. So you can find a good German restaurant, you can find really good Italian food, good pasta and pizza. So you can have yourself a really, really high end meal and you can also go down to budget level too. So there’s everything for everybody.
Pat McNulty:
When the seafood is fresh here and every single one of these little sodas that you see when you’re going through a small town, they’re all good to stop at, maybe sample some of the food and it’s all safe. The ceviche in Costa Rica is to die for.
Joe Walsh:
There’s amazing seafood here. The ceviche is the bomb. All these sodas, they basically buy their red snapper, their pargo, their [inaudible 00:49:46], they’re buying that product from the fishermen that just went out and caught it, and the local waters, they brought it in and sold it to him, usually the day of, the day before. So really fresh seafood, really good fruits and vegetables. Overall, pretty healthy cuisine. Let’s talk about price, because people really wanna know what are the costs here? Is [inaudible 00:50:08] expensive? when we start talking about meals, you go to a local soda, you might be able to get that [inaudible 00:50:14] for five or six bucks, maybe-
Pat McNulty:
Yeah, 300 colones will get you a meal that you’ll have trouble finishing at a soda.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. So maybe not as cheap as some other parts of world. Definitely a little more expensive than maybe some people might Realize when they’re thinking about coming here. Not overly expensive, but if it’s not grown here or caught here, it was probably imported here. I think that’s part of the reason why food costs are a little bit higher. People expect meals to be cheaper than they are, but the reality is, the cost of buying that food costs the restaurants a little bit more money. So on the cheap end, you might find a $5 or $6 meal at a cool atmosphere, sunset sort of place on the beach. Is that-
Pat McNulty:
But if you’ve got a beach front restaurants, or something like that, you’re gonna be going between sort of like plates between $8 to $12, and then the outputs of if you’re gonna get lobster or you’re gonna get red snapper, then you’re gonna be going even high. But generally, you can find budget meals around $6 to $7 and then going up to $8 to $9 to 10 to $12 for something a little bit more finer dining or in a great location, and then you have real high end, high end.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. We’re coming in from Tamarindo, which has quite a bit of an infrastructure, lots of restaurants, lots of options, and a fair amount of tourism. If you go further south in the country, like the southern zone for example, and you’re some little [inaudible 00:51:37] town, you’re not gonna get that French bistro. You’re pretty much only gonna get a Casado or a gallo pinto in the morning, and you’re probably gonna be paying 2,500, 3,500 colones, so $5, $6. That seems to be about the bottom end of those meals these days.
Niki Hurren:
My personal favorite zone for food though is the on the Caribbean side, because that is just … the food is … You’ve got the rice and beans with coconut and they do the coconut shrimp and stuff like that. It got so much more of-
Joe Walsh:
A lot of spice.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, just really great curries and stuff like that. But over there for me, I really, really enjoyed the food more than anything when we were over there. It was the culture really came phrased. It’s almost like it is a different country. has so much more sort of a Jamaican vibe as such, and so it really reflects in the food also.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. So let’s talk about safety as far as Costa Rica. Is Costa Rica safe as a country?
Pat McNulty:
It is safe as a country. It’s one of the safest countries in Central America. Like everywhere else, there is a crime element. But I’ll tell you what, in the United States, if you wanna find trouble, you can find it a lot easier there than you can here, you have to work at it here. If you wanna find trouble, you can find it, however, we could have a lot of single female travelers here. I recommend it. They’re safe, they can have a good time. There is a little bit of an uptick a little closer to the city with some crime, but by and large, everyone is here having a good time and you’re safe. Costa Rica on a scale of one to 10, they’re a three. So like I said, if you wanna find trouble, you can find it. But by and large, you’re gonna have a great, wonderful time here, and it’s really safe.
Niki Hurren:
The main thing I’ve found is opportunists, Opportunities theft. So if you-
Joe Walsh:
Petty theft?
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, if you leave your iPhone out and it’s sitting in the car, then someone’s genuinely going to come by. Make sure your car’s locked, make sure your stuff is hidden, make sure you’ve got your passports and your documents and stuff with you, and just be aware that there are … obviously, anywhere in the country people see opportunity, and they would rather steal than obviously you have a job or they can’t get a job or whatever it is. That’s what I find down here. I don’t see much of violent crime or anything like that. I’m bringing up a family down here, you’re doing the same also, Joe, and so I wouldn’t live here if I felt … I wouldn’t be bringing up my family if I felt it was unsafe.
Joe Walsh:
For sure. I think if you leave your shoes on the beach, they might get stolen, and if you leave your suitcase in the backseat of your car, even if your door’s locked, it might get taken.
Pat McNulty:
You wouldn’t do those kinds of things in the United States either. Maybe you could get away with leaving your shoes on the beach in the United States and nobody will take them, because everyone has shoes. But in Costa Rica you have it, they don’t, they want it. So you always have to keep that in mind. And the other thing is, is everyone gets so tranquillo down here that they drop their guard, and you can’t drop your guard. You wouldn’t do it in the United States. So don’t leave stuff out in the open in your car. Don’t take all your belongings on the beach or you risk having it taken. So just use your head. You use your head, you’re gonna to be fine.
Joe Walsh:
Well, Costa Rica, it’s safe. You don’t have to speak Spanish. It helps if you know a few words. In fact, don’t come to Costa Rica unless you’re willing to learn a few words. Otherwise, you’re just gonna be that silly gringo that just thinks if they talk louder, the Costa Rican and that doesn’t speak English will all of a sudden understand. It doesn’t work that way.
Niki Hurren:
We do that too, the English does that as well.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
That’s what we’re trying to do with Brexit right now.
Joe Walsh:
You can use US dollars here in Costa Rica, but if you’re coming from anywhere else, and even if you do have US dollars, you can change your money as soon as you get to the airport or at any of the local banks. You just got to bring your passport when you go to the bank. You do need a visa from certain countries and not from others, so look online. If you’re coming from the US or Canada, you don’t need a visa. In fact, I believe most of the European countries and South American countries, Central American countries, you don’t need a visa. But I don’t have the full list.
As far as things to bring, we do have a list of things that you should bring on your trip. These things include some cash, your ATM card, which will work down here by the way, you can’t forget your sunscreen. Bug spray, board shorts or a bikini, hat, beach towel, sunglasses. Bring a rash guard if you’re going to go surfing, definitely bring a wetsuit jacket or vest or some kind of neoprene if you’re going to the northwest part of the country, especially if you’re coming in the winter months, December through march, April, when the winds are howling, it can be a little bit cold. Your cell phone will probably work down here. If it’s unlocked, you can buy a local Sim card and there’s Wifi just about everywhere, so even if your phone service doesn’t work, bring your phone, because then you’ve got your camera and everywhere you eat or wherever your state will probably have wifi so you can stay connected that way.
Most important, bring your [inaudible 00:56:54] attitude. Be Chill, don’t come down with your US aggression or your issues. Don’t bring them in the water, don’t bring them to the bar. I think that about wraps it up. We’ve talked about just about everything, talked about the waves, where to find them, the best time of year, the boards you should bring, answered a lot of other questions about coming to Costa Rica. It doesn’t matter where you’re coming to Costa Rica, there’s waves all over, up and down the Pacific coast and the Caribbean coast, just lots of surf, does break year round. It does get good year round. Now you know.
Pat McNulty:
If anyone has any questions, Joe, how would they be able to ask those questions online?
Joe Walsh:
Well, you can email the podcast at getoutandsurfcr@gmail.com, and we’ll get back to you. This is probably a good time to say that the Get Out and Surf podcast is brought to you by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp and Tamarindo, Costa Rica. We have been running Witch’s Rock Surf Camp for almost 20 years. It’s a great place to come on a surfing vacation. You don’t need a car, we’ll pick you up at the airport the entire week, take care of everything, we’ve got great packages at a great price. You can check out the website, which is rocksurfcamp.com, and if we can help you out further, just give us a call at 1-888-318-SURF. Thanks again for listening to the Get Out and Surf podcast. Special thanks to Patrick McNulty and Niki Hurren for being on the show. I hope you liked the podcast.
Our entire goal here is to provide you with value, whether it’s surfing tutorials, interviews with unique characters from the surfing world, surf trip reviews, or just talking story about going surfing right here in Costa Rica. Do me a favor and give the show a review, do that on iTunes, Spotify or whenever podcast player you’re using, this makes it easier for other people to find us. I’m Joe Walsh from Tamarindo, Costa Rica. This is Get Out and Surf and I will see you surfing.

The post 5: Costa Rica Surf Trip Review appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How It Happened: the Making of the Movie “The Endless Summer”

Tue, 29 Jan 2019 00:19:00 GMT

The post How It Happened: the Making of the Movie “The Endless Summer” appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

4: Robert August: Making The Movie “The Endless Summer”

Fri, 25 Jan 2019 20:45:00 GMT

In this episode Joe Walsh and Niki Hurren hang out with surf legend Robert August. Robert shares some great stories from his experiences starring in the movie The Endless Summer. He also gives advice to anyone looking to get out of their comfort zone: Get out there and see (and surf) the world.

Email questions or comments to getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com
Follow us on Instagram.com/getoutandsurf

Subscribe to the podcast and receive a new episode of Get Out and SURF every Friday.

See you surfing, pura vida!
Joe Walsh

Witch’s Rock Surf Camp
https://witchsrocksurfcamp.com

Robert August Surfboards – Huntington Factory
https://robertaugust.com

Music
Artist: Dirty Heads
Song: Vacation

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey, hey. This is Joe Walsh from Tamarindo, Costa Rica, bringing you the Get Out and SURF podcast. This is episode number four. I’ve got Niki Hurren with me.
Niki Hurren:
How are you doing? Good to be here.
Joe Walsh:
Good to have you here. And special guest Robert August.
Robert August:
Good to be here and good to still be alive.
Joe Walsh:
All right then. This is probably our biggest podcast yet. Got Robert here on the show who is by far one of surfing’s, a legendary surfer, shaper, surf travelers and explorers. And it’s really that last part, the surf travel that gets me excited, Robert. Got so many questions to ask you about being in the surf classic, Endless Summer. But I think we should probably back up a little bit for those that maybe never met Robert, don’t know his backstory. Yeah, let’s start at the beginning. Robert where are you from?
Robert August:
I grew up in Seal Beach, California, but I went to high school in Huntington Beach. My father was a surfer way before he was-
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. My Dad Blackie. And, so I started surfing when I was like five on a little piece of wood. That’s all there was back then. We lived right on the beach, on Seal Beach and I surfed every day of my life.
Joe Walsh:
And when was this? He started surfing on that piece of wood.
Robert August:
Well, let me see. I was born in 1945, so that was in 1950 when I first started catching waves and standing up.
Joe Walsh:
And the lineup was not nearly as crowded as it is today in southern California.
Robert August:
There was very few surfers around. And our house on the beach there was kind of the center. My father mentored a lot of these guys that were growing up and surfing. So you know, Bruce Brown, John Severson, all these guys hung out at our house. So it was pretty, pretty exciting for me.
Joe Walsh:
That’s awesome. So you grew up literally beach front in Seal Beach?
Robert August:
Oh yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Wow, that’s amazing.
Niki Hurren:
Just to back up, why was, what was the nickname Blackie for your dad? Where did it come from?
Robert August:
Well during this period of time when there was you know, World War II and the draft was happening, my Dad, when he was young, him and a friend of is were riding bicycles and they got run over by a truck. And my dad’s friend got killed. And my dad’s leg got crushed. And back then, you know, the medical attention was not what it is today. And when they put him back together and everything, one leg was an inch and a half shorter than the other. So he got drafted to go into the military and got checked out. He was rejected because he had a limp, you know. So, but what they did do was they put him into Northrop Aircraft, which was in the Los Angeles area and they taught him how to be a welder.
Well, my dad just came off the beach where he was, you know, super tanned and dark and everybody else was white as a ghost. And somebody nicknamed him Blackie because he was almost black. He was so tanned and he went, “Great, I’ll take it. I love that. I love the nickname.” Because his name, which my grandmother got out of the obituary, was [Oral Walter 00:03:03]. You can imagine how he got teased in school. “Oral?” “Hey, I’ll take blackie.” Great. So he was professionally, everything that he did, car business in oil business, he was Blackie August. He liked it.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. But that’s a real famous name and a surfing history as well. I remember hearing stories from you about, in your youth, your parents driving you down, take your family surf trips, down to Baja in an old motor home.
Robert August:
Oh yeah. Well, they took me first of all, his first big trip, he decided to go to Hawaii. And my mom and dad and I, and we had balsa boards by then with fiberglass.
Joe Walsh:
When was this exactly?
Robert August:
1953.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. So early ’50s.
Robert August:
[Herbie Altar 00:03:045] made the Board for my dad and [Greg Nole 00:03:47] made mine. You know, they were balsa wood and fiberglass. That was man, a big deal for the progress of surfboards back then.
Joe Walsh:
Wow. Yeah.
Robert August:
And so to get to Hawaii, there was no Los Angeles airport. We had to fly from Burbank to San Francisco, San Francisco to Honolulu on a propeller plane. Fifteen hours of freezing vibration. But hey, we stayed right on the beach at Waikiki. My Dad and I are out there catching waves. My mom’s in the outrigger canoe taking photos of us. So I was a pretty lucky kid.
Niki Hurren:
That’s amazing.
Robert August:
And then two years later, my dad decided to explore Mexico, Baja California. He bought a truck with a camper on it and bought a little aluminum boat with a motor, put that on top, our surfboards underneath the boat, and we crossed the border in Tijuana and got on these dirt roads and went all over Baja California.
Joe Walsh:
Looking for waves.
Robert August:
Looking for waves. And we’d find a spot. We’d find the beach camp out, go out and catch a fish. My Dad and I would surf. So we never saw another surfer anywhere down there. And as far as I know, we kind of explored the area.
Joe Walsh:
That’s absolutely amazing.
Niki Hurren:
So you were basically like brought up as a traveling surfer?
Robert August:
Oh yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Wow.
Robert August:
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Those are the stories that surf dreams are made of right there. Robert. That’s beautiful. So let’s talk about The Endless Summer because that’s like the ultimate surf trip and you went around the world. How were you even involved with the movie? How did that happen?
Robert August:
Well, my mom told me when I was like 11 or 12 years old, she said, “Robert, you surf as good or better than any of these older guys.” And I think it was repetition. I surfed every day. And Bruce Brown and two or three other guys started making surf movies that were basic 16-millimeter movies. And they would rent a high school auditorium up and down the California coast, put posters up on telephone poles and we’d see it that said, “Surf movie. Tuesday night. Newport Harbor High School.” We all went because that was the only information about our sport. It was so much fun. And Bruce Brown was one of those guys.
Well, I knew Bruce from when I was a little kid, him hanging around. And he made three or four surf movies before The Endless Summer. And I was in all of those movies. We drove to Florida because we heard there was some surfers there. We flew from Honolulu to Kauai to check it out. There was no surfers anywhere on the island of Kauai. He found a car to rent from some local person. It wasn’t a rent a car, but we had boards and rope to tie them on top. And it was me and [Rich Two 00:00:06:27] another Seal Beach kid, and he was real, he was a good surfer and athlete. Anyway, I was a pretty lucky kid and I was in his movies and other guys too would want to go make a movie. And I was, that’s how I did it.
Niki Hurren:
This was when you were in high school?
Robert August:
Oh yeah. And then when I was getting ready to graduate from Huntington Beach High School, I was a student body president. I was an A student. I never missed a day of school. My last three years. I was focused on a career in a university. And, so Bruce Brown calls me when I’m getting ready to graduate and says, “Hey Robert, I’ve got an amazing idea for my next movie and I want you to be a part of it.” And I went, “Okay. What?” He goes, “Okay, here’s the deal. It’s going to be you and another surfer. We’re going to travel the world for eight months. And my idea is if you spent your life crossing the equator, you could theoretically spend your whole lifetime in summer. And I’m going to name this film, The Endless Summer.” And I went, “Okay. Sounds interesting.”
And he’s got this map of the world on the wall and he’s showing me where we’re going to go. Well, air traffic was pretty limited back then. We knew there was surfers in Cape Town, South Africa, because they were sending some materials from southern California down there.
Joe Walsh:
Surfboard building materials?
Robert August:
Yeah. And they were trying to figure out how to make a board and how to catch a wave. Well, there was no flights. It went from New York down to Cape Town. The only way we could get there was to fly to Senegal, then to Ghana, to Nigeria, to Léopoldville, to Johannesburg, to get down to Cape Town. And all these other little flights were propeller planes. We had a jet that went across the ocean and then the jet went back. But the plane would land someplace and we’d be there a week or 10 days before it would leave to go to the next destination. So we’d do our best to communicate, try to find transportation, try to find a map, try to find a coastline to see what was there.
Joe Walsh:
Okay. Hold on. Back up, back up. So many questions here Robert.
Robert August:
Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
So there were, you took a transatlantic flight on a large Airbus or Boeing or large, you know, early version of what we’ve got today.
Robert August:
Oh, yeah.
Joe Walsh:
And then once you arrived in Senegal, you were taking one of these propeller planes. And they only went once a week? Or every 10 days they would arrive and they’d depart? That was the start of your trip?
Robert August:
Yup.
Joe Walsh:
After you were in Cape Town, where’d you guys go next?
Robert August:
Well, we also heard there was surfers in Durban, because they were getting some materials from southern California to make surfboards and learn how. And Bruce had some communication with these people to let them know we were coming and what our schedule was. Well, there was no flights from Cape Town to Durban. So we hooked up with this guy that would drive us. And he worked for the game reserve in the country and he was familiar with all the roads and everything and he had a pretty sturdy truck. So we left with him to drive all the way up to Durban, a long ways. And we had a map that showed some roads that went to the coastline, so we could check it out and see if there’s any waves. And in a lot of them were dead ends, you know. We’d drive five hours on a terrible road, get to the coastline. It would be a 50-foot cliff. Nothing to surf on. Turnaround. Drive all the way back.
So when we stumbled onto that Cape St. Francis wave by accident, we just saw a point on the map and there was a road going out in that area. So we went as far as we could and walked out to the ocean over all those sand dunes and stumbled onto that beautiful wave. So it was like a dream, you know. We were having fun meeting people and catching some waves and when we stumbled on to that beautiful wave, it was like I said, it was like a dream.
Joe Walsh:
This is a time where there’s no internet. No Google maps. You were just using nautical charts, basically following the weather patterns. You listen to what? A weather radio?
Robert August:
No. No radio. No communication. No telephones. Nothing on all these little trips.
Joe Walsh:
So you would just go to the coast and just hope there happened to be some swell and happened to be there at the right place, right time to get some waves?
Robert August:
Oh sure. Because nobody had ever explored any of these places to ride waves and go surfing.
Joe Walsh:
When Bruce was making the itinerary, was he planning the trip where he’d thought there’d be the most swell activity? For example, were you in South Africa in the summer months of the year to get all of the winter storms that we’re hitting the southern hemisphere?
Robert August:
There was no weather forecasting back then. No communication about swell direction or possibilities. Nothing. It was all exploration and by chance. Like I said, we went to so many places because we had to, the only way. We wanted to get to Australia, because we knew there were surfers there. But there was no flights across the Indian Ocean. We had to fly from Durban. We had to go up to Kenya, to Arabia, to Yemen, down to India to get across the ocean, to get to Australia.
Joe Walsh:
Incredible.
Robert August:
And we’d be in these places for a week or 10 days before the plane would leave, these little propeller flights. So we went where we had to go.
Joe Walsh:
Is it true that when you got to India that the government wouldn’t let you take any of your film gear, so you couldn’t do any shooting there?
Robert August:
Oh yeah. They looked at these surfboards. They looked at these cameras. And back then, it’s still kind of sketchy. They’re real segregated. You know, they’ve got the caste system with the Untouchables that they treat like dirt. And they’ve got the wealthy people and this and that. And they just said, when they saw cameras, they said, “No, you have to have a special permit. You have to have someone with you the whole time that you’re filming anything to make sure you’re not filming any of this negative stuff, showing a bad light on our country.” And Bruce tried like crazy to say, “Well, we’re sorry about this and these, you know, this segregation thing you got going here. We just want to catch some waves and do some filming.” And they said, “No.” They confiscated the surfboards, the cameras and said, “We know your flight. When you leave in 10 days, you be here. We’ll put this stuff on your plane and goodbye.”
Joe Walsh:
So you basically sat out there for 10 days with no film gear, no surfboards.
Robert August:
Yep.
Joe Walsh:
Let me guess. The waves were good.
Robert August:
We made it to the coastline. We stayed in a little place. It was beautiful. Crystal clear water, like a sandy left point with three to five-foot waves, and no surfboards, no cameras, nothing. Oh my God. And we went out and we tried to body surf it, but the wave it was too fast to body surf. You couldn’t keep up with it. And Bruce said, “Hey, I don’t care what it takes. I’m going back to the airport. I will bribe somebody. I’ll get the stuff. We have to have it.”
Joe Walsh:
Definitely understand that.
Robert August:
He left and Mike and I were still sitting there in this little place by the beach. And he came back five days later and said, “Man, they started to arrest me for attempted bribery. And they said, ‘You’re going to jail.'” And he said, “I screamed and begged and pleaded and promised, you know, and they let me go and said, ‘Don’t you dare come back here until your plane’s ready to go.'” He made it back and told us about this horrible experience he had and we sat there for seven more days looking at these beautiful waves and no boards, no cameras, nothing. But it was really nice.
Niki Hurren:
So you just immersed yourself in the culture. Just like sat around. I mean obviously not a lot to do. Couldn’t even get no board rentals or anything like that. There was nothing there at all.
Joe Walsh:
Plenty to do. Just no surfing could be done.
Robert August:
Yeah. But they were English speaking. The people that settled that part of the world were English speaking and so we could communicate, you know, enough just to say we’re hungry and what do we do and does our money work here? Because every country had their own money. So you’d try to exchange for the last country’s money and it wasn’t easy to find a bank and to get some food. But hey, I’ll tell you that Bruce Brown guy was pretty innovative. We made it. We didn’t starve. And it was a pretty amazing trip.
Joe Walsh:
And you traveled for eight months?
Robert August:
Eight months. Yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Just the three of you? Just you, [Mike Hanson 00:00:14:49], and Bruce Brown.
Robert August:
That’s it. Nobody else.
Joe Walsh:
No, like assistant cameraman,, or key grips or drivers, or security or anything?
Robert August:
Heck, no. No.
Niki Hurren:
Well I think it was, that is so much of the movie’s success is it was just a group of friends, go on a big stuff trip. Like in so much different to how it is today, ’cause everything direct flights and you can get boards anywhere. And everything’s set up for that kind of set up for that type of tourism. But you guys literally were the first to kind of go on those type of adventures, ’cause that’s really what it was. And that’s what’s so much inspiring. And the beautiful thing about the movie.
Robert August:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
‘Cause it inspired me years later to go travel and have a look with my friends also. And so like I think that’s the greatest thing about the movie because it is literally just three guys, some camera equipment, some boards and like how you guys must have gotten with the boards in different conditions and you know, I mean it’s-
Joe Walsh:
‘Cause you just brought one board, right?
Robert August:
Oh yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Just one board.
Robert August:
Oh yeah. That was it.
Joe Walsh:
No board bags back then.
Robert August:
Oh, no.
Joe Walsh:
You just gave your surfboard to the airlines and just cross your fingers?
Robert August:
Well, the way the boards were built back then, because everybody thought the boards were expensive. They were about a hundred dollars for a new board. So the boards were, had real heavy foam. The foam was really dense and all boards were double glass, top and bottom with 10-ounce glass, which is really strong. And so it’s double-wrapped around the rails. On the rails of the boards was 40-ounces of fiberglass. You can hit them with a hammer. And we were gone for eight months. We surfed a lot of places that had rocks and stuff and no leashes. And when we got home the boards had some scratches and stuff, but they were fine.
Joe Walsh:
What board are you riding? A 10-0?
Robert August:
10-4.
Joe Walsh:
A 10-4. Okay.
Robert August:
Yeah. Mike’s board was ten foot. That was normal.
Joe Walsh:
Sure. Couple of 10 foot like beefy long boards. No leashes. Paddling to some … I mean I watched the movie multiple times. Just spot where you’re paddling. The first wave, I think the first spot you get to in Senegal, you’ve got to paddle out to that outer reef.
Robert August:
Oh, an island.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. It was just looked like like a 20, 30-minute paddle or something [inaudible 00:16:55].
Niki Hurren:
Oh, it was amazing. You know, we had this schedule. We got there. We found the beach. They put us in that giant hotel that had just been built by some French company. We were the first people to ever stay there.
Joe Walsh:
Cool.
Robert August:
There was nobody around. And so we’re going, “Okay, this is the way our trip is starting.” And we look out and we see this island, you know, like 100 yards, 200 yards off the beach. A beautiful wave on each end of the island. And we’re going, “Trips going pretty good so far. Look at this.” And it was nice and warm and comfortable water. And it was a great part of the movie. We got good waves right away.
Joe Walsh:
But then you also got to spots like in South Africa where the water was a obviously a lot colder and you didn’t wear a wet suit at any time in the movie, at any point were you wearing a wetsuit.
Robert August:
No. And that’s one of the question. People go, “Well, if it water was that freezing, why didn’t you bring wetsuits?” There were no wet suits then. The first people who tried to make wetsuits used this military rubber that the military was using for, you know, in the snow and stuff like that. And so people tried to put it together and where it, it would cut into your neck and you would bleed and under your arms was just unbelievable. It would just cut into your armpits and you’d bleed. So we chose to be cold and just try not to fall off, you know.
Niki Hurren:
And any type of bleeding in South African waters was probaby not a good thing to have.
Joe Walsh:
Definitely. So, okay. That brings up a good question. What was the scariest thing that happened during the filming of the movie? I mean, you were gone for eight months. Traveled the world. What’s the scariest thing that happened? What comes to mind?
Robert August:
Frightening. I mean, we didn’t have any big waves where we thought, you know, 25 foot to drown. We got some great waves all over periodically. But the one, when we got to Durban, after, you know, the long trip from Cape Town to Durban, we got there and they were learning how to surf and they were all excited to see us and learn. And so right in the city limits of Durban, the whole city is surrounded by steel netting to keep the great white sharks out. And it worked. You know, we were catching some waves there and it was okay. Wasn’t that great, but we’re meeting the people, and you know, communicating and they were curious about all kinds of questions about surfing.
And so they were talking about the steel netting to keep these great whites out and everything. And we went, “Wow. We’re glad it works, you know.” And they said, “Well, you know, there’s actually a place that we go surf outside of town where the waves can be a little better, you know. But it’s outside of the steel netting.” And we go, “Well, but you guys go there and surf?” And they went, “Oh, yeah. You know, sometimes it can be pretty good.” And we said, “Well, let’s go take a look.” So we got in the cars. We drove out there and we parked and there was a little sandy area that went down and the waves were a little better. It still wasn’t great. And so we said, “Sure.” We’re going to go out. And they were all sitting on the beach watching us and it was kinda embarrassing. Every time we’d catch a wave, they’d applaud and yell because they’d never seen such surfing before. There was no-
Joe Walsh:
Surfing was a new thing.
Robert August:
There was no movies to watch. They were trying to just figure it out. So we were having fun and you know, we could hear all this commotion on the beach. And we look up there and they’re standing up pointing in one direction and yelling loud. And we sat up on our boards as best as we could and looked north. And we saw two fins, one like three feet tall out of the water and one like two feet tall out of the water coming in our direction. They were huge, huge, great white sharks. And it was easy to see what it was, ’cause he had told us we were outside of the steel. And man, I never paddled so fast in my life. We just smoked it in, ran up this beach in the sand. And we saw these two giant sharks swim right through where we were sitting. They weren’t like charging around feeding. They were just going.
Joe Walsh:
Checking you guys out.
Robert August:
But, man oh man. They were really huge. And so they went on by and the guys, “Go, well, they’re gone. Are you going to go back out?” “Are you out of your mind? The waves are definitely not that good.”
Joe Walsh:
Okay. So that definitely wins as the scariest surf trip story right there. That would be, or at least it’s up there. That would be a pretty scary experience. So I could see how that would top your list.
Robert August:
Oh yeah.
Joe Walsh:
So after you shot the movie and you came back to California, how’d you feel? What did that, would did being in that movie, the making of it, the releasing of it, how did that impact your life? But what was the biggest takeaways you took from it? And what was your greatest memories from the whole experience?
Robert August:
Well, the memory was just this whole eight-month experience. There was so many parts of it that were amazing and like I said, eight months of travel. But as soon as I got back, I enrolled in school at Long Beach State College, because I wanted to continue the educational process. So I’m sitting through these classes. And you know, they got me on the track team, because when I was in high school, I was a league champion in pole vaulting. You know, there was no surfing when I was in school. We did all the other sports.
Joe Walsh:
I had no idea you were a pole vaulter.
Robert August:
Oh yeah.
Niki Hurren:
I guessed he was a pole vaulter for sure.
Joe Walsh:
You knew that? How would you-
Robert August:
But it was fun, man.
Joe Walsh:
It looks tough.
Robert August:
The pole vaulting was amazing. I loved the challenge of it. But anyway, so I am in college and I’m sitting there and my mind is wandering around about the whole world and the way all of these people lived. you know, they’re trying to hustle me into a fraternity and teach me how to drink beer and I’m going, “Yeah, whatever.” And I was just not that enthralled with the education on that level. It was kind of repetition and stuff that I already knew. I was just kind of wandering around. And by then, you know, a year and a half or two years later, the movie was showing everywhere.
And then it became blown up into 35-millimeter and it was showing in every theater in America. And everybody was seeing the movie. And all of a sudden it was a big deal. And so I just, I just realized that, you know, I had aspirations of being a dentist or being in the medical profession. And then my mind started wandering around about surfing and meeting people and what I had just experienced. And even before the end of the summer, what I experienced in surfing. And I just came to conclusion, “Man, I’m a surfer.”
So I give a phone call to Jacobs, Hap Jacobs, the guy who made my boards that I rode. Nobody was getting paid, but I get a free board and he’d buy me a ticket to go to Hawaii in the wintertime and ride the big way. So that was about it. But anyway, I said, “Hey, you know, can I get a job in the surf thing, doing something, you know?” And he said, “Really? Heck, yeah you can.” And he had a huge retail store in Hermosa Beach, California. And he said, “God, would you just work here in the retail, you know. And say hi to people and sell stuff?” And I went, “Sure. Sounds great.”
So I had to drive to Hermosa from Seal Beach every day, but it was a 45-minute drive. And hey, I didn’t have to be at work until 10 in the morning. So I’d surf every day before work, drive up there. And boy did I love it. People, it’s still the way it is today at your surf camp. People are so happy to get a board and go right away and check the tides. And that’s what I dealt with everyday was all these happy people. They’re getting a board or they’re going on a trip or they’re, you know-
Joe Walsh:
It’s awesome. It never gets old.
Robert August:
No. And I just went, “Oh my God. I love this.” And I never looked back. I never went back to school. And then behind this great retail store, there was two shaping rooms and there was two guys back there shaping surfboards, Jacob’s surfboards. And I was periodically looking back there and watching. And in my little brain back then, I just went, “Oh my gosh. I have to do that. This is so creative. Look at these guys walking back and forth and shaping.” And I just, my little brain focused on it. And I was a salesman for a year or so. But watching and watching and watching.
Joe Walsh:
Gravitated towards shaping man.
Robert August:
Man, oh man. I never looked back. And still to this day I don’t make the same thing all day long. It’s not repetition. I make a skinny board for a kid. I make a great big one for some guy who weighs 280 pounds and I just love it. It’s still fun for me.
Joe Walsh:
That’s awesome. So you took this amazing trip for eight months. That petty much sealed the deal for you. You realize you just want to be a surfer. Just want-
Robert August:
Oh yeah.
Joe Walsh:
Just want to work in a surf shop. You just want to surf every day. You want to make surfboards.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. Changed my life. And then, you know, 25 years later, Hollywood decided to make The Endless Summer II.
Joe Walsh:
That went well.
Niki Hurren:
And you know, we all ended up in Costa Rica. That’s how I came here.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. I watched that movie when I was a senior in high school. That’s what got me to come to Costa Rica in the first place, was watching you and a [Wing Nut 00:26:18] and Pat O’connell surfing Witches Rock. I said, “Wow.” I had never been to Costa Rica. I came here for a month and a half because of that movie. And yeah, it has some great waves out there. And so you didn’t, you didn’t let us down. There were some great, great surfing in Costa Rica and I came down here and it’s exactly how it is.
Niki Hurren:
That’s exactly how I got down here. I took a three-month trip down here. Took my first trip by myself. Saw Endless Summer with all my mates who were sitting in one of our hives is watching it while trying to learn to surf on the east coast of England where the wives suck. But you know, watching movies like that Endless Summer, Endless Summer II. I was like, “Wow, that place looks amazing.” Same thing. Completely changed my life and you know. Traveled before that, but like because of those movies, wanted to want to come down. And that’s now long time ago now. But it must’ve been quite a big decision for you to decide that you wanted to go in it, to be a surfer, in the surfing industry. Because back then I imagine like saying that you’re going to be a surfer, it wasn’t really looked upon-
Robert August:
There was no rewards. There was no sponsorships. Anything, you know. It was just fun.
Niki Hurren:
And just did it for the love.
Robert August:
We just did it cause it was fun and we liked it. And you know, in the meantime get a job so you could go surfing.
Joe Walsh:
So for anybody that’s listening to the podcast that’s considering maybe a big life change, they found surfing, they love surfing, maybe they’ve been doing it a long time and they want to take a big surf trip like, like you did, maybe not eight months around the world, but maybe just for a week … But they still have these concerns and these worries. But at the same time they could have this great experiences if they went out and saw more of the world. What’s what’s your advice to someone who’s maybe on the fence and a little scared about getting out there?
Robert August:
Well, I’d say go. If you even have an idea or a basic desire, do it, you know. Whether it’s surfing or golfing or something, get out of town. Get out of your rut and open your eyes and see what happens. See the people you meet and different weather patterns. And when you get home, boy, oh boy, you’ve really opened up your brain to a different part of life in the world. Just go. And if surfing’s a good part of it, that’s pretty darn good ’cause you’re going to get great exercise. You’re going to learn a lot about the weather in different countries. And it’s a great motivation to get you to get out of your normal pattern and do something.
Niki Hurren:
You’re living down here in Tamarindo in Costa Rica and you’re the Ambassador of Surfing at Witches Rock Surf Camp. You know, and you’re still shaping. So how, what’s the best way to kind of like get in contact with you if people want a new board or, you know, want to see you shape?
Robert August:
Well, I’m at the surf camp almost every day. You know, there’s different things that we do. We do the movie. I do a lecture about the history of surfing. You know, people will run into me and say, “What time tomorrow are you going to be by, you know? And uh, can I talk to you about a board?” Or, “Hey, have you ever been up and seen the volcano? You know, we were thinking about going up there.” And so I just, as best as I can go, “Hey, go up to the front desk. They’ll point you anywhere you want to go.” It’s great. And so I interact with all kinds of people around the surf camp and around town. You’ll see people at the grocery store and you know, it’s just great.
Joe Walsh:
Well it’s awesome. Robert, I really want to thank you for being on the podcast and I want you to know that I speak for a lot of people when I say you’re a true inspiration for anyone who’s a surfer that has this dream of exploring, seeing new spots. I mean, I feel like the world’s a lot smaller and there’s surfers everywhere these days. But then again, I’ve been taking a lot of trips and found some amazing waves with no one or hardly anyone, places where you wouldn’t even think would be breaking. And a lot of that comes down to having watched your movie and being inspired to go out and live my own endless summer. So it makes me feel very grateful. Very lucky. So I’m lucky to, I’m happy to-
Niki Hurren:
It’s just amazing
Robert August:
He’s going to go on a surf trip.
Niki Hurren:
We should just go back for himself.
Joe Walsh:
Actually, my wife curses your name because I just blame you for every surf trip I go on. Say, “Well, you know, just blame Robert because he’s the one that showed me it was such a good idea to go.”
Robert August:
OKay. I’ve got an idea for your surf trip. Thinking back to The Endless Summer, we talked about India, the problem we had there with the surfboards and everything. I’m sure, you know, 55 years later, they’re probably more agreeable. But I have never heard of anybody surfing anywhere on that whole coastline. It’s west facing. It’s beautiful, tropical, crystal clear water. And the coastline was beautiful. There’s got to be 25 spots to surf. It’s really a long coastline. And I’ve mentioned that to a few people and they kind of cringe and go, “Ooo, India. I don’t know anybody that’s ever been there to surf.” Well, I don’t think anybody’s ever really given it a shot. I’m sure now it’s pretty civilized and you could probably find, you know, easily a place to eat.
Joe Walsh:
Sure.
Robert August:
Surf.
Joe Walsh:
I mean-
Robert August:
And, that place where we went, I told you it was a beautiful sandy left point. It was great waves.
Joe Walsh:
So, okay. I think that means a future podcast episode from somewhere in India with Robert August.
Robert August:
Somebody’s got to go there and check it out, man.
Niki Hurren:
There you go. You’re still planning surf trips even now, you know what I mean? Still trying to get out there to where there’s nobody and where there’s potential that there’s some really great waves and uncrowded.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
You’ve still got the wonder lust.
Joe Walsh:
Right. Robert, thanks for being on the show.
Robert August:
It’s been fun.
Joe Walsh:
Thank you for listening to the Get Out and SURF podcast. I’m Joe Walsh coming to from Tamarindo, Costa Rica. This podcast is brought to you by Witches Rock Surf Camp, located right on the beach in Tamarindo. You’re going to love it. For more information, go to witchesrocksurfcamp.com.
Thank you to Robert August for being on the show. Robert is definitely an inspiration to anyone that loves to travel and surf. You can find them hanging out at Witches Rock Surf Camp pretty much daily. And if you’re in the US or Canada and want to pickup a Robert August surfboard, check him out at robertaugust.com.
Subscribe to the podcast. You can do that on Spotify, iTunes, Google Podcasts, and more. Rate and review the show. You can give me five stars. You can give me one star. Obviously five stars is better, but whatever you want, just give me a review and tell me what you like and like about the show so I can improve. Because my goal is to provide you with better and better content, make it worthwhile for you to listen to the show. Ultimately inspire you to get out there and surf this beautiful world of ours. If you do like the show, do me a favor and share it with your friends. Let everyone know about it because this thing’s going to grow baby, and you’re going to be part of it cause you started listening from the beginning. So thank you. You can email the podcast at getoutandsurfcr@gmail.com. We release a new podcast every Friday. Make sure you’re subscribed and you’re good to go.
All right then I guess that’s about it.

The post 4: Robert August: Making The Movie “The Endless Summer” appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Who Will You Meet at WRSC?

Fri, 25 Jan 2019 00:33:00 GMT

The post Who Will You Meet at WRSC? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rican Slang for Your Next Surf Trip.

Mon, 21 Jan 2019 23:01:00 GMT

The post Costa Rican Slang for Your Next Surf Trip. appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

3: Transitioning From a Longboard to a Shortboard (with Paco Vega)

Fri, 18 Jan 2019 23:38:00 GMT

In this episode we hang out with veteran surf instructor Paco Vega and discuss how to transition from riding a longboard to riding a shortboard. It’s a great show, check it out!

For more info, check out the Witch’s Rock Surf Camp blog: How To Transition From A Longboard To A Shortboard

Email questions or comments to getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com
Follow us on Instagram.com/getoutandsurf

Subscribe to the podcast and receive a new episode of Get Out and SURF every Friday.

Pura vida and thanks for listening,
Joe Walsh

Music
Artist: Empire Of The Sun
Song: Walking On A Dream

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey, how’s it going. This is Joe Walsh from Tamarindo, Costa Rica and you’re listening to the Get Out and Surf podcast. This is episode number three and we’ve got Paco Vega, a very well known local surfer here in Tamarindo and professional surf instructor at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp.
Today, we’re talking about longboarding and shortboarding, and transitioning between the two. A lot of people have a really hard time transitioning from a longboard down to a shortboard, so we talk about what it takes to get you there. Sit back, relax, and enjoy the podcast.
Sitting here with special guest Patrick McNulty, COO of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp.
Patrick McNulty:
How we doing?
Joe Walsh:
We’re doing good, doing good.
Patrick McNulty:
Good, good. It’s all good here in the hood.
Joe Walsh:
It definitely is. Also sitting on my other side I’ve got Brian Vega, a.k.a. Paco.
Paco Vega:
Yeah, yeah, yeah. What’s up, guys?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, welcome to the show man.
Paco Vega:
Pura vida, pura vida.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, so, we were talking about, as we always do, surfing and all the different size surfboards that we ride and got onto some pretty interesting talk. I don’t know, I kinda want to start with you Paco, when did you start surfing?
Paco Vega:
Oh, man, that was when I was about 16 or 17 years old.
Joe Walsh:
Alright and you’re 30-
Paco Vega:
I’m 37 now.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, so about 20 years ago.
Paco Vega:
Yeah, something like that, I don’t remember.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, okay, so well. I know you grew up here in the neighborhood.
Paco Vega:
Yes.
Joe Walsh:
What was the first board? What did you learn on?
Paco Vega:
Man, that was funny because I met some friends from Texas and then they were playing with boogie boards in the beach. And we were playing with the boogie boards and then after a few months, his dad has a board so we took his board and yeah, that was my first experience with a surf board.
Joe Walsh:
This is when you were a teenager.
Paco Vega:
Oh, man, yeah. A few years ago.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah and what size board was that that you first learned on?
Paco Vega:
Okay, the big board was like 8’6″, 8’4″, I don’t remember, but, it was like a big board for me.
Joe Walsh:
Yes and where’d you surf? Where’d you learn how to surf?
Paco Vega:
Okay, so, here in Tamarindo, we call Lincoln, that was like in front of the Witch’s Rock. That was like back in the days we used to call Lincoln, in front of Witch’s Rock and we were surfing Pico Pequeño at the time and then after that when I was feeling like comfortable I was walking all the way to Playa Grande.
Joe Walsh:
With the longboard.
Paco Vega:
Big board in my head.
Joe Walsh:
You were taking the boat across or you were paddling?
Paco Vega:
No way, man, we were walking on across the river paddling, swimming, whatever. But, you know crocodilos friendly.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah and not much has changed.
Paco Vega:
No.
Joe Walsh:
I paddled across that estuary this morning.
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, we did that today all against what we tell everyone else they should be doing by taking a boat and we paddled across.
Joe Walsh:
Well, I think surfing’s an extreme sport and there’s that fine line where your chances of getting attacked by a shark or a crocodile are about equal so if you just paddle across that- I look at it as that turbulent line of whitewash when the waves are kind of coming in to the estuary and then you got the water flowing out that- you know, there’s a lot of stuff passing through but that’s not really a, I don’t know, maybe I made that up in my head but that’s the story I’m going with. That’s why I do it.
Patrick McNulty:
Well all of you people listening out there, I want you to take the boat because that’s the safest way and we don’t wanna be responsible for any crocodile attacks here in Tamarindo.
Joe Walsh:
That’s true but if you do paddle across, you should punch paddle.
Paco Vega:
Yeah and then if you guys paddle you will be tired at the time they got to casitas so yeah, you should get the boat.
Joe Walsh:
So, okay, you started surfing on a longboard at 8’6″, which is basically a longboard.
Paco Vega:
Yeah, yeah.
Joe Walsh:
I mean, technically they say maybe a 9’0″ is a technically the start of a longboard but I think anything over 8 foot, like, 8’6″ you’re close enough, you can walk the board. So, I mean, you’re a ripper surfer, Paco, and you rip on a longboard and you really rip on a shortboard so-
Paco Vega:
Thanks, thanks, pura ella.
Joe Walsh:
You’re welcome, you deserve it. You’re a great surfer, man, and how did you get into shortboarding? I mean, we wanna hear the whole story.
Paco Vega:
Okay, yeah, I don’t know, I mean, I was paddling every single wave, I was catching every single wave and it was challenging so I will say yeah like why not the smaller board. Because I-
Joe Walsh:
How long were you riding on the 8’6″?
Paco Vega:
Man, I think it was like after like two years. I was feeling comfortable with a big board, catching everything, snaking people, you know.
Joe Walsh:
Getting a little too many waves.
Paco Vega:
Right, right, too many but it was fun. It was challenging so I was trying to go smaller and smaller.
Joe Walsh:
And what did you size down to after that, do you remember?
Paco Vega:
Okay, I think from the 8 I was going to a 7’4″ and then I was going to 6’6″.
Joe Walsh:
Okay, wow, so a couple big jumps maybe almost a foot off the length of the board each time.
Paco Vega:
True, yes.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah and so, today, when there’s some swelling around your shortboard, what are you riding?
Paco Vega:
My regular shortboard for a good waves, I have a 5’8″. It’s a Rusty, it’s really good, small tail, good rocker so just in case it gets steep.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, but you’re also, I see you’re out there cruising a longboard. Do you have a favorite size longboard?
Paco Vega:
Yes, yeah I have a 9’6″ Maxi Waxi model from Robert August and then when it gets too small and I have to work out a little bit I use the 5’6″, something floaty, fat, and a big tail.
Patrick McNulty:
So, Paco, what was the biggest challenge going from a longboard to a shortboard, what did you see was the most difficult thing?
Paco Vega:
Yeah, okay, definitely the timing. Yeah, timing. I was so used to the big board, catching everything, and then when I start going smaller, it was harder to catch every single wave so I say I have to paddle and then I saw my friends kicking, I say okay, now I have to kick. So, yeah, it was a lot of work, but.
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, so there’s a lot of difference between how you turn a longboard and how you turn a shortboard. What I found the most difficult transitioning was everything goes really quick on a shortboard, every little move that you make, just, you take off. So all you have to do is twist your hips and you’re turning, in a longboard you gotta jam your turn. So that transition from doing hard turns to just standing up and leaning real quick on a shortboard was tough.
Joe Walsh:
Well, so Pat, maybe you can give us a little bit of insight into your surfing history. How long ago did you start surfing?
Patrick McNulty:
Started surfing in 1965, so I guess, what is that? 54 years I’ve been surfing.
Joe Walsh:
Wow, okay. So you definitely started riding a longboard, I think that’s-
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, I started out on a 9’6″ Pop Out longbaord with the big fin that looked like a keel.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it pretty much was.
Patrick McNulty:
Thought that was the greatest thing in the world and I watched the whole transition, I lived the whole transition from the old, loggy longboards to going to what they call the high performance board back then and then around 1967-68, which today I look at ’em and they were progressive for the time but they’re not really progressive compared to what we see now.
Joe Walsh:
Still a pretty big longboard.
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, it’s still a big, heavy longboard. And then we went from that to step down, what they called a shortboard then was an 8 foot or a 7’8″ and so we did that and from that transition it started to take off in the early 70s shorter and shorter. But, basically in the beginning, all’s they did was take a longboard blank and make a shortboard out of it with a single fin and I transitioned all the way down in my career to a 6’0″. And back in 1990, the resurgence came from longboarding, they had really changed the way the make longbaords, they were lighter, more maneuverable and the things that I saw people like Bonga Perkins and Dino Miranda doing on a longboard was just unbelievable and I had to do it again so I went back to longboarding and that’s pretty much where I am now.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, there’s really something to be said about ripping that hard on a longboard.
Patrick McNulty:
Longboarding is a little bit more difficult, even if it’s a high performance sport, it’s difficult to do some of the maneuvers that guys can do on shortboards and it’s a lot more difficult to get in the tube on a longboard ’cause you got all kinds of volume and if you don’t time it right, you’re either gonna be too far down the wave, too far down on the bottom of the wave, or you’re gonna be too far up and you’re gonna go over the falls because it’s no the same maneuverability. But, one reason that I went back is because I love nose riding and I grew up in the era of watching the greatest nose riders in the world, people like David Nuuhiwa, I idolized that kid. Well, he’s not a kid anymore, he was actually my age at the time, but, guys like that and I always loved it. I like to maneuver my board but I also like to get up there and hang five and hang ten and I know Paco’s been working on his nose riding and he’s gotten really good, he’s cross-stepping away.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, I started out learning a longboard, or at least I really started to learn. I think I started maybe on a 6’6″ shortboard but after not even a year, the first summer in San Diego when the waves just were tiny and there was a million people out there, I was like not getting any waves. I realized everybody who’s getting the waves were on these longboards so I cruised down to Mission Beach and picked up this used South Coast 9’0″ shaped Prodanovich, Robin Prodanovich. And that summer, that was before my senior year of high school, caught a billion waves, literally I think I caught a billion waves or close. Yeah, and started getting a lot better a lot quicker ’cause your wave count goes up, you’re on a longboard and you can catch so many more waves.
There was thick crowds in San Diego in the summer but I was still getting a lot of waves because I had the big board. Then the fall came and the waves got bigger and it got more challenging but it stuck with me, like you’re saying, Pat, you get a lot of volume with that bigger board. It’s harder to put it in a critical spot on the wave and I definitely took a few spills, got stitches a couple times trying to pull into barrels on a longboard but I stuck with it and I mean, I surfed only a longboard, I’d say, for maybe ten years. It wasn’t until the early 2000s, maybe 15 years ago or so that I started riding shortboards, or shorter boards, and it was a challenge coming from a longboard.
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, so, Paco, who do you watch when you longboard? And I know that you’ve been really working on your nose riding and it really shows, so, you must have some people that you’ve been watching on film and stuff like that.
Paco Vega:
Yeah, well, this was like maybe three years ago, when I start getting lazy with the shortboard. I was getting tired and say okay, why not longboard. I saw a couple videos from Robert and then Wingnut and you know Joel Toward, man, this guys they’re amazing, classics. I like classics. Like Brazilian, like cut backs and off the leaps and all stop, but I like that classic. So, yeah, I’ve been working on classic moves and it’s great. Big boards, heavy boards, I love heavy boards.
Most of the people like light boards, but, for me, I prefer heavy.
Joe Walsh:
You know, I like a full board, too. And if you’re gonna longboard, longboard, right? If you wanna make big turns, get on a board that you can really turn.
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, see, I’m the opposite. I grew up with the long, heavy boards and the going down the lineman and when I used to surf for the Surfboards Hawaii team, we used to compete a lot and guys were hotdogging those boards and I always liked watching the big, hardcore bottom turns and the big, hardcore cut backs it’s just, to me it was a thing of beauty. So, I like a high performance board, I like a board that I can throw around and I’ve been down the heavy board road, I grew up with it, and what I love is to be able to maneuver my board as close to being like a shortboard as possible. Hitting the lip, getting big air, coming off the lip and barely making the drop is what I really like and I also really like the fact that we have leashes now ’cause I did an awful lot of swimming when I was a kid in cold water so I think it’s one of the greatest inventions that we ever had. And I know you guys go the old school style with no leashes but I like it when you have to swim.
Joe Walsh:
I had to swim today.
Patrick McNulty:
I saw that.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, but that’s because I was surfing switch stance and I pulled into a barrel. [crosstalk 00:13:49] And then I fell, of course, and then I had to swim.
Paco Vega:
True, yeah, I push myself when every time what I lose my board, I go on the shore, pick my board and I do ten push-ups and go back because you don’t want to lose your board, you have to be good.
Joe Walsh:
And if you don’t where a leash, you’re not gonna be such a wave hog. You’re gonna be more thoughtful in the wave selection and then when you’re on the wave, at least for me. Try to walking on a longboard with a leash can be tough, you’re tripping over yourself. I think what I’m hearing, and this is true in the surfing world, is there’s a million different styles of surfer. We can all approach a wave differently and we use different boards for different waves and different styles of surfing. In general, though, for those listening that don’t have much experience with a longboard or a shortboard, when we talk about classic longboarding, or just longboarding in general, it usually means longer turns, carved out turns; gliding through sections on the wave, cruising to the nose of the board, getting more speed when you’re up there. The shortboard, by comparison, maybe you take off later on a wave or you’re able to get in a steeper part of a wave and get barrel definitely a lot easier but really it’s that top to bottom surfing that you can be going up one second and a millisecond later you’re facing d-
Paco Vega:
Yeah, everything moves so fast in the shortboard.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, it really does.
Patrick McNulty:
You know, what I notice is that growing up in the sport, shortboarding has really been influenced by skateboarding and the moves that I see happening on shortboards now are the moves that you see in a bowl or at a skate park and I never, and it thrills me to watch it, I never thought that it would evolve the way it has evovled and seeing these kids just ripping a wave apart, reckless abandon, dropping in in the tube, coming up and smacking the lip and then just riding with a reckless abandon, it’s just awesome. And the moves that you see, the floaters and all that stuff, it looks an awful lot like what happens in a skate park. Really does.
Paco Vega:
True.
Joe Walsh:
So, let’s just say that you started surfing maybe a couple years ago, like, Paco, you did when you started, and you were only riding the longboard and you wanna start expanding your surfing, you wanna ride shorter boards, you wanna ride boards because the waves are bigger or more critical or because you wanna do sharper turns, or you wanna get more barrels; for whatever reason you’re expanding your surfing horizon. Paco, as a surf instructor at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, you probably encounter this daily from so many clients.
Paco Vega:
Yeah, every weekend, I mean, every week that we have people, or new groups, the first question is yeah, Paco, I wanna go smaller.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, they wanna size down. I think probably most surfers wanna expand the number of types of sizes of boards they can ride and definitely when you’re a learning surfer or what we call an intermediate where you’re catching waves proficiently but you’re still riding a bigger board and you’re in that phase of downsizing to a smaller board. So, what are some of the things you tell these people, you tell a surfer that’s trying to downsize, transition from a longboard to a shortboard, what do you tell ’em?
Paco Vega:
Okay, well, the first thing is I always say, okay, if you catch eight wave out of ten, that’s a good point, that’s a good sign you can move smaller.
Joe Walsh:
So meaning if you’re surfing on your longboard and for every ten waves that come in that you go for, if you can successfully catch and stand up and ride eight of ’em, then you’re ready to start downsizing to a smaller board.
Paco Vega:
Exactly, yes.
Joe Walsh:
And if you’re only catching maybe four or five out of ten then you should-
Paco Vega:
Keep working, keep working on your timing, same, everything, paddle, wave selection.
Joe Walsh:
Makes a lot of sense. Okay. So, when you’re trying to size down from a bigger board to a smaller board or maybe you just ride a new board you’ve never ridden before, you wanna wait until there’s some decent surf.
Paco Vega:
Right, yeah, you don’t wanna go on a small day because you will be frustrated.
Joe Walsh:
Exactly. So, if you’re trying to ride a shortboard and you go out when it’s knee-high and you’re super excited like I did as a kid the day after Christmas, and then you just sink, then you should probably just wait. Grab the longboard, wait for the swell to pick up, wait until the conditions improve to try surfing that new board.
Paco Vega:
Right, yeah. Best thing is to wait for good conditions, but sometimes when you have a brand new board, never happens. You have the smallest waves and then you have a brand new board.
Joe Walsh:
It’s hard to be patient and wait.
Paco Vega:
And you have like a nice fins, a good board, you wax the board, and it’s flat. So, yeah, that’s when you paddle out and you get stronger with your paddle.
Joe Walsh:
So a couple of great pointers so far, the first one is making sure that you’re actually ready; can you catch a green wave consistently, can you angle the board at take-off, can you ride the wave down the line? If you can catch eight out of ten waves successfully, then you’re ready to size down. And definitely waiting for the conditions to get good because trying to surf a smaller board, that has less volume, is not gonna float you as easily, it’s gonna be more tough, you’re gonna have to paddle harder, it’s gonna naturally be harder to catch a wave, so if you paddle out on a day where there’s hardly any waves to surf, it’s gonna be even harder.
Paco Vega:
Right, right, right. Yeah, it’s tough. You get frustrated and then you overthinking and everything goes wrong; your pop-up, your timing, everything goes wrong. So best thing is wait for better conditions or just paddle around because you need to get stronger with your arms, especially in smaller board.
Joe Walsh:
Definitely agree with that. You said that you sized down from an 8’6″ to a 7’4″ to a 6’6″ or something like that. That’s a pretty big transition, that’s pretty quick. Do you recommend that sort of schedule for someone who’s looking to size down or do you recommend maybe only taking off a few inches at a time, what’s your approach?
Paco Vega:
Okay, well, it was different for me because I live here so I was-
Joe Walsh:
You’re naturally gifted at surfing is what you’re trying to say, so.
Paco Vega:
Also.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, that’s kinda what I thought, so the normal rules of surfing maybe don’t apply to Paco but for the average learning surfer that’s looking to downsize, let’s say if right now they’re riding a 9 foot longboard, what’s the next board you go on?
Paco Vega:
I think a 8, 8 something. Yeah, you wanna do at least seven to ten inches smaller. Try to work with volume. No, maybe depends on your weight.
Joe Walsh:
So maybe, if I rode 9’0″ and I was looking to size down, the first board might be like an 8’6″ or maybe an 8’2″ or maybe an 8’0″ if it had a bit of volume and still was similar to the longboard but you’re taking a foot off, that’s a big step.
Paco Vega:
That’s a good thing, maybe 8’6″ is good if you don’t surf every day. For me it was easy because I surfed three times a week because I was in school and I was working in the ranch and yeah, I was paddling a lot and it was easier for me but when you surf in the weekends, that’s a little bit different.
Joe Walsh:
Sure, so they can definitely take some time, you wanna take your time.
Paco Vega:
Right, yep.
Joe Walsh:
So, okay, maybe you get down to an 8’6″ or even down towards an 8’0″ and then maybe the next step is a 7’6″ or a 7’4″, and then maybe a 7’0″, something that starts to resemble less of a longboard and more of a fun shaped board. Maybe that’s your second or even third board that you size down to, but I know in my experience, I took about six to eight boards to successfully size down from a 9 foot longboard to a 6’0″ fish or one of these alternative boards, some of these boards I’m riding these days. Over a half a dozen boards, is that average or am I-?
Paco Vega:
No, no, that’s normal. I think that’s normal because you need to do small transitions, you don’t wanna do from 9 to 7 ’cause it’s gonna hurt, especially your shoulders.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, sure. Okay, so that’s a good thing to know so if you’re wanting to transition down from a longboard to a shortboard, you really wanna take your time. You can’t just do it in one fell swoop, you need to little by little taking a little bit smaller board or a little less volume. Get used to that, get to the point where you’re catching eight out of ten waves on that board and then do it again.
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, I think that the other rule is to be patient with yourself because there is a learning curve when you go from a longboard to a shorter baord. If you feel like you have no confidence, go off by yourself. If you feel like somebody’s gonna be watching you and it make you self conscious, go off by yourself and practice.
Joe Walsh:
Well, that’s all really great advice and I definitely think that the listeners to the podcast are gonna walk away with some actionable suggestions that they can do right now to start sizing down from a longboard to a shortboard. What about the rarer cases that someone only rides a shortboard that maybe has never ridden a longboard that doesn’t have any experience in transitioning the other way? Is there any advice you can give someone like that?
Paco Vega:
Well, listen, this is really hard. For me it was really hard because in the beginning, I was falling on the sides in the big board because I’m used to ride a small boards like my 5’6″.
Joe Walsh:
Sure, so you try to turn and maybe your body turns and the board goes straight and you just fall in the water.
Paco Vega:
Obviously, I was turning right and my board was going left so that was the hardest part.
Joe Walsh:
So what kind of advice can you give someone that’s doing the same thing; that’s been riding shortboards, wants to get into that classic longboarding. The first thing that I could suggest is get at least a 9 foot board.
Paco Vega:
Right, yeah I think 9 is-
Joe Walsh:
You know, not too big, not too small, you can walk to the nose on it, you can surf it proper. So maybe start with a 9’0″.
Paco Vega:
Yeah, you can surf with a 9’0″ and it’s real important, I mean longboarding is like smooth surf, right, for to surf so many years doing shortboards, you paddle fast and then you have to be aggressive in the wave to paddle everywhere. In the big board, you have to paddle down, you have to chill, you have to feel the board, you have to feel the wave.
Joe Walsh:
You have to share.
Paco Vega:
You have to share, not every time because you have a big board but, I mean, transitioning from the shortboard to a big board, it’s hard because it’s huge, just to move the board you have to step on the right place on the board, you have to shuffle all the time back and forth. In the shortboard I feel your front foot stays the whole time, you move only your back foot from the stomp pad, is a little bit more to the center of the shortboard. In a big board, no, in the big board you have to move [crosstalk 00:25:27] you have to shuffle all the time because either you are going to fast, if you pop up right on the middle of the board and never turn or if you pop up and the tail is gonna be a swirly and you never take speed.
Patrick McNulty:
The one thing that I think is true is that guys that are surfing exclusively shortboards, nine times out of ten, are pretty good surfers so they know what they need to do on a wave. So when they transition to a longboard, the first few times, they’re not having a good time of it because the board has a mind of it’s own and it’s going one way and you wanna go another way. However, once they get used to that, they can rip pretty good and Paco’s an example of that, he went longbaord, shortboard, for a long, long time on a shortboard, back to longboard and he’s cross-stepping away now, walking the nose and so I think if you’re on a shortboard and you wanna go longboard it’s gonna be a little bit easier, you don’t have to do as big of a transition but I think that you can come along pretty quickly, probably within a few days.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, so if you’re going from a shortboard to a longboard, you don’t have to go through six different boards, each a little bit bigger each time. You can grab that bigger longboard, make sure you get a leash, and like anything it’s gonna take a few sessions to get comfortable, like any new board, it’s gonna take a few sessions to get comfortable but definitely a lot easier than going from longboard to shortboard.
Patrick McNulty:
Yeah, one thing that’s important to say about the leash is that it’s there for safety reasons and it’s there for the safety of the people in sight of you. If you lose your board in the middle of a crowded day, it’s gonna hurt somebody. So, it’s kind of a safety thing but I like it because I can go out on a really big day and I know when I get slammed, I still got something to grab a hold of unless my leash breaks.
Joe Walsh:
That’s true, I look at it though that, if I need a leash on my longboard, I probably should be grabbing my shortboard.
Patrick McNulty:
If you only bring one board, you don’t have to worry about that. And I also wanna go over this; we talk about sharing.
Paco Vega:
Right, yes.
Patrick McNulty:
We need to share out there. Right, Joe?
Joe Walsh:
Hundred percent. Well, wait, why you looking at my funny? I ride a shortboard, gimme a break, you’re the one on a longboard, direct this back to you.
Paco Vega:
Okay, one thing that I want to say about the style, and it’s crazy because people who start in the shortboard, they have a funny style because they start in a small board so the arms are all over. When you start in a big board, your body gets so relaxed in the big board so you can move your shoulders and move your hips like so smooth and then when you go in the shortboard, you go like smooth, like I rub my child, go like cruising in the waves.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah, they used to call me condor so I don’t think that worked for me, Paco. It’s taken me years to get those arms under control.
Paco Vega:
See, yeah, this one of the point. When you go small, if you start with the shortboard, I think, it feels it’s gonna take longer. I mean, if you have a period of four years doing shortboard, if you start with a big board, it’s gonna take maybe two because the timing, you get used to the timing.
Joe Walsh:
You get more waves.
Paco Vega:
Yeah, you get more waves, you got more confidence what are you doing in the water. When you go small from the beginning, yeah, your confidence goes bad because you try, I mean from ten waves you maybe caught one or two so, yeah, I mean it’s hard.
Joe Walsh:
Well, it’s hard, but not impossible. If anything, we’re teaching people every day and every week at Witch’s Rock how to transition from the longer boards to the shorter boards. It’s a pretty natural thing, it happens with most surfers in their surfing career where they wanna make that transition and that’s what we’re all about is getting people surfing and getting people surfing better.
That’s it for this episode of the Get Out and Surf podcast. For more information on how to transition from a longboard down to a shortboard, check out the Witch’s Rock Surf Camp’s blog, there’s a great blog posted there about transitioning from a longboard to a shortboard. That’s witchsrocksurfcamp.com/blog.
Thank you very much to Paco Vega for being on the show. We’re doing these podcasts every Friday and next Friday we’re going to have a really special one, an interview with surfing legend Robert August, talking about what it was like to feel the Endless Summer. If you’ve got any questions you wanna ask Robert, you can send us an email at getoutandsurfcr@gmail.com. If you haven’t already subscribed to the podcast, you need to do it. We’re available on all major podcast platforms: Goodle Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Spotify; so you can subscribe, rate and review, or share it on your Facebook page, or Instagram page, or you can tweet, or do whatever you want with it. Just let everyone know.
Thanks for listening to Get Out and Surf, I’m Joe Walsh from Tamarindo, Costa Rica and I’ll see you surfing.

The post 3: Transitioning From a Longboard to a Shortboard (with Paco Vega) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

So Bad It’s Good: North Shore the movie

Thu, 17 Jan 2019 13:53:00 GMT

The post So Bad It’s Good: North Shore the movie appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How To Transition From A Longboard To A Shortboard

Mon, 14 Jan 2019 15:07:00 GMT

The post How To Transition From A Longboard To A Shortboard appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

2: Surf Trip: Urban Camping in San Diego

Sat, 12 Jan 2019 09:39:00 GMT

In this episode, we talk about:

– Waiting until the last minute to decide where to go on your next surfing adventure
– Surf Trip Destination: San Diego, California
– Urban camping and how to do it well

Links from the show:

No surfboard fees for United flights to/from California: https://www.united.com/web/en-US/content/travel/baggage/sports.aspx

The best California surf book ever:
https://www.amazon.com/Surfing-California-Allan-Wright/dp/0911449027

Bird’s Surf Shed in San Diego:
https://birdssurfshed.com/

Please feel free to email the podcast at getoutandsurfCR@gmail.com

Follow Get Out and SURF
https://instagram.com/getoutandsurf

Pura Vida!
Joe Walsh

Music
Artist: Slightly Stoopid

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey, what’s up, there? This is Joe Walsh from Witch’s Rock Surf Camp and volcano brewing company in Tamarindo, Costa Rica. Bringing you the get out and surf podcast for Friday, January 11th, 2019. So how are we doing? I’ll tell you how we’re doing, we’re doing awesome. And I’ll tell you why. I just spent a week in an RV, urban camping in San Diego, California scoring some great waves and I’m totally surfed out. This is the second episode of our podcast and if you’re wondering what’s this podcast about, well let me give you a little bit of a heads up. This podcast is about surfing. It’s about getting out, seeing the world, and surfing some waves.
Joe Walsh:
I’m in Tamarindo, Costa Rica so a lot of the surfing I’m talking about on the show is about surfing in Tamarindo and the rest of Costa Rica. But, the show is also about taking surf trips, learning surfing tips from surfing experts, interviews with surf travelers, industry veterans and more. I also talk about what it’s like to run a 130 employee business in Costa Rica, all the trials and tribulations of working for yourself and maintaining things in a third world country and doing it all in the name of surfing. So, if that sounds good for you, do me a favor and subscribe to the show. You can download it onto your device, you can rate, review, share with your family, friends, or anyone else you know that loves surfing.
Joe Walsh:
And since this is a new podcast, I’m still kind of figuring it out, I’m using Anchor dot FM to distribute the show but you should be able to pick it up on Stitcher, Apple Podcast, Google Podcast, Spotify, Overcast, pretty much all the major podcast players will have the show. And don’t forget, you can always email get out and surf CR at Gmail dot com. Any questions, comments, or anything else.
Joe Walsh:
I’m going to start today’s show off by talking about going on a surf trip. I love surf trips. I think pretty much all surfers love surf trips. What better way to get out, see the waves, see the world, meet new people, have an amazing new set of experiences, and get the most amount of waves in the shortest amount of time possible on a focused surf trip. But where should you go? Yes, Costa Rica is a great spot, that’s why I live here and it is a great place to travel to, we do get waves year round. But, if you live in Costa Rica like I do, then you want to get out of your home town or out of your home country and go and see something new. So, I’m just like you. I want to go on a surf trip and score waves, too.
Joe Walsh:
So the first thing I do is I ask myself, “What time of year is it?”, is it March, is it October? In this case, my buddy Andrew and I, we were planning on going on a surf trip January 5th through 12th. So, it was January. Here’s the thing about Mother Nature, the northern hemisphere of our planet has winter conditions in the December, January, February, and into March months. The opposite is true for the southern hemisphere. The southern hemisphere gets winter conditions in the June, July, August and end of September months. That means we get more waves, bigger, consistent swell coming from the northern hemisphere in those winter months, and then we get more swell coming from the southern hemisphere in the southern months. A spot like Costa Rica, in comparison, because it’s located so close to the equator and has coasts that face both towards the north and the south, gets pretty good waves throughout the year. But we don’t get as big of waves because we aren’t as far north for those winter swells or as far south for those big, southern hemisphere winter swells that happen during the summer months.
Joe Walsh:
It gets more complicated than this, there’s multiple surf seasons, there’s local variables, but the point remains the same. Depending on the time of year, different parts of the world are going to be better than others. And it’s your job to know which spots are going to be good and when. Now, I know that not all trips can be last minute trips. I know you got to plan for that family reunion, or that family vacation. Or that you only have one week off of work next June and you got to get your hotel and your flight now because if you don’t, blah, blah, blah. I get that. So, this podcast really doesn’t apply as much to those sorts of trips. I mean, yes, you can predict what spots are going to have the best waves during what time of year, but, when it comes down to it, the best way to score waves on your surf trip is to wait as long as possible before deciding where you’re going to go.
Joe Walsh:
I haven’t found that waiting until the last minute made flights that much more expensive. Yeah, they’re usually a little more expensive, I don’t spend weeks or months staring at the internet trying to save 100 bucks on a flight, I don’t mind paying a little bit extra and buying a ticket somewhere where I know there’s going to be waves. So, since Andrew and I had planned on going on January 5th through 12th of this year, we made this plan maybe, I don’t know, two or three months ago back in October I think, we waited until the week before to start looking at the surf line swell forecast to see what was breaking and what was forecasted over the next week to two weeks at a handful of spots. Knowing that we were traveling in January, some of the spots on the list for me were Chile, Portugal, both of those spots I’d never been to. Costa Rica I always keep on the list because never leave good waves. If Costa Rica had been just firing, I would’ve said, “Andrew, get down here. Let’s just surf”. And that’s really the number one rule of any surf trip, never leave good waves.
Joe Walsh:
So Costa Rica was definitely on the list and also California, which is great in the winter months. I grew up in San Diego, I’ve surfed all throughout the state, and while it’s cold, it’s good. We were going to go to Portugal, Portugal was looking pretty good. So about three days before, I think it was January 2nd, I actually bought a flight to Portugal to Lisbon from the area of Costa Rica, but, man, I looked at the travel time. I still bought the ticket, but I was really hesitant because the return was 33 hours, which is ridiculous. You could literally fly from the area of Costa Rica to New Zealand in something like 25 hours, so it was just too incredibly long. Fortunately, when you buy a ticket you have 24 hours to cancel it. Doesn’t matter. So, I called up United Airlines, got my money back and after looking at all of the swell forecasts for all of the spots on my bucket list, San Diego, California really did have the best.
Joe Walsh:
So, I bought a ticket on United Airlines to San Diego, California. I want to take a quick moment to give a shout out to United Airlines. I fly them a lot, I think they’re about the best airline to take if you’re flying to or from California and Costa Rica. But what I really like, what they just did, they started this in November, surfing became the state sport of California and United Airlines changed their baggage policy. It is now free for all flights that originate from California or end in California, you can bring your surfboard, and it’s free. And that’s just huge because paying 150 bucks each way for a board is super lame, nobody likes it. And now, United, you just won my heart.
Joe Walsh:
So let’s talk about San Diego, California as a surf destination. I grew up in San Diego, a lot of surfers live here. A lot of surfers that live here wish they were going on surf trips to other spots in other parts of the world. It always seems that no matter where people are at, they always seem to take what they’ve got for granted. And that’s true about San Diego. San Diego has some great waves. You know, it might get a little small in the summer, it might get a little windy and unsure in the spring, but fall and winter in southern California, especially in San Diego county, are awesome. So what makes San Diego a good surf trip destination? Well, first off, the weather is super nice. Pretty much year round. The other thing I really like about San Diego is that there are literally a ton of surf breaks. Los Angeles may have a lot more people, but Los Angeles has a lot less waves. San Diego’s lucky like that. Lower population and so many surf breaks and all types of surf breaks.
Joe Walsh:
There are tons of beach breaks. There are tons of reefs. There are waves for all types of surfers. Beginner waves, advanced waves, waves that break out in the middle of the ocean. Waves you can only get to by boat, waves you can only get to with a pass onto a military base, waves that only break during certain swells, it’s pretty exciting how much potential for surf San Diego really does have. Another thing that’s good about San Diego is it’s really easy. The airport’s right there in downtown, you literally can fly in, and you can be at the closest waves in about 10 minutes out at Point Loma or Ocean Beach. And that’s very, very convenient.
Joe Walsh:
what are some of the downsides in surfing in San Diego? Well, if you’re coming over the summer, or basically any tourist time, hotels and air BNB’s, they can get kind of expensive. They can also get kind of crowded in a lineup, especially on the weekends and definitely over summer. And if you’re surfing San Diego over the summer, you’re probably surfing on a long board because summer is the smallest time of year. And if you’re here in the winter than you’re definitely wearing a wet suit, which, I’m putting on the negatives list because wearing a wetsuit anywhere is a negative. I’m not complaining, and I know you need to wear a wetsuit to surf these waves, I’m just saying after living in Costa Rica for 18 years, I guess I must be spoiled. I travel and surf and wear a wetsuit, but, I don’t love it. And who does?
Joe Walsh:
Honestly, the caliber of surfing in San Diego is really high, I’m always impressed when I come here. There are some surfers in the water doing amazing things. And what’s really cool is that overall, the vibe in the water is super mellow. As long as you’re not a kook. And, if you’re a kook, you know you’re a kook and stay out of people’s ways. If you’re learning how to surf, that’s okay. We all did this. There are plenty of waves in San Diego where you can get away, spots like Torrey Pines, you can get a wave completely to yourself and you can kook it up! But overall, the vibe is super mellow in the lineups, people are pretty nice as long as you’re respectful and know the rules of surfing, San Diego’s a pretty good spot to take a surf trip.
Joe Walsh:
So what kind of surf board should you bring to San Diego? Literally you can bring anything. Short board, fun shape, long board, you name it. There’s waves for everything. Hey Joe, where should I go surfing in San Diego? Well, there are a lot of spots, like I said. And I’m not going to sit here and list off a bunch of spots that you need to go hit because, number one, it’s not my job to make these spots anymore crowded than they already are. But, number two, a quick search on the internet will show you the most popular ones. There’s famous spots like Swamis, like Blacks, like La Jolla shores, Windsea, Sunset Cliffs, OB Pier, there are tons of waves. Those are some of the major ones.
Joe Walsh:
There are hundreds of spots, I recommend getting the surfing California book, it was written like 40 years ago but it’s still totally applicable. The official name of the book is Surfing California: A complete guide to the California coast. It was written by Allen Wright in 1973, you can buy it used online on Ebay. There’s no Kindle book for it. One of the best surf books I ever owned. I know that Bird’s Surf Shed on Reyna Boulevard carries copies of it. So if you come to San Diego, go check out Bird, get that book, and get to work.
Joe Walsh:
Hey Joe, where should I stay when I go to San Diego? This is kind of a funny question. Funny because, anyone that knows me knows that I like to sleep in my car. Not always, but often. In fact, I keep an old Winnebago parked here at my cousins house in San Diego, just for California surf and snowboard strikes. But if you’re coming on a normal trip like a normal human being, and you’re going to stay in a hotel and not in a vehicle in some beach parking lot or on some residential street hoping the cops don’t knock on your window at three in the morning, there’s lots of inexpensive hotels in Mission Valley which is pretty close to a lot of beaches and not so expensive. If you stay along the coast, places like La Jolla and Del Mar, are going to be really expensive, further in North County they’re going to be expensive, too.
Joe Walsh:
If you got a hotel room in downtown or the gas lamp district, unfortunately you’re not very close to the waves. At least around Mission Valley and Old Town you’re dealing with general tourist hotels, maybe a motel six, maybe a Travelodge. And you’re only a few minutes from the beach and from the surf. So like I said, we picked San Diego as our surf destination, I have an RV that I keep at a cousin’s house here in Poway, and we spent the last week cruising around San Diego County surfing some amazing waves and sleeping in the RV.
Joe Walsh:
And so now you’re probably wondering what’s it like cruising in an RV for a week in the city. I mean, we didn’t go to campgrounds, we were definitely those guys hanging out at the surf parking lot all day long, and then sleeping right down the street. How does that all work? And the answer is I don’t know, I just do it. Sleeping in your car or van or motor home for days at a time, it’s kind of like camping. So if you like camping, you’re probably going to like urban camping in a van or RV. You know, since it’s not 100% legal, I’m not sitting here telling you that you should go and do this, but if you were going to be urban camping, here’s a few tricks that I picked up over the years that I’d like to share.
Joe Walsh:
I guess first and foremost is, when you’re camping in your vehicle, whether or not you’re staying in the same neighborhood or traveling across the country, your appearance is super important. And if your vehicle’s all dirty, your stuff’s all broken, you’re going to stand out, people are going to recognize, they’re going to see you. They’re going to be way more likely to report you to the cops versus if you had a super clean vehicle that didn’t stand out, you have a much better chance of going about your business undetected. And that’s really the biggest trick. When it comes to your vehicle, you don’t need an RV, but you definitely need a vehicle that you can lay down and sleep in. Old school station wagons, all kinds of vans, those are your best bets. Ideally, you want some curtains, you don’t want people checking in on what you’re up to when you’re sleeping at five in the morning or two in the morning.
Joe Walsh:
The way to do it the best is just to hang out at the beach during the day, maybe go out to some restaurant, get some dinner. Go do your shopping. Hang out even in the beach parking lot until it closes at 10:00 PM or midnight, whatever. Then, already have your parking spot mapped out, already know beforehand where you’re going to spend that night. You really don’t want to spend the night twice in the same spot, that’s when people start to notice. Spots that work well for parking might be just outside of a condo building where there’s multiple owners and nobody knows who owns what van or camper. Churches seem to be pretty cool about it, Walmart’s, the commercial parts of town like places where you see lots of paneled trucks and semi trucks and RV’s that are parked behind office buildings and commercial buildings that are open during the day, during the week and closed at night and on the weekends. Those are all good spots for parking. Bad spots would be in front of rich people’s houses, right on the beach in the spot where everybody else would want to park, I think you can kind of figure it out.
Joe Walsh:
The best trick is to hang out during the day, somewhere else. Show up at your predetermined parking spot after it’s dark, spend the night, wake up super early, I like to wake up around, I don’t know, four or 4:30 in the morning, drive back to the beach, get the best parking spot, go back to bed and wake up when it gets light. Surf all day, eat your breakfast burrito, drink your beer, do it all over again. That’s the surf trip. Now, like I said, I don’t always sleep in my vehicle. I like a hotel, give me a break. I’m not an animal, but on this particular trip, that’s what we did. We cruised in the RV, we spent a week in San Diego, we surfed La Jolla shores, we surfed Scripts, Blacks, the swells got huge, we surfed PB point. We drove up and surfed Trestles, which is pretty much the last spot in northern San Diego County before you get to Orange County. It was a pretty good time.
Joe Walsh:
So here I am, sitting in my RV, getting ready to fall asleep out in front of this dude’s house, who I do not know, tomorrow morning I will be going back to the airport, flying back to Costa Rica. Definitely looking forward to it. But this was a super great trip! And we had waves the entire time. And we knew we were going to have waves because we waited until just a couple days before we flew up to buy our tickets because we had an open mind about where we were going to go and ultimately we went wherever the surf forecast said was the most promising.
Joe Walsh:
so I guess that’s about it. I’m heading back to Costa Rica, back to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp and surfing in Tamarindo. In the next episode we’re going to be talking about transitioning from a long board to a short board. It’s actually going to be a pretty cool blog coming out next Monday on the Witch’s Rock Blog. I hope you enjoyed the show. If you did, please do me a favor. You can subscribe to the Podcast, you can rate and review it, share it with anyone you think might like it. Don’t forget, you can always email the show at get out and surf CR at Gmail dot com. I will get that email and I will reply, I promise. Even though maybe I am not so good with my personal email. It’s all part of my New Year’s resolutions. Also, you can check me out on Instagram at get out and surf, still haven’t put much there but again, New Years resolution.
Joe Walsh:
now get out and surf.

The post 2: Surf Trip: Urban Camping in San Diego appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Volcano Brewing Company Opens New Brewery In Tamarindo

Thu, 10 Jan 2019 16:37:00 GMT

The post Volcano Brewing Company Opens New Brewery In Tamarindo appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Witch’s Rock Employee Profile: David Torres, Lead Surf Guide

Mon, 07 Jan 2019 14:46:00 GMT

The post Witch’s Rock Employee Profile: David Torres, Lead Surf Guide appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Goodbye Radio Show, Hello Podcast

Sat, 05 Jan 2019 03:28:00 GMT

Well… I’ll be honest, it was a little sad having the Witch’s Rock Pirate Radio Show come to an end last month. I mean… we’d been doing it every Friday for almost six years.

But just like the surf camp has done since the beginning, the radio show needed to grow and evolve into something more. Something better.

So check out the new Get Out and SURF podcast !

The post Goodbye Radio Show, Hello Podcast appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

1: Welcome to Get Out and SURF

Sat, 05 Jan 2019 02:46:00 GMT

Welcome to the Get Out and SURF podcast. In our first episode, we talk about
– ending our radio show on 99.5fm after 6 years and launching the new podcast!
– opening our brewery in Tamarindo
– how to survive Christmas and New Years on the beach in Costa Rica
– favorite surf vehicles
– finding uncrowded waves in Costa Rica

Audio transcription:

Joe Walsh:
Hey what’s up there? This is Joe Walsh, coming to you with the “Get Out and Surf Podcast.” This is the first one. Numero uno. Coming to you from Tamarindo, Costa Rica, with two of my very closest friends: Niki Hurren-
Niki Hurren:
Hi, how you doing.
Joe Walsh:
And Pat McNulty.
Pat McNulty:
Yup.
Joe Walsh:
You know, I was a little conflicted, because we’d been running this, Witch’s Rock pirate radio show, on 99.5 FM here in Costa Rica.
Joe Walsh:
Radio Dos, Evan Luck, for I wanna say almost six years. I lost track. So say five years.
Niki Hurren:
I’ve only been involved with it for the last four years, and every Friday from 5 p.m. til 7, we’ve done a radio show at the surf camp right there on the beach.
Joe Walsh:
And now, we decided to let the show finally come to an end at the end of 2018. Now here we are, the first Friday of 2019, and it’s that hour, and we’re sitting here, doing this podcast. We thought, “You know, it’s a new year. We’re gonna take it in a new direction.” And so, here we are. So yeah, man. I’ll just take the opportunity I guess to introduce ourselves for those of you who haven’t listened to the show. I’m Joe Walsh. I’m the founder of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp and Volcano Brewing Company here in Tamarindo. It’s a pretty big business these days. That’s why I’ve got Niki and Pat here to help me out. We pretty much do everything to surf. It’s the reason why I’m here. And there’s really not much to say besides that. I don’t know. This is all to support my surf. How bout you, Pat? Maybe you can give a little better …
Pat McNulty:
Well, I finally feel like the ball and chain has been taken off of my ankle, since the radio show stopped.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Pat McNulty:
It’s a bitter-sweet time. We miss Evan. Evan’s a good friend. It’s nice to have a free Friday. Although you figured something out to keep me occupied, which is this radio show.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, but what else are we gonna do, eh? You know, I mean, it’s Friday. It’s sunset.
Pat McNulty:
I know. At my age? Sleep?
Niki Hurren:
We’ve had a lot of fun [crosstalk 00:02:03]
Niki Hurren:
We’ve had a lot of fun doing the radio show over the years, and obviously we’re now wanting to move into the digital era as such. This is the first one. So we’re just gonna give it a go and try and keep the conversation going.
Joe Walsh:
You know what? At the end of the day, it was really cool being on the radio. But it is difficult being on the radio. You have to adhere to a lot of legalities. Going online, we can be a little more relaxed and just talk about whatever the hell we wanna talk about.
Joe Walsh:
The big news is, well, I want Niki to really announce it, but what’s going on up on hill behind the gym there? Because we’ve been really radio-silent for the whole time, and now we’re finally, I think, ready to tell the world.
Niki Hurren:
What we have been doing over the last, I suppose, what is it, six months or more-
Joe Walsh:
I think since April 2018.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. So what we’ve been doing is, we’re gonna expand the brewery, so we needed a new space for that. We found that warehouse space that was up by Tamarindo Gym, and we’ve been developing that whole area up there. And we’re open. The brewery up there is producing beer, we’re in production. We’re happy to announce that it’s open. You can come up there. We’ve got a full bar. All the beers are on tap so that we can literally start being open to the public.
Joe Walsh:
VolcanoBrewingCompany.com. Don’t go there yet because we haven’t made our website, but we’re about to. We got a Facebook page and an Instagram page we haven’t been paying any attention or giving any love to, but that’s all about to change, because we been busy.
Pat McNulty:
We’ve been busy building a brewery and getting this thing up and running.
Joe Walsh:
And also, not really tell anyone, because I know, for me, until every permit is in hand, and everything is completely done, you just don’t wanna jinx it. You don’t wanna jinx like, telling everyone we’re gonna be open on a certain date. The reality is is that we finally opened but then we ran out of beer.
Niki Hurren:
We’re obviously in the early stages of getting the beer in production. [crosstalk 00:04:04]
Joe Walsh:
When you close one facility … We had to close our small brewery on the beach and then … So we had to wait until all the tanks were empty. We couldn’t be brewing anything else to replace that beer. So our tanks had to wait until they were empty, then we had to move all of it, had to clean it all again, took extra time with, I think, Coope, the electric company here. They installed the wrong transformers. I remember that happened. Some other stuff. It obviously, extra time. And then, we had to go through the whole brew process which, with our ales is at least-
Niki Hurren:
At least 17, 17 to 18 days for the process to get the ales right.
Pat McNulty:
So five week, or six weeks, when it’s all said and done, when you’re not producing beer. We went through a bunch of inventory. Not to mention that the beer we didn’t get out. We just got through Christmas and New Years, which is-
Niki Hurren:
It’s some of our busiest times here, especially for the beer drinkers down on the beach and stuff. We had a little bit of a perfect storm where we had to take the old brewery offline, get the new one up online, and deal with a bunch of technical problems, as you do with any project, unforeseen stuff. Then, with the high demand that we have down here on the beach, for craft ale-
Joe Walsh:
Which is Rock Surf Camp.
Niki Hurren:
So we literally ran out, but we should be kegging the pale ale tomorrow. And then the rest of the beers are coming out soon. They’re in-process.
Joe Walsh:
A lot of people, they’re really interested in maybe moving to a place like Costa Rica and starting their own business. I know our brewery has definitely grown … A much bigger facility than it used to be, but still we had to go through all the same growing pains building a new brewery. So I know people have questions, like, “Was this hard?” I can answer, but I definitely wanna ask you. What was the most challenging part for you in building out our new facility?
Niki Hurren:
Building it out? I don’t need to tell you, it was technical support. To find people down here that have the knowledge to deal with three-phase electricity and the different types of equipment that we got, that we import from China, and the challenges that comes with that.
Joe Walsh:
You’re ordering a glycol chiller and not actually having a control panel to control it.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. There was no off and on switch. It just literally was a pump with a condenser and that’s it.
Joe Walsh:
I thought it was pretty cheap.
Niki Hurren:
It was very cheap for what it is! But, you know …
Joe Walsh:
That’s what happens when you roll the dice and you buy the stuff from China. You can get some great quality stuff, but you have to really know what you’re looking for. And then, you’re still gonna have issues.
Niki Hurren:
We bought equipment before from China. We bought some kegs in ’18, and they’ve been fantastic and a good added value to the brewery. But when it comes to electrical equipment, components, it’s been a little bit more challenging to find an electrical engineer that has the knowledge and has … The good ones are always busy. When you need them to come right there and then they generally don’t. You add tico time as well, then, things just kind of like … Time just adds up.
Joe Walsh:
I’d like to think that these are growing pains. What you’re doing is you’re building a better team. Once you finally identify the individuals that can deal with the three-phase electricity or all of the refrigeration needs, all the stuff we do with cold rooms and glycol and stuff like that. It gets complicated.
Joe Walsh:
I know for me, the hardest part was simply building a factory. Never done that before. Never built … Never had a space this big. Until you have it, you don’t realize that your construction, all of a sudden you’ve built something.
Niki Hurren:
We went in there, and it was full of … It was washing machines and stuff from a bunch of cabinas and hotel rooms. When we finally got it cleared out and actually saw the amount of space that we had in there, we’ve never worked with anything of that size or that kind of blank canvas before. It was a lot of fun and we planned it out well and it was designed well. But again, there’s unforeseen things. For us, our first, not the first time we built a brewery, but something of this size.
Joe Walsh:
So tell people now, now that we’re open, when are we open, our hours? I don’t wanna ever close, have a day when we close. I know that’s an easier way to do it. When you have a staff and you don’t wanna have someone who has to cover that day off or those days off. But we’re saying, open, 2 o’clock, daily.
Niki Hurren:
2 o’clock daily, and we’re open til 10 p.m. 2 to 10 p.m. every day, is what we’re trying to do right now.
Joe Walsh:
We don’t actually have any beer on tap, today. But probably by tomorrow we will, again. And then within a couple weeks we’ll have our line-up of our pale ale, our IPA, and the Gato Malo on tap. Besides just having beer and a full bar, there’s drinks for kids. We’re getting the root beer floats up and running here this next week. We also got ping pong. We’re putting in foosball, a whole kid’s corner. Bring your families, there’s a lot of concrete. They can ride their three-wheeled scooter things, they can cruise around.
Niki Hurren:
Tell your kids to bring their bicycles and trikes and skates. There’s a flat, concrete space in there. Very safe. There’s nothing going on in there. It’s just a flat space. The kids can have a lot of fun. Just like riding about. It’s a really nice space just to hang out.
Joe Walsh:
What’s even more exciting is that we’re just now finishing our 18 hole disc golf course. Not to be confused with “Frisbee” golf which, apparently, is the incorrect way to say it.
Niki Hurren:
It’s “disc” golf. Disc golf.
Joe Walsh:
I like to call it “Frisbee” golf. Sounds more fun. We’re still trying to get Pat up there.
Pat McNulty:
I gotta say, I’m the guy that doesn’t like anything.
Niki Hurren:
There’s a few things you like! Come on!
Pat McNulty:
I have to say that you guys did a really good job and it looks nice and neat and organized, and I really am proud of you for doing that. But one thing I’d like to say is that if I’m gonna sit here and do these podcasts, you gotta give me a stool that doesn’t hurt my ass. I got a bony ass. And I’m sitting here, shifting around, because my ass hurts.
Joe Walsh:
They’re out of my pool house. These are standard, wooden stools.
Niki Hurren:
I’m gonna have to concur with Pat. This is not like an age thing or anything like that.
Joe Walsh:
We were gonna record it inside, but then you hear the air conditioner humming the whole time. Or my kids would be making noise. Or you do it down in the office and the phone keeps ringing.
Pat McNulty:
I’m the COO of Witch’s Rock Industries. You guys have a brewery. I have not even tasted the beer because I don’t drink. However, all you people in the listening audience, it’s good beer because I said it is. Now come down here and drink it.
Niki Hurren:
Come down here for the experience. It’s the reason we all came down here as well.
Joe Walsh:
We did sell out all of our beers because it was Christmas and New Years and because we finally had it on tap after being out for a couple weeks, cuz we moved the brewery. Everyone that drinks a beer really likes the beer. And to that person that left that one-star review on TripAdvisor two days ago saying, “One star because you didn’t have any beer,” I apologize.
Niki Hurren:
No one is more upset about that than we are.
Joe Walsh:
You’re right. You’re right. A brewery’s out of beer. It’ll be a …
Pat McNulty:
It tickles me to death that that review came in. I really love it. I love the controversy. However, you’re an American. You’re very impatient. This is Costa Rica. We ran out of beer. Contact us. Come and see us again, and we will buy you a beer. We’ll buy you five beers. And your family, too. And your little dog, too! There you go. So show ’em the love.
Joe Walsh:
Alright. So we made it through Christmas and New Years. Patrick, what happened out at the camp?
Pat McNulty:
Oh, it was many people coming in. Many people. They were driving in. They were driving. They were walking. And then after they got drunk, they were walking away, looking like the Walking Dead.
Joe Walsh:
Yeah.
Niki Hurren:
Depending on what time of the day it was, it actually did look like a scene out of the Walking Dead, when you had a herd just walking through like, “Ahhhhh.”
Joe Walsh:
I put the spotlights on my van.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, now that was funny.
Joe Walsh:
I put those on just to shine at it. I felt like I …
Pat McNulty:
And people were scurrying when you put those lights on. However, this is how we make our money. People come in from all over the Tamarindo, because it’s a cool place to come to. And we love it when you come. And we’re teasing a little bit. But you all know what I’m talking about, because you laugh at yourselves, too. We love you coming here. It happens every Christmas. I just wish they’d turn the music down, cuz the older I get the louder it sounds.
Joe Walsh:
Well, what I like is that there was waves throughout most of the entire month of December. We’re doing all of this so that we can keep one eye on the waves and get out there when it’s good. There’s a lot of good waves. Even though it was busy on the beach, there’s some decent waves out in front. And then, finally, after Christmas and towards New Years, it starts really filling in.
Joe Walsh:
I thought I’d take El Rubio and thought we’d go camping. So cruise over to Mina’s and it was absolutely packed. You could barely even find a place to put the car. I’ve never seen that many people. I’ve heard of … god, who told me? I think it was Shawna went down to San Juanillo, thinking they’d be getting out of the craziness. She said it was out of control down there. Just the entire coast. That’s what happens. Be prepared if you come down for Christmas, New Years, or Easter, that’s what you’re gonna get. But, doesn’t mean the waves aren’t gonna be bad or even too crowded, because most of the people don’t surf. They were pretty good. And let’s get on to the surf, because that’s what this is really all about. And El Rubio, the surf van.
Joe Walsh:
What’s your guys’ favorite surf vehicle you’ve ever owned? And what makes a surf vehicle a cool surf vehicle? What are the … I’ve got my list. I wanna hear from you guys. Pat?
Pat McNulty:
I’m a Volkswagen person. Back in 1967, we had a Volkswagen van. I just loved it, because I was a surfer. Volkswagen vans are the surfing van. And as I got older, I started buying the Eurovans, the MF, or the MVs. And it’s kind of like a camper van, but it’s also a transportation van. I used to take that surfing. I just absolutely loved it. You could fold the back seat down and turn it into a bed. In between surf sessions, you could lay down and take a nap and then go out when the waves started getting good again. I’m a VW guy. I always wanted to have a VW, a full-on VW camper.
Niki Hurren:
The Rubio’s been a really welcome added vehicle to help us get to waves, and the thing is just so nostalgic in their even smells, like an old VW. And it is. It’s 40 years old, and we’ve been hanging out in that quite a lot. It’s been a lot of fun. Just hanging out in it-
Joe Walsh:
You had a van, when you were younger, right?
Niki Hurren:
I grew up on the east coast of England. The main important thing that you needed from a surf vehicle is that the heaters worked.
Joe Walsh:
Exactly.
Niki Hurren:
Cuz it was bloody cold. You’d get out of the water. Depending on the time of year.
Joe Walsh:
What was your favorite surf vehicle, ever?
Niki Hurren:
My favorite surf vehicle, ever?
Joe Walsh:
If you had one.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, yeah, I know I had a, I think it’s like a Nissan, I suppose you call it a “Hiace?” Not a Hiace. But something like that. Like a panel van.
Joe Walsh:
It’s a made-up car.
Niki Hurren:
It’s a made-up car. Because in England we don’t actually have cars, we ride horses still. It was just a big panel van and we just threw a futon in the back and had my tools in there from working construction-
Joe Walsh:
How’d you heat it in the winters?
Niki Hurren:
How’d you heat it in the winters?
Joe Walsh:
Yeah. Did you have a heater? I don’t know.
Niki Hurren:
What you did is you had one of those heaters that you could plug in.
Joe Walsh:
Oh, really?
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, yeah, yeah. If you go camping somewhere, that’s what you would do. But you … basically like for … When you start surfing in colder climates, as you both know, especially Pat, you need to get in and out of the water. Getting changed is the biggest thing.
Joe Walsh:
How you doing there, brother? My neighbor whistling for his dog.
Niki Hurren:
The idea was that you need to be able to get into the van, be able to change, out of the wind, and you had a decent heater, [inaudible 00:16:23] your hand so you could literally start your car and get out of there.
Niki Hurren:
I had a VW Beetle, and that thing was not good as a surf vehicle. You couldn’t get a surf board in it. You couldn’t get changed-
Pat McNulty:
You couldn’t change in those.
Niki Hurren:
You couldn’t change in it. And it didn’t have [inaudible 00:16:39] [crosstalk 00:16:41]
Pat McNulty:
There’s other things that we figured out how to do in those…
Niki Hurren:
Oh, yeah, yeah.
Pat McNulty:
That was uncomfortable, too.
Joe Walsh:
So, New Year’s resolutions? You guys got any? Nothing?
Pat McNulty:
Oh yeah. I’m gonna get in shape. I’m gonna get in shape. Gonna see my abs again before I die. I work out all the time as you guys well know, but there’s a thing in my head that tells me I need more. I’m gonna work out more and I’m gonna surf more. That’s what I came here for. Not to do all this work. Course it’s not easy, cuz since I’ve been here, Joe keeps expanding. Now we have 130 employees.
Joe Walsh:
No. I think it’s 120. Last time I added.
Pat McNulty:
Well, it balloons up to 130. That’s what it was last time I look. It’s like herding cats.
Niki Hurren:
I don’t have any resolutions. I’m just gonna keep doing, or overdoing.
Joe Walsh:
My resolution is to get more employees for Pat. It sounds like he’s keeping track. We’re gonna shoot for 150 this year?
Pat McNulty:
Yeah. Whatever it is.
Niki Hurren:
You like cats.
Pat McNulty:
I am the Grim Reaper. All in all, we have some really good employees here. I’m just joking. We have really good employees. Life-long employees. It’s taught me a lot of patience. Anyone that knows me knows that I have no patience. But I’ve learned a lot of patience since I’ve come here and started doing this job.
Niki Hurren:
Same here. You have to draw up a lot of patience to deal with a business of this size. How we do things down here is … This is how we do it. We like to have a good time. We love to surf. That’s our main priority at the end of the day. That’s how we all ended up here.
Joe Walsh:
Don’t worry. I’m just gonna edit this part out. Let’s get back to the surfing.
Niki Hurren:
Okay. I’m just gonna keep talking and whatever comes out, sparkles or [inaudible 00:18:40].
Joe Walsh:
Where’s the next surf trip you’re gonna take? We’ve surfed all around Tamarindo, but … Here in the country? What are you eyeing on next? Somewhere here in Costa Rica you wanna surf?
Niki Hurren:
Yeah, but I ain’t gonna say where it is.
Joe Walsh:
Alright. Okay, I think I know where. And that’s good. How bout you, Pat?
Pat McNulty:
It’s gonna be that place that you and I go to often down in the southern zone.
Joe Walsh:
Okay.
Niki Hurren:
Yeah. That was my plan, too.
Joe Walsh:
That’s kind of why we have El Rubio in the first place, for those strike missions when there’s solid [inaudible 00:19:12]. And we won’t mention the spot. But the good news is that here in Costa Rica there are still many spots you can get out to.
Joe Walsh:
That’s a parrot flying by. I was gonna say, wild places with parrots. But we just had them flying through here. They’re all over Costa Rica. Wild spots. Not that many people surfing. There’s still a lot of open space out there.
Pat McNulty:
There is, and it’s always one of the things that always surprised me about Costa Rica. I’ve been to Indo, and I’ve been to Australia and places like that, and it’s very hard to find some uncrowded waves. Unless it’s really sharky, or a pretty serious spot. But over here you can still find really, really good, world-class waves, and not too many people out. Very, very, not-so-much of a localized crowd or anything like that. It’s still good surfing down here and good waves.
Joe Walsh:
That’s true. Very true. I guess that’s why I’ve been here all these years.
Joe Walsh:
So, for all you listeners, thinking about coming to Costa Rica, there’s some great waves down here. If you’re coming to Tamarindo, you should check us out at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. We’ve got places for you to stay, we’ll take you surfing, we’ll get you better surfing. Otherwise, hope to see you in the water either here or there …
Niki Hurren:
Or up in the brewery, or wherever you wanna do.
Pat McNulty:
For all you would-be travelers, Costa Rica is a very safe country to come to, full of “pura vida.” The people love tourism. You gotta come down. Single travelers, families, they all come, they all have a good time.
Joe Walsh:
Tamarindo is pretty nice. You got a little bit of everything.
Joe Walsh:
Alright guys. We made it though our first podcast. Just like that.
Niki Hurren:
Yup. I’ve not even finished my beer!
Joe Walsh:
Talking too much. Cool.
Pat McNulty:
I’m gonna get a La-Z-Boy, so I can sit in a La-Z-Boy next time I’m here. Because this thing really hurts my rear end, I gotta tell you.
Joe Walsh:
This is where we’ll cue the outre music once we get a few episodes in and we get ourselves polished up. (singing)

The post 1: Welcome to Get Out and SURF appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Building the Ultimate Costa Rica Surf Van (part one)

Tue, 18 Dec 2018 18:15:00 GMT

I’ve always been into camper vans, ever since I was a kid. I was 18 when I bought my first van, a pea-green 1979 VW Westfalia I scored for $1600.

This was the first car I ever bought and it changed my life. I started camping and surfing in Baja every month, getting my first tastes of the adventurous Latin American surf life. I became hooked on the feeling of freedom and exploration that came along with cruising in such a ride. I’m still in love with surf vans, camper vans, roof-top tents, and anything else that gets me exploring and surfing off the grid.

I went to Germany this past summer and stopped by a VW dealership in Munich to check out the new VW California, a camper van with a pop top roof and all of the things that made the original VW Westfalia famous. These vans are pretty awesome, but definitely not as durable as the old-school 1980s Westy. Even though the VW California has AWD they just don’t seem rugged enough for Costa Rica’s backroads. They have low clearance, and lifting them seems silly. They’re nice, but they really are a highway camper van.

The 1980s Westfalia seemed like a better option. They’re rugged, they have higher clearance, and they have substantial weight over the rear axel which can help give more traction when traversing questionable roads without 4wd.

So I made it my goal to find a solid van in Costa Rica and do a custom build project. I figured this would be about the best Christmas present ever.

Finding A Great Project Van

I was looking around online for quite a long time. I couldn’t believe how much used VW Westfalias go for these days. I guess people have figured out how rad these vans are. I found a few used vans in San Jose, Costa Rica, but they seemed to all be Vanagons or too old or in bad shape. A guy in Tamarindo had just driven down in a 1986 Westfalia, but he wanted to sell it for too much money, and it would have been too difficult/impossible to import anyways.

Bu then about a month ago I found what I was looking for, here in Costa Rica, already with Costa Rican license plates. Purchase price: $5600.

An original German 1981 VW Westfalia camper van that had been imported to Costa Rica from Germany a few years ago. It was sitting in a guy’s workshop outside of San Jose and hadn’t been driven much. The interior was pretty clean, it drove pretty strong (2.0L gas engine), but what sealed the deal was the original VW side decals which are totally rad!

Fortunately, I found a great mechanic and body shop in San Jose Costa Rica to do some work for me. Well… I still have the van at the shop, so let me rephrase that as “(I hope) I found a great mechanic…”.

Honestly, in Tamarindo it’s really hard to find a good mechanic. This is probably why I haven’t taken on a project like this down here. You’re only as good as your team. But so far, my new mechanic Diego and his team are doing a great job.

Making the Van Mechanically Sound

Before spending any money on upgrades and modifications, I needed to make sure the van is mechanically solid. There was a light oil leak, and the engine compartment was splattered with oil. We determined it was probably leaky engine seals, which it was. We had to drop the engine, replace all of the seals, adjust the valves, put it all back together again and pressure wash the engine compartment. Now the van leaks no oil at all.

The brakes were inspected, replaced. Suspension parts were replaced as needed. Starter was repaired. Power steering was repaired. All interior/exterior lights were repaired. Windshield wipers repaired. Emergency brake repaired. Pretty much everything was repaired except for the clutch, which I’ll probably break pretty soon because I just wrote this.

3″ Lift, Off-Road Tires, Customer Bumper + Winch

I had seen some modifications on other trucks that Diego had done, and it all looked good so I took a shot.

We lifted the van about 3″. Then we built a solid bumper to house a 12,000lb winch and some additional LED headlamps. We replaced the 15″ rims with 14″ rims and added beefy off-road tires, which lifted the van a little bit more.

Here’s how it is turning out so far.

The van on the right is a 1980 Vanagon that I purchased for $1300 for spare parts. It has the same engine, transmission, suspension, accessories, etc as my 1981 Westfalia. I’ve already taken the rims, and I’m about to grab some door handles, window locks, and other small parts. This is definitely a cheaper and easier option than trying to find these parts in Costa Rica or buy online in the US and ship down here. Plus, you can never have too many VW vans!

So What’s Next?

I’m trying to get this van out of the workshop by the end of this week, so my short-term goals to complete right now include:

2nd deep cell battery (for interior accessories, lights, winch)
install awning
install pvc water tank on opposite side of roof
bluetooth stereo and speakers
surfboard racks installed on pop top

Last but definitely not least, I’m welding a small bracket to the frame of the van so I can attach my hammock from the van to a tree. Now you know where to find me!

And this is just the short list. I still need to fix the fridge and sink, replace zippers on the pop top canvas, and more. But it’s already ready to hit the road on a surfing adventure, so I’m stoked!

Feel free to contact me if you have any questions, advice, or are thinking about building your own ultimate surf van.

I’ll continue posting updates to the Talk Story blog about my surf van project as well as a lot of other really cool things going on down here (the concierge boat, opening a new production brewery, building Tamarindo’s first disc golf course, and more). Stay tuned to the Talk Story blog, I’ll be updating it every week.

pura vida my surfing hermanos y nos vemos pronto,
Joe Walsh

The post Building the Ultimate Costa Rica Surf Van (part one) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Tamarindo Receives Awesome Northwest Swell To Start 2019 Season

Wed, 05 Dec 2018 13:48:00 GMT

Psst! The Tamarindo Rivermouth is breaking again!

If you were lucky enough to be down here this past weekend, you saw some giant waves breaking up and down the beach as a booming northwest swell slammed into Costa Rica’s Pacific coast. These were the same waves that broke last week during the Jaws Challenge big wave surf contest at Pe’ahi, Maui, Hawaii .

The swell is still hitting as I write this. Tamarindo and Witch’s Rock, arguably the two best spots in Costa Rica to receive a northwest swell, have been firing on all cylinders.

For those of us that live and surf in Tamarindo or visit often, we can all remember how the estuary drifted a couple of years ago and how our beach landscape completely changed. The Tamarindo Rivermouth surf break all but disappeared.

But then earlier this year the rivermouth started to show signs of life. Offshore winds helped add some sand to the sand bar. And now, with the start of our northwest swell season, the Tamarindo Rivermouth is once again throwing out some tubes.

During the peak of the swell the biggest waves were breaking at Pico Grande . This lava rock outcropping and slab has a perfect northwest orientation that helps to amplify the wave’s size. Local surf stars Dean Vanderwalle and Malakai Martinez were pulling into barrels that looked like Backdoor. It was a pretty solid show.

And of course Witch’s Rock has been PUMPING. Check out local ripper Josymar Fuentes Villalobos (long time friend and past employee) showing us how its done in this epic multi-shot tube ride at the rock.

With the sand bars set up better than they’ve been in a long time, now’s a great time to get down here and surf. The rainy season has all but ended, the offshore winds are starting to pick up, and the conditions are great. We are looking forward to another awesome surf season.

I’ll see you surfing! Pura vida, Joe Walsh

The post Tamarindo Receives Awesome Northwest Swell To Start 2019 Season appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Cheap Flights to Costa Rica: A Complete List for 2019

Tue, 30 Oct 2018 11:48:00 GMT

The post Cheap Flights to Costa Rica: A Complete List for 2019 appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Isla Capitan Tamarindo Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:20:00 GMT

Isla Capitán – Playa Tamarindo Wave Quality: Average (7.5 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (180° – 230°) NW (280° – 305°)Ideal Wave Height: Overhead – Double OverheadBest Wind Direction: Very light offshore Best Tide: Low tideRequired Experience: Advanced – KamikazeBest Board: Step up board, big wave gunBottom: Rock / reefCrowd: EmptyWave Power: (9 / 10)Best time of the […]

Casitas Playa Grande Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:17:00 GMT

Casitas – Playa Grande Wave Quality: Average ( 6.5/ 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (215 – 230) NW (280 – 300)Ideal Wave Height: waist high – head highBest Wind Direction: ENE Best Tide: Mid-highRequired Experience: Beginner – Advanced.Best Board: Longboard, Funboard, FishBottom: SandyCrowd: ModerateWave Power: (4.5 / 10)Best time of the year: July & August Casitas […]

Henry’s Right Tamarindo Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:16:00 GMT

Henry’s Right – Playa Tamarindo Wave Quality: Average (5.5 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: NW (280° – 305°)Ideal Wave Height: Chest high – slightly overheadBest Wind Direction: Light offshoreBest Tide: HighRequired Experience: Advanced.Best Board: Soft-top, longboard, funboard, fish, shortboardBottom: Rock / reef / sandCrowd: LightWave Power: (6.5 / 10)Best time of the year: December – March Henry’s Right […]

Henry’s Left Tamarindo Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:15:00 GMT

Henry’s Left – Playa Tamarindo Wave Quality: Average (6 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (215° – 230°) NW (280° – 305°)Ideal Wave Height: Chest – head highBest Wind Direction: Light offshore Best Tide: HighRequired Experience: Advanced.Best Board: Soft-top, longboard, funboard , fish, shortboardBottom: Lava reefCrowd: LightWave Power: (5.5 / 10)Best time of the year: July – August or December […]

Pico Pequeno Tamrindo Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:13:00 GMT

Pico Pequeño – Playa Tamarindo Wave Quality: Average (6 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (215° – 230°)Ideal Wave Height: Waist high – shoulder highBest Wind Direction: Light and variable Best Tide: HighRequired Experience: Advanced Beginner – Advanced.Best Board: Soft-top, Longboard, Funboard, FishBottom: Mostly sand with some reefCrowd: Moderate – HeavyWave Power: (6 / 10)Best time of the year: July & […]

Pico Grande Tamarindo Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:12:00 GMT

Pico Grande – Playa Tamarindo Wave Quality: Good (7.5 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (215° – 230°) NW (280° – 300°)Ideal Wave Height: Chest high – overheadBest Wind Direction: Light offshoreBest Tide: Mid – highRequired Experience: AdvancedBest Board: ShortboardBottom: Rock / reefCrowd: ModerateWave Power: (8 / 10)Best time of the year: July – August Pico Grande – […]

Tamarindo Beach Break Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:11:00 GMT

Tamarindo Beach Break Wave Quality: Average (4 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (215° – 230°) NW (280° – 300°)Ideal Wave Height: Waist high – chest highBest Wind Direction: Light offshoreBest Tide: Mid – high tideRequired Experience: Beginner – IntermediateBest Board: Soft top, LongboardBottom: SandyCrowd: Moderate – HeavyWave Power: (4 / 10)Best time of the year: July & […]

Tamarindo Rivermouth Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:09:00 GMT

Tamarindo Rivermouth Wave Quality: Excellent (8 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (215° – 230°) NW (280° – 300°)Ideal Wave Height: Chest high – overheadBest Wind Direction: Light offshore Best Tide: LowRequired Experience: Advanced.Best Board: Shortboard , fish, longboardBottom: SandyCrowd: Moderate – heavyWave Power: (8 / 10)Best time of the year: December – April Tamarindo Rivermouth Location – The Tamarindo Rivermouth is located […]

Palm Beach Playa Grande Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:07:00 GMT

Palm Beach – Playa Grande Wave Quality: Average (5 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SSW (185° – 200°)Ideal Wave Height: Waist high – shoulder highBest Wind Direction: Light offshoreBest Tide: Mid-highRequired Experience: Beginner – intermediateBest Board: Longboard, funboardBottom: SandyCrowd: Empty – lightWave Power: (6 / 10)Best time of the year: July – August Palm Beach – Playa […]

Playa Grande Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:03:00 GMT

Playa Grande – Main Peak Wave Quality: Very good (8 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SSW (185°- 205°)Ideal Wave Height: Chest high – slightly overheadBest Wind Direction: Light offshoreBest Tide: Mid tideRequired Experience: AdvancedBest Board: Fish, shortboardBottom: SandyCrowd: Moderate – HeavyWave Power: (7.5 / 10)Best time of the year: July – August and December – April Playa Grande […]

Las Palmeras Playa Grande Surf Spot

Thu, 25 Oct 2018 00:00:00 GMT

Las Palmeras – Playa Grande Wave Quality: Average – Good (6.5 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SSW (185 – 205)Ideal Wave Height: Waist high – head highBest Wind Direction: Light offshore Best Tide: Mid – highRequired Experience: Intermediate- advancedBest Board: Longboard, funboard, fish, shortboardBottom: SandyCrowd: LightWave Power: (6.5 / 10)Best time of the year: July – August and December – […]

Capitan Suizo Tamarindo Surf Spot

Wed, 24 Oct 2018 21:08:00 GMT

Capitán Suizo – Playa Tamarindo Wave Quality: Average (6.5 / 10)Ideal Swell Direction: SW (215° – 230°) NW (280° – 305°)Ideal Wave Height: Thigh high – head highBest Wind Direction: E / ESE / SEBest Tide: Mid-highRequired Experience: Beginner – advanced.Best Board: Soft-top, longboard, funboard, fish, shortboardBottom: Sand and a few rocksCrowd: Moderate – heavyWave Power: […]

Eli Bouchard, Snowboard Prodigy: Surfing Like a Pro After Only 2 Lessons

Fri, 19 Oct 2018 02:21:00 GMT

The post Eli Bouchard, Snowboard Prodigy: Surfing Like a Pro After Only 2 Lessons appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Surf Seasons of Costa Rica

Wed, 17 Oct 2018 09:59:00 GMT

The post The Surf Seasons of Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Surfing Etiquette: 5 Surf Rules Everyone Should Know

Tue, 09 Oct 2018 18:02:00 GMT

The post Surfing Etiquette: 5 Surf Rules Everyone Should Know appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

6 Eco-Friendly Surf Products You Can Feel Good About Using

Fri, 28 Sep 2018 00:59:00 GMT

As surfers, we are some of the first to feel the effects of pollution and climate change.

The ocean is our playground and we try our best to keep it clean, but when the tools of our trade are contributing factors to rising oceans and carbon emission we are put in a bit of a box.

Fortunately, there are brands out there that realize surfboards, wetsuits, sunscreen, and even surf wax can be incredibly harmful to the environment. These brands aim to reverse the effects of climate change and pollution through their sustainable products.

These products are environmentally friendly, and they work phenomenally, so check them out below!

Patagonia Yulex Wetsuits

Patagonia has been on the Yulex path for a while now. Unlike Neoprene, Yulex is a natural rubber that can be sustainably farmed. The original issues with Yulex – lack of flex, stiffness, and overall lack of comfort – are no longer an issue. Patagonia’s new line of Yulex wetsuits is some of the best wetsuits out there. Additionally, they are Fair Trade certified so you can ensure your dollars are contributing to good on all fronts. Unlike most brands, Patagonia wants their products to last a lifetime, so they have created the Worn Wear program, where you can send in your torn, used, and damaged clothing for little to no cost repairs!

Firewire Eco Surfboards

Firewire’s Timbertek program has been around for a few years. The shapers at Firewire utilize sustainably grown Paulownia wood and bio-resin. That combination qualifies Timbertek for Eco board certification, an aim that all board builders should have.

Vissla Boardshorts

In 2015, Vissla signed on to become a Surf Rider Foundation “Surf Industry Defender,” aiming to create sustainable products that help protect our oceans. They have a variety of sustainable products that include their stylish boardshorts made from coconut husks and recycled polyester yarn!

ThinkSport Sunscreen

By now, we are all aware that most sunscreens are harmful to coral reefs. But it’s still a challenge to try to find a high quality, dermatologist recommended sunscreen that is reef safe. Well, not anymore! ThinkSport Sunscreen has an SPF rating of 50, does not contain any biological toxic chemicals, and is waterproof for 80 minutes!

TreeHugger Surf Wax

If the name gives you any indication, the team over at TreeHugger Surf Wax is doing everything possible to create sustainable products. Every product Tree Hugger Surf Wax creates contains locally sourced beeswax and is handmade. There is no fossil fuel based paraffin wax or factory mass production involved in any form!

Formula Fun Softboards

Love it or hate it, it appears that the high-performance soft board craze is here to stay. If you’re going to take part in the craze, you might as well do so in an environmentally responsible way! Formula Fun Foamies feature a twin fin fish outline and are made entirely from recycled materials. Once you’ve ridden your Formula Foamie to its death, don’t trash it, mail it back and the guys and Formula Fun will recycle it to make other boards!

The post 6 Eco-Friendly Surf Products You Can Feel Good About Using appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Your Guide to Bringing Home the Best Costa Rican Coffee

Wed, 26 Sep 2018 01:31:00 GMT

It’s no secret that Costa Rica has some of the world’s best coffee . Our temperate inland climate, rolling grassy hills, and rainy season provides the optimal conditions to produce supreme quality coffee beans. With every sip you take each morning you’re here, you’ll notice the complex flavor, rich aroma, and superb taste that puts Cost Rican coffee above the rest. But it’s one thing to order a cup with your breakfast, it’s a completely different ordeal to pick out your own bag at the supermarket. Honestly, it can be a bit overwhelming. All you want to find is that traditional Costa Rican flavor, but the coffee aisle is stacked with dozens of different brands and roasts. Dive in below to learn about each of the major Costa Rican coffee brands!

Café Britt

Perhaps the most recognizable coffee brand in Costa Rica, Britt is a regular on the shelves of all stores in Costa Rica. They even have their own brand-named stores in many malls, hotels, and airports. And for good reason, Britt makes high-quality coffee in a variety of blends and roasts. Café Britt is known for creating exclusive gourmet products , most notably their coffees and chocolates. The variety of brews offered by Café Britt will ensure that every coffee lover can find a perfect match. Britt focuses on quality by choosing the highest caliber beans and pairing them with expert roasters. Café Britt’s Tres Rios blend is a personal favorite that is grown on the mountains near Volcán Irazu and is a medium roast with an aroma of honey-nut.

Café Rey

Café Rey has been providing Costa Ricans with high quality 100% Arabica Coffee for 65 years . Café Rey’s goal is to combine the region’s best beans into a rich, aromatic blend of flavor that is evocative of traditional Costa Rican taste. The Café Rey Tradicional blend combines rich flavors with a hint of sweetness.

Café 1820

Named for the year Costa Rica exported its first coffee bean to Panama, Café 1820 is steeped in tradition. Café 1820 is a local favorite and is a balanced mix of Café Oro , which uses coffee from the 7 coffee-producing areas in Costa Rica. 1820 comes from high-altitude nutrient-rich volcanic soils located at more than 1000 meters above sea level. 1820 offers a variety of products including specific blends intended for mixing with milk, espressos, and of course 100% pure Arabica beans.

Volcanica Coffee

Volcanica Coffee offers unique varieties that bring out the rich flavors of the Costa Rican coffee bean. With a focus on estate coffee, (coffee from single farms not mixed with other beans) , unique peaberry beans, gourmet flavor, and fair-trade – Volcanica is making a splash in the Costa Rica coffee industry through specialization.

If you’re staying at the surf camp, or in the Tamarindo area, stop by Dawn Patrol Coffee & Bakery , located at the entrance of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. We have your coffee needs covered!

But next time you’re in Tamarindo , make sure you stop by the store on your way out to bring home the perfect bag of Costa Rican Coffee.

The post Your Guide to Bringing Home the Best Costa Rican Coffee appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Celebrities Who Rip

Thu, 20 Sep 2018 22:02:00 GMT

We’ve all seen the tabloid snapshot depicting some A-lister hanging on to a foam board, for dear life, while vacationing in Bali or Hawaii. But there are, in fact, a few celebrities who legitimately rip.

Whether surf tripping with pros or pulling into barrels in front of their extravagant beach houses, these celebrities are sure to light up any line up with more than just their fame.

Chris Hemsworth

To the surprise of very few, Thor surfs. The Australian born and bred actor Chris Hemsworth currently calls Byron Bay home and surfs as often as he can. In addition to being close to his family, Chris negotiated the filming of Thor 3 be done near his home in Australia, so he could enjoy the occasional weekday surf.

If you follow this superhuman on Instagram, you’ll see that he occasionally pals around with 11-time world champ Kelly Slater, whether it’s at Cloudbreak in Fiji or at the surf ranch. It would appear that Chris even has his own board sponsor, Bondi Beach based Emery Surfboards. Not that the actor couldn’t afford the boards on his own.

Cameron Diaz

Cameron Diaz might be one of the world’s most recognizable celebrities. She’s known for her appearances in The Mask , Charlies Angels , and There’s Something About Mary . But Diaz has not let fame get in the way of her surf-traveling. In fact, she made a TV series about it back in 2005 titled Trippin . While Trippin might have vanished along with what was left of the early 2000’s pop culture, Diaz is still a surfer.

Liam Hemsworth

It’s no surprise that Liam, like his brother Chris, surfs. Growing up in Australia, Liam and his siblings picked up surfing along with rugby, cricket, and other absurdly Australian activities. Today, Liam calls Malibu home, where he is a frequent local in the lineup at first point.

Jack Johnson

Not many people know that the famed beachy singer/songwriter Jack Johnson grew up on the North Shore of Oahu . In fact, one of Johnson’s first jobs was filming and editing surf footage. He is a familiar in the line-up at Pipeline , and like Chris Hemsworth, is buddies with Kelly Slater. In addition to packing barrels, we can applaud Jack Johnson for completely eliminating single-use plastics at his concerts!

Jason Mraz

Known for his 2008 hit single I’m Yours and his questionable headwear choices, American singer and songwriter Jason Mraz picked up surfing in Hawaii in 2010 (I know it’s cliché) and has been enamored with the sport ever since. In 2010, he was announced as Surf Industry Manufacturers ’ Humanitarian of the Year , for his work with several surf related charities.

Scott Caan

Star of the crime drama, Hawaii Five-0 , and son of legendary actor James Caan , Scott grew up surfing Malibu and has been photographed surfing in locations all over the world. I can only imagine he surfs when he’s not filming on set in Hawaii. Ironically, his character on the show is one of the only characters who does not surf.

Matthew McConaughey

Legendary actor Matthew McConaughey began surfing in preparation for his role in the movie Surfer Dude . The movie tanked (it was awful), but McConaughey caught the surfing bug and has been surfing ever since. Occasionally, he even shows up to WSL events around the world to watch the pros.

Anthony Kiedis

The Red Hot Chili Peppers frontman relies on surfing to keep him youthful. Kiedis has been surfing since he was a kid and frequents spots around LA. He’s been known to surf on the road as well, mainly in Hawaii and Brazil.

Bill Murray

While Wes Anderson favorite and comedy god, Bill Murray, might not rip in the traditional sense, he is well worth a mention. In a recent issue of the East Coast surf magazine Whalebone , Bill Murray recants the epic tale of him being pushed into his first wave by legendary surfer Rory Russel at G-Land (famous Indo Spot) . Of course, the interviewer in the featured piece is none other than Kelly Slater who asks the actor several questions while playing 18-holes of golf.

The post Celebrities Who Rip appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

12 Breathtaking Hikes to Take in Costa Rica

Tue, 18 Sep 2018 17:19:00 GMT

You came to Costa Rica for the waves, we get that, so did we. But there is so much more to Costa Rica than the coast. Costa Rica’s highest point of elevation is 3,820 meters (12,533 feet) that’s just under the elevation of Mount Owen in the Teton Range of Wyoming. Costa Rica might not be a frontrunner when you think of great hiking destinations, but it should be. Trekking the rain and cloud forests by foot, climbing waterfalls, and scaling volcanoes are all possibilities when you visit Costa Rica. Keep reading to learn about 12 of our favorite hikes in the country!

1. Rio Celeste Waterfall & Tenorio Volcano

This hike is just a stone’s through from WRSC in Tamarindo! Located in Guanacaste, Rio Celeste is renowned for its gorgeous blue water! Guided half day hikes will take you to natural hot springs around the volcano park. Full day hikes are a bit challenging and can be up to 5 miles but are well worth it. They offer the chance to see the beautiful Rio Celeste Waterfall on the way down from the volcano.

2. Santa Rosa National Park

Another hike close to Tamarindo, the Santa Rosa National Park and all of her hiking trails are located in Guanacaste! Hike through the dry forests and keep a lookout for wildlife. Then make your way to the gorgeous white sand beaches. The National Park has the world’s only fully protected beach for nesting Olive Ridley Sea Turtles . These adorable sea turtles hatch between August and November, so if you’re lucky you may get a chance to see them. The beaches of Santa Rosa are also known for their surf breaks, so score some waves while you’re there!

3. Heliconia Hanging Bridges

If you’re looking to find rainforests without leaving Guanacaste, Heliconia Hanging Bridges is for you! Heliconia is a private reserve located near Tenorio Volcano National Park . The hanging bridges offer a unique birds-eye view of the 140 acres of rainforests below, as well as the town of Bijagua and Lake Nicaragua!

4. Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve

The Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Reserve is completely worth the two-hour drive from Guanacaste! As one of the world’s most revered biological sites, people travel from all over to walk along the two miles (3.2 kilometers) of hanging bridges overlooking the Costa Rican countryside. In addition to the spectacular aerial views of mountains, coffee fields, forested lands, and grazing pastures, Monteverde is home to one of the world’s largest butterfly exhibitions , and the world’s third largest private insect collection.

5. Rincon de la Vieja National Park

Rincon de la Vieja National Park is home to Guanacaste’s largest Volcano, Rincon de la Vieja Volcano, and has a trail for every level of hiker! Explore thermal hot springs, fossilized lava flows, bubbling mud pots, and plenty of waterfalls! The Las Pailas loop is a 2-mile trek that will take you through the gorgeous geothermal landscape. If you’re looking for a more challenging trek, try the 5-mile trail that leads up to the crater. The slopes of the crater are the only place where the Rock Wren Bird can be found. Guided hikes can be arranged through the national park.

6. Manuel Antonio National Park

Manuel Antonio National Park sits on some the country’s most pristine coastline and has hiking trails for all skills and ages! The main trail of the park is accessible from the gate and is mostly flat, sandy, and easy going. The main trail offers access to many of the park’s beaches. Guided hikes are offered by naturalists who can point out all of the park’s wildlife. For the more adventurous hikers, the Cathedral Point Trail , a roughly mile loop around the park’s ridged landscape offers spectacular views of the coast. While the trail is short, it can be steep at points.

7. Arenal Volcano Park

Arenal Volcano sits at an elevation of 5,479 feet . That’s over a mile high, roughly the same altitude as the greater Denver area. The National Park is open daily from 8 am – 3 pm, so plan accordingly. There are over 7,114 acres of land where you can hike amongst old lava flows, dense rainforests, and classic Costa Rican wildlife. You can book a guided hike through the national park so that you are sure not to miss anything!

8. Los Angeles Cloud Forests

A popular route for bird watchers, the Los Angeles Cloud Forest trail offers access to over 250 bird species . Part of only 2.5% of the world’s remaining cloud forest, the Los Angeles Cloud Forest Reserve is ideal of bird watching, hiking, and exploring! The typical hike is approximately 2.5 miles long and can be made into a guided hike.

9. Bajos del Toro Waterfall

Accessible from the El Silencio Cloud Forest Lodge, the Bajos del Toro Waterfall Hike is a brief trek with stunning views. The hike itself only takes about 15 minutes from the lodge, but hikers will get a glimpse of the canyon and massive Bajos del Toro Waterfall.

10. Corcovado National Park

If you’re looking to explore Costa Rica’s rich biodiversity, look no further! National Geographic has named Corcovado National Park , located on the Osa Peninsula, the most biologically intense place on the planet. Corcovado contains 13 different ecosystems with a healthy diversity of endangered species, such as Jaguars, Red-backed Squirrel Monkeys, Harpy Eagles, and Baird’s Tapirs. Since 2014, all guests must be accompanied by a guide, but that can be done through the national park or in the Drake Bay or Puerto Jimenez areas.

11. Chirripo y Cerro Pelado

Cerro Chirripó is the tallest mountain in Costa Rica clocking in at 12,533 feet (3,820 meters) above sea level. This hike isn’t for beginners, with some brave backpackers opting to stay overnight. Along the rugged terrain expect to see a unique ecosystem found only at highest elevations in the tropics. On a clear day, you can catch a glimpse of both the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific Ocean. Cerro Pelado is located in Cañas, Guanacaste and is comprised of eight private properties totaling nearly 500 acres of land. To reach the peak of the mountain, be prepared to climb the first kilometer. From there, it’s another three-kilometer walk to the base of the peak.

12. Carara Biological Reserve

If you’re in search of adventure near the capital city, check out Carara Biological Reserve ! Located just west of San Jose, the reserve is known for holding one of the last remaining wild scarlet macaw populations . Guided tours can be arranged of the area, which is recommended so that you’re able to see all the wildlife the reserve has to offer!

The post 12 Breathtaking Hikes to Take in Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Fin Set Up Explained

Thu, 13 Sep 2018 15:45:00 GMT

Over the years, surfboards have evolved. We’ve seen longboards, shortboards, fishtails , and many more. Just like boards, fins have evolved over the time as well. As high-performance surfing advances and new maneuvers come into existence, fin setups must change to keep up with progressive surfing. Below, you will have all of your fin related questions answered and be ready to rip with the perfect fin set up for your style!

Thruster

The thruster (3 fins) is, perhaps, today’s most common fin set up. But it wasn’t always that way. The thruster first came into existence in the early 80’s, when the twin fin set up was dominating competitive surfing. Simon Anderson popularized the three-fin set up with his win at Bell’s Beach , where he rode what became known as the thruster.

At the time, surfers were riding twin fins for their speed and flowy rides, but the thruster offered the ability to turn on a dime. The back fin, along with the two on the sides, offers enough traction and hold for a surfer to carve out massive turns on an open face. This increased maneuverability completely changed progressive surfing and brought about the power surfing style that was popularized in the 90’s.

Quad

The Quad fin set up (4 fins) leans heavily on the basic science behind the twin fin, a wide space between fins for water to flow at equal speeds. However, the extra two fins on the quad provide additional hold, which comes in handy in bigger waves.

Quads with the trailer fins closer to the rails and further up on the board, perform great on smaller waves to offering more drive through flat sections. It’s like a twin fin, but with a bit more control.

Quads with the trailer fins further back provide extra hold in large hollow barrels, without sacrificing speed. Many advanced surfers will use a quad set up when the waves are steep and hollow to increase traction on the wave face.

Twin Fin

The twin fin came into popularity during the 1970’s with the rise of the fish. These unique shortboards, with two fins placed far apart, allowed surfers to reduce drag and increase speed. Twin fins are ideal, and a blast, in small to medium waves where they provide optimal maneuverability and flow.

Single Fin

Today, single fins are typically found on longboards. Widely accepted as classic style, although some consider this fin set up outdated. The single fin allows surfers to perform smooth turns, but to surfers who aren’t used to it, this fin set up can feel unstable. Single fins are best when the waves are mushy and there is not a great necessity for traction.

The post Fin Set Up Explained appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Your Guide to Costa Rican Sport Fishing

Tue, 11 Sep 2018 21:35:00 GMT

The post Your Guide to Costa Rican Sport Fishing appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

10 Fascinating Facts About Costa Rica

Thu, 06 Sep 2018 16:35:00 GMT

Everyone here knows it, but do you? Costa Rica is one of the most diverse, naturally beautiful, and interesting countries on the planet. Costa Ricans are widely known as some of the happiest people in the world, and every year millions of people travel to Costa Rica. Dive in and find out some of the reason’s we love Costa Rica!

1. Bad coffee is illegal!

Costa Rica’s hilly, elevated central regions are perfect for growing coffee beans. So, it comes as no surprise that the government wants farmers to take pride in their work. It is illegal to grow anything but 100% Arabica coffee in the Costa Rican coffee industry.

2. Costa Rica has reversed deforestation

The Costa Rican government is a global leader in the fight for environmental protection, channeling funds from fuel tax, car stamp duty, and energy fees to pay for nature reserve management and environmental services like clean air, fresh water, and biodiversity protection. Furthermore, Costa Rican landowners are paid to preserve forested areas and plant new trees. As a result, forest cover in Costa Rica has risen from 24% in 1985 to 46% in 2010. Today, forested areas cover over half of the land in Costa Rica. So, what does this mean exactly, Costa Rica has reversed its deforestation issue in a mere 25 years, increasing its forested areas by 100%.

3. Monkeys are one of the most common mammals in Costa Rica.

In the United States, we have raccoons, stray cats, and possums. In Costa Rica, we have monkeys. The White-headed Capuchin, the Central American Squirrel Monkey, the Black-Handed Spider Monkey, and the Mantled Howler Monkey all call Costa Rica home.

4. Costa Rica has no military

Earlier this year, Costa Rica celebrated 70 years without military forces . 7 decades ago, Costa Rica made the decision to do away with its standing army. Costa Rica’s experiment without a military began in 1948 when Defense Minister Edgar Cardona proposed the idea to spend more on education and health. This tradition is continued today.

5. Costa Rica is home to 5% of the world’s biodiversity, even though the country only takes up 0.3% of the earth’s surface area.

Costa Rica is a relatively small country. To put it in perspective, Costa Rica is just smaller than Lake Michigan in terms of surface area. In fact, it only takes up 0.3% of the world’s surface area. Which is why it is so fascinating that Costa Rica possesses 5% of the world’s biodiversity. With the rainforests, cloud forests, river systems, reef systems, and deep-water oceanic habitats, it is clear why Costa Rica is renowned for its biodiversity.

6. There are approximately 54 species of hummingbird that call Costa Rica home.

To people in the know, about birds at least, Costa Rica is one of the hummingbird capitals of the world. And there is a good reason for it. Costa Rica is home to approximately, 54 stunning species of hummingbirds.

7. A quarter of Costa Rica’s land has been set aside for national parks and protected reserves.

8. Costa Rica has a literacy rate of approximately 97%.

Costa Rica boasts an impressively high literacy rate. They rank even higher in literacy amongst rural areas. In rural locations, if a child cannot attend proper schooling, they are taught through national radio programming.

9. Tourism is Costa Rica’s leading industry

If you’re reading this, it’s no surprise to you that tourism is Costa Rica’s leading industry. In fact, about 2 million people visit each year!

10. The famous break, Ollie’s Point, is named after an American Military Colonel, Oliver North.

One of our favorite breaks of all time, Ollie’s Point, was named after the infamous US Military Colonel Oliver North. North became cemented in history for his controversial involvement in the Iran-Contra Affair. The break itself is located near an old US used airstrip that was used to provide Nicaraguan Contra fighters with supplies.

The post 10 Fascinating Facts About Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How Does Your Workout Stack Up? Test It Here!

Thu, 30 Aug 2018 16:40:00 GMT

The post How Does Your Workout Stack Up? Test It Here! appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

What It’s Like to Tour One of Costa Rica’s Magnificent Volcanoes

Tue, 28 Aug 2018 23:36:00 GMT

It’s no secret that Costa Rica is one of the most biodiverse places on the planet. But if you only think of tropical beaches when you picture Costa Rica, it might surprise you to learn that Costa Rica has over 200 identifiable volcanic features with approximately 100 showing some sign of volcanic activity, and five legitimately active volcanoes today. If you’ve ever wondered what it’s like to tour one of Costa Rica’s massive volcanoes, keep reading for some inspiration to buy your next plane ticket to CR!

Volcán Irazú

Volcán Irazú sits outside the capital city of San José, near the town of Cartago. Volcán Irazú is an active volcano but has not erupted since the 1960’s. In the sixties, however, Volcán Irazú showered the residents of Cartago and San José with ash, smoke, and small rock slides for four years. Today, the slopes of Irazú are full of potato, onion, cabbage, and dairy farms. The only volcanic activity on Irazú occurs inside the actual crater, where fumaroles release toxic steam.

As you drive up the winding mountain road to Irazú, you might be alarmed by how high you’re climbing. Irazú sits at an impressive elevation of 11,260 feet. As you continue upward, sugar cane fields will give way to potato and cabbage farms in the hills. Then once the road gets steeper, lush dairy farms appear. You begin to notice the clouds hugging the hillside, refusing to leave the land.

Once you reach the top of the mountain, where the crater lies, you’ll notice the landscape has changed drastically. This doesn’t look like the Costa Rica you know, more like a lunar landscape, something otherworldly, you would only see on the cover of Nat Geo. In fact, if you didn’t know any better, you would say this landscape more likely belongs in Iceland, not Costa Rica.

At the top, you’ll walk around the perimeter trail, admiring the mountain vegetation and marveling at the difference in temperature and climate. You’re actually cold. Above the tree line, and above the clouds, you strut until you come to the wooden fence, you stop and look out and spot the crater. The color of the pool in the center reminds you of the warm Pacific Ocean, and you’re amazed that this beautiful landscape could exist in the same country with such beautiful beaches and flawless surf.

The post What It’s Like to Tour One of Costa Rica’s Magnificent Volcanoes appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica v. Nicaragua | The Differences

Fri, 24 Aug 2018 15:48:00 GMT

The post Costa Rica v. Nicaragua | The Differences appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Take the Best Water Shots: Your Guide to Amateur Ocean Photography

Thu, 16 Aug 2018 18:18:00 GMT

Have you ever been scrolling through Instagram and been left in awe by the countless surf and ocean shots that dominate you feed? Do you wish that you too could conquer ocean photography? Do you often find yourself in beautiful coastal locations like sweet Playa Tamarindo, and wish that you could capture the moment as you truly see it? Well, you’re in luck because we’re here to help! Check out these photography tips and learn to take high-quality water shots!

1. Invest in equipment

Not everyone needs a $10,000 camera and a $1000 water housing. But, the right equipment goes a long way. The right camera for one photographer might not be the same for another. So, pick a piece of equipment to invest in that will truly elevate your photos, but also choose a camera that you will actually use. If you don’t live by the ocean, and only make it to the beach for a week each year, an expensive water housing probably isn’t for you. Instead, try a waterproof phone case or a GoPro, even a good point and shoot camera or a basic DSLR. Advance as much as you can with that equipment, and then move on to the next step.

2. Timing is everything

Sunsets are great but shoot during the golden hour to get the most saturated and dramatic lighting possible. The golden hour is typically shortly after sunrise or before sunset. If you’re shooting a subject on the beach during the middle of the day, overcast weather is your friend.

3. Know the tides

Are you swimming out to take photos of a buddy surfing? Or are you floating around trying to capture an image of the perfect empty wave? Either way, know your tides. A tide that is too low might be too dangerous to swim in, while a tide that is too high might not give you a uniform line up of waves to shoot. Generally, it is best to swim out for photos on a rising tide.

4. Make sure you know the correct settings

Are you shooting at dusk? Are you shooting flowing water like a waterfall? Are you shooting a surfer on a wave? Make sure you adjust accordingly for each of these scenarios. If you’re shooting flowing water, you’ll want a longer exposure to create that soft silky appearance. If you’re shooting a surfer on a wave, make sure you’re shooting at a high shutter speed. If your camera has a burst or sport spot, it’s best to start there. If you’re shooting at dusk using a handheld, remember to keep your shutter at least 1/60 to reduce shake. Lower apertures also work well, the light is your friend.

5. Shoot from slightly below the surface

If you’re in the water shooting, an easy way to give your photos a unique angle and feel is to shoot with your camera slightly submerged. This will create a divided image and give a glimpse of what’s under the sea!

6. Never turn your back on the ocean

Shooting in the ocean can be a blast, but it can also be an easy way to hurt yourself. Never underestimate the riptide or the power of a wave. Always be aware of the ocean and what she’s doing. If you’re careful, you’re bound to end up getting some great shots and having an awesome time in the process.

The post How to Take the Best Water Shots: Your Guide to Amateur Ocean Photography appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Make Costa Rica’s Famous Plantain Dishes

Tue, 14 Aug 2018 14:16:00 GMT

The post How to Make Costa Rica’s Famous Plantain Dishes appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Surf Forecasting Explained

Thu, 09 Aug 2018 14:45:00 GMT

At every break, there’s always that one surfer who knows exactly what the waves, tide, and wind are doing at any given time. He or she is so in tune with the ocean, they seem to have an internal surf forecasting mechanism that’s never wrong.

If your knowledge of your local break is at that level, color me impressed, but most of us require some pretty powerful forecasting tools to see if and when we should paddle out. Surf forecasting is the most advanced it has ever been. Swell is predicted nearly a month ahead of time and tracked accurately until they make landfall.

It has never been easier to score waves, but that doesn’t mean interpreting a surf forecast is easy. For a lot of us, surf forecasting might as well be another language. No worries, though, WRSC is here to help with our handy guide to surf forecasting! Dive in and let us walk you through the important components of your daily forecast.

Wave/Surf Height

Wave height might seem pretty self-explanatory, and for the most part, it is. But if you look closely, you’ll notice that under the “4-5 ft” forecast, there is text that reads “Chest to head high.” For most people, 4 feet and head high don’t mean the same thing, but for wave height, it just might. Waves are measured from the cresting portion of the wave, not the face. Wind and bottom contour have a significant impact on how tall a wave’s face actually seems. So a wave that measures 4 feet from the back could easily have a 6-foot face.

Wind Direction & Speed

An important factor in wave quality is wind. Wind direction and speed to be specific. 2-3 feet with offshore winds is a great day of fun surf, 2-3 with onshore winds is a choppy mess. Beyond direction, speed plays a part as well. High winds are typically never a good thing. Gentle winds, however, can mitigate the damage of a less than ideal wind direction. Meaning that surfing on an onshore day is significantly less miserable in gentle winds. Above, in the highlighted sections of the image, you’ll see wind speed and direction listed and shown with a blue arrow on the map. The best winds are generally light – moderate offshore which means blowing from the land to sea. This will groom the waves like a fine tooth comb and dramatically increasing your chances of finding barreling waves.

Swell Direction

Swell is never a bad thing, but some spots can only handle swell from certain directions. If you’ve got a south facing beach with a reef running parallel to the coast, chances are that spot is going to turn on during south swells. If your break is exposed to nearby deep water, it may work in multiple swell directions. In the image above, you’ll see a primary, secondary, and tertiary swell with their directions marked on the map. Generally speaking, surfers want the swell angle to be somewhat perpendicular to the shoreline for maximum exposure.

Tide

Tide seems simple enough. The tide is either coming in or going out. So how does tide affect your surf break? Certain sand bars and reefs require a lower tide so that it is shallow enough to cause the incoming swell to break. While at other breaks, a low tide might expose dry reef, which could be dangerous. Finding the best tide for your local spot is as easy as looking it up on the Internet, or simply checking the tide after a great session and making a mental note of what the tide is when your wave is working. Generally speaking, incoming tide is the best for wave consistency and less rip currents.

Swell Period

Swell period might be the most overlooked category by novice surf forecasters. Swell period is the measured time between waves recorded in seconds. It’s generally accepted that anything below 6 seconds isn’t surfable. Swells traveling from farther away will typically have a longer swell period, which will result in cleaner, larger, and more powerful surf. Swell period has a direct impact on the height of the wave. 2-3 feet at 7 seconds is exactly that 2-3 feet. 2-3 feet at 16 seconds might actually be 5-6 feet. Understanding swell period is crucial to accurate surf forecasting. The higher the swell period, the more downward energy the wave has allowing it to grow as it approaches shallow water.

Armed with your newfound ability to read forecast, get out there tomorrow – check the waves – and score!

Like this blog? Check out more SURF SCIENCE blogs here.

The post Surf Forecasting Explained appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Buy Great Used Boards on a Budget

Thu, 02 Aug 2018 14:16:00 GMT

If you’re a little strapped for cash but you’ve been bitten by the surfing bug, you’ve gotten yourself into quite the dilemma. A reliable new surfboard can cost anywhere from $500 to $1200 and, of course, you’re going to want a board for every single wave type you might encounter. Unfortunately, board collecting is not the most financially responsible thing to do, but there are a few ways you can have your cake and eat it too. Below, you will find a number of sure-fire ways to save money on your next board purchase.

While nothing quite beats a custom shaped board, sometimes it’s not a realistic option. Buying used boards is a great way to turn your one board budget into a three-board budget. Trading in old boards is another awesome way to significantly reduce the cost of used or new boards and expand your quiver on a budget. Additionally, buying used allows you to try a variety of board types and ultimately improve your surfing.

2. Surfboard Broker

Surfboard Broker is a wholesale distributor based in Carlsbad, California. They service all coastal areas of the United States, including Hawaii, and even have an Australian branch. They’re most known for their Instagram where they post a stellar selection of new and used high-performance boards. In the summer, they offer a huge variety of high volume shortboards and longboards for the small wave season. Prices range from $150 to full price. Customers can have the boards shipped anywhere in the states.

3. Secondhand Boards

Secondhand Boards is a US-based online marketplace for surfboards. The website is user-friendly and easy to navigate. With the ability to search for local sellers, sellers willing to ship, board type, fin set up, and price Secondhand Boards is a surfer’s best tool to buy and sell their own boards.

4. Facebook Marketplace

Facebook’s new marketplace feature allows you to buy and sell anything. Fortunately for us, that includes surfboards. While there isn’t the same regulation to guarantee quality, there are some absurdly low prices from sellers who just want to offload old boards as quickly as possible. The closer you are to a surf break, the more useful your local Facebook marketplace will be.

Honorable Mention: Ride List

Ride List is an app that just launched on the iTunes App Store. Their goal is to provide a marketplace for all action sports gear where users are able to buy, sell, chat, and trade. Because the app is new, there are few reviews out there to gauge the quality of service and gear available.

Now, armed with the knowledge of how to score cheap used boards. Get out there, get your own, and start practicing for your next trip to WRSC!

The post How to Buy Great Used Boards on a Budget appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Behind The Desk With Oscar Rojas

Tue, 31 Jul 2018 12:56:00 GMT

When you come to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, we want you to have life-changing experiences, make new friends, and enjoy every second in Tamarindo.

We know our service plays a big role in your adventure which is why, in a series of posts, we’ll introduce some of the individuals who make up the best staff in the world.

What brought you to Witch’s Rock? This is a new job for you!

I’m from Costa Rica, near the coast, the biggest town in the south of the country. I was the head brewer of another craft brewery here in Costa Rica. I worked there for three years and then I moved to Volcano Brewing a month ago – the fifth of July. As of now, I’m the head brewer of VBC, working with Niki!

Do you love it? Is it the best job in the world?

It is because being a brewer is a dream for me. I used to surf about 6 years ago so I’m excited to be back at the beach in the water. I used to surf all the time, but I had to quit surfing because of my previous job … I started to work as a bartender in an Irish pub brewing craft beer and then I met a guy who used to be the head brewer at another Costa Rican company. He asked me about going to another brewery to start working with them – like an assistant brewer – and then I became a head brewer three years after.

Which do you love more, beer or the ocean?

Well … it’s a balance. I like my job. I really like to brew and everything about the beer and I really love to be able to wake up and drink my coffee in front of the ocean and just grab my board and surf! Right now, I’m a beginner surfer and it’s hard for me. Every day is like a new experience here. All the people in Tamarindo are awesome, good people and working with Volcano Brewing is a perfect fit for me.

Gotta hear about the beer! What’s your absolute favorite to brew?

Today we brewed the Gato Malo , it is a strong ale and it’s a totally new recipe. It’s one of my new recipes. I got with Niki and we talked about the beer, and the history, because that name, Gato Malo , is one of the biggest brands of beer at VBC. All the people around the craft movement here in Costa Rica know the name of the beer but nobody has tried the beer recently. They remember a beer from 2015 and it’s crazy because Niki was having problems with that recipe, so when I started I said, Can I try a recipe? And he said yes . Today we brewed it and whoa! So right now, I’m really happy to be brewing the Gato Malo.

It’s been awesome because here we are brewing in front of Belgians and they’re going out to the water and out to surf and they come in, try the IPA and say, Well this is really refreshing , and they stumble a little. In Costa Rica, we brew in front of the ocean and we can drink it fresh so people love the beer. It’s also awesome because there’s a bunch of people brewing beer in the USA and they come here and know every part of the process. I’m brewing beer and they’re like, Hey man, I know what you are doing! And I say, Yeah, you know about beer? It’s like music. If you like music you can talk about music with anyone. Same with beer. Someone will know about beer, doesn’t matter where he is living or where he learned, but it’s magical because you can stay and talk with the people like, Hey man, this is our beer. Wanna try it? Hey man. I tasted one really, really similar, in like … Bali. Oh really? and, Yeah, in New Zealand I heard about a beer name , and just like this and something like that and it’s crazy! Yeah, it’s international, the beer.

Besides the beer, why should someone visit WRSC?

Well, because Witch’s Rock is a really prepared crew, they know how to treat all the guests and they make them feel comfortable and make them enjoy the travels. I see people every Friday watching their graduation surf videos and the progress they have made in the week! It’s awesome because it’s their first time and all of them are just trying to be on the board and then in four or five days they are really riding the big waves. It’s awesome to see them at their graduation! People have the chance to enjoy that experience here.

You can find Oscar, and all our cerveza artesanal , (craft beer) at Volcano Brewing – why not take a tour?! Eat @ Joe’s , guests can enjoy a family atmosphere, sports bar style menu and sushi with our Filipino chefs. El Vaquero Brewpub guests can enjoy live music every day.

The post Behind The Desk With Oscar Rojas appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

12 Must Follow Surf Instagram Accounts

Thu, 26 Jul 2018 15:10:00 GMT

Social media can be a hindrance to our daily lives. Spending hours on end glued to our phone screens is far from healthy. But, social media also has the ability to connect us to friends around the globe, transport us for brief moments to beautiful locations all over the world, and inspire us to maybe, just actually, get there and explore one day.

So, if you’re looking for some surf inspiration for your next trip, or just need something to cheer you up in the office, these 12 Instagram accounts are sure to have you frothing!

1. Chris Burkard

Chris Burkard, photographer and filmmaker, has taken surf media to new heights. His recent film, Under an Artic Sky documents his crew’s treacherous journey along the Icelandic coast in search of unsurfed, perfect waves. Burkard’s Instagram is chalk full of stellar surf imagery from his current projects, gorgeous landscape photographs from all over the world, and insights into his life and travels.

2. Kook of the Day

Need a little comedic relief for your work day? Head over @kookoftheday to laugh at some good old fashion slapstick humor. There you will find waves gone bad, cliff jumping mishaps, and all the hilarious grom mistakes you can imagine.

3. WSL

With stops on tour like Pipeline, Jeffery’s Bay, and Teahupoo you’re going to want to tune in to watch the world’s best surfers compete against each other. With the tour in full swing, now is the perfect time to check out the WSL Instagram for contest highlights, travel inspiration, and info on all your favorite pro surfers.

4. Maya Gabeira

24-year-old Maya Gabeira started surfing when she grew bored watching an ex-boyfriend from the beach. Now considered the best female big-wave surfer of her generation, Maya travels the world for Red Bull and often graces the pages of GQ Brazil. Maya barely survived surfing the enormous waves of Nazaré, before going on the slay one of the world’s deadliest in Todos dos Santos, Mexico.

5. Surfer Magazine

When it comes to surf journalism, Surfer Magazine sets the bar. From a visual standpoint, their photography is stunning, making their Instagram well worth a follow. But as far as their publication goes, the detailed pieces on travel locations, sponsored trips, and professional surfer profiles put them far ahead of their composition. If you’re a serious surfer give these guys a follow to stay in the know about all things surfing.

6. The Gudauskas Brothers

Dane, Patrick, and Tanner Gudauskas are professional surfers, cretins, and all around great guys. Their accounts are full of info about the world tour (Patrick is currently on the CT), upcoming film projects, and their charity Positive Vibe Warriors . These characters are definitely worth a follow.

7. Kelly Slater

The king is absolutely worth a follow. 11 World Championships deserves your respect and at the very least a few likes. Kelly’s Instagram is full off surreal surf pics and videos, mind boggling surf ranch footage, and the occasional celebrity cameo featuring the likes of Chris Hemsworth and Bill Murray.

8. Boardporn

Not your typical surf Instagram account, this page delivers images of unique and beautiful surf boards from around the planet. Warning: this page will likely cause your wallet to feel significantly lighter after you’re inspired to begin hoarding unique surf crafts.

9. Bethany Hamilton

If you want to be inspired to get off your phone and catch some waves look no further than Bethany Hamilton. Bethany lost her arm in a shark attack during her childhood. Yet, she is still one of the best female surfers on the planet. She charges hard all over the globe and even surfs World Tour contests.

10. Mark Healey

Mark Healey is a true waterman. He’s known for his impressive big wave surfing career, but he considers himself equal parts diver, surfer, and fisherman. His Instagram is full of excellent surfing content, as well as stunning images of his 70+ foot free dives while spear fishing. Oh, and he’s strangely comfortable with large sharks.

11. Clark Little

Clark Little’s water photography has gained worldwide attention and countless accolades. His shore break shots are unbelievably detailed, well lit, and downright gorgeous. Not many people would be willing to take massive shore break on the head for a single photo, but Clark Little is not most people. His Instagram is a must follow.

12. Witch’s Rock Surf Camp

Living the Pura Vida lifestyle is what we’re all about and our Instagram is a reflection. Follow us for everything surf from warm-ups and swell-science to media and meditations. We take you to the best restaurants in Tamarindo, serve up Costa Rican coffee and shine the spotlight on our amazing guests. Plus, you might just score an incredible deal to come back and see us sooner than you thought :)

The post 12 Must Follow Surf Instagram Accounts appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Things to Consider Before Dating a Surfer

Tue, 24 Jul 2018 13:25:00 GMT

Dating a surfer definitely has its perks. For the most part, we’re in decent shape, tan, adventurous, and in touch with nature. But before you let yourself fall completely head over heels for a surfer, there are some things you should consider.

1. We’re late, a lot…

The phrase, just one more wave, is often spoken, but never with the slightest trace of honesty. Does that make us pathological liars? Perhaps, but if it means just a bit more surfing we don’t care. So, if we’re in the water before a date, even if it’s hours before, expect some type of delay. It’s not that we don’t want to be there, it’s just hard to keep track of time when we’re doing what we love.

2. We’re messy

If we didn’t explicitly let you know that we surfed, chances are you would be able to sniff out the fact that we spend an odd amount of time in the water and at the beach. The interior of our car is most likely decorated with a light dusting of sand. We will have awkward tan/burn lines all over our body from our wetsuits. And finally, you may notice the occasional saltwater stream spill out of our nose, if we surfed the morning before date night.

3. We care about the environment, and it might get on your nerves

As surfers, we are constantly immersed in nature. We’ve seen first-hand what littering can do to the ocean, so we won’t stand for it. If you litter, even just once, we will politely, yet firmly remind you that we could very well be seeing that piece of trash in the lineup. And if we’re at the beach together, we may or may not remind you that your sunscreen should be reef safe. Eventually, you’ll grow to love our passion for protecting the environment. We’re just trying to keep our playground safe.

4. We think you’re important, but we won’t miss a good swell

Birthdays, dinners, parties, friend’s wedding, even meeting your folks: all of these things are important. But if there’s a once in a lifetime swell hitting the coast at the same time, chances are we may not be there. Now this may be the hardest of all to accept, and it will absolutely cause some tension, but surfing is our first love and we will always go back to her.

5. We’re passionate

While we might have a rugged sea-worn appearance, lack basic punctuality, talk about nothing but surfing, weather and wave checks and even disappear for hours on end during a good swell, we surfers are a passionate bunch. When we care about something or someone, we throw ourselves into it, committing time and effort. And if we are a fraction as crazy about you as we are about surfing, you are sure to feel loved.

The post 5 Things to Consider Before Dating a Surfer appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Help Me Change My Vacation from Nicaragua to Costa Rica

Thu, 19 Jul 2018 18:15:00 GMT

The post Help Me Change My Vacation from Nicaragua to Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Carlos Muñoz: Costa Rica’s Premier Professional Surfer

Tue, 17 Jul 2018 13:23:00 GMT

The perfection of Costa Rica’s waves was bound to produce an elite professional surfer eventually. The manifestation of thousands of ripping Ticos across the country is none other than Carlos Muñoz.

Carlos is a Red Bull sponsored athlete who competes on the QS and makes his fellow Costa Rican surfers proud. Muñoz grew up in San José for much of his childhood before moving to the coast. Like many of us, Muñoz began surfing on a beat-up hand me down board, but he soon graduated to boards covered with sponsor stickers.

Muñoz first appeared on the professional surfing radar with a first-place finish at the Volcom Pro Junior Championship in 2010. Since then, Carlos Muñoz has scored perfect 10 rides at the Pipe Masters, competed all over the world, and even been featured on the cover of prominent surf magazines.

Carlos is known for his massive arsenal of aerial maneuvers, his hard work ethic, and of course his Pura Vida spirit! Carlos has represented his country in eight ISA world championships, making his bold style known to the world. Red Bull has dubbed Muñoz The best surfer in Latin America , and rightfully so, just check Carlos rip in the clips below!

CARLOS MUÑOZ: ENDEMIK

Carlos Muñoz, Addicted To The Moment

The post Carlos Muñoz: Costa Rica’s Premier Professional Surfer appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

8 Ways Strength Training Will Improve Your Life And Your Surfing

Thu, 12 Jul 2018 06:39:00 GMT

We all know of the physical benefits of strength training, but what about the mental and psychological benefits.

Let me tell you a story…

It was a beautiful, sunny day.

The wind was offshore and the swell was lining up to the south. Here I was, sitting on my surfboard in the lineup at a supposed-to-be secret spot out in the Pacific Ocean, thinking to myself “life is glorious” (like one does when they are sitting in 80-degree water in the middle of the ocean).

Unexpectedly, the surf became much bigger and the sets that started to roll in were huge. Before I knew it, I was in surf that was 3-4 feet over my head. The surf was heavy and there was a lot of current in the water.

But what happened next, I would have never been able to predict.

I noticed I wasn’t anxious or nervous like I usually was when conditions changed and got bigger. My heart was not racing.

I felt relaxed and calm. My mind was clear and focused.

Instead of paddling to get out of the water or away from the waves, I found myself paddling deeper and deeper positioning myself closer to the peak.

Before I knew it, I was in the perfect position to catch this gigantic (at least to me ;)) wave.

And you know what, instead of ditching out or pulling back, I decided to fully commit and GO FOR IT. I paddled as hard as I could until I could feel the wave behind me, like a freight train, pushing me down the face of the wave.

On that day I ended up catching my biggest wave to date.

This was such a memorable experience because it marked the moment when I realized how strength training had transformed me not just physically, but also mentally and psychologically.

It had taught me how to stay focused, calm, and determined. It had given me the confidence to know my mind and body was ready to take on anything. I credit my time lifting for what helped me build the mental fortitude, focus, and courage to act differently at that moment.

I pushed past my own limits and accomplished something I hadn’t thought possible before.

I believe this is the power of strength training.

Strength training will definitely transform you physically, but the often unspoken benefit is how it changes you mentally and how that shows up in other parts of your life.

It’s The Overflow Effect; the connection between how the physical benefits of strength training build fortitude and resiliency that resource you and overflow into other areas of your life.

But you don’t have to go out into huge surf to experience the mental benefits of strength training. You can experience them every day of your life by staying consistent with your strength training routine.

Here are 8 ways pumping iron can impact your mental health and wellbeing:

1) Jumpstart Joy

Strength training releases endorphins during and after you exercise, which is a natural opioid of the brain. It also can inspire creativity, especially when done outside or in nature.

2) Permeates Power

When you feel strong it permeates into other areas of your life, I call it the “overflow effect”. It resources you in other areas of your life such as relationships, career, and adventures. You start to say “hell yes” more.

3) Soars Self Esteem

A strength training lifestyle places your focus on getting stronger and improving workout by workout. This changes your mindset and creates a different relationship with your body. You’re more interested in what you’re body can do or achieve.

4) Effusive Energy

Strength training leads to more strength, power, and endurance which gives you an endless stream of energy. Your friends and colleagues will notice too.

5) Slash Stress

Strength training is also an antidepressant. Not only does it increase endorphins but it also increases norepinephrine that helps your brain cope better with anxiety and stress.

6) Sleep Soundly

Studies have shown that your sleep patterns improve with strength training. Your body will need time to recover, repair, and rejuvenate after all the hard work you’ve done. Sweet dreams!

7) Creates Connection

Like I already mentioned, strength training allows you to connect with your body in a different way, but also connect with others. There is a tight-knit community of women who strength train. You’ll find new friends who can cheer you on and lift you up.

8) Stimulates Self Care

Prioritizing a block of time for you each day will have a positive impact on your life. With all the chaos in our lives, it is easy to go days without doing something for ourselves. So go pump some iron!

What are you waiting for? Grab a kettlebell or some form of weight and let’s get to work!

The post 8 Ways Strength Training Will Improve Your Life And Your Surfing appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

This Is Your Brain On Surfing

Tue, 10 Jul 2018 15:05:00 GMT

Every surfer knows it, even if they can’t put it into words, surfing is good for your mind and great for your soul. We paddle out often tired, frustrated, or rundown by the burdens of daily life but when we exit the water we are in a state of blissful glee. Many times, this happens without us having a particularly good session. So, what is it about surfing or the ocean rather, that leaves us so at peace? Thankfully, there are people out there like Dr. Wallace J. Nichols Ph.D., who have dedicated their lives to studying the neuroscience behind our enchanting relationship with the sea. In his work Blue Mind , Nichols explains the complex relationship between the human brain and the ocean.

It’s Instinctual

Our complex relationship with the ocean can be traced back to the early periods of human evolution. Bodies of water were synonymous with safety because predators rarely came from the water. Early humans would live by the water to ensure their own protection. So, the calming effect we get when we see water is instinctual tracing back to our earliest ancestors.

It’s Biological

The human body is made up of approximately 65% water, while the human brain is comprised of nearly 75% water. This allows humans to be naturally buoyant in water. So much of our biology and ancestry is related to water that just the sound or sight of water has a significant neurological effect on the human brain.

It’s Neurological

Through brain imaging, it has been proven that proximity to water floods the brain with feel-good hormones such as serotine, dopamine, and oxytocin. Levels of the stress hormone cortisol actually deplete when we are near water. Additionally, it’s been discovered that our brain prefers the color blue to any other color, and that water in particular aids the mind in focusing.

Mainstream science has officially caught up with what we surfers have known for ages, the ocean is key to improving mental health and happiness. Today, dozens of organizations exist that put this belief into practice. Float tanks used in therapy to treat anxiety and depression by allowing patients to calmly float in a saline solution have popped up all over the world. Operation Surf 4 Veterans takes wounded veterans and veterans with PTSD surfing to help heal their bodies and minds. So, do yourself a favor and paddle out as soon as possible!

The post This Is Your Brain On Surfing appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Evolution of the Modern Surfboard

Tue, 03 Jul 2018 14:46:00 GMT

Today’s modern thruster (three fin shortboard) has become the typical image associated with surfing. And while progression is the goal of the beginner surfer, everyone wants to eventually wind up riding the coveted shortboard – capable of fast turns and big airs. But how exactly did the modern shortboard come to be? To answer that question, let’s break down the evolution of the surfboard from the beginning.

1700’s

In 1778, Captain James Cook landed in Hawaii and European explorers encountered surfing for the first time. Early Polynesians rode a variety of boards, often as long as 25 feet and weighing up to 150 pounds. These boards were shaped out from Koa or Wiliwili trees. In ancient Hawaii, surfing was associated with religion and was often performed immediately after religious ceremonies or prayers.

Early 1900’s

Fast forward two hundred or so years, and you’ll find George Freeth giving surfing demonstrations up and down the California coast on his signature redwood surfboard. While most redwood boards at the time were up to 16 feet in length, the talented George Freeth rode a cut-down version that stood just over 8 feet tall.

1920’s

Tom Blake decides he’s had enough with his heavy redwood board, and drills holes in it to make it lighter and faster. This board is dubbed the “Cigar Board,” and would eventually become the first mass-produced surfboard.

1930’s

Shapers trade out heavy redwood for lightweight balsa, decreasing the weight of a surfboard from 100 pounds to 30 pounds. The tail of boards becomes tapered, a more hydrodynamic design that allows surfers to cut and ride in the barrel. Tom Blake in Hawaii and Bob Simmons in California experiment with fixed fins to make turning a breeze

1940’s

As World War II rages on, Bob Simmons continues to experiment, now with the rails and shape of the board, adding curves, foils, and distinct edges to the board. All of this, with knowledge Simmons picked up from a Naval Engineering book he happened upon during his time at Caltech. Simmons would later experiment with fiberglass resin.

1950’s

Fiberglass resin, invented in the 30’s became widely available after World War II. Balsa boards were now being coated in fiberglass, shapes would start to resemble what we know as the classic longboard. At this time, surf shops began to open, and surfboards became a commercial product. One of the earliest surf shops in California was started by Dale Velzy. In the mid 50’s Greg Noll, Miki Dora, and George Downing were charging big waves in Hawaii. Downing was one of the big names responsible for creating the “Big Wave Gun.”

1960’s

The increased availability of manufacturing materials in the 50’s along with famous films such as Gidget and The Endless Summer caused an eruption of surf culture. Boards were now made entirely out of fiberglass, although some balsa boards did stick around, and maintained their long shape until the end of the decade.

1970’s

In the late 60’s and early 70’s the shortboard finally emerged. Boards dropped from 10 feet in length to 6 feet. This new design allowed surfers to ride right in the pocket of the wave, earning them the nickname “pocket rocket” made by Dick Brewer. In 1966 Nat Young won the world title on a shortboard and cemented them into surfing history. Around the same time, the single fin was replaced by the twin fin, giving way to the famous “Fish” shape. These high volume shortboards are still popular today.

1980’s

The 80s gave way to the board we all know and love, the thruster. In 1981, Aussie surfer Simon Anderson won Bells Beach on his brand new three fin thruster design. While Anderson wasn’t the first to put three fins on a surfboard, his win at Bell’s Beach, in which he showcased a high level of maneuverability compared to other surfers, cemented him in surfing history.

1990’s -Today

Surfing has changed a lot over the years, but the one thing that has remained consistent has been our desire to push the sport further and advance how we perform on waves. Today, at any given break, you’ll see a variety of board types: Twin fins, shortboards, longboards, even some finless models. While today’s shortboards are a bit shorter and thicker than those of the 90’s, the concept remains the same.

The post The Evolution of the Modern Surfboard appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Perfect Surf Warm-up

Thu, 28 Jun 2018 06:46:00 GMT

It’s easy to forget because you’re having so much fun, but surfing is serious exercise. Most surfing injuries don’t come from shallow reefs and gnarly wipeouts but from overuse. Nothing is more frustrating than not being able to surf because of a bad shoulder or sore back. So, we decided to do something about it. Below you will find five warm-up moves you can perform on the beach, just before you paddle out, that will get your body ready to surf!

1. Arm Swings / Circles

It’s important to warm up with the specific intent of activating the muscles you use while surfing to avoid injury. The first step of surfing is paddling, so that’s the first step of our warm up as well. Arm swings/circles are a great way to get your shoulders warm and ready to paddle. To perform, hold your arms out to your sides, parallel to the ground. Rotate your arms in small circles, slowly increasing in size. Perform for about thirty seconds, regularly changing the direction and size of your circles.

2. Lunge and Twist

When you paddle, your hips and lower back often take a beating from the strain. It’s important that surfers maintain a good range of motion in their hips to ensure an efficient pop-up. The lunge twist is a great warm-up move to open up your hips and loosen your lower back before paddling out. To perform, step forward with your right foot, dropping your left knee down to the ground into the lunge position. Engage your glute until you feel a slight stretch in your hip flexor. Hold this position for 20 seconds. Then, gently rotate your spine to the side with your knee raised. Alternate sides for 3 rounds.

3. Lying Twist

Another great warm-up exercise to get your lower back loose and ready to go is the lying twist. This exercise requires minimal effort. You can even knock it out before you’ve had your coffee! To perform, lay on your back and bring your knees towards your chest. With your knees bent at a right angle above you and your arms extended to the sides for balance, rotate your legs gently to both sides.

4. The Hindu Push-up

The Hindu Push-up is the perfect pop-up warm up. When performed correctly, it will engage your shoulders and elongate your core. To perform, stand with your feet slightly wider than shoulder length, bend over and place your hands on the floor, keeping your arms and legs straight. Keep your head and spine aligned and form an upside-down V by raising your hips into the air. From this position, keep your legs straight as you lower your hips and bend your arms while moving your torso forward and down. Your chin should dip down, almost touching the floor. Then, arch your back while looking up towards the ceiling. Your hips should remain close to the ground. To finish the movement, return to the starting position by raising your hips upward.

5. The Crunch & Roll

The crunch & roll is a great way to get your core engaged and working while loosing up your lower back. To perform, lay on your back with your arms at your sides. Bring your knees together towards your chest until your lower back is lifted completely off the ground. Hold this position for several seconds before lowering yourself back down. Repeat several times until your objective is complete.

By now, your muscles should be warm, your blood should be pumping, and you should be sprinting towards the ocean surfboard in hand. Remember to warm up before every surf session to stay limber and injury-free. Cowabunga!

The post The Perfect Surf Warm-up appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Robert August Surfboard Giveaway Winner

Wed, 27 Jun 2018 06:47:00 GMT

We ran a contest, throughout the month of May, entering everyone who made a new reservation into a drawing for a FREE Robert August surfboard! And the winner is……………………………….

Sean Eckerty

Congrats Sean! We’ll be in touch so you can pick your sweet new stick!

Robert August

Robert August, star of the most influential surf movie of all time: The Endless Summer. When the film debuted in 1964 it launched the modern surf and travel era and lured millions of people to ride waves around the world.

Robert helped put Costa Rica on the global surf map back in the early 90’s when he and Bruce Brown filmed Witch’s Rock, Ollie’s Point, and Tamarindo for their sequel movie, The Endless Summer II. At that time, Robert built a house in Tamarindo and has been a regular surfer in Costa Rica for twenty years.

In 2011, he moved here full time with his young daughter, and became a key member of the Witch’s Rock Family, teaching seminars on the History of Surfing, and holding surfboard shaping seminars here on the beach in our little shaping and glassing facility.

Now relocated to his original home in Southern California, Robert frequently returns to Tamarindo to visit his second family here at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. Whether he is hanging out on the beach teaching his daughter to surf, in the camp chatting with guests, or custom shaping a surfboard for one of our guests, he’s a great ambassador to surfing in Guanacaste and Witch’s Rock Surf Camp.

Robert is a legendary surfboard shaper (over 40,000 surfboards shaped by hand over five decades) with one of the longest-running surfboard factories in Huntington Beach California and now in Tamarindo. Robert focuses on one-of-a-kind custom boards for surf enthusiasts everywhere, although he only shapes about 100 boards a year, averaging 2 surfboards a week. If you’ve ever wanted one, don’t hesitate to ask! Robert has his own shaping studio at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp that he uses during his visits. Let us know what you want, and we can help you get that custom board of your Endless Summer Dreams.

The post Robert August Surfboard Giveaway Winner appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Weird Surfer Habits Explained

Tue, 26 Jun 2018 06:14:00 GMT

We’re a weird bunch. Surfers have strange, kooky habits that often don’t make sense from afar. Luckily for you, we’re here to break down the five weirdest surfer habits. So sit back, relax and uncover why your surfer friends do the strange things they do.

1. Waxing the tops of our feet

If you’ve surfed any breaks with particularly rocky or pebbled entrances, you may have noticed something a bit odd about the regular surfers there. Surfers who have to do a bit of stone walking to get out into the lineup tend to wax the top of their feet in addition to the top of their boards. At first glance, this is incredibly odd, but there is some sound reasoning behind it. Walking on rocky underwater terrain is often difficult and requires a bit of balance, skill, and luck to stay upright. Algae make underwater rocky terrain exceptionally slick and hard to walk on, so why don’t surfers wax the bottoms of their feet not the tops? Surfers are waxing the tops of their feet, so they can store some extra traction for when they finally make it out to the lineup. Once out in the lineup, the surfers will rub the bottom of one foot onto the top of the other, transferring the wax and getting rid of any unwanted slickness and adding some extra traction for that first pop up.

2. Falling into surf speak

Whether you are a professional surfer or an accountant who happens to surf, if you’re talking surf with someone who is in the know, you will undoubtedly drop all formalities and fall into surf-speak. Now, what exactly does that mean? It means your exchange with your new surfing buddy will be full of words like, “stoke,” “gnarly,” “pitted,” and so much more. The only explanation for this is that basic English, or Spanish for that matter, cannot accurately describe the intricacies of wave riding.

3. Throwing Shakas

Shakas are the universal language of surf culture. You see someone you know out in the lineup, throw them a shaka. You see a stranger score a nice barrel from the channel, throw them a shaka. You’re taking a picture with buds, throw a shaka. Shakas originated in Hawaii but have since become ingrained in surf culture as a passing hello and sign of mutual respect.

4. Being particular about sunscreen

Sunscreen matters. There’s no denying that, but surfers, in particular, will shy away from certain types of sunscreen in favor of others. And it has nothing to do with skin protection. Most sunscreens have certain chemical compounds that wash off the body in the water and can kill coral reefs upon contact. Chemicals like Oxybenzone are found in most name brand sunscreen products and are incredibly harmful to coral reef life forms. Surfers spend every possible waking moment in the ocean, so naturally, they want to preserve it. Surfers often opt to purchase and use reef friendly sunscreen.

5. Our love-hate relationship with each other

If you’re at a party where you don’t know anyone , and you find out someone else surfs, you have an instant conversation topic and mutual respect for each other. If there’s one thing surfers love to do outside the water, its talk about surfing. But, if you see that same guy or girl and their ten or so friends at your local break when you are surfing alone, you might not be too happy. Surfers love and respect each other, but simultaneously love isolation.

The post 5 Weird Surfer Habits Explained appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica is in the World Cup: Here’s What You Need to Know to Keep Up with Los Ticos

Fri, 22 Jun 2018 14:12:00 GMT

The Team

Led by Coach, Óscar Ramírez, the Costa Rican National team is currently participating in their fifth World Cup in Russia. In the previous World Cup (2014) in Brazil, Costa Rica had their best result to date, making it to the Quarterfinals against the Netherlands, which ended in a 0-0 draw. Fans are hoping for another stellar performance from Los Ticos, and with this year’s team, led by stars midfielder Bryan Ruiz, Goalkeeper Keylor Navas, and forward Joel Campbell fans might just get what they are hoping for. Currently, Costa Rica has one loss (vs Serbia), which has put them in poor standing in their pool, but a win against the highly competitive Brazil team could change everything.

The Journey

Having missed qualification for the 2010 World Cup, Costa Rica was on a mission to prove themselves in 2014. With monumental wins against former world champions Italy and Uruguay, along with a 0-0 draw against England, Costa Rica proved to be the team to watch in 2014. In only their second game of the Hexagonal stage, Costa Rica delivered a crushing defeat to the USA, and in doing so, let the rest of the world know they were serious contenders. Costa Rica has a chance to finish second in its pool. It’s rival for the spot will most likely be Switzerland.

The Schedule

Sunday, June 17: Serbia 1, Costa Rica.
Friday, June 22: vs. Brazil at 8 a.m. ET.
Wednesday, June 27: vs. Switzerland at 2 p.m . ET.

Come on down to Eat at Joe’s to watch Costa Rica take on the world with your friends at WRSC!

The post Costa Rica is in the World Cup: Here’s What You Need to Know to Keep Up with Los Ticos appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Why You Shouldn’t Limit Yourself to One Board Type

Thu, 21 Jun 2018 13:06:00 GMT

A lot of surfers seem to define themselves by what they ride. They’ve either fully invested themselves in high-performance shortboards, or they have labeled themselves as “a longboarder.” Very rarely, do these surfers stray from their comfort zones, so why should you?

The Simple answer: It will make you a better surfer.

In addition, having a diverse quiver will allow you to surf more days a year, it will increase your understanding of wave mechanics, and of course, it’s a ton of fun.

If you are only surfing thrusters , chances are you’re not surfing as many days a year as the guy who has a longboard , a fish , or small-wave groveler in his arsenal.

To some surfers, small waves are the bane of their existence, but to the versatile surfer, small waves are a playground for longboards and grovelers. If you truly want to surf as much as possible, you need to be flexible.

Additionally, having a firm grasp on a variety of different board types will ultimately improve your understanding of wave riding. Each board type requires the surfer to use the wave a bit differently. Your traditional high-performance shortboard is made to generate speed along the face of the wave, with the purpose of setting up large turns/cutbacks. While a longboard is meant to ride on the open face of the wave, in the sweet spot right in front of the breaking water. A retro fish is made to generate speed and take a high line on the wave’s face for a long and loose ride. Possessing the skills required to ride all board types will give you a more intimate relationship with surfing and increase your skill in all aspects of surfing.

Above all else, surfing is supposed to be fun. You’ve heard that corny saying, the best surfer in the water is the one having the most fun, well, there is an obvious validity to that statement. What is the point if we’re not having fun? Chances are if you’re riding a thruster on a 2-foot wave, you won’t be having as much fun as the guy whose styling on a 9’0” single fin . And if you’ve never taken a high line on a fish, you haven’t lived.

So, get out there and have fun, no matter what you’re riding!

The post Why You Shouldn’t Limit Yourself to One Board Type appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Every Season Has a Reason to Visit Tamarindo | Part 2 | Wet Season

Tue, 19 Jun 2018 14:58:00 GMT

Costa Rica has two main seasons. The dry season, which runs from November to May, and the wet season from May to November. During July and August, the country experiences a special, mini-season known as El Veranillo de San Juan.

During the rainy season, overall tourism begins to wane while the biggest swells of the year start hitting the reefs and beaches around Tamarindo.

Early Season Delivers Waves for All

May and June serve up some of the best waves of the year. The South Pacific is cranking out swells from the southwest—right in line with the direction our coast faces—to consistently produce waves in the head high and overhead range.

For intermediate and advanced surfers, fast, technical breaks abound up and down the Guanacaste coastline. Beginners, though, remain comfortable at the beach break at Tamarindo. Facing slightly north and protected by the island, Isla Capitan, the beach in front of the surf camp does not receive the full force of the South Pacific swells. Generally, Tamarindo is about half the size of neighboring beaches

Plan to paddle out in the morning when you can expect blue skies. If rain occurs, it’s likely to occur in the afternoon. Not to worry, though. After a morning of charging waves, you may enjoy lounging under a veranda, sipping coffee, and listening to the quiet hum of the raindrops.

Mid-Season Transforms the Land

In July, the Guanacaste region has transitioned to its “green” season where the landscape—normally one of the driest parts of the country—comes alive with color. Flora comes alive as a result of the early season rain.

Afternoon showers generally pause for a two-month break, replaced with blue skies and off-shore winds all day. Waves are still firing, but visitors who plan to hike or take canopy tours during this time may also enjoy the waterfalls, rolling creeks, and lush views of the forests that only occur during this time.

By September, the afternoon rains return to Tamarindo and the blue skies come and go with less consistency. Winds are generally light offshore in the morning before turning onshore by lunch. However, an afternoon shower can suddenly clock the winds back offshore, rewarding lucky surfers with a surprise session and an empty lineup.

Late Season Adds Turtles to the Mix

Arriving in October, November or December? There’s a chance you may end up competing for space with the world’s largest sea turtles.

Just north of Tamarindo in Las Baulas National Marine Park in Playa Grande, an estimated 800 leatherback turtles come to shore to lay eggs. The turtles can grow up to seven feet long and can weigh more than 2,000 pounds. For those interested in getting up close to them, tours are available. Times vary , but the tours always occur at night.

And it’s a good thing—because with the South Pacific engine slowing and the North Pacific one turning back on, Tamarindo receives plenty of fun combo swells for all abilities with good weather and wind conditions.

So, there’s no need to worry about making a choice between turtle sighting and surfing.

Regardless of when you choose to visit, you’ll find great surf, warm temperatures, a relaxed vibe, and a Witch’s Rock team committed to making your trip one to remember.

The post Every Season Has a Reason to Visit Tamarindo | Part 2 | Wet Season appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Yes, It’s Safe to Travel to Costa Rica

Thu, 07 Jun 2018 06:59:00 GMT

When planning a vacation, especially with the family, it’s natural to be concerned about safety. Is the hotel in a good area? Is there a lifeguard at the pool? When planning a vacation abroad, these feelings can become even more unsettling. Is there political unrest in the area? Are tourists targeted for crime?

Of course, no country can guarantee complete safety at all times, not even the country one calls home. But with a little research, and a lot of common sense, it is possible to set off on an international adventure with the people you love – and the peace of mind that you’ll all return just has happy and healthy as you left.

If you and your crew are looking to enjoy beautiful beaches, perfect surf, lush rainforests, towering mountain ranges, gushing waterfalls, rich biodiversity, inspiring conservation efforts, proud history, lovely locals and colorful culture, Costa Rica is calling! Read on for the reasons you should answer…

Costa Rica is a small, Central American country considered one of the happiest places on earth. Politically stable, peaceful and democratic – with a well-developed tourist industry of about 2 million annual visitors – Costa Rica is nicknamed the “Switzerland of Central America.” Far from terror attacks and turbulent world politics, Costa Rica boasts world-class doctors and hospitals, easy access to healthcare, and yes, the tap water is safe to drink.

DOCUMENTATION

Costa Rica is very visitor-friendly. Traveling from the United States simply requires a passport, valid for 30 days after your arrival, and a pre-paid ticket home.

PERSONAL SAFETY

This really boils down to common sense, and should be practiced no matter where you are:

• Exit the airport quickly, with luggage in tow.
• Don’t carry large amounts of cash or wear valuable jewelry.
• Use your hotel room safe.
• Don’t use the ATM at night.
• Don’t walk the beach, alone, at night.
• Carry a copy of your passport rather than the original.
• Only use licensed taxis: red or orange with numbered yellow triangles painted on the side.
• Use caution driving at night or hire a professional.
• Use only properly licensed tour companies.
• Email yourself a scanned copy of all important receipts, confirmations, and travel documents.
• Avoid logging into private accounts or viewing confidential information when you are tapped into an unsecured wi-fi signal.
• Do not leave possessions unattended and/or in unlocked vehicles.
• Release any international travel spending bans on your credit card.
• Do not rely on Travelers’ Checks.
• Check and double-check your currency conversion for fraud.
• Split your cash and credit cards in case of theft.
• Beware of “good Samaritan” scams, especially in busy tourist destinations.

SECURITY

Violent crime is quite rare in Costa Rica. The biggest danger is petty theft in highly populated areas, typically, around Christmas. In fact, the country is so safe and stable, they abolished their army nearly 70 years ago. Regardless, as an added precaution, you can enroll in the State Department’s Smart Traveler Enrollment Program, which provides security updates and allows the nearest U.S. embassy or consulate to contact you in case of emergency.

HEALTH

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that your routine vaccinations are up to date, (which is always a good idea), before leaving for Costa Rica. As in the United States, dialing 911 in an emergency will connect you with an English-speaking operator who can provide assistance. Should you require medical care, expect to pay cash upfront for services.

WATER SAFETY

If you’re not going to Costa Rica to surf, (which would be tragic), you still need to be aware of the water conditions. Both the Caribbean and Pacific coasts are subject to dangerous currents, riptide and undertow and should be approached with caution. Lifeguards aren’t typically present and dangerous beaches usually aren’t marked; although the surf break that we use does have lifeguards and a program funded by Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. Just as you would in any body of water, remain alert.

LANGUAGE

While Spanish is the native language of Costa Rica, most locals working in the tourism industry know English. If, however, you find yourself off the beaten path, knowing the following phrases may prove beneficial:

• ¿Cómo llego a ___? (How do I get to…?)
• ¿Dónde está el baño? (Where is the bathroom?)
• ¿Dónde está el hotel ___? (Where is the ___ hotel?)
• ¿Dónde está el restaurante ___? (Where is the ___ restaurant?)
• ¿A qué hora es el ___? (At what time is the ___?)
• ¿Cuánto tiempo se tarda en ___? (How long does it take to ___?)
• Soy alérgico a ___ (I am allergic to ___)
• No puedo tener ___ (I cannot have ___)
• No puedo comer ___ (I cannot eat ___)
• ¿Tiene esto ___? (Does this have ___?)
• Me siento mal (I feel sick)

Costa Rica is one of the cleanest, greenest countries on Earth. It came in 34th on the Global Peace Index , (the United States came in 114th), and was just named the best place in the world to retire by International Living . If you’re looking for a tropical, family-friendly, safe destination for travel, Costa Rica awaits you! But do beware, may visitors have become addicted to the Pura Vida lifestyle, fortunately for which there is no cure.

The post Yes, It’s Safe to Travel to Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Behind the Desk with Johan Rojas Acuna

Tue, 05 Jun 2018 12:44:00 GMT

When you come to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, we want you to have life-changing experiences, make new friends, and make the most of your time in Tamarindo.

We know our service plays a big role in that. In a series of posts, we’ll introduce some of the individuals who make up the best staff in the world.

Today, we chat with Johan Rojas Acuna, a surf instructor who has the best desk in the world—the ocean. Johan started with the camp about 15 years ago and is currently the surf captain for the surf programs.

How did you get involved with WRSC?

It started with meeting Joe in the water, surfing the river mouth. I left home at 15 and had worked as a boat captain in Drake Bay, on the Osa Peninsula, for about 6 years. Down there surfing is not too strong. Tourists come more to fish and visit national parks.

When I was 21 I had saved some cash and was thinking about going somewhere else where people talk more about surfing, and I could focus more on surfing. While surfing in Santa Teresa, some people started telling me, “You should go to Tamarindo because Tamarindo has a lot of surfing spots. It’s close to Witch’s Rock and Ollie’s Point.”

I moved and got a job on a sailboat. I was 22 years old.

One day I was surfing and hanging out with this blonde guy with long hair, Joe. He told me he had a business, but we didn’t talk much about it. Then one day I was trying to get a ride back to Tamarindo from the airport in Liberia. It was around 9 a.m. and I needed to be back for a 1 p.m. tour on the sailboat.

I saw Joe at the airport and I asked him if he was going back. He was headed to Coco Beach, but he invited me to a party at his house later that evening with his family. It was only the second time I had met him, but we hung out that night and had a good time. He asked me to come to his office the next day and he offered me a job fixing boards and teaching people to surf.

Did you know how to fix surfboards or teach people?

No. I was a captain, so I knew a lot about the ocean, working boats, tying knots. I knew a few words in English but I did not speak it that well.

But Joe said that he needed someone—a local guy—to work in the surf camp. I thought, “what a job!” I had no idea that this was exactly what I had been looking for. It was like getting into a school. I could learn English, learn to fix boards, focus on surfing, hang out with surfers, and get paid to do it!

That’s how I moved to the camp. I have been so happy.

What do you like most about teaching?

Oh wow, I never thought people would listen to what I know about surfing—what I learned on the street or I learned by traveling or I learned just be doing it for 20 years.

If you’re a surfer and you’re passionate about surfing, you want to share the experience. I remember how hard it was to learn to surf. I remember how happy I was the first time I stood on a board.

When I teach someone and see them get their first wave, then I know I want to keep doing this. They paddle or run up to me to give me a hug or high five. They cheer and smile like crazy! It doesn’t matter if it’s a child or a guy who is 65 years old. Everyone has a good time.

What is your favorite part of your job?

Aside from seeing someone catch their first wave, I really love the time when we’re not surfing. We’re just spending time in the water.

We might be discussing the theory of timing or turning, talking about a wipeout, or just hanging out.

It’s just amazing.

How do you deal with people who have fears about surfing?

First, I always try to remain very calm.

We talk about their fear and we go in the ocean little by little—starting off in the whitewash and only moving further once they are comfortable.

It is good to always encourage the guests to push themselves, to face their fears, and to overcome them.

What is the most important thing for a new guest to know?

Safety is number one. Guests should always listen to the safety instructions.

That’s also why we a recommend that new surfers sign up for a professional lesson—not from a partner or a friend—for their first time out.

Other than that, guests should just try to stay active in their everyday lives, and, most importantly, learn to swim!

Which break is your favorite to surf?

I personally love Playa Marbella—for the barrels, the black sand, and the beautiful setting with palm trees.

Why should people visit Witch’s Rock?

They should come first to get out of the cold winter, second to learn to surf, and third to learn the true meaning of “pura vida.”

The post Behind the Desk with Johan Rojas Acuna appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Components of Style in Surfing (And How to Develop Your Own)

Thu, 31 May 2018 06:25:00 GMT

What is style in the surf world? I’m not talking about the latest boardshorts here, I’m talking about style on a wave. Style to a surfer is akin to the style of a painter. It defines your craft, separates you from the pack, and ultimately, it’s your signature on the wave you’re riding. But what exactly is style composed of? And how do we average surfers develop our own style?

Knowledge

The first component of style is knowledge. Knowledge of the wave, what it’s going to do, what it can do, and what it has done. A great surfer will be so intimately in touch with the ocean that they can formulate each maneuver far in advance. To the naked eye, this may just look like sheer skill and athletic ability, but the surfer that looks most comfortable on a wave is backing up each maneuver with a wealth of knowledge about the ocean, surfing, and wave type.

Dedication

Surfers aren’t born stylish. Even the greats were once beginners. But what do those with style do that the rest of us might not? They practice. They are in the water constantly, developing their craft and getting better. Sometimes they have to put surfing ahead of other aspects of life but love it or hate it, they get in the hours in the water.

Attitude

When I think of surfers with style, I think of Rob Machado. Beyond the years on tour, the obvious talent, and the countless waves ridden, there’s something about Machado that puts him ahead of every other surfer when it comes to style. It’s his attitude. Laid-back, carefree, yet confident. He may be the best surfer in the water every time he paddles out, but that won’t stop him from riding wacky boards or going finless. Rob just want to have a good time and go surfing, and there’s something you have to respect about that.

Body Language

Have you ever seen someone catch a wave and, even if they rode it well, look as if they were holding on for dear life the entire time? Chances are you have. Body language is important on a wave. Having the pose to stand tall in a barrel, or the grace to cross step down a longboard are essential components of style.

The best part about surf style? Developing your own with each wave you surf. So, come on down to WRSC!

The post The Components of Style in Surfing (And How to Develop Your Own) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Behind the Desk with Shawna Mullen

Wed, 30 May 2018 00:21:00 GMT

When you come to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, we want you to have life-changing experiences, make new friends, and make the most of your time in Tamarindo.

We know our service plays a big role in that. In a series of posts, we’ll introduce some of the individuals who make up the best staff in the world.

Today, we chat with Shawna Mullen, sales and marketing manager for the camp. She started in 2003 as the one and only front-desk receptionist and surf-program coordinator. Many times, she also filled in as the driver to pick up guests from the rickety Tamarindo airport after catching a puddle jumper flight from the San Jose Airport. (No Liberia airport back then.)

What is your favorite part of the job?

The community that Witch’s Rock has created amongst their employees, managers and guests. It’s what’s kept me here so long. In fact, some of my favorite people I have connected with in Costa Rica have been my co-workers! I owe everything I have learned about the Costa Rican culture to them.

Another aspect that I love is our growth at the camp. We are constantly changing as a business so there is no room for boredom. My office space has literally moved 7 times in the past 12 years to make space for more guest area.

What is a favorite guest memory you have?

We get to know the guests quite well, and in fact, I keep in contact with a lot of them through social media.

But there is one story that I will never forget. Back when I was driving to the Tamarindo airport, I was on a run in a very old and barely running SUV. I picked up a man and his daughter from Quebec. They had a long day of travel and were looking forward to getting to the camp. When we pulled up to camp, which at the time, had a bamboo wall surrounding the restaurant, I pulled into the downhill angled parking lot, and the brakes failed.

Uh, oh. I see where this is going …

Yes, I panicked. I tried to pump the breaks. I tried the emergency brake, but nothing worked. We drove right through the bamboo wall and stopped right in the restaurant where everyone was eating breakfast.

Talk about front door service!

In the end, the father and daughter had an amazing week and went home with a great, adventurous story.

Where do most guests arrive from?

The largest demographic of guests that come to Witch’s Rock come from North America. More specifically, there are tons of guests from the U.S. east coast who visit us.

I love welcoming the New Yorkers who get here all amped up and unable to slow down. It usually takes them a day or two to really adjust to the slow-paced and simple life. After a week, though, I am sure it is even harder to adjust to New York.

That must be why we have so many return campers from that area!

How about families?

Definitely. I’m a mother and I’m always searching for activities and vacations that would bring my family together. There’s a great effect that Witch’s Rock has on family vacations. And since we don’t have TVs in the rooms, the majority of the time, families are spending quality time together doing a new activity—something deemed “cool” by the kids—together.

It could also be the service at WRSC. What does great customer service mean to you?

It’s going the extra mile to make someone’s experience the ultimate best time. Whether this is simply taking the time to recognize someone by their name, personally welcoming them back, inquiring on how their surfing is going, requesting their favorite instructor, or planning something memorable for their stay.

Great customer service is not hard here. We create such meaningful connections that it’s easy to remember each guest and their personal stories.

What is the craziest story you have heard about a guest experience?

We had two guys in their 30s who booked an estuary tour to see the crocodiles, birds, and monkeys. To see the monkeys, the boat docks and everyone gets off—however, our friends did not know this part.

So, when the boat docked deep in the woods, and the boat captain began speaking Spanish on his phone, the guys became suspicious. Little did they know that the captain was only speaking with his wife. As they were followed the boat captain into the woods, their fear grew. They had read about kidnappings in Mexico and worried they were about to be the next headline.

Fearing the worst, they made a plot to run back to the boat, steal it, and get back to Tamarindo—which is exactly what they did!

Leaving the captain in the woods?

Yes! When the guys came back to the camp, they were so scared and worked up, only to have the police arrive moments later and arrest them for stealing the boat.

We had to go get them from the local police department and explain the huge misunderstanding.

We found humor in the situation, and everyone had a good laugh.

Not everyone gets to go home with a story like that. Why should people visit WRSC?

The biggest attraction of our little camp really is the community it creates organically.

Our Costa Rican staff go out of their way to bring each guest into their lives, whether it’s through surfing, language, or even into their personal home. Everyone becomes family here, and with technology, it makes it even easier to stay connected. I love watching the friendships between guests and staff blossom. I have friends all over the world now.

You will find Shawna all over the camp, ready to make your trip an exceptional one.

The post Behind the Desk with Shawna Mullen appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rica Puts Renewable Energy On the Map

Thu, 24 May 2018 15:54:00 GMT

Yes, we love to surf, and yes, we usually write about surfing. But today we’re going to break from our regularly scheduled program to brag a little about Costa Rica’s commitment to clean energy. Did you know that 99.62% of Costa Rica’s electricity is renewable? In 2017, the country ran on 100% renewable energy for 300 days. This broke its previous record of 299 days in 2015, and 271 days in 2016. This is a major coup when you consider that most countries struggle to run on renewable energy for just one day.

Most of Costa Rica’s renewable energy comes from hydroelectricity, with about 10% sourced from wind and another 10% from geothermal energy sources. In order to manage all of these sources and pair them with Costa Rica’s energy demands, the country invested over $59 million in creating a National Center for Energy. This agency manages the flow of electricity, as well as exports excess energy to its neighbors. That’s right—on some days Costa Rica’s renewable energy sources are so productive that it can give some of it away!

But Costa Rica’s environmental commitments don’t end there. June 2017, they announced a national plan to eliminate single-use plastics by 2021. According to Environmental and Energy minister Edgar Gutiérrez:

Costa Rica will replace items like plastic straws, coffee stirrers, containers, cutlery, and store bags with biodegradable or water-soluble alternatives.

And in 2011, Costa Rica announced its most ambitious goal yet: be 100% carbon-neutral by 2021. To do this, they plan to nurture their forests, which can offset carbon emissions, as well as promote biofuels, hybrid vehicles, and create a “C-Neutral” label for businesses that comply. This way, tourists can use their buying power to support C-Neutral. At the 2015 U.N. Climate Change Conference in Paris, Costa Rica adjusted this timeline but committed to zero net emissions by 2085. Vice President Ana Helena Chacón, who led the Costa Rican delegation in Paris, expressed that climate action must account for citizens, such as farmers, who rely on fossil fuels. The adjusted timeline is a more realistic goal for the country to accommodate these ways of life.

Here at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, we have replaced plastic straws, coffee stirrers, plastic cups, and Styrofoam with paper and biodegradable alternatives in our restaurants. We also only use eco-friendly cleaning products throughout the hotel. Because of the high demand for beverages sold in plastic bottles, our business would not survive without them, so we can’t ban them yet. However, we are ready to tackle this issue with Costa Rica’s help.

Costa Rica’s efforts to meet its energy needs with renewable sources are leading the charge for other countries. Denmark, Germany, and Scotland have slowly increased their capacity to run on fossil-free energy. On February 22, 2018, Denmark’s wind generators powered the entire country for the day.

What can you do to green-up your energy?

1. Don’t order that drink to go. Sit back, relax, and enjoy it in a glass.

2. After you surf, take a half hour to pick up beach trash.

3. Consider buying your next board from an eco-friendly company like Sustainable Surf or Solid.

4. Walk or ride a bike instead of drive. You need the exercise anyway!

5. If you visit the mercado for supplies, bring your daypack and prevent a few plastic bags from entering our oceans.

But the biggest thing you can do to promote the use of green energy? Get outside and enjoy the oceans, forests, rivers, and mountains. The more you love them, the more you’ll talk about them with friends and family, and the more you will inspire everyone around you (including yourself!) to protect them.

The post Costa Rica Puts Renewable Energy On the Map appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

10 Family & Kid Friendly Activities in Tamarindo

Tue, 22 May 2018 23:58:00 GMT

So, you’re taking your kids on a surf trip. To your friends, that might sound crazy. But at WRSC we know that surfing is a great family activity that will ultimately bring you closer together. Whether you’re traveling with toddlers, teenagers, or anything in between, Tamarindo is full of fun and safe activities for kids and families. Take surf lessons as a family, or score early morning barrels before the kids wake up. For families looking for adventure, Tamarindo is the place to be!

Check out these 10 family and kid-friendly activities during your stay at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp!

1. Boogie Boarding

If your little ones are too young to surf, boogie boarding is the next best thing! Borrow a board and hop in the water! Boogie boarding offers a tamer wave riding experience than surfing for those who are less confident in the water. Even when Playa Tamarindo is pumping, you can walk down the beach and find some calm, safe areas to play in the surf with your kids.

2. Family Surf Lessons

WRSC’s friendly surf guides can get anyone up on a board! Take a group surf lesson with your family, and make lasting memories while you discover your new passion. Nothing beats catching waves with friends and family! Don’t worry, we will start you off on the beginner-friendly waves and a foam board. All of this right in front of our beachfront hotel and restaurants!

3. Exploring the Estuary

Just a stone’s throw down the beach from Witch’s Rock Surf Camp sits an environmental treasure, the estuary. Hop on one of the little ferry boats to take a ride across the river to Playa Grande or explore the estuary and catch a glimpse of the unique river wildlife!

4. Jaime Peligro Bookstore

Just a short walk down the street sits Tamarindo’s oldest bookstore, Jaime Peligro Bookstore. Jaime Peligro Bookstore has a great selection of both children and adult literature. It’s also located right next to Café Tico, which is a great place to relax and read.

5. Monkey N’ Croc Toy Store

All kids love toys, so why not take a short stroll down the road to Monkey N’ Croc Toy Store? This tiny Tamarindo boutique toy store is only about a 10-minute walk; you can stock up on souvenirs, or find some new beach toys for the kids… and maybe something for yourself.

6.Enjoy Live Music & Weekend Bonfires with us at WRSC

Head on down to El Vaquero Brew Pub for dinner, with 2 for 1 drinks for the parents, and live music every day from 4:00-7:00 PM. It’s the best place to watch the sunset!

7.Play Mini Golf

If you are looking to spend some time off the beach, Bolas Locas Mini Golf is perfect for the traveling family! Play 18 holes of surf and beach inspired mini golf and then head down the street to La Baula for some Pizza! Both locations are just a short walk.

8. Visit Lolita the Pig

If you’ve got a car and want to explore the coastline with your family, Playa Avellanes is perfect for you! The scenic beach is home to Lola’s Restaurant, a great place to eat and drink. And while you’re there, kids will want to meet Lola, the restaurant’s mascot and pet pig! She’s great with kids!

9. Take a Wildlife Tour

Tamarindo is home to rich biodiversity in and out of the water. The kids are sure to love spotting Costa Rica’s unique wildlife on one of the many wildlife tours. Witness nature at its finest on a Sea Turtle Nesting Tour, sail away on a Whale Watching Tour, or trek through the jungles on a Monkey Spotting Canopy Tour!

10. Go Ziplining!

Costa Rica is famous for its unique rainforest canopy zipline tours! The kids are sure to love the adrenaline rush of safely flying through the air, while you’ll be able to take in unique views of the surrounding cloud forest!

Now, what are you waiting for? Grab your kids, get on a plane, and come have an adventure with us!

The post 10 Family & Kid Friendly Activities in Tamarindo appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Get Over Your Worst Wipeout and Get Back in the Water

Tue, 15 May 2018 17:31:00 GMT

If you’ve been surfing for a while, it’s definitely happened to you. You took off too late on a wave that may have been a tad out of your league. You missed your drop, you skipped down the face of the wave like a smooth stone on a pond, and then you were picked up and tossed over the falls as if you weighed next to nothing.

Most likely that wasn’t the end of it either. Chances are you were rolled under water, tumbled, and pulled in every direction. And as soon as you were able to fight to the surface for that breath of air you so desperately needed, it happened again. Another wave lands on top of you and you feel like you are in a washing machine all over again. You panic a little and fight toward the surface. All you can do is wait until the set passes and you get a break long enough to grab your board and head back out… or toward shore.

This is a reality of surfing, especially once you graduate to larger, more advanced waves. And no matter whether you have been surfing for a year or a decade, mentally, wipeouts like this leave their mark. They cause you to hesitate in the water. They may cause you to limit yourself to smaller waves and easier take offs. Or maybe they even keep you out of the water for a significant period of time. And that’s normal. But it’s time to get back in the water and get over your fears. Here’s exactly what you need to do to put that wipeout behind you.

1. Face the facts

Think about your wipeout. Think about the time you spent underwater. Really think about it. Chances are each hold down was less than 10 seconds, even a wipeout at some of the world’s biggest waves will only leave you under water for 20-30 seconds. Now, if I asked you to hold your breath in a pool for 10 seconds 10 times in a row, you would be just fine. So, next time you’re under, remember that. Remember that your lung capacity far exceeds the amount of time you will be under water and stay calm.

2. Don’t Panic

Armed with knowledge that your hold downs aren’t as long and as scary as they once seemed, you can now approach the water, and each wave, with confidence. Use that confidence to stay calm under water. Don’t waste energy and oxygen panicking and fighting the wave, relax and wait till it’s over. You will find that when you relax, most wipeouts and hold downs are really no big deal.

3. Study the Break

One way to avoid bad wipeouts all together is to be knowledgeable of the break you’re surfing. Don’t just show up and paddle out, really make an effort to get to know the spot. Watch the wave, observe the tide, make a mental note of where all rocks, reefs, and other surfers are located. Look for channels to make your paddle out easier. And only once you feel you have a firm understanding of the spot, should you paddle out.

4. Remember Why You Surf

It’s easy to forget when you get scared, apprehensive, or anxious in the water, but surfing is something you choose to do. It’s pure recreation with just you and the ocean. There’s nothing better than gliding down the face of a wave. Sometimes we forget just how fun surfing is supposed to be. So, relax, have a good time, and get out there.

The post How to Get Over Your Worst Wipeout and Get Back in the Water appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Improve Your Surfing With This 5-Min Routine

Thu, 10 May 2018 19:06:00 GMT

The post Improve Your Surfing With This 5-Min Routine appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Your Guide to Fine Dining in Tamarindo

Tue, 08 May 2018 14:45:00 GMT

Just because you’re on a surf trip does not mean you have to rough it on date night. In fact, Tamarindo is home to some of the best fine dining options in Costa Rica. Gone are the days of sketchy eats and cheap beer fueled surf trips. We want you to have the best experience in Tamarindo possible, both in the water and at dinner. We put together a list of 5 must-try fine dining options in Tamarindo.

Pangas Beach Club

Situated on the far North end of Tamarindo Beach, just above the estuary lies Pangas Beach Club. The peaceful ambiance of Pangas Beach Club is unrivaled in Tamarindo. The breezy beach club is a great place to grab an afternoon cocktail and enjoy a beautiful sunset. At night, Pangas transforms from a beach club to a high-class fine dining establishment. The menu combines Costa Rican flavors with modern fusion dishes and has something for everyone: Vegetarians, meat lovers, and seafood enthusiasts.

Bamboo Sushi Club

Nothing beats fresh sushi, and it does not get much fresher than straight from the waters off of Costa Rica. Bamboo Sushi Club is located in the middle of Tamarindo but boasts a quiet, unique, and romantic setting inside. The menu is comprised of traditional sushi rolls, Asian dishes, and a few specialty rolls. The fish, with the exception of the salmon, is all locally sourced and as fresh as possible.

Dragon Fly Bar & Grill

Founded in 2005, Dragon Fly Bar & Grill is widely considered one of the best dining options in Tamarindo. Elegant menu items that combine traditional Costa Rican flavors with international twists, fine wines, great cocktails, and craft beers make Dragon Fly Bar & Grill a dining gem in Tamarindo. Conveniently located next to Tamarindo’s only mini-golf course.

Seasons by Sholmy

Seasons by Sholmy offers poolside Mediterranean cuisine in the heart of Tamarindo. The menu features freshly caught seafood, vegetarian options, several meat dishes, and a “you catch it we cook it section” for fishermen. This is one of Robert August’s favorites.

El Coconut

Just up the road from us at WRSC sits El Coconut. This fine dining establishment prides itself on its international menu and diverse wine selection, with over 1000 labels in their climate-controlled wine cellar. The staff takes pride in their excellent service and the atmosphere is perfect for a romantic night out.

Patagonia Argentina Restaurant & Grill

Another great date spot, Patagonia Restaurant & Grill offers some of the best flavors in all of Tamarindo, With excellent sangria, classic meat dishes, fresh seafood, unique vegetarian options, and even homemade pasta, Patagonia is sure to be one of your favorite Tamarindo spots. Since its grand opening, Patagonia has been a hit with everyone in Tamarindo. If there is one spot on this list I would recommend calling ahead and making a reservation, it would be Patagonia Argentina Restaurant & Grill.

We hope you’re hungry!

The post Your Guide to Fine Dining in Tamarindo appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Best Surf Films Streaming on Netflix Right Now

Tue, 01 May 2018 15:26:00 GMT

It’s no secret that the average person spends a slightly embarrassing amount of time binge watching Netflix TV shows and movies. And who can blame them, there are literally tens of thousands of options with the click of the button. There is truly something on Netflix for everyone and that now includes surfers. Because we want you to have something to do on your next flight to Costa Rica, we have compiled a list of the must watch surf films streaming on Netflix right now. Happy binging!

1. Under the Arctic Sky

Famed photographer and filmmaker Chris Burkard’s most recent film will leave you in awe. Chris and his crew of fellow surfers, filmmakers, and photographers find themselves in Iceland with the goal of surfing the Arctic seas that surround the Faroe Islands. The group finds themselves in the worst winter storm to hit the country in 25 years. Constant darkness, and uncertainty about whether or not they will safely be able to surf plague the group. Ultimately, the group perseveres and is able to score perfect waves under the Northern Lights.

2. FishPeople

The Malloy Brothers teamed up with Patagonia to create a stellar documentary that focuses on how people all over the world are connected to the ocean. From divers, surfers, fisherman and women, to open ocean swimmers, FishPeople explores the natural connection these people have to the ocean. The film is beautifully shot, has a strong environmental message, and inspires viewers to get out there and enjoy ocean. It also provides insight into how so many people make a living, find their passion, and find their livelihood in the sea. Warning: if you don’t live near the ocean this film is going to give you serious FOMO.

3. Resurface

An official Tribeca Film Festival selection, Resurface , is a powerful documentary that highlights surfing’s ability to heal. “War, Trauma, Surfing” is the films tagline and rightfully so as the film focuses on Bobby Lane, an Iraq War Veteran with chronic depression and PTSD. Bobby Lane first seeks out surfing as a bucket list item, but then realizes the healing powers of the sport and explores the questions, “How can surfing change the lives of military veterans?” For the first time, countless scientific evidence is on the side of the surfers. The ocean is a proven method for treating PTSD. This film is moving, informative, and an overall feel film that will remind you just how impactful surfing can be on someone’s life.

4. Given

Told through the powerful narration of a 6-year old boy, Given , follows the life of a traveling family of Legendary surfers Daize and Aamion Goodwin, who values experience over traditional living. As a family, they hop from continent to continent learning about various cultures, finding fun waves, and ultimately growing closer as a family. This film will inspire you to get off the couch and see the world, while making you rethink your personal value system.

5. The Endless Summer

We couldn’t leave out a classic like The Endless Summer . Bruce Brown’s 1966 iconic film follows two surfers, Michael Hynson and Robert August, on a world-wide journey chasing waves. This film was the original surf documentary, it paved the way for everything that surf media is today. It inspired thousands of surfers to venture away from the home breaks, into the unknown, in search of the perfect wave. In summary, this film is a work of art, and if you consider yourself a surfer you must watch it. Robert August now calls Tamarindo home, and currently shapes boards at WRSC! So once you land come say hi to Robert and tell him how much you love the film!

The post The Best Surf Films Streaming on Netflix Right Now appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Common Mistakes to Avoid if You Want to Improve your Surfing

Thu, 26 Apr 2018 00:17:00 GMT

Like all sports, surfing has a learning curve, and we want to help you accelerate your progress. Whether you’ve learned to surf here in Tamarindo, or are coming to WRSC to improve your surfing, we have compiled a list of things for you to keep in mind while you are out in the water. With these tools, you should be able to catch and ride your fair share of waves in Tamarindo and maybe even drop down a board size or two! So dive in and enjoy!

1. Grabbing your rails during your pop up

This is probably the most common mistake new surfers make when popping up. For stability, the surfer will attempt to grab the sides of the board (the rails), which will actually cause the board to become unstable due to uneven weight distribution. Instead, place your hands just below your shoulders with flat palms on the board and push up. This will provide a stable surface to push off from, while distributing your weight evenly. Think push up position.

2. Using your knees to pop up

Another common mishap many new surfers suffer through and often get away with, is using their knee (or knees) to pop up. This might work on beginner boards, but it is a bad habit that should be avoided at all costs. If you plan on trying new board types, or riding a short board eventually, you’ll want to keep your knees out of your pop up. Instead, try one of two things. 1. Jump to your feet with the support of your hands so that your not using your knees to get up. Or 2. Bring your back foot up to your knee, and press up on three points (two hands and back foot), while bringing your front foot forward. Many surfers with tight lower backs often resort to the knee pop up, so try stretching before and after surf sessions for a good long term fix.

3. Catching the wave after it breaks

White water is great for learning, but as we advance we want to begin to ride the “green wave” not the wash after the wave breaks. To do this, sit further out in the line up. The bigger your board, the earlier you can get into a wave. Try to paddle for, and catch, sections of swell that wobble as if they are about to overflow. Once you catch the wave, give one hard extra paddle for good measure, hop to your feet, and turn to ride down the line.

4. Not putting your head down as you make your final paddle into a wave

This mistake applies mostly to new short board riders, but can be made with any board. Catching a wave, and riding a wave effectively, is all about distribution of weight. When you first begin to paddle for a wave, your head is most likely up facing the beach, which is all good and dandy. That is, until the wave starts to pick you up. When your head is up while you paddle your weight is towards the back of the board. This can cause waves to roll under you, instead of you catching them, which is incredibly frustrating. To remedy this issue, as the wave begins to pick you up put your head down and paddle hard. Facing your board, rather than the beach, will put extra weight on the nose of your board and push you down into the wave.

5. Not shifting your weight as you ride

Similarly to the issue above, if you don’t shift your weight as you ride, the wave will simply pass underneath your feet. The best way to understand proper weight distribution is to watch a skilled longboarder. They gracefully cross step up the board to go faster and step back to slow down. The whole concept is aimed at staying just in front of the breaking part of the wave. On a short board, riders will only ride ever so slightly forward on their board, but they do so with their weight over their front foot, pumping up and down the face of the wave to generate speed. When a shortboarder wants to slow down to pause in a barrel or make a turn, they put their weight on back foot. Now you don’t have to be a cross stepping longboard extraordinaire or a skilled short board rider to do this. If your on a longboard, simply walk the board to get to the front and back. If you are on a short board, practice putting your inside rail into the face of the wave and then letting off to generate speed.

The post 5 Common Mistakes to Avoid if You Want to Improve your Surfing appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Behind the Desk with Sara Vargas

Tue, 24 Apr 2018 16:59:00 GMT

The post Behind the Desk with Sara Vargas appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Reasons to Visit Costa Rica During the Rainy Season

Thu, 19 Apr 2018 12:57:00 GMT

The rainy season gets a bad rap, probably due to its name. But the truth is, Costa Rica is never more alive than it is during the rainy season – and remember – we’re talking tropical rain; so it’s always warm! And thanks to nervous travelers who are scared to get caught in some measly afternoon showers, you may find yourself all alone in once-crowded line-ups. Here are 5 reasons why the rainy season is an absolute must in Costa Rica, so book your ticket and come on down!

1. Mornings Are Still Hot & Sunny

There is still plenty of sunshine to go around during the rainy season. Usually, mornings are clear and sunny, which makes them perfect for any activity you have planned. From surfing, snorkeling, exploring the cloud forests, to taking a wildlife tour. The rain typically comes in the mid-late afternoon and will last until sunset. I’ve always found afternoon rains relaxing. Nothing beats surfing all morning, grabbing a great lunch and curling up with a book in a hammock during the afternoon rain! Check out this previous blog, How Rainy is Rainy Season ?

2. The Best Sunsets

The truth is, Tamarindo sunsets are spectacular year round. Nowhere have I seen them more vivid than here in Costa Rica; the intense shades of orange, pink, purple and blue are mind blowing, but they’re particularly impressive during rainy season. Perhaps it’s the moisture in the air from the rain, maybe it’s magic, but they certainly seem to be even more vibrant and colorful.

3. Lush & Beautiful Vegetation

You’ll never see a more green and lush landscape than you will during the rainy season. The land truly comes alive. Rivers and waterfalls are fuller, the rain and cloud forests are denser, and the wildlife is more active both in and out of the water! So be sure you spend some time exploring inland!

4. It’s Cheaper

Wanting beach-on-a-budget? Then rainy season is definitely the best time to visit! Hotels normally have three different seasonal rates: low, high and peak. Low is rainy season and also when prices can be significantly less than high season. In addition, car rental rates are significantly lower, restaurants and tour companies offer special deals and we have some of our best WRSC packages available. Lastly, If you plan on getting your scuba diving certification, do it during rainy season, as most places offer a discount during this time.

5. Uncrowded Line-Ups & Empty Beaches

Just as rainy season tends to scare off tourist from popular locations, traveling surfers are far and few between during the peak of rainy season. This means uncrowded lineups! Even beginner and learning breaks will be significantly less crowded. I’ve made my way to Playa Grande during the rainy season and found myself alone for a great surf session. Plus, it’s a rare thing today to find a beach all to yourself; but during the rainy season, it’s possible. Simply take the little ferry boats across the rivermouth and start walking. Eventually, you’ll stop passing people and find yourself in peaceful isolation. So, if having a tropical beach all to yourself sounds like your type of thing, book your tickets now!

The post 5 Reasons to Visit Costa Rica During the Rainy Season appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Hype Around Costa Rican Coffee

Thu, 12 Apr 2018 20:57:00 GMT

My favorite time of day in Costa Rica is the morning. Nothing quite compares to rising just before the sun, throwing on some board shorts, pouring yourself a fresh cup of joe, and checking the surf. I like to think of coffee as my surf fuel.

It helps that Costa Rica has some of the best coffee in the world. Here at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, we showcase that. Our Dawn Patrol Coffee & Bakery is one of the first businesses in Tamarindo to open as early as possible, to cater to those surfers seeking the first light waves! We serve some of the freshest coffee and baked organic goods around town. And, even when we have some rolling blackouts, our generators always make sure our coffee is hot.

But why exactly is Costa Rican Coffee so good? What makes our beans so robust with flavor that they are borderline addictive? Here are three reasons why Costa Rican Coffee is the best in the world.

1. Our Environment

The perfect cup of coffee starts with the land where the beans are grown. Arabica Coffee plants are delicate and require a certain climate in order to thrive. In our case, we are particularly lucky. Costa Rica’s inland mountainous regions provide the perfect climate for coffee growers. Mild temperatures, plenty of rainfall, and high altitudes are key to good coffee. Furthermore, our soil in Costa Rica is particularly fertile because it is uniquely enriched by volcanic ash.
There are 8 coffee growing regions in Costa Rica, and WRSC is located in one of them! From North to South, they are Guanacaste, Valle Occidental, Tres Rios, Valle Central, Tarrazú, Turrialba, Orosi, Turrialba, and Branca.

2. Hand-Picked Beans

Most Costa Rican coffee growers opt to do things the traditional way and pick their beans by hand, opposed to the more mechanical mass harvest picking that many growers do all over the world. There are lots of benefits to hand picking, but the bottom line is, each plant is different and matures in a different amount of time. Picking by hand ensures that all the beans are picked when they are perfectly ripe – not all at one time. So, growers and pickers can guarantee the best quality of coffee bean at harvest.

3. Costa Rican Law

When it comes to coffee, Costa Rica does not mess around. In 1989, the Costa Rican government passed a law making it illegal to grow and produce anything but 100% Arabica coffee. Arabica coffee is the highest quality of coffee on the market, known for its full-bodied flavorful taste, but their plants are incredibly delicate and hard to grow. Many growers in other countries choose to grow hardier plants. Costa Rican growers, however, stick to Arabica coffee and produce the highest quality coffee in all of the world.

So come on down to Dawn Patrol Coffee & Bakery for an incredible cup of joe before your next surf! Or, enjoy our endless all-day coffee at Eat at Joes!

The post The Hype Around Costa Rican Coffee appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Each Season Has a Reason to Visit Tamarindo – Part 1: Dry Season

Thu, 12 Apr 2018 15:52:00 GMT

Tourism in Costa Rica peaks in the dry season thanks to consistently sunny skies with no chance of rain and temperatures in the 90s. But for those of us chasing waves, we need to look abroad—paying particular attention to the our cradle of swell, the Pacific Ocean

Early Season Favors Beginners

New surfers or those looking to work on the fundamentals might find November to February to their liking.

As we celebrate the new year, we get medium-sized pulses from the north-west that combine with late-season south swells to produce super fun, perfect waves. By February, we start to receive slightly larger swells from the North Pacific that result in bigger waves in the waist-to-head-high range with a perfect angle for Tamarindo.

And whenever a good swell comes, it is generally met with all-day offshore breezes that result in perfectly groomed surf from sun up to sun down.

Mid-Season Swells Shift Southward

As March turns to April, the southern hemisphere’s engine fires up. The swell season turns on, and intermediate and advanced surfers begin their migration back to Tamarindo. Larger swells increasingly originate out of the South Pacific and produce very consistent surf in the chest-to-overhead range. March and April are also known for predominant offshore winds and epic conditions. Late season north-west swells are not out of the question either.

Intermediate and advanced surfers can find plenty of world class waves lighting up the nearby beaches, while beginners remain protected in Tamarindo by Isla Capitan—an island that knocks down the larger south swells.When it’s head high at one of the advanced spots, Tamarindo remains playful in the thigh – chest high range.

End Season Draws Powerful Southern Swells

Once we reach May, Costa Rica is transitioning out of the dry season. An occasional tropical downpour offers some relief to the heat and generally signals a lull in tourism. The wind this time of year is generally offshore in the morning, light onshore by lunch, and then glassy for sunset. The sunsets this time of year are nothing short of spectacular.

As the crowds depart, powerful swells from the South Pacific start to arrive. For advanced surfers, the consistent swells produce some of the strongest surf of the year and continue throughout the rainy season, which we’ll cover in another blog post.

Regardless of when you choose to visit, you’ll find great surf, warm temperatures, a relaxed vibe, and a Witch’s Rock team committed to making your trip one to remember.

The post Each Season Has a Reason to Visit Tamarindo – Part 1: Dry Season appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Top 5 Exercises For Surfing

Thu, 05 Apr 2018 14:49:00 GMT

By Nick Holt

Surfing is hard enough as it is, don’t let your lack of fitness get in the way of your surfing. Whether you’re a newbie just learning to pop-up or an experienced wave ripper, here are 5 exercises that will help you get stronger, improve your balance, and get more flexible.

I like to break surf training into 3 general categories:

Strength
Balance
Flexibility

Strength = Power and Endurance

Surfing requires both forms of strength – power and endurance. Sprint paddling to catch a wave is an example of power as is popping up quickly on the board. Paddling for 3+ hours in the water would be the example of why you need to have good endurance for surfing. Make sure you do exercises that target both the power side of strength and the endurance part.

Below you’ll find one example of power and one for endurance.

Strength (Power)

1. Surfer Pop-up

This is the exact move you do every time you catch a wave. Think of a surfer pop-up like a push-up combined with a jump to your feet.

Lay down on your stomach with your feet together and your hands under your shoulders. Powerfully drive off the ground as if you are doing a push-up and jump to your feet in a split stance. You want to land your front foot directly under your chest and your back foot about 3 feet behind. Then return to the start position on your stomach. Shoot for 5 pop-ups with the right foot forward and then do 5 with the left foot forward.

Don’t worry if you don’t nail this on the first go. When I teach people to surf, we can spend hours just perfecting the pop-up.

Strength (Endurance)

2. Jumping Rope

Jumping rope is one of the more underrated tools for conditioning. Not only does this exercise help train your cardiovascular endurance, but it also develops good coordination between your upper and lower body, which is crucial if you want to surf well.

Balance

The foundation of good balance is a strong, stable core. While balance training tools like the Indo board or other balance boards might be useful, I always like to start by building a strong core. Here are 2 exercises for building a rock solid core.

3. Leg Lowering

While this exercise will strengthen your whole core (and especially your lower abs), it’s much more than just a core exercise. Leg lowering is also a motor control movement that teaches you how to control and stabilize your hips, which will directly lead to better stability and balance.

Start lying on your back with your legs fully extended in the air directly above your hips (bend your knees if you can’t keep your legs straight) and your hands by your sides. Keeping your back flat against the ground, lower your right leg down slowly towards the ground while your left leg stays straight up. Slowly return the right leg up to meet the left. Repeat on other side.

The key here is to keep your spine completely flat against the ground and your hips square. If you have trouble maintaining this position, bend your knees to 90 degrees throughout the exercise.

4. Stability Ball Jack Knife

The stability ball jack knife is a core and shoulder exercise combined. The goal here is to maintain a strong plank position as you lift your hips towards the sky and then lower them back into plank. All the while, your shoulders are working hard to stabilize your body as you move from plank to pike.

Start in a push-up position with your feet on the ball and hands on the ground. Maintain your body in a straight line from head-to-toe. Drive your hips up to the sky, rolling the stability ball slightly closer to your hands. Try to keep your legs straight so you create a V shape with your body. With control, return your hips back to the starting position without letting your lower back arch. Repeat for 10-15 reps.

To make this exercise easier, start with the ball underneath your shins or knees instead of your feet. If you have trouble keeping your legs straight, you can bend your knees into your chest instead.

Flexibility

Flexibility training requires patience and effort. For many of the guys that I train, flexibility limitations are huge issue for them. This deep squat is one of the best ways to improve hip flexibility.

5. Deep Squat (with rotation)

Lower down into a deep squat, ideally with your butt below your knees. Once you’re comfortable, reach one arm outside of your leg and rotate your spine to follow. Hold the rotation for 10 seconds, then return to center and repeat on the other side. Try to maintain in this deep squat position for up to 1 minute, doing a few rotations on each side.

In a deep squat, your goal is to keep your back straight. That means no arching or rounding. This is really important to keeping your spine safe and healthy. Also, make sure your knees stay inline with your hips and ankles.

If deep squatting is tough for you, you can try holding a moderate weight (dumbbell, kettlebell, or even a heavy rock) in front of your chest to help you achieve greater depth. Alternatively, hold on to a post, sturdy chair, or doorway to help you maintain a deep squat and a tall spine.

This article was originally published on Saltwaterfit.com , March 30th, 2018

The post Top 5 Exercises For Surfing appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

6 Money Saving Tips for Your Next Surf Trip

Thu, 05 Apr 2018 12:33:00 GMT

Surf trips can really break the bank, we get it. Not everyone can afford to hop on the next flight to some corner of the world to chase swell. Surf trips are a privilege and we at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp do not take that lightly. So whether you’re coming to surf perfect waves in Tamarindo or jet-setting off to Indonesia, keep these tips in mind and save some cash along the way.

1. Save on the flight

It’s 2018. If you’re not implementing some type of money saver into your flight purchase you’re doing something wrong. Personally, when I am planning a big surf trip, I track my flights for a few weeks before pulling the trigger. There are classic trusted methods such as buying airfare tickets on a Tuesday or buy your ticket 6 weeks from your desired travel date, but now you can save on last minute deals with flight tracking services. There are several free and effective apps available for your smartphone that will allow you to check in on a specific flight price for all flights to your destination within your travel dates and they will notify you when those prices drop. I recommend Hopper , Sky Scanner , or Jet Radar .

2. If you are flying, don’t bring your board

Airlines now charge up to $150 per board in your board bag. If you’re flying round trip, you can almost buy a new board for the price it takes to check one. So if you’re going for a lengthy period of time, maybe purchase a board at your destination and then sell it before you leave.

Or, better yet, stay with us at WRSC and check out our extensive board cage! Our selection ranges from soft tops, Robert August longboards, old-school fishes, and classic high-performance thrusters. The board cage has something for every surfer at every level — and you get to try a bunch of new boards!

3. Look for hotels/camps with inclusive airport transfer and meals

The high cost of transportation and food sneak up on travelers and leave them wondering where their money went. Surf trips typically take a few methods of transportation to get to a reliable surf break. (There aren’t many breaks near airports.) So while you’re booking your surf trip, make sure you look for a surf camp or hotel that provides roundtrip airport transportation. (Pst – Witch’s Rock Surf Camp offers free transportation to and from Liberia (LIR) on Saturdays)

4. Stay right on, or as close as possible to your desired surf break

Here we go about the cost of transportation again. If you have to rent a car to get to the best waves each day, then you will have less money for cervezas and ceviche. The best possible solution is to stay right on a world class break. Where can you do that? Why, right here in beautiful Tamarindo, Costa Rica. Witch’s Rock Surf Camp sits right on Playa Tamarindo, the best beach break around. (Check it out on our live surfcam ) The main peak is literally a straight shot across the sand from most of our rooms! What’s better than waking up to world class waves right outside your door? Not much.

5. Aim for chill nights out with friends not wild party nights

Crazy nights out are fun, don’t get me wrong. But, large bar tabs can hit the wallet pretty hard. And if you’re looking to save money on a surf trip, this is not ideal. Plus waking up for dawn patrol can be a daunting task after a night of heavy drinking. A great night with friends, good beer, and great music is all you need! Lucky for you, El Vaquero Brewpub is open till midnight and has happy hours and live music 7 days a week from 4:00-7:00 PM.

6. Choose the right room for your budget

We have everything from rooftop decks at our Beachfront Hotel to our sister surf hotel, the Pueblo Dorado , just a 3 minute walk toward the estuary. You can pack some friends in your room to save money or go all out and book a premium ocean-view room for yourself.

What are you waiting for? Book your trip today! Email for availability: reservations@witchsrocksurfcamp.com or call toll free: 1.888.318.7873

The post 6 Money Saving Tips for Your Next Surf Trip appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Alison Avellan’s at Witch’s Everyday and Wants to Meet You

Tue, 03 Apr 2018 03:01:00 GMT

We know our staff and service plays a big role in that. So, we wanted to open up our Talk Story to some of the familiar faces who have been on the team at Witch’s Rock for a while.

Today, we chat with Alison Avellan, a manager’s assistant in our food and beverage department. She has been with our team for three years, working as a server, cashier and bartender before moving into a manager’s role.

Tell us about your experience at WRSC.

My start at Witch’s Rock has been the best thing to happen in my life. I started off as a server at Eat @ Joe’s . Everyone in the hotel and restaurant helped in training me, but it is not a secret that it was a tough start, being one of the busiest places in Tamarindo. My fellow co-workers taught me right off the start to stick together and help each other out.

They are more than my coworkers, we all feel like family.

What is your favorite part of the job?

I have a million favorites in my position, but to start, I don’t see my duties and responsibilities as a “job.” I see it more as a hobby. It is so fun to be here every day.

I love getting to meet guests from all over the world, learn new cultures, practice my English and learn new English sayings. I also love making our guests feel like they are part of our family, and in return, they always make me feel like I am part of theirs.

What’s a memorable time that you have taken care of a guest?

A couple came for their surf vacation and the wife ended up getting really sick. She had to stay in their room and rest while her husband went out to surf.

I felt so bad knowing that she wanted to be better to get out and surf as well, so I decided to bring her breakfast to her room with little motivational notes. I wrote, “get better” and “you are a wonderful person,” and “we are rooting for you to get out of bed and into the surf.”

When is the last time you laughed with a guest?

I am one of the happiest people in the world, so I end up laughing all of the time with each person. But recently a family came back to Witch’s Rock and asked me how I was doing in my surfing progress. They know that I’ve just started, but I told them that I would sign an autograph for them.

They were looking at future surf legend Alison Avellan!

What is the craziest story you have heard about a guest experience?

We had a couple who were guests and they were in their 70’s. I was telling them they had to do something different and unexpected here—something they would not normally do. The next day they came back for breakfast, and to my surprise, they had gone on the zip lines and had photos to prove it.

They hadn’t thought it was appropriate for their age, but they had a blast. I was so proud of them!

What has been an experience in your job that you will never forget?

Last year, we had the biggest storm in history. Tamarindo was without power for a couple days but our managers made sure to rent generators and make sure that our restaurant stayed open. Our hotels were full and everything else in Tamarindo was closed.

I thought the guests would be frustrated that their vacation was rainy and they didn’t have electricity. On the contrary, everyone was so patient and relieved that we all worked together to make sure they were cared for.

We all bonded and shared stories on how the storm affected each of us personally. It was a great energy between staff and guests, and I don’t think anyone who was here will ever forget it.

What meal do you recommend after a surfing session?

I always recommend the classic pinto, the typical Costa Rican breakfast. It’s a mixture of rice and beans, cilantro and other yummy seasonings, our world-famous salsa lizano, fried plantains, bacon and eggs to your liking.

We eat this every morning!

Why should someone visit Witch’s Rock?

There are a million reasons to come and visit our little piece of paradise. From the moment you wake up, you can look out your window at the ocean, feel the breeze, and listen to the birds sing their morning songs.

You will find relaxation here. Plus, it is a chance to try something different, surf with the local Costa Ricans, and learn our culture and language.

You may even get a chance to learn surf history from Robert August!

The post Alison Avellan’s at Witch’s Everyday and Wants to Meet You appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

WRSC’s Definitive Ranking of the “Best” Worst Surf Films

Thu, 29 Mar 2018 15:10:00 GMT

For some reason, Hollywood cannot seem to nail Surf Movies. I’m not talking about classics like Bruce Brown’s Endless Summer or recent hits like John John Florence’s A View From a Blue Moon . Hollywood generally has no part in traditional surf films, which are focused solely on exquisite displays of surfing. I’m talking about big budget, star studded, silver screen surf movies. Over the past 50 years or so, there have been dozens, if not hundreds, of attempts to make a good movie about surfing. But something always goes wrong. Oddly, surfing and fictitious plots never mix well. It’s hard to say why good surf movies are far and few between, but it’s probably because authenticity is hard to fake. The pure joy that surfing represents doesn’t translate to the masses. Regardless, Hollywood tries and the result is usually a bizarre mix of tan beach bodies, corny one liners, and a forced feel good message. But if you’re like me, you’ve recognized the joy in the absurdity of these films and have grown to love them. That is why we, at WRSC, have complied a ranking of the absolute “best” worst surf films. Dive in and enjoy!

Released at the height of neon clothing’s popularity, North Shore is everything you’d expect out of an 80’s surf film and so much more. The film centers around the kook of all kooks and wave pool extraordinaire, Rick Kane. Rick Kane, an Arizona native, finds himself on the North Shore of Oahu after winning a wave-pool surf contest back home. Rick learns the hard way how dangerous surfing Pipeline can be, but you need not worry. After getting stomped by the reef, Rick falls in love with a Hawaiian girl, meets his mentor Chandler who teaches him to surf pipe in just a few months, and competes against Lance Burkhart (Laird Hamilton) in the Pipe Masters. While it is extraordinarily unrealistic that someone from Arizona would even be able to learn to surf Pipe so quickly, let alone compete in the Pipe Masters, this film is endlessly entertaining in an unintentional satirical sort of way. To its credit, North Shore actually does feature some pretty decent surfing footage, in part due to both Laird Hamilton and Gerry Lopez who star in the film.

It is hard to summarize the original Point Break’s legendary status as an action sports film. Despite its egregious corniness, the film is still enormously popular. What’s not to like about college football star turned FBI agent, Johnny Utah (Keanu Reaves), taking down Bodhi (Patrick Swayze), the bank robbing surfer, and crew. Of course Keanu Reaves learns to surf, falls in love with the sport, and falls in with the rebellious bank robbing crew. Oh, and there’s a love story too. Point Break’s portrayal of surfers as adrenaline junkies, rebellious, and ultimately criminals didn’t do the surfing community any favors, but man did they look cool.

3. Blue Crush (2002)

At the turn of the 21st century, Hollywood decided to try something no one had done before, create a chick-flick surf film. And well, they did okay. Blue Crush centers around Anne Marie, a surfer girl working as a hotel maid to fund her dream of being a professional surfer and winning the Pipeline Masters. Anne Marie was only ever concerned with surfing, until Pro Quarterback Matt Tollman comes along. You see where this is going? They fall in love, she loses focus on her dream, and ultimately must find a way to balance her budding romance and her ambitions as a surfer. Oh and don’t worry there’s plenty of localism, beach fights, and overly tan beach bodies.

In a lot of ways, Surfs Up breaks the mold of corny Hollywood surf films. There are no tan beach bodies, surfers aren’t portrayed negatively, oh and it’s an animated movie about penguins. The film is shot as a “behind the scenes look” at the World Penguin Surfing Championship. Which, to be honest, is incredibly creative. The film follows teenage surfer Penguin, Cody Maverick (Shia LaBeouf) from Shiverpool, Antarctica, in his efforts to compete and win the World Penguin Surfing Championship. This film is chalk full of surf star cameos in Penguin form, including Kelly Slater and Rob Machado. If you’re looking for a fun loving movie to introduce surfing to your kids, who are between the ages of 1-9, then this movie is it.

Hollywood execs decided that the original Point Break was unfit for the digital age and in need of a reboot. The action packed reboot came in 2015 and wowed audiences everywhere with its high octane stunts. This version of the 1991 classic portrayed surfers and action sports athletes, in general, as bohemian adrenaline junkies chasing a rush and the perfect line through life. Unlike the first movie, Johnny Utah and Bodhi are more than just surfers, they are snowboarders, base jumpers, rock climbers, and of course chasers of enlightenment. What this movie lacks in intelligent narrative structure and Patrick Swayze-ness, it makes up for in action. Action sports legends and athletes were hired by the films producers to coordinate and execute the stunts. The result is an impressive tandem barrel shot in Tahiti’s famous big wave spot, Teahupoo. Laird Hamilton makes a small cameo and served as the films technical surfing advisor, but the actual surfing was done by professional surfers Dylan Longbottom and Bruce Irons. If you are in need of a new guilty pleasure action movie look no further.

The post WRSC’s Definitive Ranking of the “Best” Worst Surf Films appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Ultimate Costa Rica Road Trip

Thu, 22 Mar 2018 19:20:00 GMT

Whether you’re hitting these breaks for a day trip from Tamarindo, traveling with the WRSC crew on a guided adventure down the coast, or going for the long haul road trip, you’re not going to want to skip out on these spots. Beautiful beaches, quaint towns, and pumping waves dominate this list. If you’ve got the time, take the scenic route, hug the coast, and find some waves all to yourself. So grab some friends, hop on the next flight, and get ready for the trip of a lifetime!

1. Tamarindo

Obviously, the first stop on the list is with us in Tamarindo. Tamarindo is the perfect launching point for your trip. Score waves while gearing up, enjoy great food at Eat at Joe’s , cold beers from the Volcano Brewing Company , and live music at El Vaquero . The surf couldn’t be better either. Paddle straight out to Playa Tamarindo to score epic beach break waves or cross the river and explore Playa Grande. If you’re feeling adventurous, take a boat to Witch’s Rock or Ollie’s Point for a taste of the world class waves that put Tamarindo on the international surfing map!

2. Playa Avellanas

Just under an hour’s drive down the coast lies Playa Avellanas. The famed wide open beach of Playa Avellanas welcomes surfers and non-surfers alike. Enjoy a nice meal or drink at the famous Lola’s Restaurant and Bar right on the beach. Don’t worry surfers, there are plenty of waves to be had. For the more experiences surfers there’s a great left handed reef break called La Purruja at the South end of the beach. El Estero is a picturesque A-frame that forms right on the river mouth. And finally, there is a sizable right-hand point break, Little Hawaii, that can handle some serious swell. For those in the learning process, the beach is riddled with plenty of sand bottom peaks that work with almost any tide.

3. Santa Teresa

The New York Times called Santa Teresa “the next Tulum.” By that, they mean that Santa Teresa is a small, peaceful, former fishing village that is home to gracious people, beautiful beaches, and warm water. What the New York Times doesn’t know is that Santa Teresa, located on the Southern portion of the Nicoya Peninsula, also has pumping waves. In recent years, this spot has become a favorite for surfers and non-surfers alike. Yet, the chill small town vibe remains, despite new additions in lodging and restaurants. In terms of surfing, Playa Santa Teresa offers a particularly hollow beach break that works exceptionally well in low tides.

4. Playa Hermosa

Further South, outside the party town of Jaco, lies Playa Hermosa. This 7 km stretch of enchanting black sand packs a fearsome punch. Often compared to Mexico’s premier big wave spot, Puerto Escondido, Playa Hermosa is the place to be for serious surfers. While this powerful stretch of beach can attract a crowd, the further south you go the farther you’ll be from a crowded lineup. The surrounding hills, rainforest, and town offer plenty to do out of the water from rainforest canopy exploration to a crazy night out. While it is a bit of a drive from Tamarindo, if you’re looking for massive beach break waves, Playa Hermosa is a must.

The post The Ultimate Costa Rica Road Trip appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

A Tribute to Costa Rican Craft Beer

Thu, 15 Mar 2018 17:06:00 GMT

Believe it or not, Costa Rica wasn’t always the craft beer haven of Central America that it is today. In fact, barely a decade ago, it was hard to find anything other than the classic beach beers, Imperial and Pilsen. Now, admittedly, I have had my fair share of Imperials, but sometimes the occasion calls for more. A light crisp beach beer is great, but often one’s pallet yearns for something full bodied, something bitter, something dark. Thankfully as the 2010s rolled in, craft beer rolled into Costa Rica and in 2012 Asociación de Cerveceros Artesanales de Costa Rica — Costa Rica’s Association of Craft Brewers was formed. Here at WRSC we want you to get to know all things Costa Rica, and that includes the great craft breweries from around the country, and the beer that they brew. So crack open a cold one, dive in, and enjoy!

Costa Rica Craft Brewing Company is one of the oldest and most established craft breweries in all of Central America. Before them, it literally was just Pilsen and Imperial. Costa Rica Craft Brewing Co pushed new and exciting beers into the market and inspired many others to do the same. They are most known for Libertas Tropical Golden Ale, Red Ale Segua , and their wide selection of seasonal beers. They are located in San Jose, so next time you fly into the capital pop over for a cold one!

2. Treintaycinco Fábrica Artesanal de Cervezas

Located in San Jose, Treintaycinco Brewery is perhaps the fastest growing brewery in all of Costa Rica. Like many on this lists, the founders at Treintaycinco were fed up with the state of beer in Latin America. They set out to make beer options that were stronger, more flavorful, and full bodied then the rest of market. The name “Treintaycinco” comes from the Costa Rican police code for a crazy person “35.” Treintaycinco offers 10 beers, all of which have an Alc/Vol of 6.5% or higher. Their masterly crafted flavorful concoctions have created quite the stir in the beer world of Latin America.

3. Bri Bri Springs Brewery

Bri Bri Springs was founded by former Vermont resident J.T Ficociello and is located in Puerto Viejo on Costa Rica’s Caribbean coast. . While their founder might not be native to Costa Rica, their ingredients are definitely local. Their great selection of beers features natural Costa Rican Ingredients like: pineapple, mango, cocoa, and raw sugar cane. The brewery overlooks the beautiful Playa Negra.

4. Volcano Brewing Co

Did you think we would forget our very own Volcano Brewing Company? Volcano Brewing Company splashed into the Costa Rican beer scene in 2011, filling the great craft beer void in Tamarindo. Thanks to Volcano Brewing Co, visitors and locals alike can enjoy more full bodied flavorful beers than the traditional beach beers. Brew master Nikki Hurren cooks up famous hits such as the Gato Malo Dark Ale and Witch’s Rock IPA . Nikki has big plans for Volcano Brewing Co in the future, including the addition of a saison and hefeweizen to the already stellar roster of classic brews. There are even rumors of a beer boat tour in the works! So when you’re in Tamarindo, stop in for a cold one and say hi!

¡Pura Vida!

The post A Tribute to Costa Rican Craft Beer appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Paradise Redefined

Wed, 14 Mar 2018 19:52:00 GMT

By: Deena Giles

Seems silly not wanting to shower after returning to the states just so my hair will continue to smell like the Pacific Ocean, my skin like coconut Sun Bum, and the fine Tamarindo sand would remain on my feet….for one more day. “Okay Google, play ocean sounds” used to be so calming, yet now seems incomplete without waking to the birds’ morning chatter, crashing waves, and the ebb and flow of the morning locals commuting to work.

No one wants to go home after a vacation in paradise. In this case, Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Tamarindo, Costa Rica, redefined paradise for us. Clearly warmer weather, a beachfront view, and being able to enjoy a free breakfast every morning has its perks…and not without the occasional entertainment of iguanas fighting over ripe fruit, grackles jumping from table to table trying to get their own free breakfast, and listening to the circus of monkeys in the trees above. But that’s not what made our time in Tamarindo the perfect vacation for us.

We found ourselves waking before the sun touched the water. We were not only anxious to start the day, but rushing to embrace it. Our sore muscles, our salty bathing suits, our freshly waxed boards, our butterfly filled stomachs, and the chatter of our new friends’ encouragement.

To know that TODAY, I’m going to turtle roll, let the water flow, and not get stuck in the tidal “washing machine”. TODAY, I’m going to dig deeper and paddle faster. TODAY, I’m going to look forward and ride a longer wave. TODAY, I’m going to make myself proud. TODAY, I am a surfer. Every day those expectations were exceeded with the perseverance of our surf instructor, the congratulatory cheers of our surf mates, and our own personal drive to catch “one more wave”.

This vacation wasn’t about escaping life. It was about facing fears, challenging ourselves, and chasing our dreams. Our memories won’t just be framed by a picture perfect Costa Rican sunset. They’ll include stories of tears as we survived being tossed and turned by waves, stories of hesitation on a zip line platform as we launched ourselves through paths in the sky, and stories of gratitude as we shared new beginnings through birthday, soon-to-be newlyweds, and Witch’s Rock Surf Camp veteran celebrations. Paradise has a new meaning for us. It is the feeling of allowing yourself to dissolve what you thought you were here for, and embrace what here has for you.

My hair won’t smell like the ocean tomorrow. My skin will be washed away of Sun Bum and sand. Our suits, hats, and flip flops will be tucked away in the closet as we lay our clothes out for work tomorrow. The phantom tug of the board leash will soon dissipate and our surf stance will settle back into our work posture. But our relationship with the ocean has only just begun. I promise to always remember the wise words of Andre “Deena, not everything goes bad”. Trusting yourself in the ocean on a freshly waxed board for the first time, among new friends, and an unconditional surf instructor…is paradise! Oh, and not only are we surfers now, but we’re engaged!

Until we meet again (June 2019!)…Pura Vida!

The post Paradise Redefined appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Ditching the Cold for Costa Rica

Tue, 13 Mar 2018 20:10:00 GMT

By: Scotty Nelson

Every year I go on a cruise with my brother, David, and his wife Nancy.

Last year, while spending Thanksgiving with them, I asked David where we would be cruising on the next one. Imagine my surprise, when he answered, “Alaska, and it’s a couples only cruise.”

I told him that was cool with me, because I do not like the cold at all!

When I returned home to Nashville, I started thinking,”No cruise this year; what can I do for a vacation as a solo traveler?”

I decided to do some research. I jumped on my computer and typed, “cool places to travel as a solo traveler,” and Witch’s Rock Surf Camp popped right up! I was like,”HELL YES! That’s the trip!” and booked my 7 day stay immediately!

Then I called my brother, David, to let him know that since I do not like the cold – and Alaska is a couples only trip – I just booked a vacation to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. His immediate reply was “NO WAY DUDE!”

You see, we both spent a lot of time together in the water surfing way back in the day, in San Diego, and I knew he would not be able to get this trip out of his mind.

A week later, I got a call from David asking the dates that I booked so he could go with me. I grinned and said, “It’s a singles only trip bro.”

On March 3rd 2018, we arrived at the front of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp and had the best vacation!

From being greeted by the awesome Sara at the front desk at the surf shop, to all the waiters and waitresses at Eat at Joe’s, the Volcano Brewing Company and El Vaqueros it was amazing! Thank you to Diego and Maxi in the board cage, Xiquiu our awesome surf coach and to all the other surf coaches who all made us feel like family.

I have already booked to go back again, and yes, so has my brother David!

Until next time, Pura Vida.

The post Ditching the Cold for Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Surf Science: How to Properly Check the Surf Forecast

Mon, 12 Mar 2018 22:28:00 GMT

By: Ryan Waldron

Getting Skunked Sucks … But it’s an inevitable part of surfing. Ask any surfer about a “skunk story” and they will painfully recite a handful of memories including onshore winds, the swell that never came, or mile-long closeouts. When dealing with a constantly-changing system like Mother Nature, we can expect to miss-calculate every once in a while. Getting skunked sucks, yes. But luckily for us 21st century surfers, there are tons of surf-forecasting tools available at our fingertips. By learning to read swell reports correctly, you will be well on your way to improving your Skunk vs. Score ratio. Let’s dive in…

My favorite website to get reliable surf data is, without question, Surfline.com. Surfline started as a pay-per-call service in Huntington Beach in 1985. Callers would phone in and listen to a daily recording of swell size, wind direction, and surf conditions. 33 years later, Surfline has transformed into the ultimate surf forecasting website and even hosts 100s (if not 1000s) of live HD surf cams around the world. Want to see what the waves are doing in Pipeline, Hawaii right now? Simply click here to virtually navigate to one of the best (if not the best) wave in the world. Surfline also utilizes our personal webcam located on the Penthouse roof deck if you find yourself daydreaming of your favorite Central American beach.

Here’s how we use Surfline:

When I first enter the Surfline homepage, I click on the global swell map to get an idea of what each ocean basin is doing. Since I live in Costa Rica, I am looking in both the North and South Pacific for any major storms that could be potential swell creators. Looking at this map won’t help you with your session tomorrow, but it will give you an overall idea for the next few weeks. This particular map below shows a strong Southern Hemisphere storm which is a good sign for prolonged swell generation for Costa Rica in the near future.

After geeking out a bit with this map, I click on the Lola Classic option located under the Forecasting tab. After navigating to Costa Rica, I am presented with a line graph that shows the upcoming individual swell events for the next 6 days. Each individual swell is represented by a different colored line. We are also given 2 other distinguishing numbers in the chart below: the swell angle and the swell period . Need a quick refresher on these topics?

Let’s look at Thursday, March 1st for a quick example and break it down swell by swell. The red line represents a dropping swell in the 2 foot range with a dominant period of 11 seconds and an angle of 198°. This is an old swell that peaked several days ago, but there is still some residual, “bottom of the barrel” energy filtering in. If you are not sure what the angle represents, take a look at the compass on the left hand side and you can better imagine where the swell is actually coming from. Since swells originate from massive storms in different parts of the oceanic basin, the corresponding swell angle will reflect the original location of the storm.

Looking at the blue line , we can see a new, building swell in the 2 foot range with a dominant period of 15 seconds and a swell angle of about 209°. Keep in mind, a new swell will always start with high seconds and then decrease as the swell event progresses. Even though both the red swell and the blue swell are in the 2 foot range, the blue swell with 15 seconds holds much more energy, and the waves will actually grow higher as they reach shallow water. This phenomena is called shoaling.

Finally, we have a third swell represented by a green line which is a small background swell in the 0.5 foot range with a dominant period of 15 seconds and an angle of 299°. Because of the swell angle, we can tell that this was a weak swell that originated in the North Pacific as opposed to the 2 other swells that originated in the South Pacific. Even though this swell is quite minimal, it should add just enough energy to offer more consistency and shape to the 2 other dominant swells. Overall, Thursday, March 1st if looking like an excellent day to surf with a triple combo swell.

For a more coherent weekly forecast with professional analysis, you can also navigate to the North Costa Rica Forecast page. This page provides a sort-of weekly outlook for swell size and conditions. The information is fairly straightforward here and more user friendly if you are having trouble analyzing the swell chart provided by Lola Classic.

The final (and most important) element we must check is the wind. The wind on any given day is the X-factor for a surf session. Even if the swell is phenomenal, hard onshore winds can wreak havoc on the wave quality. Luckily in Northwest Costa Rica, we benefit from the Papagayo winds from November – April offering us lots of offshore winds offering perfect surf conditions all day. Want to learn why we benefit from these winds? Check out my previous blog on the Papagayo Winds. My absolute favorite website to check the wind is windy.com . With a Google Earth looking layout, it has never been easier (or more psychedelic) to check the winds.

In the map above, we are looking at Thursday, March 1st. We are zoomed in on the Nicoya Peninsula of Costa Rica with the wind marker on Tamarindo. As the data shows, we can expect light – moderate offshore winds on Thursday morning at 8:00 am until about 11:00 am when it is forecasted to go onshore. Low tide on Thursday is at 8:07 am so if you wanted to score, make sure to pick a low – mid tide surf spot that responds well to the triple combo swell.

My final piece of advice to improve your Skunk vs Score ratio is to know your surf spots. Even when all the elements seem to be lining up for an epic day, you must have the local knowledge to choose the best surf spot. Luckily, here in Tamarindo, there is a variety surf spots within a short drive that pick up different swell angles, work on different tides, and even work when the wind goes onshore.

See you out in the water!

The post Surf Science: How to Properly Check the Surf Forecast appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How Not to Look Like a Beginner Surfer… Even If You Are

Thu, 08 Mar 2018 22:37:00 GMT

I totally agree with the old saying “Looks aren’t everything” but the plain truth is that style has naturally integrated into surfing culture since the times of Gidget. It has done so because, with the help of Hollywood and media stereotypes, the sport has become synonymous with a laid back and cool beach lifestyle. However, I would argue that the surfer style was born from actually living the lifestyle and experiencing how spending countless hours in the Ocean transforms your soul.

So instead of focusing on the coolest brand of clothing, trendy surfboard design, or brand-new accessories, I am sharing with you some common mistakes made by inexperienced surfers, which will help you become a better surfer and truly make you look your best at the beach.

STICKY SIDE UP

There is a misconception, possibly related to skiing and snowboarding, that putting wax on the bottom of a board will make it go faster. But if you are seen waxing the bottom of your surfboard, it is the fastest way to show the world you have taken zero effort to learn the basics of surfing.

Surfboards are coated with polyurethane or epoxy resin and sanded down to be smooth which makes them naturally slick and glide on the surface of the water. Surf wax was invented so when you plant your foot down on the slippery deck of the board, it stays put and you can stand up. So always make sure to put a nice fresh coat of wax on the TOP of your board before you paddle out.

Bonus tip: When at the beach, make sure not to put the top of the board down on the sand. When you pick it up the wax will be coated by a layer of it, much like an ice cream cone covered in sprinkles. Unfortunately, the sand on the wax will not feel good on your belly as you paddle around.

BODY WAXING

No, I have never seen anyone actually wax their body before going surfing… but I do see people carry their freshly waxed surfboards under their arm with the deck of the board facing toward their body. There are two reasons you always want to carry your board with the deck facing away from your body.

1) It is easier to carry because the flat bottom best fits against the side of your body and the curved deck matches how your arm bends at the elbow. Also, the curvature of the rails of your board fit better into your cupped hand as you carry it.

2) When you wax your surfboard the fresh wax is sticky. If you put that sticky wax against your waist or side, it will rub off onto your wetsuit, bathing suit, or skin leaving waxy evidence that you have yet to learn the proper way to carry a surfboard.

THE ZIP SIDE

One of the best parts of surfing in Costa Rica is the warm water and weather. However, wetsuits are an evil necessity in order to go surfing in other parts of the world without freezing like a popsicle on a stick.

Unfortunately, wetsuits are a bit tricky to get into and sometimes near impossible if you are not used to contorting your body to get yourself wedged into that little piece of rubber. The natural way inexperienced surfers get into a wetsuit is much like a winter jacket, with the zipper in the front. But soon after getting a wetsuit on this way you will notice that the wetsuit will fit somewhat funny. Also, you will probably get some funny looks from other surfers. The reason is that the zipper always goes in the back. Why? Because laying down on a zipper is way more uncomfortable than having to reach behind your back to pull up a zipper.

SWEEPING WITH A BANANA

Using a board that is too small or too advanced for your abilities is like trying to sweep the floor with a banana. You eventually will be able to get the crumbs off the floor but it will be much more difficult and it won’t get as clean as if you would have used a broom. And nothing shows everyone more that you are making a beginner mistake than to try to use a 6-foot performance shortboard for your first time surfing.

When learning to surf it is very important to do a little homework on how to get started. For a quick guide, check out this article I wrote for tips on making your first surf a fun and successful experience. Using the right surfboard for your abilities is key for enjoying the experience of learning to surf. That is why at Witches Rock Surf Camp we are stocked to the gills with all sorts of surfboards for all sorts of abilities.

TURNING YOUR BACK

We have all seen viral videos posted online of people standing at the edge of the Ocean and admiring the beauty of the waves when they suddenly are caught off guard and swept off their feet by a rogue wave. It can be quite funny but in some cases, it can also be quite frightening. In any case, it shows that the person is very inexperienced with the power and character of the Ocean.

Anyone who has spent a decent amount of time in or around the Ocean learns fast that she will throw you something unexpected at the moment you put your guard down so it is very easy to spot an inexperienced surfer flirting with disaster. For example, it can take a long time for a wave to come your way so you can end up spending a lot of time just sitting on your board in the lineup. But always have one eye on the horizon because it always seems like the moment you relax your attention on the waves, a sneaker set comes your way and shows you who is the boss.

There is a reason for the old saying, “Never turn your back on the Ocean’.

EMBRACE YOUR PLACE

One very important thing to remember is that you are only surfing for yourself. Mistakes are inevitable and even the best surfers were once beginners so embrace your current experience. In the big picture, doing the right thing to have fun and stay safe is much more important than looking cool. Follow the tips I explained above and you will be able to do both.

The post How Not to Look Like a Beginner Surfer… Even If You Are appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Greatest Thursday of My Life

Sun, 04 Mar 2018 21:51:00 GMT

By: Natasha Feduik

It happened during my fourth return trip to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. After arriving on
Saturday, the 8 of us from New York had acclimated to our temporary life in paradise. Not to say we ever take the beauty of the luscious environment and lifestyle of Costa Rica for granted, but we had seen the incredible sun set for a few days. We had dined at the finest beach side restaurants in town. We had soaked up enough sun, sand, and surf to be able to carry it home with us. And the true feeling of relaxation and happiness was upon us. But then it happened…Thursday came.

The day started early with a 6:00am surf call time, to catch a boat on the beach that was going to whisk us away to some secret surf spot. Six of us piled our sleepy selves into the boat, along with our surfboards and sunscreen, even though the sun was not even up yet. We cruised out of the Tamarindo cove and glided across the beautiful Pacific Ocean, as the sun rose over the mountains of shore, until we came to the most incredible place. A small, black sanded beach of a cover, with the pretties of back drops. Palm trees, a rocked cliff, pelicans swooping down over the waves, and no other people as far as the eye could see. The captain stopped the boat and the instructors yelled, “Okay! We are here! Everybody out!” As we jumped from the boat into the warm water with our surfboards, I felt like I was in a scene of a movie! We surfed some of the best conditions on the planet that day. For hours and hours, until our arms couldn’t paddle into another wave.

On the way back to camp, as everyone on the boat was quiet with exhaustion and content, the captain abruptly stopped the boat and hushed the already silent passengers. There were whales. Two of them. Less than 100 feet from the boat. They were headed in the opposite direction, so the captain gave us the choice. And we decided to follow them. We trailed them quietly and watched in awe as they swam under and around us. Sporadic whale watching trip…sure! Could this day get any better?

After returning to WRSC, we all gathered at Eat at Joe’s to share our experiences of the day. Over a couple of Imperials, we exaggerated our wave tales, and laughed about our epic wipe outs.

Because of the way the day was going, our group, randomly, decided to go on a catamaran cruise for sunset. We walked up the beach, hopped onto a pontoon boat that took us to the luxury craft that would be sailing us around, feeding and entertaining us, for the next several hours. We ate, we drank, we danced. Then the boat stopped and offered us the opportunity to snorkel, take out a kayak, or just swim around. All I remember is my friend Joe, yelling from his kayak, “This is boat number FOUR today!” As we sailed back to Tamarindo, with the sun setting on the horizon, and “Somewhere Over the Rainbow” playing in the background, we cruised past a couple sea turtles, that seemed to bid us good night, as if in a dream. Because that’s what that Thursday was…a dream come true.

The post The Greatest Thursday of My Life appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Your Guide to Costa Rica’s Unique Cuisine (5 Must Try Meals)

Thu, 22 Feb 2018 19:15:00 GMT

Costa Rica is an absolute culinary gem in the Latin American world. The unique flavors and dishes from all over the country attract countless tourists annually. The fresh produce, tropical ingredients, and years of traditional cooking make these dishes well worth traveling any distance. Dive in and enjoy some of our favorites!

1. Gallo Pinto

Gallo Pinto is the Costa Rican take on rice and beans. It is a culinary staple in Costa Rica and is often included in other dishes. Its simplicity is key to its versatility and delicious flavor. Gallo Pinto is great with egg dishes for breakfast, on the side of any meat dish, or in a large serving as a meat free protein packed meal.

2. Ceviche

While Ceviche is originally a Peruvian dish, I would argue that it has been perfected in Costa Rica. Whether it’s shrimp, tuna, or whatever the catch of the day is, you cannot go wrong ordering ceviche anywhere in Costa Rica. Ceviche is made with fish, that is soaked in citrus, usually lemon or lime. It is served with cilantro, onions, peppers, and often chips. It pairs great with any beer and is the perfect post surf snack.

3. Patacones

Patacones are heavenly. They are made from green plantains that are peeled and sliced into thick pieces. They are quickly boiled on each side, then flattened into one large piece and fried on both sides. The result are these small disc shaped pieces of plantain goodness. Patacones are typically topped with salt and lime and often served with beans, avocado or pico de gallo.

4. Casado

Casado is your typical Costa Rican plate. It’s not one food, rather a combination of several that make up the type of dish. Plates typically include rice, beans, fried sweet plantains, a salad, and protein (chicken, fish, beef, or pork). Casado is as Costa Rican as it gets. This tradition dish is also incredibly affordable and more than filling. For any traveler, Casado is the perfect meal to fuel you up for a day of surfing or exploring.

5. Chifrijo

Chifrijo is the perfect bar food and another great companion for an ice-cold beer. The dish is typically served in a small bowl with a base layer of rice and beans and a topping of fried pork, avocado, and pico de gallo. Imperials best friend, Chifrijo can be found in most bars in Costa Rica.

The post Your Guide to Costa Rica’s Unique Cuisine (5 Must Try Meals) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Paddling Out…Finding Joy

Tue, 20 Feb 2018 02:33:00 GMT

By: Rebecca Gullott

I first discovered Costa Rica in 2010 when, after leaving my career at age 35 to pursue a graduate degree in a new field, I traveled solo to Nosara to pursue my life-long desire of learning to surf. After returning from that trip, I changed how I lived my life. Costa Rica, the pace, the culture, the people, the beauty, the giant grasshoppers, somehow made me feel different, happier than I’d ever been. My approach to living was forever altered. I didn’t quit everything to travel the world with nothing but a backpack and a surfboard. My priorities simply changed. New goals erupted from within. Achievement was redefined. The active pursuit of joy became far more prominent than it had ever been in my life. I was more determined in all things, more patient, more supportive of others, and more confident in myself. The feeling I experienced on that first trip to Costa Rica riding waves and laughing in the water with amazing new friends was more invigorating than I could have imagined. Since then, I’ve returned every year to explore surf breaks along the country’s Pacific Coast from Avellanas to Punta Banco.

It wasn’t until 2017 that I finally made my way to Tamarindo when a friend suggested I join her for a week at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. It was worth the wait! On the hour-long jaunt from Liberia, I met a group from across the US and Canada who met at Witch’s Rock years ago and have returned every Thanksgiving week since, expanding in number year-by-year. If this group was any indication of the typical Tamarindo crowd, it would be a fun trip for sure. After meeting up with my friend for a quick dip in the Pueblo Dorado pool, we had a relaxing dinner at Eat at Joe’s complete with fantastic craft beer and sushi then it was off to bed early to be bright-eyed for our week’s surfing adventure.

The next morning, after the cup of Costa Rican coffee I’d so been looking forward to, we met our intermediate surf tour group and our instructor, Shanti. Having left my board at home, I chose from a large cache of boards of all different shapes and dimensions and we paddled out to catch our boat to Playa Grande. At this point I knew for sure the was going to be a week to remember. Grande was one of the most beautiful beaches I’ve ever surfed. It truly felt like paradise. Even if I had not caught a single wave that day I would have thoroughly enjoyed myself…but I did and it felt glorious. Our group was pretty well matched but still Shanti observed us and aligned his instruction with each of our needs. Over the years, I’ve found that there are two very important qualities a surf instructor should have, aside from knowing how to surf. They should know the ocean and instill in you feeling safety in the water. They should also have a demeanor that makes you want to catch that next wave whether you just got tossed like a rag doll in a washing machine or rode triumphantly across the face and stylishly kicked out at the end. Shanti possessed both qualities and from listening to students in other groups, it sounded like all the Witch’s Rock instructors were well-equipped on all levels.

From my first ride, I heard cheers from the group; a gift I gladly returned upon each of my new friends’ successful waves. Regular improvement in each surfer’s riding was evident throughout the week. It’s a special kind of people you meet as a recreational wave chaser. These fellow soul surfers are definitely one of the main reasons I keep surfing my way through this decade. My new Witch’s Rock crew was no exception. From the first surf session and long chatty breakfast that followed right through to the last happy hour, I was grateful to this group of comrades with whom I shared a week of joy.

It isn’t just the wonderful people that keep me surfing. I’ll never be an awe-inspiring wave-rider; but I still work with instructors like Shanti to steadily improve my skill and ability to read the ocean. Nothing in this world makes me feel so humbled and so powerful at the same time. I am humbled because my appreciation of and harmony with nature is never greater than when I’m paddling through the ocean on my board. I am powerful because I’ve committed to working hard to improve at this sport that thrills me and brings me such joy.

The post Paddling Out…Finding Joy appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Costa Rican Slang to Keep You in the Know in the Lineup

Thu, 15 Feb 2018 18:38:00 GMT

While the official language of Costa Rica is Spanish, Ticos (Costa Ricans) seem to have developed a language of their own when it comes to slang. This is especially true for the surfing community. Your friends at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp want to keep you in the know in and out of the line up. We’ve put together a little sampling of Costa Rican slang to keep you savvy. So dive in and learn some Tico slang!

1. Pura Vida – “Pure life”

For those familiar with Costa Rica, this one might seem obvious, but first time visitors take note! “Pura Vida” is much more than a bit of slang in Costa Rica, it is the defining way of life and general attitude of the entire population. Its uses are infinite. It can be used as a response to “How are you?” Or simply put at the end of any sentence or phrase.

2. Mae or Mop – “Dude”

The most literal translation of “Mae” and “Mop” is the English word “Dude.” You’ll hear these words everyday if you listen for it. While “Dude” has become a gender neutral term in English, it typically refers to a man.

3. Diay- Used to express confusion.

A common phrase for ticos, “Diay” is put into a sentence or response to insinuate confusion or uncertainty. “Are you sure there’s going to be waves?” “Diay , I’m not sure.”

4. Tuanis- “Cool, Nice, or Awesome”

A word that actually evolved from the English slang phrase “Too Nice,” “Tuanis” is used to describe someone or something favorably. “What’s Johhny like?” “He’s cool man, he’s tuanis.” It can also be used as an answer yo “How are you”? “Tuanis gracias”

5. Guaro- Alcohol made from sugar cane / “booze”

This is an important one for those post-surf shenanigans. Guaro is either a specific type of alcohol made from sugar cane or a general word to refer to booze. The main brand of Guaro is Cacique and make sure to order your “chili guaro” shot, typical Costa Rican! Not to forget to mention that guaro is cheap!

6. A Cachete –“Everything is great”

“A Cachete” is a phrase you love to hear. When the waves are firing, the sun is shining, and your with your best friends at WRSC things are “A Cachete.”

7. Suave un Toque- “Hold on a second, Take it easy / Relax”

If you have a bad habit of snaking waves, this might be a good one to remember. “Suave un Toque.” While the phrase can mean a few different things, it generally is used to tell someone to “chill out.” “Hurry up man!” (don’t understand the hurry up man) “Suave un Toque, the waves aren’t going anywhere.” Also when a tico may not understand what you have said “sauve un toque, repeat that again please”

The post Costa Rican Slang to Keep You in the Know in the Lineup appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

A Guide to the Wildlife of the Guanacaste Region

Tue, 13 Feb 2018 22:07:00 GMT

It’s no secret that Costa Rica is a global leader in wild life conservation. Chances are that when you’re visiting us here in Tamarindo, you might encounter some wildlife. Whether you’re road tripping up the coast hunting waves, crossing the river to Playa Grande, or taking one of the awe inspiring rain forest tours here in Costa Rica, you might see some wild life that is unfamiliar to you. We at WRSC want you to be knowledgeable of all the critters we’ve got roaming around Costa Rica, so we’ve compiled a list of seven species, (along with their Spanish names,) you may encounter during your travels in Costa Rica.

1. Green Iguanas/Black Garrobos (Iguana Verde/Garrobo Negro)

These guys are everywhere, from the rainforest, to the streets, and even the front porch of many WRSC rooms. Green Iguanas are the largest lizard species in all of Costa Rica, some adults measure up to 6 feet long, while the Black Iguana can measure just over 4 feet long. These guys may be large, but they are harmless. They are typically found either in trees or in rocky environments where they can hide.

2. Caiman & Crocodiles ( Caimán y Cocodrilos )

American Crocodiles on the other hand, can reach up to 16 feet in length and should be observed and appreciated from a safe distance.

3. Spider Monkey (Mono Aranas)

These guys might take the cake for the cutest animal in Costa Rica, sadly they are also endangered. The Spider Monkey is a small monkey with an powerful tale. It is the most agile monkey in all of Costa Rica. There are about 4 or 5 different species of Spider Monkey, but the most common in the species in Costa Rica is the Black-Handed Spider Monkey. These guys can be found in the highly forested areas of Costa Rica.

4. Howler Monkey (Mono Aullador or Los Congos)

Named for their distinct throaty Howls, Howler Monkeys are considered the loudest land animals in the world! Their howls can be heard for up to 3 miles, so chances are if you don’t see one, you might hear one. Like the Spider Monkey, these guys can be found in the rain forests, cloud forests, and tropical dry forests.

5. Sloths (Perezosos)

Arguably, sloths are the most coveted species in Costa Rica. Everyone who steps foot in the Costa Rican rainforests hopes to catch a glimpse of a sloth. Costa Rica is home to two sloth species, the larger Two-Toed Sloth and the Brown-Throated Three Toed Sloth. Sloths spend the majority of their lives upside down and move very little distance throughout their entire life. They can be spotted hanging in the trees of the rainforests and cloud forests in Costa Rica.

6. Coati-Mundi (Pizote)

Migrating down from the mountains, pizotes have made their way into the urban landscapes of Costa Rica’s Central Valley. Once welcomed by residents and tourists in the area, the too-cute creatures are now causing problems for business owners and flooding SINAC offices with complaints! They are coming for your food, for your pet’s food and for your garbage. With their lovely little turned-up noses, bushy tails and adorable squeaking sounds, you’ll want to take one home…but DON’T!

7. Large Grasshopper (Langosta)

The langosta is not your typical grasshopper, though, it looks quite similar in shape. With its gorgeous bright colors and ripe red boots, langostas range around 5 to 6 inches in length and look like small birds while fluttering their 18-inch wings in flight. These beautiful insects are night creatures, so it’s actually pretty rare to see them during the day. They mostly eat banana leaves and don’t bite, however, they do have sharp, tiny claws. If one ever lands on you, while in Costa Rica, gently and slowly pick it up and place it on a nearby plant.

The post A Guide to the Wildlife of the Guanacaste Region appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Yoga Poses to Improve Your Surfing

Thu, 08 Feb 2018 18:09:00 GMT

Yoga and surfing. While these two activities seem to have stark differences, they are often and increasingly paired together. Other than the admiration of granola-types, what do these two sports have in common? And why are surf legends like Gerry Lopez becoming equally as respected and renowned in the yoga world as they are in the surfing world? It all comes down to what yoga has to offer surfers. Increased mobility, balance, and fluidity. Seems pretty great right? Yoga’s focus on stability, breath control, and strength give surfers exactly what they need to improve out of the water. So, dive in and learn how you can improve your surfing just in time for your next trip to WRSC!

Sukhasana (Easy Pose)

Contrary to its name, Easy pose proves challenging for those of us who spend much of the day seated in chairs, or even on boards in the lineup. To execute this pose, come into a seated position with your butt planted firmly on the floor. Cross your legs with your feet situated directly below your knees. Seem pretty easy right? Not exactly, now you need to press your hip bones into the floor while simultaneously reaching your head up to elongate the spine, pressing your chest outward in the process and keeping your shoulders down. Even though you’re doing a lot, for someone who’s just sitting on the floor, it’s important to keep your face and jaw relaxed during the whole process. As surfers, our hips are very rarely in an open position. We are either sitting on are a board or crouched on top of it riding a wave. This pose is crucial to maintaining proper hip function and health.

Adho Mukha śvānāsana (Downward Facing Dog)

Downward Facing Dog is simple, yet incredibly effective when it comes to training hamstring flexibility, which is key to an efficient pop-up. Begin on the floor on your hands and knees. Your knees should be directly below your hips at the same width, your wrist should be under your shoulders at the same width. Spread your palms, keeping your index fingers parallel. Take a breath, as you exhale lift your knees off the floor, keeping them slightly bent. Start to lengthen your tailbone to the sky. As you continue to breathe, push your quadriceps back and attempt to place your heels on the ground. The pose should be done with your head, neck, and spine in line and with firm arms. When done correctly, Downward Facing Dog will lengthen your hamstrings and calves, strengthen your shoulders, and relieve common back pain.

Virabhadra (Warrior Two)

The Warrior Two pose looks almost identical to that exaggerated surf stance that’s taught on the beach at surf lessons. To execute this pose, begin with your legs spread, with locked knees. Extend your arms, just slightly above parallel to the ground. This is the Five-Pointed Star position. From the Five-Pointed Star, turn your right foot to face outward, running parallel with your extended arm above. Bend your right knee directly over your ankle. Your hips should be open, both arms extended, with your head turned looking down the arm above your bent knee.

Paripurna (Boat Pose)

The boat pose should be your go-to for developing core strength. Core strength in surfing translates directly to increased balance and rotational power, so power surfers listen up. To execute this pose, sit on the floor with your feet extended in front of you. With straight legs and pointed toes, lift your feet off of the floor, raising them to an approximate 45-degree angle. Straighten your arms out in-front of you to maintain balance and hold this pose with a tight core. This ab burner is a must for those who want improved core strength, hamstring flexibility, and even aided digestion.

Urdva Mukha Svanasana (Upward Facing Dog)

The Upward Facing Dog is possibly the most known and practiced yoga poses by those who do not actually practice yoga. To execute this pose, begin in the pushup position or high plank, lower yourself down into the bottom of the pushup position while shifting your feet so that the tops of your feet are now facing the ground. From there, raise your chest and elongate your spine with a nice slow bend as your chest rises upwards. For surfers, this pose should feel natural, it essentially mimics the first step of a good pop up. This pose will stretch your chest, hips, shoulders, and allow your lungs to expand. Not only does this pose strengthen your legs and shoulders, it increased core awareness and balance in a surf familiar stance.

The post 5 Yoga Poses to Improve Your Surfing appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Things to do in and Around Tamarindo for When You’re All Surfed Out

Mon, 05 Feb 2018 23:03:00 GMT

The post 5 Things to do in and Around Tamarindo for When You’re All Surfed Out appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Enjoy a Post-Surf Beer

Thu, 01 Feb 2018 18:04:00 GMT

You’ve dragged your limp, weary body from the ocean after surfing the best waves of your life (well, at least until tomorrow). Your arms are so tired you can barely lift your board. Your legs are cramping from lack of nourishment.

It’s time for refreshments. A little post-surf pick-me-up… Beer! But not just any old beer will do. No. You need real beer, with a delicious, complex flavor, brewed with love right there on the beach.

As you stagger across the sand to El Vaquero Brew Pub at WRSC, ignore any distractions. Don’t concern yourself with the sunbathers surrounding you; you’re on a mission. Ignore the Corona sign next door telling you to “find your beach.” You don’t need help finding your beach. You’ve found it. Now, find your barstool.

Once you’ve bellied up, it’s time to make a tough decision. Which handcrafted, delicious beer will you enjoy first? You’re stuck between a rock and hard place. Do you order the crisp and flavorful Witch’s Rock Pale Ale? Or, do you indulge in the rich and satisfying Gato Malo Brown Ale? Maybe, you’re feeling bold enough to try the new Witchs Rock IPA. There are no wrong answers here.

Can’t decide? Go ahead and order all three. Hey, you’re on vacation, right? Post surf hydration is critical. Then comes the hardest part: waiting for your barkeep to fill the glasses. You watch in dire anticipation as he tilts a frosty, chilled glass under the tap. Each pour is scientific in its execution. Your fingers shake with glee as you reach for your glass, so cold it stings your fingers. The first sip pairs perfectly with the thin film of salt on your upper lip, creating a heavenly concoction of flavor. The medium-bodied balance of the Witch’s Rock Pale Ale is like a refreshing breeze through your soul, while the malty taste of the Gato Malo Brown Ale rewards your hard work, and finally, the hints of tropical citrus in the Witch’s Rock IPA send you into a beer-lover’s post-surf euphoria. Now sit back and enjoy your bliss. Repeat daily for optimum happiness.

The post How to Enjoy a Post-Surf Beer appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Giving Thanks for Witch’s Rock (10 Trips and Counting)

Mon, 29 Jan 2018 23:37:00 GMT

by: Paul Minders

My Witch’s Rock story started back in mid-2012 when a couple of friends in Chicago suggested that a few of us in Dallas check out Tamarindo and WRSC. They had just spent a week in Costa Rica without their kids, and had grabbed a few days in Tamarindo. They loved it. So, we started to make plans for that Thanksgiving, primarily because my two friends wanted to escape from the usual family holiday.

As it got closer to needing to lock in reservations they bailed. I didn’t think much of it and bailed as well.

The following year we went through the same conversation and decided we would go for Thanksgiving 2013. So, the same plans were made and as it came time to fully commit they bailed again. This time I decided as may as well go and check things out. Given that I was going by myself I loaded my luggage with things to read and DVD’s to watch. I figured I would have the daily surf lesson and then just relax and have a quiet week.

I landed in Liberia, found the WRSC driver and jumped in the shuttle van with a mix of first-timers and returning guests. A few in particular were part of a larger group that met there every Thanksgiving. The main thing that was interesting was it seemed that with a few exceptions, the people in this group hadn’t really known each other before they met at WRSC. Now they just came back each Thanksgiving to spend the week together.

My first week was amazing, not my surfing, but everything else!

Costs Rica is such a beautiful country and the people are very warm and inviting. WRSC makes everything easy and everyone that works at camp plays a part in making your time there a great experience.

The week ended the only way it could have, before leaving I booked a trip to meet the group again the following Thanksgiving.

Back in reality, I had the surf bug again and spent a whole lot of time thinking about surfing while I sat in meetings at work. I ended up booking another week-long trip in August. This time I met several other solo travelers and we surfed and hung out all week. It was another amazing week and of course we all marched up to the office on the last day and booked for the next year. Over time, two of the original crew have dropped off but two of us had our 4th August surf trip at WRSC last August.

Every time I stay at WRSC I end up meeting great people and having such a great time. Seems like various groups of us are always trying to arrange surf trips together now. These trips have given me a lot of great new friends. I think you just get the best of everyone while you are there and the crew and the set up at WRSC just helps make sure you have the best time.

The post Giving Thanks for Witch’s Rock (10 Trips and Counting) appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Surfing’s Sleepy Start in Costa Rica

Thu, 25 Jan 2018 12:51:00 GMT

In the 1980’s, the American Surf Press ran a series of articles about the “Central American Paradise” featuring beautiful images of its waves and coastlines. But this made only a small impression, and by the early 90’s less than 500 Ticos had taken up the sport. Starting in 1992, several surf contests put breaks like Boca Barranca and Playa Hermosa on the map.

Then, in 1994, filmmaker Bruce Brown released Endless Summer II, his sequel to the classic original. The new film followed longtime WRSC partner Robert August through Costa Rica and featuring the surf breaks near Tamarindo. The film introduced Witch’s Rock and Ollie’s Point to the world, two World Class Waves that helped define Costa Rican surfing today. Since then, the number of local surfers have exploded, and surfing has become a part of Costa Rica’s “Pura Vida” lifestyle. Local kids surf after school, families surf together on weekends, and young Costa Rican pro surfers are placing in the top ten, and even winning international surfing events.

When we first drove our school bus to Tamarindo, in 2001, there was just a dirt road, a few shacks on the beach, and as much lobster as you could pluck off the rocks. The area didn’t even have phone service until 1996!

At the same time, we also rented a house in Playas del Coco, the rendezvous point for boat trips to Witch’s Rock and Ollie’s Point. Just as surfing and surf tourism has grown in Costa Rica, our business has grown too. We’ve gone from renting a ramshackle house on the beach with a maximum of 4 guests to building a 12-room hotel that then became 18.

One of the best things about being in Tamarindo for almost 20 years is that we have been able to watch the sport of surfing grow from a fringe activity to a healthy sport that families do together.

We’ve also become a figurehead for protecting our local environment and safety. We established the first water treatment plant in Tamarindo, and lobbied the government to take action against aggressive development. We also funded and support the only lifeguard training program in Costa Rica so that our beaches are safe for everyone. Surfing is still a growing sport in Costa Rica, and we are proud to be a positive part of that growth.

The post Surfing’s Sleepy Start in Costa Rica appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Most Common Surf Injuries.

Thu, 18 Jan 2018 17:59:00 GMT

And How to Avoid Them.

People often ask, “Are you afraid of getting attacked by a shark when you surf? I always respond by saying I am in more danger driving to the beach than I am while actually in the water surfing.

The reality is that getting bitten by a shark is one of the smallest risks you face when surfing. Ironically, I’ve found that the one thing that is most dangerous while surfing is also the thing you need the most… Your surfboard.

There is a pretty good chance that if you go surfing, you will get hit by your surfboard or someone else’s surfboard. 90% of the time, getting hit by a surfboard doesn’t result in anything more than a bruise. But to make sure things don’t get more serious, be aware of the following situations and check out the tips below.

YOUR BOARD

Yes, the board you are trying to stand on can fight back and give you a few bruises. Here the three most common ways you can get hit by your own board, and the best way to avoid them from happening:

1) A wave pushes the board back into you as you are trying to jump over it.

When walking out to the lineup you have to get yourself and your board past the break zone which typically has whitewater waves rolling in. As you push your way through, the force of the wave pushes back trying to knock you and your board back to shore.

TIP: To prevent this from happening, always keep your board at your side as you are walking out to the waves. Even though it may seem instinctual to hold the board in front of you like a shield, keep the board beside you when you are not paddling. If possible, lift the nose of your board up and over the wave by pushing down on the tail.

2) Falling in front of your board.

Just like in other sports, there is a right way and a wrong way to wipeout. As the wave pushes you and your board forward, there is a chance that you will fall in front of your board. This will increase your chances of a collision.

TIP: Most of the time, there is a brief moment between popping-up on the board to falling down where you can anticipate how the wave will toss you. The trick is to shift your weight towards the tail of the board so you fall backwards onto your bum… You will also find that you will be able to push the board away from your body with your feet as you are falling. It may take a little practice, but as you are on your board, do your best to remember that there is a right, and wrong way to fall.

3) Surfacing underneath your board.

Many times, when falling off your board, you will find yourself underwater for several seconds as the wave rolls past. Natural instinct tells us to come up for air quickly. However, while you’re under the water, your board may actually be floating above your head or getting tossed around by the wind or the wave.

TIP: Cover your head with your arms when you wipeout. Also, if you are underwater, be sure to stick your hands above your head to feel for your board as you come up. Even if you are getting tumbled underwater, you can get a sense for where your board is by how hard your leash is pulling your leg. If your leash is tight, then the board should be far enough away to resurface safely. If your leash has slack, then you can be fairly certain that the board is going to be close when you surface, so keep your hands above you as you swim to the surface to protect your head.

Someone Else’s Board

Everyone surfing will, at some point, make a mistake and unexpectedly fall off their board. The worst part about this is when the wipe-out results in the board hitting someone else. Here are three scenarios that you should be ready for.

1) Someone falls in front of you as you are paddling out.

Just riding a wave is hard enough, but things get real tricky when a surfer has to maneuver around a moving object. Although some surfers might be able to surf around people paddling out, there are plenty of people that will not have those skills and will wipeout in front of other surfers resulting in their board becoming a dangerous missile. This train-wreck situation is hard to watch, not only because it hurts, but because it is preventable.

TIP: Before you even get into the water, study the lineup to determine the area where most surfers are riding waves. Once in the water, do your best to swim around the area that is breaking. And, avoid cramming together on the same peak. When paddling out to the waves, if someone is surfing directly toward you, do the following:

Paddle really hard (if the surfer is right in front of you riding the green face of the wave, paddle towards the white water so you don’t ruin their wave)
Make noise (A loud “Yewww!” is the most common warning sound)
Raise your arms (it helps for them to see you)
Stay on your board (bailing your board causes a bigger hazard)
Apologize (even if you didn’t mean to get in the way, an apology can help calm nerves and maintain positive vibes in the water)
Anticipate where the surfer is headed and move yourself accordingly (if the surfer is a beginner, they will most likley not have any board control to avoid you. If the surfer is more advanced, anticipate the line they are drawing, and get out of their way)
If you are a beginner, don’t surf the main peak of a surf spot where the advanced surfers are.

Things can get pretty intense in the impact zone so making yourself seen will allow for other surfers to avoid you and hopefully not run into you.

2) Someone bails their board as you are surfing past them:

As a surfer is riding a wave down the line, it is common for the other surfers to be paddling to get out of the way. Most beginner surfers will panic as a surfer is riding toward them and ditch their board to get out of the way. As the surfer, you need to now think about riding the wave, as well as avoiding stray surfboards floating in your path.

TIP: As the person with the most control in this situation, the best way to avoid this type of collision to give the person paddling out A LOT of space. That way, if a board does get pitched at you, you will be outside the range of the board. If that is not possible and you have to surf directly past someone, simply make eye contact (or holler at them) so they know you see them.

3) Someone who is not wearing a leash falls off their board:

Sometimes there are more advanced surfers who choose not to wear a leash because they are skilled enough to hold onto their board. However, every once in a while they fall and lose their board which then turns into a missile as the waves push it to shore.

TIP: If you see a board coming at you, the best thing to do is to cover your head and go underwater. Don’t try to block it with your hands or your own board… just get underwater and the board will pass over you. When you surface, take a look at your board and pray there are no new dings.

GENERAL SAFETY TIPS

If you are a beginner level surfer I highly recommend using a foam board until you get the hang of standing up and navigating around in the ocean. Foam boards greatly reduce the severity of a collision which makes it more fun for everyone.

One last tip is to choose the place you surf according to your level of expertise. Bigger and heavier waves with lots of people will greatly increase the chances of getting hit with a board. Surfing a mellow, slow rolling wave with a thin crowd is a safer option.

A perfect example of a great safe break is directly out in front of Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo. Check out our live surf cam and live vicariously through our daily surf reports . With friendly warm waves, Tamarindo is the perfect place to have a fun and safe surf session. Pura Vida.

The post Most Common Surf Injuries. appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Some Things are Worth Saying Twice

Tue, 16 Jan 2018 08:00:00 GMT

by: Joe Fortney

I honestly can’t remember how many years we have been coming to WRSC, or how many times we have been there… It’s an annual event for us, and during one year we visited twice within the space of a few months. However, frequency is not important, there’s no award for number of trips, or amount of years attended… I see it as the quality of the experiences. So, as I ponder what to write for my Talk Story, how to express our experiences with WRSC, I choose to reflect on our favorite trip there – April 2014 – the year of the ultimate sunset beach party!

NJ invaded WRSC in April of 2014, over 25 of our family and friends took off for Tamarindo, Costa Rica over Spring Break for sun, surf and fun — and to help us celebrate 20 years of marriage with a beach vow renewal ceremony! WRSC had become our favorite spot for our family vacations. We made annual trips, each year bringing more friends to experience pura vida!

Our group of friends was diverse in age and experience, from 5-years old to 55-years old, true beginner-to-true/expert waterman! We promised the trip would fit each of us perfectly, and it did! Each day, a new surf spot, a new adventure! Tamarindo waves right out front, the river mouth, Playa Grande, Marbella, Nosara, Avellanas and secret spots along the coast… so many great spots to access by van, boat or by foot. We all caught our best waves and made great memories.

We had our vow renewal ceremony on the beach at sunset at El Vaquero. Witch’s Rock did an amazing job with everything. From flowers to cupcakes, to a great romantic, surf-inspired setting, everything was perfect. To my knowledge, this was the first of its kind at WRSC, and it was absolutely perfect! Our sons were part of the ceremony, dressed in board shorts and bare feet, of course. We all exchanged custom bracelets to symbolize our family bond with the inscription “in low tide and high tide, I’ll be by your side.”

We used the same cake topper from our first wedding, updated a bit to reflect the surroundings and theme. We had coozies made with a new design that perfectly described what our life had become. DJ Matos did an amazing job with music and we danced all night long. Joe Walsh, owner of WRSC, officiated the ceremony and many of the instructors and staff came to help us celebrate.

We were treated to delicious food, great drinks and an awesome bonfire – one that only El Vaquero can deliver. It was a night we will remember forever! It was a perfect way to celebrate 20 years of marriage proving that “some things are worth saying twice.” I DO!

Although this amazing beach party was the highlight of this particular trip and continues to be an enduring memory at the front of our recollections from the many years at WRSC, our group also enjoyed meeting and hanging out with Robert August and snagging an autograph on our Endless Summer memorabilia. His talk story and shaping session is something not to miss.

Our guests who traveled with us each had some extra space in our suitcases to bring things for the local kids at the Playa Grande Kids Club, Playa Grande School and La Paz Community School. Many in our group decided to “ pack for a purpose ” and give back to the local community. This was a fantastic feeling to bring so many smiles to the local kids. We were even granted a tour to meet the kids and see the school… simply amazing!

We have visited many times since and will continue our trips – yearly may not be always an option now with college in the picture for our boys, but the memories will live on forever, and continue to provide endless stories among our friends of our travels!

Here’s the YouTube link to a little video slide show of the event!

The post Some Things are Worth Saying Twice appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

11 Trips and Counting

Sat, 13 Jan 2018 00:58:00 GMT

By: Joe Marino (11 trips and counting)

Since my first visit to Witch’s seven years ago, I’m not the same old guy sliding into the 60s, watching TV, eating ice cream (chocolate chip cookie dough if I’m lucky), and waiting for retirement. Here are some of the biggest changes:

1. I feel like a young whipper snapper.
I have lost 30 pounds since first time getting off the shuttle from Liberia. After the first surf lesson where J Luis would say “paddle hard, stand up!”, my arms felt like old rubber bands on fire. After a week of surfing, I found muscles that were never there before. So, I got a surf workout program and tried to get in a little better condition before the next visit to Witch’s. And now I’m in the best shape of my life.

2. “What?? You are from LA and you don’t speak Spanish?”
My friend, Irene, who worked at “Joe’s” asked me this one night at the bar. Now you don’t need to know Spanish in Costa Rica, but I had no good answer for her. So, I got some Spanish apps and a book and now I can have a basic conversation (I sound like a five-year-old, but it works).

3. Crazy Monkey wall flower no more
It was after my second trip and watching everyone in my surf class having a blast on Friday night dancing salsa and Merengue to a live band at Mono Loco as I stood by with my beer getting warm. I went home and popped the question every wife would love to hear, “How would you like to take some dance lessons with me?” We all know the answer to that inquiry, and now we can Salsa, Rumba, Cha-Cha, and Tango with the best of them. (For extra money, I’m thinking I could be one of those taxi dancers on the cruise ships.)

4. A real surfer
The biggest impact is now I am a surfer. Before my first trip to Witch’s I never really surfed. So, I was starting from zero. Now I have four boards, two wet suits, wax, and a rack on my car. It is all because Joe Walsh created Witch’s to meet every surfer’s needs and makes sure everyone has a great time. From the world class instructors, great eats, beers, drinks, Pirate Radio, Robert August, dancing, and most importantly, great surf trips. Every surfing lesson I learn something new. Now I’m in the intermediate group with the goal of surfing one day at “Witch’s Rock” break.

While all these changes are really great, what keeps me coming back to Witch’s are the wonderful people. J Luis, Maxi, Diego, Shawna, Ryan, Crista, Maria, Alonso, Jose, Melissa, Kathia and Elissa are all great. They make me feel part of the family.

Joe Marino
Management Consultant and Start-up Guy
World traveler and Vlogger – See Tamarindo Review at Lost Luggage
Next Witch’s Rock Trip – March 10th to 20th for Fiesta Real Rodeo!

The post 11 Trips and Counting appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Explaining Your Passion to the Non-surfers in Your Life

Thu, 11 Jan 2018 17:34:00 GMT

Surfing has an all-encompassing nature to it. Once it grabs hold, it does not let go.

How we eat, how we exercise, how we think, and what we focus on can become influenced by the sport. It can have a philosophical impact, so much so that a recent article in The Atlantic posed a question about whether surfing is more sport or religion.

Unless you are surrounded constantly by surfers, the passion for surfing can seem intriguing—or perhaps even peculiar—to friends, parents, spouses, and colleagues.

In a 1987 Surfer article , the author quotes Patagonia co-founder Yvon Chouinard as saying, “Surfing is one of those useless sports—it has no value to society.”

How, then, to explain that something so useless to the world can have such profound impact on the individual?

Here are some answers to the questions you may hear.

Yes, I do think about it all the time.

Surfing does not draw in the passive.

William Finnegan, in his book Barbarian Days , describes how when you commit to a surfer, you commit to surfing. As his friend explains: “It’s like if you or I hooked up with a fanatical shopper … you’d have to accept that your entire life would be traveling around to malls. Or, really, more like waiting for malls to open .”

Getting hooked on surfing begins before a person even enter the water. He or she watches others, considers the elements, thinks about what the experience might be like, overcomes trepidation.

A person may have experience in the ocean—bodyboarding or swimming—or be completely new. Yet even as a beginner, it’s an immediate challenge. From the first paddle out to the first push forward in the whitewater to the first time standing, the process of surfing offers a powerful rush to all who experience it.

Each time you see someone stand and raise their hands to the sky, you can see they are hooked.

It’s fun, exhilarating from the start.

And we chase that feeling onwards.

Why? ‘Cause science.

Surfing is good for your mental and physical health.

The physical benefits are well established. Paddling, swimming, and surfing force us to strengthen every part of our bodies and also to improve balance and coordination.

But the mental benefits are being studied as well, and may offer the greatest explanation for our passion.

Surfing puts us squarely in the moment. It offers a respite from the barrage of information many of us face each day. There are no cell phones, meetings, traffic, deadlines, news, or responsibilities to consider. Surfing requires such focus that many achieve a mindful state of clarity.

The benefits are such that in England the National Health Service funded a surf therapy program to help individuals improve mental health challenges such as depression and low self-esteem.

Even the simple process of spending time by the ocean improves overall well-being, according to a recent NBC News article . The ocean touches on all of our senses in ways that encourage a calm, meditative state.

Of course, we know all of this intuitively, which is why …

Yes, I will try to get you to go with me.

Because words can only convey so much. We need to show you. We need to get you in the water.

We cannot fully express the joy we receive from surfing. We cannot explain the weightless feeling of dropping into a wave, moving with its energy. We cannot replicate the experience of giving up control and reacting to the environment. We cannot help you carry the stoke with you for hours after you come back to shore.

Our world becomes colored through the lens of surfing.

And we’re OK with that.

Gotta go! Waves are rolling in!

The post Explaining Your Passion to the Non-surfers in Your Life appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Ruined My Life

Tue, 09 Jan 2018 08:42:00 GMT

The post How Witch’s Rock Surf Camp Ruined My Life appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

5 Defining Moments in Surfing History

Thu, 04 Jan 2018 19:38:00 GMT

The post 5 Defining Moments in Surfing History appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Brewery + Surfing = Chet’s Favorite Place

Tue, 02 Jan 2018 22:35:00 GMT

by Chet Collins

In the winter of 2016, my company got hired to build a Brewery in San Jose. I personally took the job, in order to see the beautiful country and to learn to surf. I did research and decided to visit Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, partly because of the brewery, and partly because of their emphasis and focus on surfing instruction.

I’m so glad I did. It is not only just a surf camp, but a world class brewery as well… my kind of place. As a single traveler, it was a perfect setup for me to learn how to surf and to meet new people. The surf instructors and camp staff are incredible. My experience was so fantastic that I decided to commit to coming one week a month, throughout the entire winter to improve on my surfing. No matter the surf conditions, management and surf instructors are able to find the very best spot for the day. Witch’s Rock employees have been so great and have become good personal friends. In the past two years I have made friends with other fellow surfers and still stay in contact with 100s of them. Whether you’re looking for a relaxing surf vacation or someplace to go out and party like a rock star, this is the place to be!

I loved it so much that I brought my two daughters and their friends with me for spring break last year. They are 17 and 14 and were beginner surfers. They were a little timid at first, but by the end of the week there were hooked for life!! With the help of the front desk and surf instructors everyone worked so hard to make sure they had the most incredible experience possible. That is the type of staff that Witch’s Rock employs! With my girls now being big travelers there is no contemplating on where they want to go on vacation….It’s Witch’s Rock!!!

Coming up with my most memorable experience is a tough one because there are so many, but I would say it was the first time going to a surf spot, a 2-hour drive south of Tamarindo with Paco (I would tell you the name of it but its top secret!!! Haha.) Large waves, perfect swell, and consistent lefts with no other surfers but us. And to top it off I got my first barrel wave!!! If I never surfed again, I would be happy after that day. It’s something I’ll never forget.

Recommendations for first timers: communicate with the front desk! That is the most important start of a great trip. Also, go to as many classes and clinics as possible, and learn. That will make your trip so much better. I would also recommend introducing yourself to the surf cage guys, Maxi and Diego. They will make sure your surfboards are ready when you are!

No matter if you’re a beginner, intermediate or a wave thrasher; surfer or partier, Witch’s Rock has something for you. I promise!!!

The post Brewery + Surfing = Chet’s Favorite Place appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Playa Grande Thursday 28 December, 2017.

Thu, 28 Dec 2017 19:02:00 GMT

The post Playa Grande Thursday 28 December, 2017. appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Make 2018 Your Best Surfing Year Yet

Thu, 28 Dec 2017 12:52:00 GMT

This time of year, we reflect. As surfers, life is pretty good. We chase a simple passion: board in hand, looking for swell. But there are always ways we can grow. It could be a change in habit, an improvement in health, a check next to a bucket list item, or a recommitment to some aspect of life.

Here we focus on some ideas for resolutions related to surfing.

With resolutions, specificity is key. Think about goals that are manageable and realistic.

Of course, surfing resolutions will generally be fun. They’re less about giving up anything and more about building experiences and getting better at what we love.

So, with a thank you and a goodbye to 2017, here are some thoughts for the upcoming year.

Challenge Yourself

We progress by pushing our limits and addressing weaknesses.

If your comfort level is waist-to-chest high surf, set a goal to charge a head-high set. If you live in a cold-water location, commit to heading out when it’s a few degrees colder this year. Maybe there’s a technical break you haven’t braved yet. Perhaps you would like to improve your backhand riding, perfect your cutback, or pull into your first tube!

Having a goal—especially one that seems just out of reach—motivates us.

This year, enter the water with a plan for how to progress, and you will.

Explore Others’ Stories

We derive inspiration from many sources.

One is through the lives of others. There are a number of books and movies about surfing that can affect your surfing skill, motivation, or goals.

Want to learn about the passion for surfing that drove an individual throughout his life? Check out the Pulitzer Prize-winning, Barbarian Days . Or perhaps it’s the pure power of the ocean that moves you. In that case, check out The Wave , which tracks the surfers and scientists that pursue monster swells.

You could also commit to watching a few of our top surfing movies .

No matter your preference, set a resolution to delve deeper into the stories of surfing.

Go Mental

We often focus our attention to the physical demands of surfing. Yet surfing allows us to tap into both the physical and the mental aspects of life.

We can train our brain to be better prepared and help boost our surfing. From finding peace and relaxation to overcoming fear and anxiety, the brain affects everything we do.

Techniques like meditation and visualization can help unlock our potential or overcome obstacles. Meditation tends to calm the mind and encourage a focus on the present moment. Visualization can be useful in preparing for a particularly challenging set by running through scenarios before they actually occur.

Dedicating time to the mental side could be the difference between winning or losing a session.

Set Free Your Inner Scientist

Surfing—perhaps more than any other sport—requires total immersion in the natural environment.

As a result, most surfers on a long enough timeline become studied in sciences affecting the ocean.

Perhaps this is the year you jump in with both feet.

Set a resolution to study bathymetry, currents, wave dynamics, or meteorology. If you have a local break, track the impact on the surf of wind speed and direction, tides, swell direction, swell size, and swell periods.

The sea can be fickle. The more you know, the better you can prepare, appreciate the environment, and navigate the waters.

Maybe through study you’ll identify that perfect day in the perfect location—and find an empty lineup waiting.

Where to get started? Our own reservations specialist, Ryan Waldron, has written extensively on this topic in a local Guanacaste magazine, The Howler . Check out his monthly column, Surf Science here.

Stay (or Get Back) in Surf Shape

There’s a reason health club memberships spike in January.

Getting in shape is a popular New Year’s resolution. If you’re among those looking to get that beach body ready, consider how you can do while preparing for surfing.

You don’t need to be in the water to stay in peak condition. Check out our earlier post about some ways you can stay in surf shape.

When the waves are breaking, you want to be surfing—not huffing and puffing because you’re out of shape.

Consider Your Fuel

Together with getting in shape, diet ranks high on common resolution lists.

For surfers, our food becomes the fuel for our performance. What you eat can affect your performance and training for surfing. You might choose diets that improve your own health or sustainable options that improve the planet’s health—or both.

Considering diets within the context of surfing performance can be just the goal you need to stay committed.

Kelly Slater is famous for his intense commitment to clean and sustainable eating. And when it’s important enough for an 11-time world champion, it’s certainly a resolution worth consideration.

Give Back

As surfers, we’re completely dependent on the ocean and the natural environment. We have an obligation to protect it.

For 2018, consider volunteering at a local beach or in your local community. If time is a constraint, you could consider donating to organizations like SurfAid , which seeks to improve the lives of people living in isolated locations connected by surfing, or Surfriders Foundation , dedicated to the protection of the ocean and reduction of pollution.

There are plenty of ways to give back.

And in doing so, we keep our playground clean and pristine.

Who knows? Karma may come back and reward you with an epic set.

Visit Witch’s Rock Surf Camp

Of course, we’d love to see this as one of your resolutions.

If it is, we’ll be waiting for you.

Happy New Year!

The post Make 2018 Your Best Surfing Year Yet appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

15 Years at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp

Tue, 26 Dec 2017 15:00:00 GMT

The post 15 Years at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Life Lessons from Between the Waves

Thu, 21 Dec 2017 15:42:00 GMT

For many, surfing evolves to more than a sport, more than a hobby. It becomes a way of life—one of many lenses through which to view the world.

The specific reasons why are unique to the individual. But when surfing grabs hold of a person, it does not easily let go.

Perhaps one reason is that surfing teaches us several lessons we can apply to the part of our lives spent on land.

Enjoy the journey

Much of surfing involves waiting. In a given session, we spend hours at a time sitting on our board, watching the swells roll in. And when we do catch a wave, it lasts only seconds.

The highlights are separated by long periods of waiting. Most of time we simply sit. Some days, that waiting yields only one or two good rides. We often go through session after session, or longer, to get one spectacular ride.

And yet, we continue to paddle out. We even do so on days when we know there will not be a great ride. It’s because we can enjoy the down time, the quiet moments. Our surfing life does not need to be filled with great wave after great wave.

So too goes life.

Life’s highlights accentuate the experience but do not define it. Most of life is spent between the waves.

How will we enjoy it?

Defeat leads to success

Some days the ocean wins. The paddle out hurts. The sets are difficult to read. The take-off is too steep. The wind howls on shore. Waves close out again and again.

Those days can be a challenge. Yet we return time and time again.

We learn from our mistakes and from the conditions. We adjust and we gain confidence. Each defeat, however minor, ultimately contributes to our greatest moments.

Perfection remains an illusion. Once we feel like we’ve reached it, we stumble again and the cycle repeats.

Life is the same.

As the saying goes, “What matters is not how many times you get knocked down, but how many times you get back up.”

As surfers, we know that. We can live it.

Control what you can

Surfing is special because it is entirely responsive to the natural environment.

We can navigate the waves and move under and through and across them—and not much else. When we ride a wave, we adapt to what the ocean provides.

No surfer falls under the notion that he or she controls the ocean. Instead, we relinquish the need to combat that which we cannot control. We remain flexible. We move within what is happening. We seek harmony with the rhythm of the sea.

Like the ocean, life can shift direction quickly.

Some things we control. Many things we do not.

Life presents gifts and challenges irrespective of our actions. If we can learn to slide through life as we do in the sea, perhaps we can better find peace with the unknown.

Be present

The ocean commands our attention. Whether paddling out, scanning the horizon, or riding a wave, we must be focused on the present. During a surf session, there is no past to rue and no future to fret. The mind clears.

In day-to-day life, this concept allows us to focus on the here and now. How often do we disregard the current moment because we’re consumed by about another point in time?

Instead, we can cherish the now. No two surf sessions are the same, just as no two moments are the same. We can be curious, interested, engaged or excited, whether we’re working or playing or somewhere in between.

If we apply the surfing mindset to our lives, we might just stop to smell the roses.

And maybe that really is what life’s all about.

Well, that and surfing.

The post Life Lessons from Between the Waves appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Remembering the Early Days at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp

Tue, 19 Dec 2017 06:30:00 GMT

by Danny Mitchell

Last week we lost a surfing icon. Bruce Brown brought surfing in far away places right into your living room. I remember going to Santa Monica Civic Auditorium to watch Endless Summer with Bruce narrating. What a great movie!!

I grew up in Hermosa Beach, California in the early 60’s. Hermosa Beach was the original surf city in the 60’s. All the major surfboard shops were there, Bing, Jacobs, Greg Noll and Weber to name a few. Some of the best surfers called it home, Nuuhiwa, Doyle, Purpus. It was a great place to grow up. Even Robert August was born in Hermosa Beach. Surfing was my life until I graduated from high school in 1967. Then, my mom informed my two younger brothers and I that we were moving to Texas, six hours away from the ocean.

Our new home, the town of Grapevine, Texas was a farming community of 4500 people. Boy was I a lost soul for the next 37 years!! Surfing had mostly faded from my thoughts except for a few dreams. In 2004, a friend told me he was a surfer and I acknowledged that I used to surf. His reaction was “Yeah right.”

He had been to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Costa Rica the year before, once again made famous by Endless Summer II. So we decided to plan a surf trip for the fall of 2004 (210 days and a wake up). We lived by a lake so we started paddling our surfboards 5 or 6 days a week to get ready for our surf trip.

We headed out with four other friends that didn’t surf. We arrived to an open air terminal with a grass roof. Our shuttle driver was waiting for us. There were nine people and luggage in this reconditioned van. The road to Tamarindo was dirt with holes the size of truck tires. It took a minimum of two hours to get to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. It was one of the bumpiest rides of my life. We all checked in and then my surfer friend, Mike and I headed to the board cage.

All my friends were on the shore clapping and waving. The next day my buddy Mike and I were set to go to the legendary Ollie’s Point and Witch’s Rock, made famous by Endless Summer II. Ollie’s was going off with overhead outside sets. I met two surfers from Long Island who were in the shuttle the day before. We hit it off instantly and set up the remaining days surfing together.

For the last 14 years John “Rico” Petrocelli, Ray Elihow and myself meet once a year at WSRC. We have added a few more friends over the years from all over the US, Steve Kuhn from Oceanside, California, Jim and Danell Lytell from Florida and most recently Thomas Maltman from Long Island. Our yearly surf trip is the only time we see each other during the year. This one week out of the year is filled with laughs, drinks, new stories and old. All friendships formed from the shared love of surfing.

Most memorable are all the friendships and families that I have seen grow over the years. Being part of the WRSC family has immensely enriched my life. As soon as you get out of the shuttle everyone is delighted to see you. Witch’s Rock Surf Camp will always be my happy place!! It’s where my life was jump-started through surfing again.

Kelly Slater was right. Once you’re a surfer you’re done.

RIP Bruce Brown. Pura Vida! Danny Mitchell

The post Remembering the Early Days at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Robert August Remembers Bruce Brown

Thu, 14 Dec 2017 17:57:00 GMT

By Robert August
With: Ryan Waldron

Even as a youngster, Bruce was one of my best friends in the neighborhood and would always hang around my parents’ house in Seal Beach, California. Everyone seemed to gravitate towards our house because my Dad was sort of a mentor for all us kids who were getting into (at the time) the new sport of surfing.

Bruce’s dad actually had a little camera shop down on Belmont Street called Brownie’s Cameras so Bruce had a natural path of creativity from a young age. When we got into our teens, Bruce and a few other guys started putting together some very basic, 16mm surf films that would premier in local high-school auditoriums. Bruce would sit on the stage with a microphone and proudly narrate his surf film in front of the audience. At this point in surfing, these were really the only social events focused around the sport. In order to advertise, we would staple posters on telephone poles around town reading, “ Surf Movie! Tonight at Newport Harbor High School” . So of course we all went, it was something fun to do! I generally had a pretty substantial surfing section in the films as well!

Bruce’s movies would always stand out compared to the other film makers at the time because he had more creative editing techniques and his narration was second to none. The movies would feature all the best local surfers (including myself). There was no money or anything involved, we just did it for fun.

After a few successful surf flicks, Bruce came up with the idea of chasing waves and summer-time around the world, calling it, The Endless Summer . For everyone who has seen the movie, you can see what a great success it was and truly the trip of a lifetime for us. At the time, I was 18 years old, valedictorian of my high school, and unsure whether or not I wanted to attend dental school. But after talking to a few respected teachers and my parents, they told me that dental school could wait; traveling the world would be a better education than anything I could receive in the classroom.

To this day, the Endless Summer trip still resonates with me because I was with my best friend, Bruce. After the movie was picked up by a Hollywood distribution company and blown up into a 35mm film, the movie could be shown across the nation and people had a very positive response to this new idea of traveling for the sake of surfing. I think the movie truly brought surfing into the mainstream and inspired a whole generation to get out of their comfort zone and try something new.

Earlier this week, Wingnut rang me up and broke the news that Bruce had passed at 80-years old. I am still feeling very emotional today. Memories of Bruce continue to flood my mind as I reflect on our genuine friendship and the iconic surf trip we were lucky enough to share with the world.

RIP Bruce Brown
1937 – 2017

The post Robert August Remembers Bruce Brown appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

The Relay and the Wipe Out

Tue, 12 Dec 2017 21:49:00 GMT

by Chloe Hall

It was the last day of the trip and the instructors at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp had organized a relay for the students. It had been a good week. I graduated from beginner lessons to intermediate tours over the course of 7 days. I had convinced myself that I was a natural, ignoring the reality that I was a total novice and had actually surfed a total of 21 days over the course of the past three years.

It was almost by accident that I acquired my own confidence surfing. I never intended to catch anything taller than I was. For me, surfing was just about having fun. But surfing feels incredible! When you get that first taste of the drop, it’s exhilarating. Then you’re back out there, fighting through the sets to get back to that spot, and tuck back into that perfect curl to recapture that freedom.

The week that led up to the relay was a good week. We had perfect weather. Perfect weather means perfect surfing conditions, just the right size waves rolling in, one after the next. We were all beginning to look like pros. There wasn’t a wave we couldn’t catch. As the week went on, the wind began to pick up, just enough that each day we had slightly bigger waves. That’s how I went from the beginner group to the intermediate group.

The day of the relay had arrived. This was a fun way to show off all the hard work we’d all done over the course of the past week. The sun had just come up over the horizon, it was still cool, and the wind that had been picking up all week was really whipping across the water that morning. The sets were rolling in steady and the swells were big, six feet at least.

The head instructor blew the whistle; the relay had begun! I was towards the back of my group and I watched from my line up as the students tore out into the water one by one with their boards to catch a wave and come back. That was the drill, you had to catch one wave and not fall. If you fell you had to start over. If you succeeded you could come back into shore with your board and tag the next person on your team. This was supposed to be fun, but I had something to prove that day.

When the person directly before me came flying back in from the water and passed me her board, I took off like a rocket and paddled as hard as I ever had out into the ocean way past the break. The waves were strong that day and I really had to fight to get out there. I gathered up my courage and looked over my shoulder to see the swell in the distance. Before I had a chance to reconsider, the swell was under me, and I was paddling with fury. My arms were pulling like windmills at my sides and my body was stiff as a board. My eyes were squinting ahead to the shore. While the water closed around my sides I recited the basic rules in my head “don’t hang onto the rails, just straight up, no knees, get straight up and look to the shore, look where you’re going, stay low” and I push up with my hands.

I can feel that I’m up and the board drops beneath me but it’s not “the drop.” I’m falling. The board is falling and I don’t know when it’s going to stop. I can feel myself tethered to the board and the board is flailing above my head, yanking me deeper and farther. I can make out faint glimmers of light. After what felt like an eternity, I managed to make my way back to the beach. I didn’t look back at the ocean much in those last hours we were in Tamarindo.

The next year we went back to Witch’s Rock. Back to our little oasis on the coast. The instructors remembered me, not only my instructor but all of them. “You’re the one with the epic wipe out from last year!” They would cheer and high five me, “We still show that video to people to this day!” I’d been dreading getting back on the board all year but my kids wanted to surf and I wanted to show them my courage. I went back out there, but rode the small breaks right by the shore where the water bubbles and swells gently. I no longer have anything to prove and now I really am just there to have fun.

It was a great week and there weren’t any wipe outs. It took me almost all week to stand up on the board, but that’s ok. I could never have recaptured my love for the sport, if not for the positive and supportive attitude of the instructors at Witch’s Rock. We’ll be back this coming Spring for our 5th year at the camp, the kids talk about their instructors daily and about the fun we have around the property and in town, and I’m looking forward to another solid week of that pure life, something we don’t get much of anywhere else in our travels.

The post The Relay and the Wipe Out appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

How to Pack for the Perfect Surf Trip

Thu, 07 Dec 2017 18:05:00 GMT

Alright, you’ve done it. You purchased a plane ticket to some far-out corner of the globe for one purpose, and one purpose only: to chase waves. Where you’re going, you will most likely be basking in the endless sunshine of some remote tropical paradise, but this isn’t your typical vacation. You’re not partaking in a weekend getaway to sip Mai Tais by the pool… not that there is anything wrong with that! You’re on a mission, and that’s exactly how you need to prepare. This five-step guide will ensure you have all the neccesary ammo for your next destination surf trip.

Step 1. Pack the right boards!

The first thing you need to do is to make sure you have the right board for the waves you’ll encounter. This requires checking the surf forecast frequently before your trip. Our friends at Surfline.com are usually the best bet for long range wave forecasting. Are you chasing hollow barrels? If so, pack a high-performance board with sufficient rocker that can handle steep drops. Are you looking for long rides on small waves? You’ll need a classic long board or a high volume groveler. If you’re coming down to visit us at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp in Tamarindo, Costa Rica, you can leave the board bag at home. Our board cage is stocked with hundreds of boards: high-performance short boards, twin fins, fun boards, and longboards. Whatever your preference, we’ve got you covered. Not sure what board to pack? Check out our guide to choosing the right board for you here .

Step 2. Secure those boards!

If you’re like me, your surfboards are your prized possessions, and you always treat them with care when handling them out of the water. Airlines, however, don’t share your same affection for your surfboards, and they will not be treating them with the tender love and care you feel they deserve. To remedy this, you’ll need a board bag. Not just any board bag, a board bag to fit your needs. Sized to your boards, and made to fit the approximate number of boards you’re traveling with.

Beyond your board bag, you’ll need to take a few extra precautionary steps to ensure ding-free transport. I am a bubble wrap advocate. I generously bubble wrap all of my boards separately before putting them into my board bag. To protect the rails of the board, cut a few pool noodles from end to end and fit them to the rails accordingly.

Step 3. Protect yourself!

Sunscreen. Pack a lot of sunscreen. I don’t care who you are, where you’re going or how much time you spend in the sun, you’ll need sunscreen. And it’s usually more expensive in tourist towns. It’s also smart to bring a few hats and a pair of polarized sunglasses for everyday adventures in and out of the water.

Step 4. Pack the essentials

You are going to want to make sure you’ve got all your surf trip essentials: valid passport, credit cards, local currency, surf wax, board shorts or bikini, rash guards, comfortable sandals, towels, insect repellent and anything else you think you might need. If you’re visiting us here in Tamarindo, you can pick up your essentials at our surf shop . Check out this blog for a more comprehensive list on the essentials

Going off the beaten path? Staying a few hours away from any type of town or city? Take a first aid kit and thank me later. Going somewhere that speaks a language you don’t understand? Pick up a phrase book and brush up on your key phrases beforehand. Trust me, you will feel more comfortable if you can order coffee and ask where the bathroom is in the local language.

Download any necessary apps to keep in touch with those back home; WhatsApp or Facebook messenger for international texting is a must.

Step 5. Leave the bad attitude at home!

So, you went on a surf trip and didn’t get the ride of your life. So what! You’re somewhere new. Maybe, you’re in a foreign country with a culture far different from your own. Soak it in! Learn everything you can, try new things, eat the local food, and of course, make some friends. Spend some time in the water, even if it’s not on your board: snorkel, dive, or sail. Hell, even paddleboard if the waves go flat. Whether you’re traveling with friends or on a solo adventure, a bad attitude does you no good. Learn to make the best of whatever situation you find yourself in, and you’ll have an unforgettable experience.

Preparation is key to a well-executed surf trip, whether you are on a 3-month jaunt down the coast or a 5-day long strike mission. If you visit us in Tamarindo, we’ll see you in the water!

¡Pura Vida!

The post How to Pack for the Perfect Surf Trip appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Feliz Navidad

Tue, 05 Dec 2017 08:30:00 GMT

by: Natasha Feduik

A couple of years back, I planned a trip with a group of eight from New York. I had only been to Witch’s Rock once, by myself, as a beginner. This time, I was returning as an experienced beginner, while the rest of my friends were all starting from scratch. There were a few of us who had never met until we hit JFK, and quickly became close friends after the 5-hour flight to Liberia. On the transport from the airport to camp, we adopted a lone traveler that was bunking up in a shared room, and our group of eight became nine. Because I had been to Tamarindo before, everyone looked to me for guidance. Where do we go to eat? What do we do after our lessons are done for the day? What is Guaro? I soon became the cruise director of, not only my group, but many other camp newbies who had the same questions. We started traveling through town, hitting the nightlife, and became “the gang from WRSC.”

As with any of my vacations with downtime, the cocktails were flowing and a lot of silliness ensued. Our group continued to grow in size since we were having so much fun. Beach volleyball, pool parties, Catamaran cruises, no matter where we went, others joined us. The Mariachi band in town took notice, and joined us whenever they saw us. The problem was, no one knew any songs to request, except “Feliz Navidad”. So… every time we saw them, that’s what they played. Let the festivities begin! This evolved into us changing all the lyrics being played over the radio at Eat at Joe’s to Christmas lyrics. If my memory serves me correctly, I think we even went caroling one night.

The post Feliz Navidad appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Bring Surfing to Shore with a Few Great Films

Thu, 30 Nov 2017 19:43:00 GMT

We all have our favorite surfing movie. Some inspire us, some impress us, and some transport us to far-flung destinations we visit in our dreams.

Sometimes movies feature surfing but are not really about surfing at all. The ones that we highlight here are about surfing, for surfers.

Whether you’re getting pumped for an upcoming surf session or relaxing after a long one, grab some popcorn, dim the lights, and hit play.

This classic inspired generations of surfers and helped propel the sport’s popularity in the years that followed. It tracks the path of Robert August and Mike Hynson as they circle globe chasing waves and meeting people. This movie may be a little old, but you couldn’t tell from the surfing. This film will always remain on every surfer’s list. And if you visit us at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, you may find yourself in a lineup with Robert August himself.

In God’s Hands (1998)

Featuring big-wave surfer Shane Dorian, In God’s Hands is a semi-fictional account of three surfers in search of the perfect wave. It’s in part a surfing story and in part a philosophical one, delving into what surfing means to Dorian. It features fantastic shots of big-wave surfing and the intense physical and mental training and education that go into it.

Step Into Liquid (2003)

If you have any doubt about whether surfing is a global phenomenon, this movie will quickly put that question to rest. A purely inspirational flick, Step Into Liquid reminds us that you do not need a perfect ocean break to surf. In fact, you do not even need an ocean at all. This film tracks the various ways in which people surf, from familiar spots like Oahu’s Pipeline to unexpected ones in Michigan and Texas, and an open-ocean break 100 miles off San Diego’s coast. At the time, it captured the growing phenomenon of surfing, and it still inspires today.

Although the title focuses on big-wave surfing, the movie explores the sport’s rich history over 1,500 years. Still, the film is not for the faint at heart as the world’s bravest surfers pull out their rhino chasers to charge some of the most intimidating breaks in the world at Waimea Bay, Pe’ahi (Jaws), Maverick’s, and other locations. Hold on for the ride.

Soul Surfer (2011)

Soul Surfer tracks the inspiring story of professional surfer Bethany Hamilton, who lost her arm in a 2003 shark attack at 13-years old and ultimately returned to competitive surfing. Unlike other films on this list, Soul Surfer is given the full Hollywood treatment with well-known actors playing the lead roles and surfers doing the “stunt work” in the ocean. However, the film captures the faith, determination, and grit of one of surfing’s most inspirational figures. It’s a family movie that the whole house will enjoy. (Just in time for the holidays)

Shot in breathtaking 4K, this film follows the world’s current number-one-ranked surfer, John John Florence, as he explores breaks in Hawaii, Brazil, South Africa and Australia. View From a Blue Moon showcases why Florence may continue to dominate for years to come. In short, his surfing is spectacular—next level stuff—and the cinematography, the music, and the pacing make this one of the most stunning films you will find.

Take Every Wave: The Life of Laird Hamilton (2017)

This movie tracks the life of legendary waterman Laird Hamilton, starting with his upbringing as an outcast in Hawaii. The film goes beneath the surface on Hamilton, exploring what drove him to chart his own path in the surfing world and ultimately pioneer innovations like tow-in surfing and hydrofoils. It’s an in-depth look at a unique surfer—one who continues to inspire others and push the boundaries of what it means to surf.

Did we miss one of your favorites? Share it on our Facebook Page !

The post Bring Surfing to Shore with a Few Great Films appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

When Can We Go Back?

Tue, 28 Nov 2017 16:18:00 GMT

by Lindsay Sutula

In 2010, my husband (then boyfriend), Jason and I crashed a friend’s trip to Tamarindo, Costa Rica. We were poor young professionals in our 20s. We stayed at a hostel in the center of town where one of our friends knew the owner so we got a deal. A couple of nights into our week-long trip, we were wandering around looking for somewhere to grab a bite to eat and stumbled across Eat @ Joe’s. The “Nachos as big as your ass” sign proudly displayed near the door. We were thrilled to find that we could get boats of sushi, the previously mentioned nachos, and a couple of beers, on our relatively small budget. Several nights during that trip, we would all meet on the beach at sunset and walk to Joe’s for dinner.

Fast forward to new year’s eve 2017. Jason and I were thinking about what we wanted to do for a vacation. And surfing topped the list. Jason had grown up surfing in Ocean City in the summer. I had just borrowed a board and tried to figure it out on my own a few times. Definitely a beginner. So, we decided on a surf camp. We looked at several places in Bali, but we realized that the flights to get there were, well, cost prohibitive. And the travel time would take a giant bite out of our vacation days.

On a whim, I checked out the Witch’s Rock website and said, “how about we check out the surf camp we ate at while we were in Costa Rica?” Done deal. We bought our tickets – 7 hours of total travel time vs. 2 days. And much, much cheaper flights. I signed Jason up for the intermediate tours and signed myself up for beginner lessons.

We arrived at camp on a Saturday, thrilled to find we both had lessons/tours that afternoon. I was paired with an 18-year old Canadian girl named Gabrielle. She was so tough and had so much energy. She was so determined to leave learning to surf she spent HOURS in the water each day. Our instructor was Xiquiu (prounounced C-Q), a super awesome Venezuelan woman (and an awesome surfer).

Witch’s Rock posts your surf times each day on a white board – and that first night, we were assigned a 6:00 AM time. I took a deep breath. 6:00 AM on vacation? Really?

The next morning, all my concerns about 6:00 AM went right out the window. It was already warm outside, the Pacific felt almost bath-water warm. The beach was quiet and there were only a few people in the water. It was amazing. (Plus, the birds wake you up with the sun anyway) Xiquiu was awesome. She could explain everything in a way that built on itself so once you could execute one movement, she would show you the next. She started by walking us through two different methods of popping up on the beach. She talked about proper paddling and explained how we should select a wave.

By just a few days in, she had Gabrielle and I catching waves all on our own. She was super patient and super fun. I could not have asked for a better instructor!

Meanwhile, Jason’s tours were at 6:00 AM as well and sometimes he was gone until about 10:00ish. The first morning, I got out of the water, went upstairs and grabbed my book to read during breakfast and wait for him to come back. As soon as it was apparent I was by myself, three other tables of beginner surfers invited me to sit with them. I had new friends for the week. And we had so much fun. Many of them would also arrange for other excursions in the afternoon. (The ATVs were my favorite – SO FUN.)

The week flew by and before we knew it, we were in a restaurant in Houston on the way home. I looked at Jason, “that was SO much fun. When can we go back?” He smiled, having had just as much fun with J. Luis on the intermediate tours.

“How about Thanksgiving?” We booked our plane tickets and made our reservations that same week. And I asked for Xiquiu again.

And we just got back from that trip where Xiquiu told me I was ready for the intermediate tours… guess what I asked Jason. “When can we go back?”

The post When Can We Go Back? appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

WRSC Guide to Surfboard Shape

Thu, 23 Nov 2017 13:24:00 GMT

Whether you are new to surfing or have been surfing for a while, choosing the right board can be a challenge. There seems to be an infinite amount of different shapes, lengths, and fin set-ups. Then there are the slightly more complicated, yet equally important, variables such as volume, rocker, and channels.

Don’t worry, we can help! We’ve created a guide to help you choose the perfect board for your skill level and the type of wave you usually ride. Let’s get started…

If you’re new to surfing, a long board will be your go-to ride for a while. While long boards are not just for beginners, their high volume, thickness, and length make them the perfect board to get started with. Long boards range in size from 9ft to 11ft. They have a rounded nose, are thick throughout the entire board, and have a squash or squaretail. As mentioned before, they are very voluminous due to their overall large size, this makes them float incredibly well and paddle very smoothly. With all that surface area, you have the best chance to catch any wave. These wave-catching machines operate best in ankle to chest high surf.

Mini-Malibu

The “mini-Malibu” is the younger sibling of the classic long board. It carries virtually the same characteristics as a classic long board in a smaller version. The mini-Malibu ranges from about 8ft to 9ft, has a rounded nose, thickness throughout the board, and a squash or squaretail. Mini-Malibus are perfect for smaller beginners or those looking to make a gradual step down in size from a classic long board. These boards ride best in ankle to chest high surf.

Fun Size

A “fun board” is a great step for an intermediate surfer looking to size down and gradually progress towards a short board. Fun boards range from 6’6” to 7’6” and are 20 inches or wider. Fun boards can have a variety of nose and tail shapes, but they are consistently long, high-volume boards that are easy to paddle. Fun boards are perfect for knee to chest high surf.

The fish is a unique wide-bodied swallow-tailed design that is perfect for intermediate surfers looking to maximize speed and fun in knee-to-head-high waves. While today fish come in all shapes and sizes, a typical fish design ranges from 4’8” to 6’2”. They can be ridden significantly shorter than the average short board because they are so wide and voluminous. The width and thickness of the fish provide phenomenal wave catching ability and paddle ability. The swallowtail channels water under the board to generate speed. The fish is a great board for anyone who loves to have fun or is progressing from a fun board.

High-Performance Short Board

Short boards are designed for performance. Short boards range in size from 5ft to just under 7ft. They often have a pointed nose enabling the rider to make more aggressive turns. Short boards come with a variety of tail designs including swallow, square, squash and round. They have less volume than the other boards on the list, which makes them more maneuverable on a waves face, but increases the difficulty of catching waves. Unless you’ve put in your time with other boards on the list, it’s best to stay away from short boards. The best wave type for these boards is waist high to overhead.

Hope this helps as you are choosing your next board… or choosing one of ours from our famous board cage. Hope to see you in the line-up soon!

The post WRSC Guide to Surfboard Shape appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Holiday Gift Guide for the Surfer in Your Life

Fri, 17 Nov 2017 14:25:00 GMT

Thanksgiving is right around the corner, and that means the holiday shopping season is too. If you are stumped at what to give the surfer in your life… or if you are a surfer and your family is always asking you for a list, we did the heavy lifing for you both this year! Check out our holiday gift idea guide.

Under $50

NOLS Med Kit 3.0 – This is the only present that you hope never never gets used. This kit has the necessary supplies to treat minor medical issues in most backcountry environments or third-world countries, and has plenty of space to beef up materials for longer trips. $39.99.

Turkish Towel – uber-lightweight towel that dries in a flash, and are as soft as they are versatile. Not all brands are alike, and this company out of Australia weaves beautiful designs into the world’s best cotton so that they last. From about $30.00.

BioLite PowerLight Mini – This ultraslim clippable lantern is a headlamp, a bike light, a strobe light, a mood light AND can charge a phone. The clip slides over any strap or pocket edge to provide hands-free lighting, or flips over the back to act as a kickstand for lamp use. A 1350mAh USB rechargeable battery delivers up to 52 hours of use. $44.95.

Universal Camera Lens Kit – Your budding phone photographer will love the opportunity to broaden his or her style with these adaptable lenses. $16.99.

For the Reader

Going Over the Falls by Amy Waeschle . Loyal WRSC guest Amy Waeschle’s debut novel is a cross between a surf adventure and a family saga, with complex characters and a thrilling twist at the end. $17

Surf Shack: Laid-Back Living by the Water by Nina Freudenberger, Heather Summerville, and Brittany Ambridge. Drool over images of the homes of longtime surf enthusiasts in this coffee table book that Vanity Fair called “Cabin porn goes coastal.” $24.00

Salt & Silver: Travel, Surf, Cook. This awesome book blends traveling, surfing, and the delicious food cultures of Central and South America together through the travel stories of two surfers. Part cookbook, part guidebook, part travelogue, this book is perfect for the foodie on your list. $18.00

$50-150

Solar charger . BioLite SolarPanel 5+ Give the gift of getting off the grid. The slim and packable 5 Watt panel draws solar energy and the 2200mAh onboard battery stores it for later, so phones, tablets, and other gear can be charged when most needed. $79.95.

Binoculars Nikon Prostaff 3S 10 x 42 Binoculars . Scoping the lineup is way more fun when you can see the action up close. These binos are waterproof, fogproof and built tough for the outdoors. $139.

Splurge:

Wetsuit (for those not lucky enough to have warm water) – The folks at Isurus reinvented the wetsuit wheel with their compression-style fit. These suits combine Japanese wetsuit technology with bio-mechanical engineering and feedback from athletes on three continents. Surfers stay warmer and are more mobile, allowing for a longer, more productive session. $495 and up.

Surf Trip – Share the love of surfing with a gift certificate to a few nights’ stay at Witch’s Rock Surf Camp. Comes in all colors, is always in style, and never expires!

Camper Van Rental – Give the gift of the open road with a gift card to a camper rental. There are several companies to choose from, depending on location, rig style, and destination. Try Lost Campers , California Campers or Escape Campervans .

Guys:

Olukai Nohea Lole shoe. This smart-looking shoe made of sun-washed canvas and hand-sewn seams has a built-in drop heel so he can dress them up or down. $85.

Prana Stretch Zion Short. These buttery soft, stretchy, lightweight shorts are great for travel days and yoga. Comes in extra long for tall guys. $69.

Gals:

Prana Elaine Boardshort. The traditional Velcro/grommet/tie front on these boardies is super secure even in big surf, and the handy back pocket keeps pesos and lip balm safe. The stretchy, quick-dry recycled polyester stays comfy all day. $55

Rowaton Cowl Neck by Carve Designs. This after-surf pullover feels heavenly against damp, salty skin and the kangaroo front pocket will keep her fingers toasty. $68.

Did we miss something? Share it on our Facebook Page !

The post Holiday Gift Guide for the Surfer in Your Life appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

“Mama” Catch’s a Wave

Tue, 14 Nov 2017 22:50:00 GMT

After taking different groups to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp over a few years, certain people in my life started to ask, “When’s the next surf trip?” “When can I go?” The last time, it was my family. So, this past January, the Feduik’s took WRSC by storm. My siblings, nieces, nephew, friends, and even my 73-year old mother headed down to Tamarindo. My sister and her husband were celebrating their 50 ^th birthdays by learning to surf. My nieces and nephew were determined to hone their skills, as they had all surfed in the past, but wanted to get better. Friends who had listened to my surf tales for years finally decided to give it a try. So, with everyone at a different skill level, I thought it would be challenging to accommodate it all, but everyone at camp made it easy as pie.

We left New York in a nor’easter that dumped a foot of snow on the runways. Some of the group was stuck in LaGuardia for almost a day. But finally, we arrived in hot, sunny Tamarindo, just in time to decompress from the holidays. I was greeted by old friends that I met over many years and many visits. The staff made my family feel like they had been there time and time again, as well. They did their best to accommodate our wide array of age groups and skill levels, and still managed to keep the family together.

Two of us, my nephew and I, were in the intermediate group, and traveled daily to other surf breaks with Pako and friends. Every day, upon our arrival at camp, our group had expanded. Mom, my sister and brother-in-law, and my friends had befriended people that had met around camp or in their lessons. Mom became the camp cheerleader, and if she didn’t travel with the intermediate group, stayed “home” to cheer on the beginners. Whether she knew them or not. Within a day, every instructor and staff member greeted my mother as “Mama” every time they saw her. Before I knew it, they had all been invited for Christmas, and to visit my parents in Connecticut whenever they could.

One day, after returning from surfing at Avellanas, I saw one of my friends, instructor Andre, walking out towards the shoreline with my mother and a paddle board, followed by my entire family and friends from around camp. “Mama” had mentioned how she was determined to try surfing, to see what all the hoopla was about, and Andre wasn’t going to let her down.

As we all stood on the beach with cameras in hand and baited breaths, Mom stood up on that board and got into position. Granted, it was a flat day and there weren’t any waves to ride it, but she did it. It was such a great moment, and knew she was in good hands with the three instructors helping her. We knew they wouldn’t let anything happen to her, and she enjoyed the challenge that she conquered. When she walked out of the water, hugging Andre with all her might, all she could say was, “You just wait. Next time I’m going to do it for real.” It was at that very moment that I realized I was part of the Witch’s Rock family, and they were part of mine.

The post “Mama” Catch’s a Wave appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Take a Break: Your Guide to the Three Main Types of Waves

Thu, 09 Nov 2017 17:43:00 GMT

The post Take a Break: Your Guide to the Three Main Types of Waves appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Sometimes Surfing Leads to Love

Tue, 07 Nov 2017 21:46:00 GMT

by: Nayereh Pater-Rov

People often ask us how we met, and when we say, “At surf camp in Costa Rica,” they want to know more. So, here’s our story.

It was Ryan’s second trip to Witch’s Rock Surf Camp, and my first. Ryan traveled from Toronto with his sister, brother-in-law and friends from their first visit to camp. I made the journey from New York City alone. We all wound up in the beginner surf group together. The first night of the week, Ryan’s sister invited us all to dinner at the Green Papaya, where we shared our excitement to go surfing every day that week.

Costa Rica is a special place where we wake up with the sun, learn to surf, meet new friends, eat delicious nachos and watch gorgeous sunsets. Ryan and I also connected over more than just the fun of surf camp and delicious food. We got lost in conversations about the magic of surfing, being humbled by the ocean, and following our life passions. In the water, things like salary, education, status, etc, is forgotten. All that matters is who’s having fun, riding a good wave or totally wiping out.

Since meeting at Witch’s Rock, surfing has taken us to Puerto Rico, Portugal, Montauk, British Columbia and Nova Scotia, but it always brings us back to Costa Rica. We have been to Witch’s Rock four times together, and have met awesome new friends every time. They are our surf family and our community continues to grow wherever we surf.

I have moved to Canada since then, and Ryan and I just got married in New York City! We had a small ceremony, in Central Park, and it was an absolutely magical day. In preparation for our wedding, we bought and repaired a surfboard for our family and friends to sign. Someone started a list, “Marriage is like surfing…” here are some of the things people wrote:

“The longer you do it, the better you’ll get at it.”

“You’re always on a tight leash!”

“You don’t always need pants.”

“It’ll take you new and exciting places.”

“If you feel like you’re drowning, just chill, you’ll be fine.”

“Don’t forget to wax.”

We’re headed back to Costa Rica in a few weeks, and if you are there, we’ll see you in the water!

The post Sometimes Surfing Leads to Love appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .

Surf Science: The Importance of Swell Angle

Wed, 01 Nov 2017 17:43:00 GMT

Every few weeks in Costa Rica, surfers are hyping about the newest purple blob that appears on the swell charts. “Have you seen the next swell? It’s gonna be the biggest of the year!”

Surfers love to create unrealistic expectations of waves we’ve yet to catch. We somehow think that Playa Grande will magically transform into Backdoor-Pipeline when the swell hits, but this hardly ever the case. So before you dust off your big-wave boards, make sure to consider all the details with each upcoming swell; most importantly, the Swell Angle

Just a quick refresher, most of the waves we receive in Costa Rica originate from broad areas of low pressure deep in the South Pacific Ocean. As these massive storms circumnavigate our planet, they are constantly pushing out wind and waves ahead of them. With the unique positioning of each storm, the resulting waves hitting the coast days later will have a corresponding swell angle. For example, a storm that forms off the coast of New Zealand will have a swell angle of 225 ° while a storm that forms off the coast of Chile will have a swell angle of 180 ° . And because these low pressure systems are moving from East to West across the Pacific Ocean, there is a wide swath of swell angles that gradually shift as the swell event happens.

Costa Rica is well exposed to almost the entire Pacific Ocean and can receive swells ranging from 170 ° – 315 ° degrees. Something that many surfers overlook, however, is the small set of Galapagos Islands that sit roughly 900 miles offshore of Costa Rica and play a major role in swell shadowing. Here is how the numbers break down along the pacific coast:

200 ° – 210 ° : Guanacaste is shadowed
205 ° – 215 ° : Puntarenas to Dominical is shadowed
215 ° – 225 ° : Dominical to Panamanian boarder shadowed

But what does “shadowed” actually mean? Will some beaches be completely flat while others are double overhead? Well, not quite. But according to the founder of Surfline.com, Sean Collins, “When the Galapagos shadow is fully in affect I would estimate it takes out at least 50% of the swell energy (swell height and wave consistency). As the swell direction will always range a little, there will also be waves approaching from the sides on the border of the shadow.”

Wow! A 50% loss in the overall size and consistency is pretty significant.. For us in Guanacaste, that means swells originating in this area below will be a bit of a buzz kill upon arrival.

But isn’t this uncertainty what makes surfing so exciting? Each new purple blob holds the possibility (if only in our minds) of catching the best waves of our lives. For me, this is what surfing is all about; being in tune with Mother Nature’s rhythm so we can be at the right spot at the right time.

See you out in the water!
Ryan Waldron

The post Surf Science: The Importance of Swell Angle appeared first on Witch's Rock Surf Camp .